Home

ProCite 5 User's Guide - Columbia University Information Technology

1. D isconnected a RIRIH Internet Search Marked Records _ Records Search i Terms i Groups i Duplicates 7 Author Title Date Ascending 0 Records Marked 0 Records in List 0 Records in Database _ 2 Select the Internet database s you want to search a Click the Hosts button b Click Clear Marks to deselect any selected databases c Scroll to Ovid Trial Server Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 59 d From the databases listed under Ovid Trial Server select the check box next to Medline Practice Demo All Hosts Marked Hosts Hosts 1 Host Marked HL OhioLINK Library Catalog USA Ohio Consortia O OVID USA New York Corporate E OVID Trial Server USA New York Corporate C ABl Inform Jan 1996 C CINAHL 1982 Feb 1996 L Core BioMedical Collection Demo C Current Contents DEMO Week 27 1993 X Medline Practice Demo C Psyelnfo DEMO 1984 Mar 1996 J Pasadena and Glendale California Public Libraries Library Catalog USA California Academic C Pennsylvania State University Library Catalog USA Pennsylvania Academic C Princeton Theological Seminary Library Catalog USA New Jersey Academic O Purdue University West Lafayette OPAC USA Indiana Academic C Radford University Library Catalog USA Virginia Academic E Research Libraries Group USA California Corporate F o Rochester Institute of Technology Library Catalog USA New York Academic l
2. ccccsescecceeesseeees 509 Cite While You Write Toolbar ccccccccccesssssseeecessnseeeees 510 Use ProCite toolbars to access common commands by clicking on an icon If you are not sure what a toolbar icon does hold the cursor over the icon for a moment to display a tooltip If tooltips do not appear go to the Tools menu choose Options and select the Tooltips box Some of the toolbars can be turned on or off from ProCite s View menu Many of the toolbars are dimmed and unavailable when no database is open These are other easy ways to access ProCite commands Access context sensitive menus with a right mouse click Windows or control click Macintosh Depending on where you are in the pro gram the menu displays a list of common commands compiled from the various menus If you are working from your keyboard and do not want to switch to your mouse learn the command keys indicated on the menus and described in Appendix D Keyboard Commands 502 AppendixC TheProCite Toolbars Standard Toolbar Use the Standard Toolbar for basic file commands and clipboard com mands D S a 6 x Ez New Displays the New dialog where you can create a new data base output style list or workform Open Displays a file dialog so you can open a ProCite file Save Saves the current file to disk whether a database output style list or workform Print Prints a bibliography to yo
3. 360 Including Subject Term Counts or Record IDs 361 Sorting the Subject Terms 0 eee ceeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 362 Inserting Space or Text Around Subject Terms 363 Applying Styles s c cscccsestssesscinscascavsedeuscatetestessheecoesessyesceas 363 Examples of Subject Bibliographies 00 eee eee eeeseeereeeee 364 Using Author Names as Subject Headings 1 0 0 364 Using Keywords as Subject Headings eee 365 Cross Referencing Subject Headings 0 eee 365 Using Call Numbers as Subject Headings 366 Chapter 18 Building List Files OV ELVICW ses sesay tens soon depttevoeues O OE E EEE 367 Creating Term Lists and Journal Lists oe eee cseceseeeeeeeees 368 Description of the List Formats scsscseseeseeeecneeeeeeeeees 368 Term Lists po e Rita ie ee 368 Journal Title Lists are peen oee eere secs ssesi vost sages EEEE pees 369 Opening List eissor aeres on eee Eee EREE ETE E 370 Creating a New List cerises noient 370 Opening an Existing List eee cee cseeseecneceeeneeeeees 370 Entering Editing or Deleting Items 0 eee eee eeeeeeeeee 371 Importing Items from a Text File oo ee eee eeeeseeceeeeeeeee 372 Creating the Text File oe eee ceeeeecseensecnseeseeneensees 372 Importing the File oo ee ee eeeecseeeeecseeaecnsesaeeneensees 376 Styled Text nia Eist moerore enant openeen e eee Oise EE EEEIEE iE 377 Creating an Alternate Text List eeseese
4. Shift Return Alt 09 ioiii Control Tab Ctrl Shift Space Option Space 514 Appendix D Keyboard Commands Output Styles Windows Macintosh Insert Command Command Grouping Operators Alt 174 eee Option Alt 175 oe Option Shift Line Break cccceeeseeeeeeeees Shift Enter Shift Return New Paragraph ese Enter v c cesescestie deeee Return DE o SEE theese ti S Alt 09 00 eee Control Tab Page Break eeseeeeseeeeeneees Ctrl Enter Control Return SubjectBibliography Tab Windows Macintosh Insert Command Command New Paragraph secsec NDE essee aaa asses ies p New Line eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Ali test E E Al IEE o D EA AEE E net Msi ATS teh canada E At Help File Windows Macintosh Display Command Command Context Sensitive Help Face la Help 515 Index Symbols keyword separator 380 author separator 380 III 453 lt and gt field delimiters 441 vertical bar 441 446 line break 441 446 447 J author separator 380 keyword separator 380 mew paragraph 441 446 447 and alternate text delimiters 394 and group operators 441 A Abbreviate Journal Titles 390 393 Abbreviated Records viewing 1 14 Abstract Field 163 ABSTRACT or ABST in search expression 256 Accents entering 150 Access Custom Sort Dialog 226 Activate Alternate Text List 394 396 Add Citations 337 Add Inde
5. Reference List p Include Subject Terms Only I Subject Term Counts I List of Record IDs I Repeating Subject Terms On Same Line V Recycling Reference Numbers C On Nert Line r Subject Term Layout Order Text Before Text After New Paragraph p Ascending or New Line E Tab t C Descending r Styles Subject Terms M Bold I Italic Underline M UpperCase Subject Term Counts Bold M Italic Underline List of Record IDs I Bold f Italic Underline Cancel Help 360 Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies 8 Once your subject bibliography is set up the way you want it you can e Print to your printer by clicking the Print button A Print dialog will appear Verify settings and click Print e Print to a disk file word processor or HTML by clicking the Save button A dialog appears for you to name the file Choose the file type name and place the file and click Save e Close the preview when you are done viewing it Subject Bibliography Settings When you print a subject bibliography from the File menu a Configure option is available The Subject Bibliography tab available from Configure Bibliography appears specifically for setting up Subject Bibliographies Printing a Subject List or a Subject Bibliography In the Reference List area of the Subject Bibliography tab select one of the two radio buttons e Subject Terms Only will print each unique subject term It will
6. History 1 Copleston Frederick History of Philosophy 7 vols Garden City Image Books Doubleday 1965 Some volumes have 2 parts Cross Referencing Subject Headings You can include records in the database that are used only for cross referencing For example if references under each heading are sorted by title you can create a custom sort that outputs records with empty title fields first With these two records Field record 1 record 2 Title Developing a plan to prevent pollution Journal Environ Prot see also WATER POLLUTION CONTROL Keyword Pollution Control Pollution Control Water Pollution the resulting subject bibliography could look something like POLLUTION CONTROL see also WATER POLLUTION CONTROL Developing a plan to prevent pollution Environ Prot Dec 93 WATER POLLUTION see also WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 366 Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies Using Call Numbers as Subject Headings You can create a two column output with Call Numbers such as Q123 Whitney Gretchen Languages in Bibliographic W52 Databases Metuchen New Jersey Scarecrow Press 1990 1990 bound in blue and white To create a two column output 1 On the Subject Bibliography tab select Subject Terms and Refer ence List with Repeating Subject Terms Insert a tab between each subject heading and reference with the Text After box In the Subject Fields dialog select the Call Number 44 field Save the subje
7. Export Marked Records x Delimited Format Exported Data Fields Export data only for selected fields Select Fields Workform Definitions IV Export workform definitions Cancel Help Fields Export Data For All Fields Select this radio button to export all data from the marked records If a field in your record contains data that data will be exported to the delimited file Export Data Only For Selected Fields Select this radio button to limit the field data exported from the marked records Click on the Select Fields button to display the list of 45 ProCite fields 480 Chapter 24 Exporting Delimited Records Selected Fields xi Selected Fields 0 Field s Selected Author Analytic 09 Title Monographic 02 Author Role 03 Author Affiliation cma 04 Title Analytic 05 Medium Designator Hep 06 Connective Phrase 07 Author Monographic 08 Author Role _Selectat_ 10 Journal Title Select None 11 Title 12 Reprint Status 13 Place of Meeting 14 Medium Designator 15 Edition 16 Author Subsidiary 17 Author Role 18 Place of Publication z Select only those fields whose data you wish to export For example if you want to export everything but abstracts Click on the Select All button to select all fields then click on the 43 Abstract field to deselect it Click OK to save the change Your exported records will contain an empty placeholder
8. Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 85 14 The first stop is the author name Crowder Insert a citation and ProCite automatically takes you to the next identifying text conserva tion Insert a citation from this list and the scan is complete It s easy to cite while you write with ProCite Gitschlag 1996 510 Witzell Azarovitz et al 1996 390 You can also search and mark references in ProCite Caillouet Southeast Fisheries Center U 5 et al 1991 450 Toth 1932 390 Lastly you can identify text in your manuscript and scan the document to add ProCite place holders Heppell amp Crowder 1996 530 Bowen Avise et al 1993 670 ujoj 4 Preparing the Bibliography and Final Manuscript Once a ProCite place holder is inserted it is linked to a record in a ProCite database and ready to format the final manuscript and bibliogra phy The format is determined by the chosen output style and can include the author name and year numeric citations or any combination of ProCite fields Exercise Generating the Bibliography To generate a bibliography from in text citations 1 From the Tools menu select ProCite 5 gt Generate Bibliography The Configure Bibliography dialog displays 86 Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 2 Set the output style to APA American Psychological Assoc Configure Bibliography x Reference List Fields Font Reference List Title
9. Ha List Reference List Order In Text Citation Order Author Year Tite z Citation Order Numbering IV Number References Beginning With 1 Prefix ft Suffix f Alignment Right z Indentation p Spacing AA First Line fo 000in Line Spacing Sine I Hanging 0 500 in Space After Sine Cancel Help 3 Click OK to generate the bibliography The citations in your manu script are converted to the in text citation format for the American Psychological Association and a bibliography is added to the end of the document Notes You can make changes to your manuscript and regenerate the bibliography at any time 4 Select Generate Bibliography again and set the output style to Journal of the Chemical Society You will need to use the browse button and locate ProCite s Styles folder to select the style Click OK to view this completely different style Closing the Document and Exiting ProCite Save your manuscript close your Word document then exit ProCite You have successfully completed this guided tour You are ready to begin building your own reference collection and creating perfectly formatted bibliographies Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files Overview Contents Stattine PLOCILE nyesep ep p sodas users ES peee 88 Creating or Opening a Database es sseeeseeeeeeseeeerrsrereseerrsree 88 Creating a Database cmieno sevice a aE 89 Openi
10. Next choose the fields to include in the workform Go to Selecting the Fields on the next page 408 Chapter 22 Creating and Modifying Workforms Editing an Existing Workform When you edit a workform changes apply to all records affiliated with that workform To modify an existing workform 1 Go to the File menu in ProCite and choose Open 2 Locate and open the Forms folder 3 In the file type box select Workform to display only workform files 4 From the list of workforms displayed double click the workform you wish to modify This accesses the workform definition window Next select the fields to include in the workform Selecting the Fields To select the workform fields 1 Click the Set Fields button The 45 ProCite fields appear in a list in field number order and with default field names Selected Fields Selected Fields 12 Field s Selected 0 K 01 Author Analytic ok Author Role Author Affiliation cma 04 Title Analytic Medium Designator Hee Connective Phrase Author Monographic SelectAll Author Role SORCIER 09 e Monographic 10 Journal Title pees Nore 11 Title 12 Reprint Status 13 Place of Meeting 14 Medium Designator 15 Edition 16 Author Subsidiary 17 Author Role 18 Place of Publication z 2 Highlight the fields you want to include in the workform If you are basing this workform on an existing workform you may need to select or desel
11. e Include may include Subject Term Counts and or a List of Record IDs if you wish e Subject Term Layout can be set to print terms in Ascending or Descending order Do not include Text Before and include a caret p p as Text After so each term prints as a new paragraph on a new line Chapter 19 Printing Lists 383 e Apply styles as you wish However when you print to a text file all styles are stripped on output Configure Subject Bibliography x Reference List Fields Page Layout Subject Bibliography r Reference List r Include I Subject Term Counts Subject Terms and Reference List T List of Record IDs I Repeating Subject Terms On Same Line MV Recycling Reference Numbers C On Next Line r Subject Term Layout gir Text Before Text After New Paragraph p Ascending its al p New Line 5 Descending Tab t r Styles Subject Terms I Bold F Italic Underline UpperCase Subject Term Counts Bold M Italic M Underline List of Record IDs T Bold J Italic T Underline Cancel Help 10 Click OK to save changes to Configure Bibliography and update the preview If the preview still doesn t show the list you need you can click on the Terms button to select or deselect terms from the selected field s or click Configure to make more changes to the Configure Bibliography dialog 11 Print or dismiss the preview e Click Print to print to a printer The Print dialog appears V
12. e When you Generate Bibliography set the sort order to Manuscript Order ProCite sequentially numbers each reference as it is found in the manuscript and lists the bibliography in that order at the end of the document When several citations appear at the same point in the manuscript ProCite arranges the numbers in ascending order such as the thymic microenvironment is equally as complex as the T cell differentiation it regulates 4 15212733 39 40 Delimiters and Separators Click the In text Citation Settings button and use the Delimiters boxes to enter optional citation delimiters and separators In text Citation Settings Ea In text Citations Delimiters r Numeric Citations Left Delimiter F Use Number Ranges I Range Separator Bight Delimiter Text Citations Citation Separator Sorted By Citation Order v Cancel Help e To surround your Citation Number with delimiters enter the appropri ate character s in the Left Delimiter and Right Delimiter text boxes Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 427 For example to surround your citation numbers with brackets as in Tables for a large number of electronic states exist 22 enter a left bracket in the Left Delimiter box and a right bracket in the Right Delimiter box Enter delimiters here rather than as punctuation in the workform style so ProCite will surround multiple citations with a single set of delimiters Ra
13. 3 In the Look in drop down box select the set of records you wish to search All Records to search all records in the current database Marked Records to search marked records Search Results to search the records listed on this search window The drop down box also lists available groups of records to search 4 Click the Search button ProCite searches the set of records for matching records and lists the matching records in the current sort order You can then sort the search results in any order print the search results etc You can save the current search results as a group to be called up later See Chapter 14 Saving Records in Groups for more information If you will be adding new records to the database you will need to re execute the search for an updated set of matched records When you close ProCite the current search expression and search results are cleared from the Search window 254 Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records Narrowing a Search You can refine a search to search only the list of records found in the previous search This allows you to narrow the Search Expression if you have selected more records than you want To limit your search to the previous search results 1 In the Look in drop down list select Search Results 2 Enter a search expression 2 Click the Search button to execute the search ProCite searches only the list of records found in the previous search Elements of
14. Address Availability Location URL SBN Notes Abstract Call Number Keywords Monograph gt 30 gt Adams Alexander B gt gt John James Audubon A Biography gt gt gt New York gt G P Putnam s Sons gt 1966 gt gt gt 0 03 316218 4 gt gt Traces the checkered career of artist and Naturalist John James Audubon 1785 1851 gt gt Biography Notice the delimited record contains only those fields included in the workform indicated If there is no data for a field an empty place holder is left Custom Chapter 24 Exporting Delimited Records 477 You define the custom export format You can specify any single character as a field separator delimiter or end of record character You can use this custom format for minor modifications to the standard formats You can change or verify the custom export options on the Export Marked Records dialog First set these items on the Delimited Format tab Export Marked Records xi Delimited Format Exported Data Fields Separated With Commas C Carriage Retums Tabs Other E Export Format m Records Terminated With Carriage Retums Other ir Optional Field Delimiters I Delimit Fields with B Replacement Character B Included Fields IV Workform Indicators V Record IDs T All 45 Fields Cancel Help Fields Separated With Indicate the character that you want to separate each field in your export
15. Before renaming a workform remember that all of your databases could use that workform If you share databases and workforms with col leagues they may be surprised to encounter a workform that looks like Book Long Form and is formatted like Book Long Form but has a different name Cr eatingor Modifyinga Workform Design your workform before you create it with ProCite The fields you use for particular types of information will affect searching sorting and output When you modify a workform it affects every ProCite database that uses it There is no limit on the number of workforms and they can be shared by different ProCite databases You can base a new workform on an existing workform This simplifies searching and is a good idea if you plan to convert records from an existing workform to a new workform Opening the Workform Basing a New Workform on an Existing Workform The easiest way to create your own workform is to edit an existing workform and use Save As from the File menu to save the modified workform under a new file name To base a new workform on an existing workform 1 Determine which existing workform is closest to what you want 2 Go to the File menu in ProCite and choose Open 3 Locate and open the Forms folder 4 From the list of workforms displayed double click on the workform you wish to modify This accesses the workform definition window Chapter 22 Creating and Modifying Workforms 407
16. Date of Publication Volume ID Issue ID Page s Language Connective Phrase Address Availability Location URL ISSN Notes Abstract Call Number Keywords OANDOBRWND Author Analytic Author Role Author Affiliation Article Title Medium Designator Connective Phrase Author Monographic Author Role Journal Title Reprint Status HTT Date of Publication Volume ID Issue ID Page s Address Availability Location URL Abstract Call Number Keywords OANDOBRWND Author Analytic Article Title Journal Title Reprint Status HTT Date of Publication Volume ID Issue ID Page s ATT Address Availability Location URL ISSN Notes Abstract Call Number Keywords Appendix B ProCite Workforms and Fields 495 Journal Whole Letter Magazine Article 1 1 Author Analytic 1 Author s 2 2 2 3 3 Author Affiliation 3 4 4 4 Article Title p oam 5 Medium Designator 5 6 6 6 7 Editor 7 Recipient 7 8 8 8 9 9 9 10 Journal Title 10 10 Magazine Title 11 11 11 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 13 13 13 14 Medium Designator 14 14 15 Edition 15 15 16 16 16 17 17 17 18 Pla
17. Delimited Format Exported Data Export Format Comma Delimited hd C Carriage Retums C Other E m Records Terminated With Carriage Retums Other R Optional Field Delimiters I Delimit Fields with po Replacement Character E Included Fields IV Workform Indicators V Record IDs IV All 45 Fields Cancel Help Select the file format that tells ProCite what you want your export file to look like There are three possible formats from which to choose Comma Delimited Tab Delimited and Custom If you are exporting records to share with another ProCite user you should use the default Comma Delimited format If you are exporting records for another database system you must first find out what format that system requires The exporting options are fully explained under Custom at the end of this chapter Chapter 24 Exporting Delimited Records 475 Comma Delimited The predefined Comma Delimited format exports records with these settings on the Delimited Format tab and the Exported Data tab Fields Separated With Commas Records Terminated With Carriage Returns Optional Field Delimiters Selected Delimit Fields with double quote Replacement Character single quote Included Fields Workform Indicators Selected Record IDs Selected All 45 Fields Selected Fields Export Data For All Fields Workform Definitions Export Workform Definitions Selected Note If yo
18. If the preview doesn t display a simple list of terms you need to modify settings in the Configure Bibliography dialog 382 Chapter 19 Printing Lists 6 Click the Configure button to access the Configure Bibliography dialog The Reference List tab displays first Configure Subject Bibliography x Reference List Fields Page Layout Subject Bibliography Output Style American National Standards v E Reset Reference List Title Reference List Reference List Order Doea Author Title D ate ba iets Numbering V Number References Beginning With fi Prefix Suffix Alignment Right M4 Indentation Spacing First Line fo o00 in Line Spacing Single x Hanging fo 500 in Space After Single pa Cancel Help 7 Enter a Reference List Title which will print at the top of the list The First Line indent is used for each item in the List When you print a subject list many of the settings on the Reference List tab are simply ignored Items in the list automatically sort in alphabetic order date order or call number order depending on the fields used as headings Output style spacing and numbering are ignored because you are not printing formatted references 8 Click on the Page Layout tab if you wish to change the font size or page margins 9 On the Subject Bibliography tab e Reference List must be set to Subject Terms Only
19. P In other fields list each entry that is separated by a slash carriage return or line feed Keywords entries are always listed separately 3 Scroll down the list and highlight the Keywords field 45 to select the field whose contents will be used as Subject Headings Click OK to display the terms found in the Keywords field 80 Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour Note You can select any number of fields for subject headings If you build the list of headings from more than one field the subject headings generated from those fields are combined into a single list Click the Select All button to include all the keyword terms as subject headings or use a Shift click to individually select or deselect terms to include in your subject bibliography Click OK to preview the Subject Bibliography Click the Configure button and you find the same selections as with Print Bibliography Click the additional tab Subject Bibliography which controls formatting specific to a Subject Bibliography Configure Subject Bibliography xi Reference List Fields Page Layout Subject Bibliography Include I Subject Term Counts I List of Record IDs On Same Line Reference List j Subject Terms Onl I Repeating Subject Terms V Recycling Reference Numbers C On Next Line r Subject Term Layout Order Text Before Text After New Paragraph p AD New Lit o Ascending C
20. P Journal Article Ol x Workform Title floumal Article Set Fields Default Field Name Workform Specific Field Name 01 Author Analytic Author Analytic 04 Title Analytic JaticleTile 05 Medium Designator Medium Designat t CD lt lt lt i OO COC S 06 Connective Phrase Connective Phrase t CS O NSSNSCO C NNNCOCOCOCOC 10 Journal Title Joumal Tie 11 Title Translated Tile 12 Reprint Status RepintStts 20 Date of Publication Date of Publication 22 Volume ID fvoumeID 24 Issue ID JisueID FI 5 Go to the File menu and choose Save As to display a file dialog 6 Type a new disk file name for the workform make sure ProCite s Forms folder is selected and click Save ProCite creates the file The fields used in the original workform are listed onscreen Next choose the fields to include in the workform Go to Selecting the Fields later in this chapter Opening a New Blank Workform Start with a blank workform if you are setting one up for a special document type one that does not resemble any of the existing work forms To create a new workform 1 Go to the File menu and pick New New a OK Output Style Pa Term List Cancel Journal List m e Help 2 Choose Workform as the type of new file that you wish to create You are presented with an empty template to which you can add fields
21. is correctly interpreted as February 14 1999 because ProCite knows that there is no 14th month Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field 171 A two digit year is automatically expanded as though in the 20th century so 99 is actually 1999 For works published before 1900 or after 1999 enter all four digits for years such as 1898 or 2001 To enter a year before 100 AD always include BC or AD as in 98 AD When text surrounds the date ProCite looks for the first identifiable date in the field This means that you can still use the date in sorting and in formatting output Note however that ProCite will identify a date only when it is within the first 255 characters of the date field Dates for unpublished works such as in press or submitted sort after other valid dates Text that appears in a date field and does not include a valid date is printed as it appears in the record For example in press submitted for publication Copyright c ISI ResearchSoft A single letter upper or lowercase appended to a year is treated as part of the date asin 1999a which will sort ahead of 1999b You can use a question mark to enter an unknown date such as 19 In sorting these are treated as zeros so that 19 appears before known 20th century dates but after 19th century dates and before 21st century dates The question mark is ignored when added to a two or four digit year or add
22. Author Subsidiary 16 Author Role 17 Place of Publication 18 McKinney TX Publisher Name 19 Academic Computing Publications Date of Publication 20 1939 Date of Copyright 21 Volume ID 22 Issue ID 24 a Ready carl 3 Scroll to the Keywords 45 field the last field Position the cursor after the last term and type a slash 4 Copy the phrase Information Technology from the Notes 42 field to the Keywords 45 field using Copy and Paste commands Note Editing a record is just like adding a record You can copy move insert and delete text from any field 5 Close the record to save your changes and return to the abbreviated record list 68 Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour Configuring Duplicate Checking When inserting records from multiple sources into a ProCite database it is possible to enter duplicate records To avoid this you can have ProCite warn you when it encounters a suspected duplicate record when saving records You can also use the Duplicates tab to check for existing duplicates You can mark duplicates and delete them after comparing the records Exercise Setting Duplicate Detection To set duplicate detection criteria 1 From the Database menu choose Configure Duplicates 2 Select the check box titled Warn about duplicates when saving new records Configure Duplicates x Duplicate Detection Fields to compare Autho
23. Databases es Workforms a Output Styles El Journal and Term Lists Search Expressions CAPROGRAM FILESSPROCITESS E Cancel Help Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files 95 This feature is useful when you are running ProCite from a network and want to use a combination of shared network files and local files ProCite automatically lists files from the network folder where ProCite is in stalled You would enter your local drive and path in this dialog as a preference You can indicate multiple folders by separating them with semicolons For example C Program Files ProCite5 Database C Personal Database Hard Disk ProCite 5 Folder Database Hard Disk Personal Database Note These settings apply to file lists in ProCite itself In most cases these do not affect the standard file dialogs that appear when you create or open a disk file from ProCite Databases ProCite uses the database folder in two instances e The first time you open a file with ProCite after that it remembers the last folder accessed e When you use Save As to save a database Workforms ProCite lists workforms in several places On the Terms tab you see only the workforms that are used in the current database When you insert or edit records however you see a list of all available workforms The list of workforms is compiled from the Forms folder found in the ProCite program folder and the fol
24. General File Locations Intemet Search Startup Options v Vv Reload last file Show Tooltips I Status Bar Default Settings for New Databases Edit Defaults Cancel Help You can Use the General tab to turn general display items on or off Use the File Locations tab to determine which folders ProCite will look in when listing files in the program Use the Internet Search tab to set options for searching PubMed and Z39 50 databases Use the Edit Defaults button on the General tab to change default settings for new databases 94 Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files General Display Settings File Locations The General tab of the Options dialog allows the option of displaying or suppressing the following Show splash screen displays the ProCite logo each time you start the program Reload last file automatically reloads the last opened file each time you start ProCite Tooltips displays a short description for each toolbar button as you place the cursor over it Status bar displays database status information at the bottom of the active ProCite window Click the File Locations tab of the Options dialog to change folder settings In some instances where ProCite displays a list of files in the program workforms and lists it lists the files found in the default ProCite folders and the folders indicated here Options Ea General File Locations Intemet Search
25. It is best to select the appropriate language before creating a database since ProCite must rebuild the database after changing the language setting To change the language setting 1 Display the International Settings tab either to change the default setting new databases only or the current database setting e Changing the default From the Tools menu select Options to display the Options dialog On the General tab click the Edit Defaults button to bring up a Default Database Settings tabbed dialog Click on the Inter national Settings tab e Changing the current database setting From the Sort menu select Configure Sorts and click on the International Settings tab Configure Sorts x Custom Sort Order Custom Sort Options Stop Lists Intemational Settings Changing the default sort language affects how each record in a database will be sorted The general sort is appropriate for Dutch English German Indonesian Italian Portuguese and modern Spanish The system sort uses the native language sort as defined by the operating system that is currently installed on this computer Default Sort Language General Czech Danish and Norwegian Finnish and Swedish Cancel Help 232 Chapter 1 1 Sorting Records 2 From the drop down list select the appropriate language setting e General Select for Dutch English German Indonesian Italian Portuguese and modern Spanish e Czech e Danish and N
26. ODi Computer Program Medium Designator O53 nie Data File eee Medium Designator Obs innie Medium ee eeeeeeereeeeeeees Medium Designator bn Asides Medium Designator Medium Designator Ob veiestidiet set Map Type ecce Medium Designator Oe E Connective Phrase Connective Phrase OF vactiecieed Assignee aasien Author OF kikat Author Monographic Author O7 ates EOIN riain Author Oy Author Programmer Author OF aiins Cartographer ceee Author O7 otoi Editor Compiler Author O74 Site Producer ssec Author OF Anis Recipient eenen Author 08 sccitsscceresds Author Role seee Author Role Ols EERE Cartographer Role Author Role OS EE Editor Compiler Role Author Role 01S Gertie Producer Role Author Role OO S Collection Title 0 Title OO seine Recording Title Title OS EEE Report Title eee Title OO veces Short Form Title Title Oe EE Title Monographic Title TOs bet eter Journal Title eee Title 10 siete Magazine Title Title s I opener Newspaper Name Title 162 Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field Field Field Name Section Heading A be rete WMG fesse s22 bece a Title TT Draun Translated Title Title TW dee eels Subsidiary Title Title T2 Abstract Journal Date Date T27 iria Date of Meeting
27. OR NOT AND NOT Definition Use this operator between two search terms or expressions to find records that match both terms Use this operator between two search terms or expressions to select records that match at least one search term Use this operator before a search term to find all records that do not contain the search term Use this operator between search terms to find all records that do contain the first term but not the second Examples with Logical Operators flag AND Australia 45 flag AND 45 Australia flag OR Australia 45 flag OR Australia 45 flag OR 45 Australia NOT flag Matching records must have both the words flag and Australia anywhere in the record Matching records contain both of these words in the Keywords 45 field Matching records must have either the base word flag flag flags flagging etc or the full word Australia or both in the record Matching records must have either the word flag in the Keywords 45 field or the word Australia in any field Matching records must have either the word flag or the word Australia or both in the Keywords 45 field Another way to enter this search expression is 45 flag Australia Matching records cannot contain the word flag in any field Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records 261 flag AND NOT Australia Matching records must contain the word flag in any field but must not contain the word Australia in an
28. ina list file 377 keyboard command 512 Bookmark in word processor 323 Braces as delimiters 314 Brackets as delimiters 314 Build Alternate Text List 393 Build Journal Title List 390 Building Search Expression 262 265 C CALL in search expression 256 Call Number formatting 448 printing 352 366 Call Number Field 143 169 413 as subject headings 366 sorting 236 240 Capitalization title fields 183 185 Capitalize Title 462 464 Capture URL 302 303 Catalog Cards printing to 344 345 Change bibliography layout 324 326 citations 335 337 global 218 219 group 275 record display 141 142 recordID 151 400 stop list 238 240 workform 406 410 workform definition 405 workform global 220 Chapters generating a cumulative bibliography 327 Character Mapping Across Platforms 107 108 Character Styles 160 Characters inserting for formatting 446 449 limit within delimiters 315 special formatting 144 440 Citation Format 308 Citation Style adding letters to year 429 author formatting 430 431 author date settings 428 469 delimiters 426 469 including page numbers 432 numberranges 427 separators 426 427 special fields formatting 432 Citations adding 337 associating with database 337 338 author date 325 author date delimiters amp separators 429 430 changing 335 337 copying 336 defining in text style 422 432 deleting 337 delimiters 314 editing 335 336 formatted 312 forms in manuscript 312 hidden 326 including endnotes foo
29. you can mark individual records to add them to the marked set You can highlight records only in the current list but marking is a good way to collect individual records from more than one record list For example you can list and mark all works by Tom Peters and then list and mark all works by Philip Crosby The set of marked records will include the works of both authors The check box to the left of the displayed record is selected X when the record is marked To view all marked records click the Marked Records tab This is the only reliable way to see all of the marked records at once Many ProCite operations work on marked records only rather than on the entire database These operations include e Globally editing marked records e Copying marked records e Exporting marked records e Deleting marked records Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records 251 To Mark records 1 Choose Clear Marked Set from the Select menu or the correspond ing toolbar icon unless you want to add to the current group of marked records 2 Display any record list which could include search results or a group 3 Select the check box for each record you want marked a To mark an individual record click on the check box at the left b To mark an entire record list such as search results choose the Mark List icon xx from the Bibliography toolbar c To mark highlighted records choose Mark Highlighted Records from the Select menu o
30. 03 Turn off personal author formatting by preceding the item with an equal sign as in Department of the Treasury Toy Manufacturers of America Always precede a corporate author name with an even if the field contains a mixture of corporate and personal author names For example Department of Housing Rogers Cheryl Smith John Howell Michael MWS Corporation The separator allows ProCite to recognize the corporate name as part of a list of authors rather than the affiliation of one or more of the listed authors Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field 167 Associating Other Information With A Name Typically you should enter only author names into the ProCite author fields Never include prefixes such as Mr Mrs or Dr as ProCite will interpret them as surnames You can include suffixes or other information after an author name The drawback to this is that the additional text will always print with the author s name you can t turn it on or off according to a bibliographic style Names with Suffixes Enter an equal sign before a suffix after an author s name The equal sign tells ProCite not to manipulate the suffix as part of the author s name Enter the suffix including punctuation exactly as you wish it to print For example Sodeman W A Jr Stevenson Adlai E Ill Additional information with individual names By using an after an author s name you
31. All icon to Mark all records in the current list You can perform almost any ProCite operation on these marked records You can sort the records globally edit the records export the records print the records etc Searching a Group To limit a search to only the records saved in a particular Group 1 Click on the Search tab 2 In the drop down box labelled Look in select the Group you wish to search 3 Enter your search expression in the text box See Chapter 13 Search ing and Finding Records if you need more information about search ing 4 Click the Search button to execute the search The current search expression looks only at those records in the selected Group and lists matching records Deleting a Group You can remove an entire Group by deleting it When you delete a Group you remove the instructions that group those records but not the records themselves To delete a group 1 Click on the Groups tab and display the Group you want to delete 2 From the Groups menu choose Delete ProCite will ask for confirma tion before permanently removing the Group Modifying a Group The records included in a Group do not change as you add records to the database or modify individual records However if you delete a record from a database it will also be deleted from Groups since the record can no longer be found by ProCite 276 Chapter 14 Saving Records in Groups Adding or Removing Records T
32. Changing the Workform for Multiple Records 191 Selecting an Appropriate Workform eee ee eeeeeeeeeeee 192 Relationship between Workforms and Output Styles 193 Common Workform Choices ccs esceseceeceseeseeeseees 194 Choosing Workforms for Journal and Book Entries 197 Journal ENESA i ec a EE EES 197 BOOK Entries ane innen aneri a ER 198 ProCite supplies predefined workforms for a wide range of types of work including books journal articles patents conference proceedings maps and art works Workforms help you structure information so that each component is stored in a separate field This enforces consistent data entry and allows precise control over formatted output By using specific fields for similar purposes regardless of the workform being used you can easily retrieve records containing common informa tion Using different workforms for different types of documents also makes it easy to select all records that reference a particular document type You can always change the workform associated with a record if the original choice was unsuitable Since users have varied needs the supplied workforms may not be ideal for your application However there are advantages to using predefined workforms e You can standardize record entry e You can easily share data with other ProCite users e You can use existing output styles without the need to change them 188 Chapter 8 Choosing a W
33. Clinical Applications 1 College Instruction 1 Computers 6 Conformational Searching 1 Cycloheptadecane 1 x x M 4i gt AAL All Records A Marked Records i Search N Terms f Groups A Duplicates F Author Title D ate Ascending 0 Records Marked 6 Records in List 40 Records in Database 7 Borgman Christine L Bowe From hands on science to hands on inform 1989 Loomis Thomas Software design issues for natural languag 1987 Rieger Steve Kenney Norr ProCite 1999 Schwartz Helen Balestri D Computers in writing instruction Blueprint f 1989 Wheeler David Artificial intelligence researchers develop e 20 May 1987 Since the keyword list of terms is made from existing records you can browse through the list to check for misspellings or other errors in keyword entry If you do find an error you can edit records individually or you can quickly use the global find and replace feature to fix all occurrences of the error See Chapter 10 Global Editing for more information about doing a global find and replace Displaying by Workform From the Show list select Workforms to display a list of the ProCite workforms used in the database Click on a workform name to view all records that were entered into that workform type This feature makes it easy to view records of the same type for example all references to conference proceedings or all references to journal articles Displaying Groups Gr
34. Database C Program Files ProCite5 D atabase S ample Database pdt 1 items in list Use the drop down list at the top of the dialog to select from a list of the previous 10 searches and click the search icon Highlight the record s you want to insert and click Insert Unformatted Citations When you Insert Citation Insert Marked Records Scan Document or Unformat Citation ProCite displays an unformatted citation This includes either a record ID only or the author s last name the year and the record ID enclosed in delimiters For example Brown 1992 128 If there is no author in a record the unformatted reference displays the primary title You cannot change the appearance of the unformatted citation and the unformatted citation does not reflect how the citation will look when you generate the final reference list Chapter 16 Cite While YouWrite 321 The unformatted citation makes it easy to identify the record cited It also allows you to easily change the order of the elements in a multiple citation more than one citation referenced at the same point in the text Even if your final goal is numeric citations you can see meaningful information while you are working on your document Unformatted citations with multiple authors show the first two author names from the primary author field in a record If there are more than two authors the second author is followed by et al So for multiple authors you may
35. Enter the drive and path name for each product component and click OK ProCite remembers the settings for your machine until you change them and lists files found in the default ProCite folders as well as the folders indicated here The ProCite program folder contains the ProCite program and help file the Biblio Link II program and help file a Readme file the Uninstall program and various other files As the ProCite program is updated filenames may change slightly and new files may appear The Readme file contains late breaking news about installation and operation of the program You can read the Readme file within the installation program or you can open and read it with any word processor ProCite5 Windows or ProCite 5 Macintosh starts the ProCite program Blink2 Windows or Biblio Link II Macintosh starts the Biblio Link II program for creating and editing configuration files which are used to import data from other bibliographic database sources 40 Chapter 2 Installation System Files Database Files If the help file is deleted or moved you will not be able to access the ProCite help topics You can delete the help file ProCite5 hlp Windows or ProCite 5 Help Macintosh to save space Uninstall removes the entire ProCite program Several System files are required to run ProCite Most of these files are already present and used by other programs The installation program checks for the required files and i
36. Footnotes n ri aa tut E EN E NE utes 432 Defining Bibliography Formatting eseeeseseeeeeseeeseererreeeseees 433 Defining Workform Styles seeseeseeeseeseseessererrseeresrrerreeeseens 435 Basic Procedure noneicsserenn son e 436 Inserting and Deleting Fields 0 0 0 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeeee 438 Inserting Punctuation eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeenee 440 Inserting Additional Text 00 eee cee ceeceseeteeeeees 445 Inserting Formatting Characters eee eeeeeeeeereeee 446 Applying Type Styles sienne 449 Formatting Special Fields eee eeeeseeseecseensecneenseenees 450 Basic Proce qure a cess seuss eese reni one Teses rosene arise 451 Author Formatting sssseessseeesseeesserssrsreserresreerereereresreses 452 Title Formattint sineren nene th eee ER 462 Journal Title Formatting eseseeeeseeeesseeerseeersreerrrreerere 464 Date FOrmatting ssiri serrie eer na oone eire 465 Page Numbering 00 eee cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceseeeeeeseeeneeaee 468 KeyWords areo aeara AA beau uaiens 469 Many predefined output styles ship with ProCite They are set up to format records in popular bibliographic styles You will need to modify an existing style or create a new one if none of the existing output styles match the style you need When you create or modify a workform you may need to modify each output style you use to get appropriate output for records entered into that workform 418 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles How Outp
37. Monographic 09 Collection Title Proceedings Title Record ing Title Report Title The chief distinguishing title for a single volume non serial work or the title unique to each single volume in a multiple volume set For serial works it is the title that is unique to a single issue Book titles are monographic titles You should not use this field for subtitles collective titles or analytic level titles e Journal Title 10 Journal Title Magazine Title 184 Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field Entry rules Title 11 Newspaper Title Also used for a supplementary title which can be either a primary or a subsidiary title depending on the workform You may use this field for translated titles or collective titles Series Title 32 The collective title associated with a number of separate works issued in succession These are usually issued by the same publisher in a uniform style and are related by a common title Enter the primary title for a work into the title field that appears first in the workform 04 09 10 or 11 This allows sorting by generic title Enter the primary title for a work by an analytic author in field 04 Enter the title of a monograph in field 09 Enter journal titles in field 10 Use field 11 for a primary title such as the title of a newspaper or for a translated title Enter a subsidiary title such as the title of a series that may have an associated series editor or compiler
38. Monographic 9 Title Monographic 9 Case Name Abbrev 10 10 10 11 11 Translated Title 11 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 15 Edition 15 16 16 Author Subsidiary 16 17 17 Author Role 17 18 Place of Publication 18 Place of Publication 18 Reporter 19 Publisher Name 19 Publisher Name 19 Court 20 Date of Publication 20 Date of Publication 20 Date Filed 37 Address Availability 38 Location URL 39 40 41 ISBN 42 Notes 43 Abstract 44 Call Number 45 Keywords 21 Original Pub Date 22 Volume ID 26 Extent of Work 27 Packaging Method 30 Series Editor 31 Series Editor Role 32 Series Title 33 Series Volume ID 37 Address Availability 38 Location URL 39 40 41 ISBN 42 Notes 43 Abstract 44 Call Number 45 Keywords 21 Date Decided 22 First Page 24 Reporter Number 25 Page N 32 History 37 Address Availability 38 Location URL 42 Notes 43 Abstract 44 Call Number 45 Keywords Appendix B ProCite Workforms and Fields 491 Computer Program Conference Proceedings Data File 1 1 Author Analytic 1 2 2 Author Role 2 3 3 Author Affiliation 3 4 Program Title 4 Paper Section Title 4 Title Analytic 5 Comput
39. Olson 1990 290 expands with field codes added Char Style Citation Olson lt gt 1990 lt gt 290 Char Style Citation Third Party Other Word Processors ProCite 5 supports Microsoft Word Windows and Macintosh and WordPerfect Windows If you are not using a different word processor you can still generate a manuscript bibliography The procedure for doing this is described at the end of this chapter 312 Chapter16 Cite While You Write Linking Citations to ProCite Records There are three ways to link citations to ProCite records Use Insert Citation to link each citation as you write Use Insert Marked Records to link records marked in a ProCite database Use Scan Document to process a batch of citations Use this command if you have a manuscript with citations in delimiters such as Anderson 1990 or 45 ProCite scans either highlighted text or your entire document and automatically executes an Insert Citation on each delimited citation Forms of Citations in the Manuscript In text citations can appear in several forms Identifying text is text you manually enter to find a record from a ProCite database It is immediately replaced by a linked unformatted citation when you choose Insert Citation Insert Marked Records or Scan Document An unformatted citation appears after you Insert Citation Insert Marked Records or Scan Document to link records or Unformat a formatted citation It is
40. On the Bibliography tab click each workform name and use the Insert Field button to list the fields you want to print from that workform in the order you want them to print Include the appropriate punctuation between fields See Defining Workform Styles later in this chapter for more informa tion about setting up workform styles Note If you plan to print only in text citations such as full footnotes and will never print a bibliography you can ignore the Bibliography settings and skip to step 8 Click the Bibliography Settings button to set layout options for your bibliographies Enter the appropriate reference list title sort order numbering indentation and spacing for your references Click OK to save any changes Choose Close from the File menu ProCite asks whether you want to save changes to the file Click Save to display a file dialog 10 Enter a unique file name for the output style locate ProCite s Styles folder to add the new file to the list of output styles and click Save ProCite displays a File Properties dialog Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 421 11 Enter comments and click OK to save the file to disk Once the new output style is saved it automatically appears in ProCite s list of output styles and is available under Configure Bibliography for formatting output Because output styles are independent files they are available to all ProCite databases Modify
41. ProCite assumes these fields contain author names e Analytic Author 01 e Monographic Author 07 e Subsidiary Author 16 e Series Author 30 Although you can physically put author names in any ProCite field we strongly recommend that you stick to these four fields because e These are the fields ProCite searches for authors e Authors from these fields are included in the Authors field content list The Authors list allows for easy data entry and quick author searching e The output styles allow control over how these fields are formatted You can strip author names to initials limit the number of authors printed and more Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records 145 Personal Authors Enter each name as completely as possible in this order lastname firstname middle Jordan Karen M It is best to enter the full author name rather than using initials in order to accommodate bibliographic styles that require full names ProCite can reduce full names to initials as required by some bibliographic styles but cannot expand initials to full names If only an initial is available follow it with a period When there are two initials separate them with a period and a space Examples Hollister Charles Warren Ross T J Gorman Anne Meade Michael J Corporate Authors Corporate authors are companies government agencies universities etc Use an equal sign before the name so ProCite ignores normal author
42. Selecting Visible Fields 00 0 eee eeeeeseeeeeeeeees 122 Saving Changes to the Display 0 0 00 eee 122 Resizing the Column Widths 0 eee 123 Changing the Display Font and Style ee 123 Sorting the Display eee cee ceseeeeceseeeeceeeeeeeeaeeees 123 Viewing Full Records eminere e 124 Configuring the Edit Record View 00 0 cee eeeeeeeeeee 125 Viewing Multiple Records eee ee eeeesecseesecneeeeees 126 Moving Between Records ceeecesseceececeeeeeneeceeeecneeeeneeees 127 Viewing Formatted References 00 ec eeeeeeeeeeeeeecneeeeeenees 129 Viewing Bibliographies 2 00 0 cece ee eeeeeeseeeeeeneeesecseeeseenaes 130 You can browse a database quickly viewing abbreviated records While browsing you can display a full record for viewing or editing You can preview individual formatted records as you highlight records in the list or you can preview an entire formatted bibliography 114 Chapter5 Viewing Records Viewing Abbr eviated Records The Record Lists When you double click on a database file ProCite opens the database and displays a list of abbreviated records When you open a new database no records are displayed You can browse through the single line records mark or unmark records or display records in full for viewing or editing The abbreviated record display includes the following components Title bar The Title bar displays the name of the active database Menu bar The Menu b
43. Text Only If you do not include a workform indicator ProCite picks the last workform used for record insertion Record ID You may wish to include a record ID in front of each delimited record If you do not include a workform indicator for each record the record ID field must appear as the first field for each record If you include a workform indicator in the first field the record ID must appear in the second field If you do not include a record ID field at all you must use a custom import format since the default Comma Delimited and Tab Delimited formats assume a record ID field You can include an empty placeholder a set of double quotes for a record ID ProCite will assign numbers as the record are imported Chapter 9 Importing Records 209 This example shows a record ID in the second field position after the workform indicator F 290 Olson Lise staff writer Research fund faces cuts WN Detroit Free Press 70 Detroit Mr June 18 1990 Business section E 7 1 2 S AEAEE EEE eS The State Research Fund faces drastic cuts from the levels of past years Budget Research Setting Import Options In order to correctly import records you must tell ProCite e What format is used for the records in the import file e What characters separate fields and end records in the import file e Whether the import file includes additional delimiters to surround text e Wh
44. Thomas Software design issues for natural language processing Computers and Translation 1987 2 4 219 230 e Right will right justify citation numbers and line up the first line of each citation 1 Reader s Digest Illustrated guide to gardening Pleasantville New York The Reader s Digest Association 1979 10 Olson Lise staff writer Research fund faces cuts Detroit Free Press Detroit Ml 1990 Jun 18 Business Section E 1 2 100 Loomis Thomas Software design issues for natural language processing Computers and Translation 1987 2 4 219 230 350 Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies e None also referred to as inline will left justify citation numbers and separate citation numbers from the text of the reference with a space 1 Reader s Digest Illustrated guide to gardening Pleasantville New York The Reader s Digest Association 1979 10 Olson Lise staff writer Research fund faces cuts Detroit Free Press Detroit Ml 1990 Jun 18 Business Section E 1 2 100 Loomis Thomas Software design issues for natural language processing Computers and Translation 1987 2 4 219 230 Indentation Use the Indentation settings to set a paragraph indent a hanging indent or no indent at all You can type the measurements as cm centimeters e inches pi picas e li lines e in inches pt points Hanging Indent To set a hanging indent such as Reader s Digest 1979 Illustrat
45. When done the installation program closes and returns you to the desktop 28 Chapter 2 Installation For a description of installed files see Installed Files and Their Locations later in this chapter Start ProCite by double clicking the ProCite 5 icon Under Windows you can go to the Start menu select Programs then ProCite 5 and then the ProCite icon Network Multi User Installation The multi user version of ProCite is licensed for a particular number of users You can install ProCite on a shared network for simultaneous use or you can install ProCite locally for each of the licensed users Note Accessing ProCite from a network server can be quite slow for Macintosh users We recommend that Macintosh users install locally A network administrator should first install the ProCite program on the network The installation includes program files workforms journal title lists output styles configuration files and sample databases Then the administrator or each user must install system files and word processor files on each local machine Network Program Installation To install ProCite on a server or other networked drive 1 Put the ProCite CD in your CD ROM drive 2 Under Windows the installation program should start automatically If the installation program doesn t start automatically double click on Setup Windows or Install ProCite 5 Macintosh 3 Follow the instructions on your screen Before
46. Words not capitalized unless it is the first word in the title include specific articles preposi tions and conjunctions such as a an and but by for in into nor of on or the to For example The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics Note that letters uppercased in the ProCite record will not be lowercased In most instances you should enter your titles and subtitles with sentence capitalization where the first letter of the first word of the title and subtitle are uppercased as well as the first letter of all proper nouns This allows ProCite to correctly apply any of the title case formatting options 464 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles If you plan to always print titles in Headline or Uppercase you can enter the titles in your records in Headline case However since the Headline option will capitalize words but will not lowercase any letters you should enter your titles with Sentence capitalization if you think you may need to print with a different case at some time Always capitalize proper nouns You may need to edit titles imported into ProCite from other sources to identify and capitalize proper nouns Headline capitalization will capital ize words like from before and between You might want to print to a word processor file and edit the file to lowercase these words By default all title fields are set to Unchanged in a new output style Journal Title Forma
47. between search terms or an instruction on how to search a field e Search Term A word or phrase you want ProCite to find The following exercises give you experience creating and saving a Search Expression as well as showing you how to create and sort a group of references prior to printing Exercise Creating a Search Expression To create a search expression 1 Click the Search tab to display the Search window Notes At this point you can enter field names operators and search terms either by typing them or by using a combination of typing and pop up lists The most thorough and time consuming search is where the Search Expression contains only a search term ProCite then searches all text in every field of each record To limit the fields to search enter a field identifier and operator prior to the search term The fastest searches are on the indexed fields Author Journal Title Title and Keywords 72 Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 2 Click Insert Fields to limit your search to a particular field The Search Fields dialog appears Search Fields xi Select a field to insert OK Fields 1 7 16 30 Journal Field 10 Title Fields 4 9 11 32 Date Fields 12 20 21 Keywords Field 45 Record ID Cancel Help dili Workform Group 1 Author Analytic 2 Author Role 3 Author Affiliation 4 Title Analytic 5 Medium Designator 6 Connective Phrase 7 Author Monogra
48. copying text 156 definition 23 deleting 138 editing 124 136 entering and editing data 142 152 finding 248 finding last entered 270 highlighting 250 import from Netscape 302 303 importing tagged 200 202 inserting 134 135 limit in database 88 linking text 312 321 mark highlighted 1 16 marking 250 251 matching 328 new 139 opening 136 printing 342 346 saving changes 136 starting number 97 unmarking 251 view multiple 126 127 viewing 124 127 viewing groups 274 working with linked 338 Record IDs 124 181 182 assigning 398 401 automatic numbering 398 400 changing 151 Index 531 changing increment 400 changing settings for new database 399 400 default settings 398 400 duplicate numbering 401 entering 333 exporting 479 finding 270 importing 208 209 213 list 362 manual numbering 400 401 new database preference 97 printing 352 353 398 renumbering 401 402 scan document 315 340 sorting by 270 using 397 398 Record List Toolbar 505 Record Numbers See Record IDs Records adding to group 276 change group 275 changing workform 189 192 delete group 275 deleting duplicates 243 exporting delimited 471 474 exporting terminators 477 importing delimited 203 importing terminators 212 marking duplicates 242 marking group 274 275 matching multiple while you write 319 modify group 275 preparing for substitution 394 removing from group 276 saving group 272 273 searching group 275 setting workform 188 189 verifying duplic
49. default font only Tips Use the arrow buttons to choose from a field content list or term list You can also enter three special characters Ap carriage return l line feed t tab You can narrow the searching process by selecting one or both of these options e Match Case when checked matches only exact capitalization when searching for the specified text If not checked ProCite searches for the text regardless of case Find Whole Words Only when checked finds only whole words characters embedded in other words are ignored Click OK to start the operation ProCite asks OK to replace all occurrences of old text with new text in each marked record Click OK to dismiss the message and perform the global find and replace operation ProCite alerts you when the process is complete and indicates the number of records changed Click OK to dismiss the message 220 Chapter 10 Global Editing GlobalChange Workform With the Global Change Workform command you take a marked set of records that are in any combination of workforms and modify the set so that all of those records use one particular workform To change the workforms of multiple records to one workform type 1 From the Select menu choose Clear Marked Set to clear the check box for all records 2 Mark the records whose workforms you wish to change 3 Go to the Database menu s Edit Marked Records submenu and choose Globa
50. etc It is always present no matter which workform you are using The record ID will not print 182 Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field unless it is listed in the output style and is checked as an Optional Field under Configure Bibliography Record IDs sort in numerical and then alphabetical order All other ProCite fields apart from Date and Call Number sort characters from left to right By default ProCite starts record numbering sequentially from the number 10 with increments of 10 See Chapter 21 Record IDs and Renumbering for information about how to change the starting record ID or increment Report ID Field 23 Used for the complete alphanumeric identifier that uniquely identifies a report For example 32A4680 Reprint Status Field 12 When field 12 is assigned the field name Reprint Status the field appears with a pull down list of choices plus a Date subfield You can type a reprint status or choose from these options on the pull down list In File You have a reprint in your files Not in File You do not have a reprint and do not expect to have one the default setting On Request You have requested a reprint When you choose On Request ProCite enters the current date in the Date subfield You can overtype with a different date Entering the date you requested the reprint helps you manage pending reprints When field 12 is assigned a field name other than Reprint Request the field is treated
51. help file 39 40 journal title file list 41 Microsoft W ord support Macintosh 33 Microsoft W ord support for Mac Windows 31 multi user 28 30 network user 29 output style files 42 program files 39 40 single user 27 system file list 40 word processor files 42 43 WordPerfect support 32 Install ProCite 27 33 International Sort Order 230 233 Internet adding launching PubMed UIs 303 adding launching URLS 303 dial up connections 278 disconnecting 278 importing a web page 302 303 printing to HTML files 304 search expression sharing 104 sending references via e mail 305 306 sharing configurations 104 Internet Explorer import web page 302 303 launching a URL or UI 152 Internet Search adding databases to search 298 301 adding modifying host configurations 296 298 allowing access through firewalls 281 290 configuration sharing 104 creating search expressions 290 291 log file of last search 287 options 294 295 Index 525 saving discarding search results 289 selecting sites 284 toolbar 508 Internet Search Expression deleting an expression 293 editing an expression 293 renaming an expression 293 saving 291 292 Internet Server searching 286 288 Invisible Characters 126 141 displaying 125 IP Address Internet Host 297 ISBN Field 175 ISI ResearchSoft 20 technical support 21 ISSN Field 175 Issue ID Fields 175 Italian Sort 232 Italics applying ina field 150 applying in dialog boxes 451 applying in output styles
52. in field 32 Journal Titles The most important rule is to be consistent When entering journal names either always enter full names or always enter abbreviations To substitute an abbreviated form of the title in formatted output using a journal title list the record should contain the full form of the journal title exactly as it appears in the journal title list This allows ProCite to find the matching abbreviation when formatting output You can do this most easily by using the same journal title list for entering journal titles into the record If there is no entry for the journal in the journal title list you are using enter the title exactly as you want it to appear in the printed bibliogra phy Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field 185 Other Titles e Itis best to enter titles in sentence style where only the first word of the title and subtitle and proper nouns are capitalized For example The elements of grammar Datamation Why Johnny can t read When you enter titles in sentence style the output style can modify the case of the title for printing This allows you to meet the require ments of various bibliographic styles on output without changing the original title entry in the record For example sentence style Why Johnny can t read headline style Why Johnny Can t Read uppercase WHY JOHNNY CAN T READ lowercase why johnny can t read e Include a parallel or subordinate title follow
53. independent of the records in a database For example you can use one output style to provide underlined titles and use another when you want quotation marks around titles Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records 143 Special Field Rules For ProCite to create bibliographies with the correct formatting it is essential that you enter information correctly For field by field detailed instructions see Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field There are some fields with permanent attributes that ProCite assumes to contain particular types of information For example if ProCite recog nizes anything in a date field as a valid date it will apply date formatting as defined in the output style These special fields are Author fields 01 07 16 30 ProCite uses special instructions for handling author names in formatting citations and there are special rules for entering names so that ProCite can handle them correctly Multiple entries are allowed Title fields 04 09 10 11 32 These fields contain titles ProCite uses special instructions for handling titles in formatting citations Date fields 12 20 21 These fields accept a wide variety of date formats ProCite uses special instructions when searching sorting and formatting dates Reprint Status field 12 Although officially a date field field 12 most often holds a reprint status When the field is titled Reprint Status you can type your own reprint status or choose fro
54. of what For example 1 586 405 records where the number is in Extent of Work 26 and records is in Packaging Method 27 Entry rules e Do not capitalize the first letter For example pages transparencies negatives cassettes e If you must include more than one physical form include additional extent and packaging methods after the first supplying necessary punctuation For example to output 1 reel 333 pages the entries would be Extent of Work 26 1 Packaging Method 27 reel 333 pages e This field may also be used to supply information about accompany ing material For example Extent of Work 26 23 Packaging Method 27 slides Accompanied by 1 guide Place of Meeting Field 13 Used for the location of a meeting conference etc Examples Geneva Switzerland or San Francisco CA In the Patent workform this field indicates the country issuing the Patent which qualifies the type of Patent For example Country 13 Type 14 U S Patent Japanese Patent French Demande Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field 181 Place of Publication Field 18 This field is used for the city and state or country of the publisher or the place where a work was created For example Chicago IL If you need to enter more than one place of publication it is best to put the second entry in a field that you would not normally use in the same workform This will allow you to format the first Place o
55. r Anaesthetic management of ar cr 100 Avital A Godfrey S Schachter J Springer C r F cr 110 Cook P Scarfone R J Cook R T Adenosine in the c 120 Sienra Monge J J Prieto Ursua L Gerardo Sol Monterrey E c 130 Schnapf B M Santeiro M L Beta agonist inhaler cav cr 140 Canciani M Marchi A G Bronchial asthma in a pedis rcr 150 Taylor M R r asthma audit of peak flow rate guidelines cr 160 rr rn ee n Netered dose inhalers for young athletes with exercise ir cr 170 Smith D Y 7 Pediatric management problems Asthma c iso Montgomery V L Eid N 5 Low dose beta agonist cont Py 4 In the File Type drop down list select Delimited 204 Chapter 9 Importing Records In the File Format drop down list select the appropriate delimited format of your records e Comma Delimited where each field is enclosed in quotation marks and separated from the next field by a comma and each record ends with a carriage return This format assumes that each record includes a field for the workform indicator a field for a record ID and all 45 ProCite fields with data in the fields used by your workform and empty place holders for fields that either do not contain data or do not exist in the workform e Tab Delimited where each field is separated from the next
56. tions is never less than that within a citation For example with Line Spacing set to Double and Space After set to Single you get double spacing within citations and triple spacing between citations 352 Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies Field Suppression or Substitution Click on the Fields tab under Configure Bibliography to suppress fields from printing or to enable alternate text substitution Configure Bibliography x Reference List Fields Page Layout Optional Fields I Show Reprint Status IV Show Notes T Show Abstract I Show Call Number I Show Keywords Short Form F Use Short Form Select Fields Alternate Text I Enable Alternate Text Substitution Cancel Help Optional Fields The output style determines which fields will print from each record However you may occasionally wish to suppress certain fields from printing For example you may want to include notes and abstracts when printing drafts for personal use but when you print the final copy you want the same bibliography without the notes and abstracts The Optional Fields feature allows you to suppress any of the listed ProCite fields from printing To use this feature e Every field you want to print must be listed in the output style used for printing If a field is not listed in the output style it will never print e Even though an optional field is included in the output style it does not print unless it
57. you need to manually install support See one of the following sections e Word for Windows e WordPerfect for Windows Word for the Macintosh Chapter 2 Installation 31 Word for Windows To manually install support for Word copy the appropriate files listed below from ProCite s CWYW folder to Word s Startup folder for each copy of Word The Word startup folder is typically C Program Files Microsoft Office Startup This folder can also be specified in Microsoft Word s Tools Options File Locations dialog Check the folder location before copying any files Note You need full access read and write privileges to Word s startup folder in order to install cite while you write support Microsoft Word 7 x Word 7 is installed with Microsoft Office 95 Copy these files from ProCite s CWYW folder to the Microsoft Word 7 x Startup folder e Pcd5wd32 will e Pc5wd7 dot Microsoft Word 97 or Microsoft Word 2000 Copy these files from ProCite s CWYW folder to the Microsoft Word 97 or Microsoft Word 2000 Startup folder e Pcd5wd32 will e Pc5wd8 dot After installing the required files exit and restart any copies of Word that are currently running When you start Word ProCite 5 commands appear on the Tools menu 32 Chapter 2 Installation WordPerfect for Windows The required WordPerfect files are located in ProCite s CWYW folder You need to tell WordPerfect where to find the files To ad
58. 16 Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field 165 Personal Authors It is best to enter the full author name rather than using initials in order to accommodate bibliographic styles that require full names ProCite can reduce full names to initials as required by bibliographic styles but cannot expand initials to full names e Enter author names in this order Lastname Firstname Middlename Type the first character of each name in upper case and all other characters in lower case Put a comma between the last name and first name a space between the first name and middle name and a period after each initial For example Hollister Charles Warren de Gaulle Charles Ruth G H Meade Michael J e ProCite recognizes two letters followed by a period as a two letter initial that is already abbreviated and will be used as is For example Robinson JH If you don t intend it as a two letter initial change the entry to avoid misinterpretation by ProCite For interpretation as two separate initials put periods after both initials or separate them with a space For example Robinson J H Robinson J H Robinson J H e For multiple authors either enter each name on a separate line or use double slashes or semicolons between author names entered on the same line For example Smith John Wyeth Meade Michael J e Include all the names you have Instructions in ProCite s output styles will
59. 1995 research And yet other prominent researchers did not join his campaign for early testing Johnson 1997 Smith 1996 as Dressler mentioned in his 1995 research And yet other promi nent researchers did not join his campaign for early testing 7 You can switch between these two styles Use a hidden switch to suppress the Dressler citation completely when using an in text citation format other than numbering For example Dressler 1995 h Generating a Bibliography from Multiple Documents You can use Word or WordPerfect s Master Document feature to generate a single bibliography from multiple documents This allows you to create a cumulative bibliography from any number of book chapters 1 In each of your documents or chapters insert or scan the in text citations to link them to a ProCite database 2 Close all of your documents 3 Create a New document 4 Designate the new document as a master document then insert and display each of your chapters as subdocuments Note This procedure is different for each version of Word and WordPerfect so check your word processor s documentation for step by step instructions 5 Select Generate Bibliography from the Tools menu 6 Verify the Configure Bibliography settings and click OK ProCite generates the bibliography using in text citations from the master document and all displayed subdocuments and places it at the end of the master document 32
60. 1999 Winter 1999 Spring Summer 99 Summer Fall 1999 Fall Winter 1999 Win Spr 96 99 500BC 65 BC AD 500 1999 40 A D 1999a 1999B 11 1999 11 1999 11 1999 11_1999 11 1999 1999 11 1999 11 11 1 99 11 1 99 11 1 99 11_1_99 11 1 99 1 xi 99 1999 XI I 1999 11 01 Sep Oct 1999 Sept Oct 99 Win 1998 1999 Jun Jul 99 Dec Jan 1998 99 Jan Feb 99 6 12 Jan 1999 Win 98 Spr 99 500AD 1999 A D 1898 2001 November 99 Nov 99 November_1999 Nov 1999 Nov 99 1999 Nov 1999 November 1 Nov 99 1 November 99 1 November 1999 1st November 1999 1 Nov 1999 1 November 2001 991101 2001 11 1 1999 Spring Summer 1999 Jan 20 Feb 2 4 11 Jan 99 99 Win Spr Nov 1 11 99 1998 99 1999 Nov 2 1999 148 Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records You can use question marks in an unknown date such as 19 Inter nally the program converts each question mark to a zero so that unknown dates when sorted appear before any similar known dates For example 1992 will appear before 1900 and 1902 but after 1898 and 1897 ProCite interprets 90 and 1990 as the year 1990 only and not any year in the decade Similarly ProCite interprets 40 AD as the specific year 40 AD and not any year in the fifth century Keywords The 45 Keywords field holds user selected identification terms that describe the subject content of the referenced work Keywords are used to e
61. 261 NOTEMPTY 261 Splash Screen 94 Standard Toolbar 502 Start ProCite 88 Starting Record Number 97 Status Bar 94 114 Stop List adding items 240 available 237 238 changing 238 240 corporate author 237 deactivating 240 default 237 238 deleting item 240 generic 237 238 keywords 237 modifying 238 240 modifying item 240 opening 239 opening current 239 opening default 239 personal author 238 titles 237 Styled Text 125 alternate text list 396 changing display 123 in list 377 in output style 449 450 451 journal title list 393 keyboardcommands 377 451 table of commands 512 Styles applying ina field 150 151 applying to subject headings 363 dataentry 160 Styles Folder 95 1 12 Subject Bibliography examples 364 including record numbers 362 occurrence count 361 366 printing 356 358 procedure 357 360 reference numbers 361 settings 360 363 Subject Bibliography Tab 360 363 Subject Headings cross referencing 365 using call numbers 366 using keywords 365 Subject List 356 indexed 384 385 printing 379 383 Subject Terms inserting space or text 363 sorting 362 Subject Terms and Reference List 360 Subject Terms Only 360 Subscript applying in Output Style 449 inafield 150 keyboard command 512 Substitute Text 353 Substitution text 378 with alternate text list 393 396 with journal title list 390 393 Suffix with author name 167 Superscript applying in Output Style 449 inafield 150 keyboard command 512 Support contac
62. 3 4 Title Analytic 4 Title Analytic 4 Article Title 5 Medium Designator 5 Medium Designator 5 Medium Designator 6 6 Connective Phrase 6 Connective Phrase 7 Producer 7 Editor Compiler 7 8 Producer Role 8 Editor Compiler Role 8 9 9 Title Monographic 9 10 10 10 11 11 11 Newspaper Name 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 13 13 13 14 14 Medium Designator 14 15 15 Edition 15 16 Director 16 Author Subsidiary 16 17 Director Role 17 Author Role 17 18 Place of Publication 18 Place of Publication 18 Place of Publication 19 Distributor 19 Publisher Name 19 Publisher Name 20 Date of Publication 20 Date of Publication 20 Date of Publication 21 21 Copyright Date 21 22 22 Volume ID 22 Section 23 23 Report ID 23 24 24 Plate Number 24 Column Number 25 25 Location in Work 25 Page s 26 Timing 26 Extent of Work 26 27 Packaging Method 27 Packaging Method 27 28 Size 28 28 29 29 29 30 30 Series Editor 30 31 31 Series Editor Role 31 32 Series Title 32 Series Title 32 33 33 Series Volume ID 33 34 34 Series Issue ID 34 35 35 35 36 Connective Phrase 36 Connective Phrase 36 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 39 39 39 40 40 40 41 ISBN 41 ISBN 41 42 Notes 42 Notes 42 Notes 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 43 Abstra
63. 30 30 30 31 31 31 32 32 Series Title 32 Series Title 33 33 Series Volume ID 33 34 34 Series Issue ID 34 35 Language 35 35 36 Connective Phrase 36 Connective Phrase 36 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 39 Class Code National 39 CODEN 39 40 Class Code International 40 40 41 Related Document Number 41 41 ISBN 42 Notes 42 Notes 42 Notes 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 44 Registry Number 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 45 Keywords 45 Keywords 45 Keywords Appendix B ProCite Workforms and Fields 499 Unenacted Statute Trade Catalog Bill Resolution 1 Author s 1 Catalog Author 1 Author s 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 Statute Title 4 Catalog Title 4 ActTitle 5 5 Medium Designator 5 6 6 6 7 Fi S 8 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 10 11 11 11 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 15 Edition 15 16 16 16 17 17 17 18 Code 18 Place of Publication 18 Code 19 19 Publisher Name 19 20 Date of Publication 20 Date of Publication 20 Date of Code 21 Date 21 21 Date 22 Title Code Number 22 Catalog Number 22 Bill Res Number 23 23 23 24 24 Issue ID 24 25
64. 449 450 keyboard command 512 J Journal List toolbar 509 Journal Title searching 254 Journal Title Fields 183 185 184 414 Journal Title Formatting 438 464 Journal Title List 153 building 390 creating 368 377 folder 96 inserting in record 390 391 installed 41 printing 387 substitution 353 390 393 using for substitition 391 393 Journals Field Content List 1 18 386 for quick search 249 JRNL in search expression 256 Jump to Record 127 128 248 526 Index K Keyboard Commands applying styles 377 complete table 51 1 special formatting characters 440 469 styled text 451 Keyboard Equivalent 22 134 Keys for Editing 149 513 Keyword Formatting 438 469 Keywords as Subject Headings 365 366 Keywords Field 143 148 414 entry rules 176 searching 254 Keywords List 1 19 386 for quick searching 249 KEYWORDS or KEY in search expression 256 L Language Sorting 230 233 Launch attached files and URLs 152 Layout Bibliography changing 324 326 Learning ProCite 45 Leave ProCite 1 12 Left Delimiter 426 429 Length of Field 151 Length of Text within Delimiters 315 Lesson Learning ProCite 45 Levels of Sorting 233 240 Library Search Z39 50 278 301 Line Break in output styles 441 inserting in output style 446 514 Line Spacing 351 Link Citation adding 337 associating database 337 338 copying 336 deleting 337 editing 335 336 moving 336 to manuscript 313 314 Link Text to ProCite Records 312 321 Linked Records working
65. 7T T 8 8 8 9 Title Monographic 9 9 10 Journal Title 10 10 Journal Title 11 11 11 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 15 15 16 16 16 17 17 17 18 Place of Publication 18 Committee 18 19 Publisher Name 19 Subcommittee 19 20 Date of Publication 20 Hearing Date 20 Date of Publication 21 Date of Copyright 21 Date 21 22 Volume ID 22 Bill Number 22 Volume ID 23 23 23 24 Issue ID 24 Issue ID 24 25 Location in Work 25 Location in Work 25 Page s 26 26 26 27 27 27 28 28 28 29 29 29 30 Series Editor 30 30 31 31 31 32 Series Title 32 32 33 33 33 34 34 34 35 35 35 36 36 36 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 39 39 39 40 ISSN 40 40 41 41 41 42 Notes 42 Notes 42 Notes 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 45 Keywords 45 Keywords 45 Keywords 494 Appendix B ProCite Journal Article Workforms and Fields Journal Long Form Journal Short Form OANDOARWN Author Analytic Article Title Medium Designator Connective Phrase Journal Title Translated Title Reprint Status
66. A phrase is any series of characters containing at least one blank space It must be enclosed in double quotation marks A hyphenated word is considered a single word in searching These are possible search terms greco roman genetic engineering New York genetics Searching ignores letter case so ProCite selects all records matching the search expression without regard to capitalization ProCite also 66a ignores diacritics when searching So whether you search for a or When your search expression consists of a search term only ProCite does a full text search checking every field in each record in the database Wildcard Character The wildcard or truncation character an asterisk can be substituted for one or more characters in a search term to increase the number of possible matches You cannot use a wildcard within a word such as anthr gy and you can use it only for full text searching or with the equal operator If you use an asterisk with any other relational operator or special operator it is interpreted literally as though you were searching for an asterisk These are examples of search terms using a wildcard Search Term Matches in Record sulfa sulfa sulfasuxidine and sulfate ology biology microbiology geology and gerontology olog biology biological ecology and zoologist Roman p Roman people and Roman police uki ish history English history and Sp
67. Borgman C L Bower J Auth M J amp Krieger D authors 1989 From Hands On Science to Hands On Information Retrieval C Nixon amp L Padgett compilers Managing Information and Technology Vol 26 Washington D C 1989 October 30 J Katzer amp G B Newby editors Proceedings of the 52nd ASIS Annual Meeting 26 pp 96 100 Medford New Jersey Learned Information BOWER JAMES 3 Borgman C L Bower J Auth M J amp Krieger D authors 1989 From Hands On Science to Hands On Information Retrieval C Nixon amp L Padgett compilers Managing Information and Technology Vol 26 Washington D C 1989 October 30 J Katzer amp G B Newby editors Proceedings of the 52nd ASIS Annual Meeting 26 pp 96 100 Medford New Jersey Learned Information Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies 365 Using Keywords as Subject Headings This example uses keywords as subject headings and restarts reference numbering after each subject heading The starting reference number is set in the Configure Bibliography dialog under the Reference List tab Business 1 Patten Bruce BASIC computer program Average balance adjustment factors General Motors 1982 2 Meyer Robert Surveying the information needs of a specific busi ness economic community Annual Conference American Library Association Microform July 1 5 1975 1 fiche 32pages Chicago IL 1976 2 6 ERIC ED 122722
68. DNS lookup Using SOCKS version 5 the username and password authentication is not supported e NetProxy 3 0 2 The username and password authentication is not supported 284 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities Selecting Z39 50 Sites to Search ProCite is configured for searching many free online databases and library catalogs as well as databases that require payment and or a password for access When you attempt to search a restricted database ProCite prompts for the necessary information Note To gain access to a restricted database you must contact the information provider directly to set up an account Two major databases that allow free access are the Medline database from the National Library of Medicine PubMed and the Library of Congress Most university library catalogs are also unrestricted You can search a single Internet site or search any number of different sites simultaneously To select the Z39 50 sites you wish to search 1 From the Tools menu select Internet Search to display the Internet Search tab 2 Click the Hosts button to display the Internet Hosts dialog The All Hosts tab lists all the host databases configured for searching All Hosts Marked Hosts Hosts 1 Host Marked Location Type L Academy Sinica Taipei Taiwan Library Catalog Taiwan Academic C Albuquerque Bernalillo County Lib System Library Catalog USA New Mexico Public 0 Allentown College Pennsy
69. Date V2 igana Reprint Status 0 0 Reprint Status TI ani Place of Meeting Place of Meeting E Country seessseseeceeseeeeee Place of Meeting e TEE Document Type Medium Designator WA E Medium Designator Medium Designator TE Edition esna Edition TBa VETSION senna Edition Tornissa Patent Number Edition 16 teri rs Author Subsidiary Author 16st heats Directora eaaa Author TOi Performer 0200eecceeeeee Author EEA AEE Author Role 00006 Author Role Toini Director Role Author Role IT ie Performer Role Author Role ike AEEA Place of Publication Place of Publication 18 oe Abstract Journal Place of Publication NO E Distributor 2ccceeeee Publisher Name TOR sitet Publisher Name Publisher Name TOS eta ne University eee Publisher Name 710 PaaS TT ETT Date of Letter Date 20 riser Date of Publication Date 20 es sncteerdierese Patent Issue Date Date Pa EET Application No Date Date OU EEEE TEE Date of Copyright Date e E E ee Original Publication Date Date Qe etter Acquisition Number Volume ID P iieaid Catalog Number Volume ID 22 fst ana Section cceceeeeeeeeeee Volume Identification 22 isini Abstract Journal Volume Volume ID 22 aun Volume ID yiii eni Volume I
70. Defined W orkforms 139 V Variable Citation Format 326 327 Verify Duplicate Records 243 Vertical Bar for additional text 441 View abbreviatedrecords 1 14 bibliographies 130 formatted references 129 full records 124 127 group 274 groups 1 19 markedrecords 1 16 250 multiple records 126 127 quicksearch 1 15 sort order 224 View Menu 141 Visible Fields selecting 122 Volume ID Field 185 WwW WebPage importing from Netscape 302 303 launching from ProCite 152 Web Poster 278 When to Rebuild Database 109 1 10 Wildcard Character 255 Window Menu 126 CO G Windows sharing databases 91 101 sharing output styles 103 sharing workforms 102 Windows to Macintosh character mapping 108 file sharing 106 107 Windows Registry WordPerfect 31 1 WinGate 283 Word Processor associating database 337 338 changing citations 335 337 copying text from 156 destination of bibliography 340 entering identifying text 328 335 generating bibliography 321 327 Microsoft W ord 309 other 31 1 printing to file 342 346 scanning document 315 sharing files 105 106 using other 339 WordPerfect 31 1 Word Processor Files Installed 42 43 WordPerfect 31 1 codes 31 1 installing cwyw support 32 ProCite toolbar 510 unformatted citation 31 1 Windows Registry File 31 1 Work with Linked Records 338 Workform 119 138 140 assigning field names 409 basing new on existing 406 407 changing 140 189 192 406 410 changing settings 139 converti
71. Dokka R K 1983 Displacement on late Cenozoic strike slip faults of the central Mojave Desert California Geology v 11 p 305 308 Dokka R K 1989 The Mojave extensional belt of southern Califor nia Tectonics v 8 p 363 390 To replace repeated occurrences of the same author s with a text string select Replace Repeated Authors With Enter the text that you want to print in the text box For example some styles specify a certain number of underscore characters S hyphens en dashes or em dashes cc For subsequent works by the same author s the replacement string will appear in place of the author in the formatted reference list For example Lijphart Arend 1977 Democracy in Plural Societies A Comparative Exploration New Haven CT Yale University 1984 Democracies Patterns of Majoritarian and Consensus Government in Twenty One Countries New Haven CT Yale University If you elect to replace repeated authors but do not enter any text in the replacement text box the author name will not print but any preced ing or following punctuation for that field will still print To suppress repeated author s names altogether select Suppress the Author List The author name prints only for the first work by that author Tentori Tullio 1979 Note e memorie per una discussione sulla impostazione della antropologia culturale in Italia negli anni 50 Problemi del s
72. EREET Ctrl4O sissies Command O GIOSG ani REA MONE iiai ags Command W SIVE n i CtrltS woes Command S Print Bibliography eee Gt P araicis Command P Quit ake G iin Sees NONE niaii Command Q 512 Appendix D Keyboard Commands ViewandSear ch Windows Macintosh Action Command Command Show Preview Pane 0 CtrleT oo eeeeceee Command T Go to Record alte EE E Ctrl R oo eeeceeeeeee Command R E atescsee chest HOME cceeeeeeeeees Home Previous intaia Upside E EE Up Next fst a DOWN 000eeereeees Down LaStwecdid entice EN iieis End First Marked n se Ctrl Home Command Home Prev Marked l Ctrl Up eee Command Up Next Marked 0000 Ctrl Down Command Down Last Marked cc00cccee Ctrl End Command End SCarChicticsctet tanita Cine F eian Command F Mark Highlighted Records Ctrl M oo Command M Unmark Highlighted Records Ctrl K eee Command K Clear Marked Set 0 00 Ctrl Shift K Command Shift K Copy and Paste Windows Macintosh Action Command Command Gut Ae ea er ett ait Ae CtrleX woececeeceeeeees Command X CODY anie nai aai O E OAA TEE Command C Paste E E E es oes CtrleV ooo cceeceeeee Command V GIG AN etches ic tics ae ae et Delte ee te Delete Select All erciecnncin gence CirltA eceevietinte Command A Apply Styles Records Lists Output Styles Dialogs Windows Apply Com
73. F Author Title Date Ascending 0 Records Marked 57 Records in List 57 Records in Database 7 In this case 57 records were found Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 61 Note If too many records are found and you find yourself waiting for hundreds or thousands of records to download you can cancel the retrieval by clicking the Stop button If the search was too broad finding too many records you can refine the search to get closer to exactly those references you want We will refine this search by looking for just the follow up studies about radial keratotomy a Click Clear Results to delete the previous search results When asked to verify the deletion click Yes b Leave the first search line as entered Click in the text box of the third search line next to Keywords and type follow up studies Note ProCite ignores the previous line since no text is found in the text box Notice that each line is connected by the word AND which requires that each line of search criteria be met Searchfor AryField ss fadielkeratotomy Click Search This time only 17 references are found The references are imported and appear on Internet Search tab Save results At this point you can peruse the retrieved records to see which ones you want to keep All database functions are available so you can edit search or perform other operations You save records by transferring them into a new or ex
74. For example the default setting indicates Record ID as the first field for display However the Show check box is not selected for that field so Record ID will not display in the record list The check box makes it easy to toggle record IDs on or off for display without chang ing the lists of Displayed Fields and Column Headers each time By default we used the check boxes to limit the displayed fields to three Author Title and Date Saving Changes to the Display Click OK in the Configure Record List dialog to save changes and return to the record list All record lists in this database will now display the fields you selected Chapter 5 Viewing Records 123 If the fields you want to display do not appear go through the Setting up a Custom Display section again e Make sure the fields you are displaying both exist and contain data in almost every workform Using the generic fields usually works best e Make sure the Show box is selected for each field you want displayed Resizing the Column Widths You can resize the width of the columns in the record list For example you may want to display only a few characters of each author s last name but display full titles To resize the width of the columns drag the vertical bar between the column titles to the left or right from any record list Changing the Display Font and Style You may change the font and size of the text in your record list at any time Keep in min
75. General Options Tab 93 Generate Bibliography 321 327 324 from multiple documents 327 Generic Stop List 237 240 German Sort 232 Global Change W orkform 220 Global Edit 152 216 218 adding text 216 clearing text 216 replacing text 216 Global Find and Replace 218 219 Global Move Field 221 222 Goto Record 127 128 248 last record in list 128 next in list 128 toolbar 128 Group 1 19 adding records 276 changing 275 creating 272 273 deleting 275 marking records 274 275 modifying 275 printing 342 346 printing records 274 removing records 276 renaming 276 saving 253 272 searching records 275 using 273 275 viewing 119 viewing records 274 524 Index Group Operators in output styles 441 inserting in output styles 514 printing literal characters 445 Guided Tour 45 H Hanging Indent 350 Hardware Requirements 26 Headline Style in title formatting 185 Help context sensitive 20 context sensitive 514 F1 key W indows 20 online 20 technical support 21 troubleshooting 20 481 Hidden Citation 326 Hide Empty Fields 126 141 Hide Invisible Characters 141 Highlight Records 250 Highlighted Records deleting 138 printing 343 Host Internet adding modifying configuration 296 298 searching 286 288 testing aconnection 279 280 HTML File printing to 304 344 Icon ProCite 88 ID Record finding 270 Identifying Text additional text 334 authornames 330 332 command switches 335 dates 332 333 entering 328 335 examples of matchin
76. If your workform does not have the appropriate fields for the type of work that you are using you can either change to a different workform for that record or modify the workform definition for all records that use it Chapter 8 Choosinga Workform Changing the Workform for a Single Record To change the workform of a single record 1 Open the record for editing In the Edit Record window the current workform setting displays at the top 2 Click on the workform box to select a different workform from the pull down list and the record displays in the new workform P Sample Database Edit Record ol x Workform Sound Recording Record 1D 380 e K PEIQK 4 gt aja Journal Article a Joumal Long Form Cond Journal Short Form q Journal Whole Titl etter Medium J Magazine Article Manuscript Connect Map Editoy Monograph ul Knowles Jillson Lehrer Scott Motion Picture Editor Con Music Score Reco Newspaper Patent Rep R sa E Date Statute Trade Catalog l piano and synthesizers Fuller Jeff bass Baptista Cyro Unenacted Bill Resolution Aelez Glens percussion Unpublished Work Video Recording Place of web Page s ME Publisher Name 19 Whistling Swan ASCAP Date of Publication 20 1923 When you change the workform for a record existing data remains in the same field by number although the field names may be different in the new workform If you had data in fields that do no
77. Keywords field use the mouse to highlight the text ProCite then click on Keywords 45 field label The term is copied to the Keywords field in the ProCite record ProCite 5 Sample Database New Record _ ol x P File Edit View Sort Select Groups Database Tools Window Help laj xj D oo el os x Tires New Roman AP BZU om Workform Web Page v Record ID 510 K K E El Q LC EEE i a a K3 Upgrade Information a Technical Support Product Information Upgrade Information Technical Support 01999 ISI ResearchSoft Reference Manager Current Contents and Reference Update are registered trademarks and Web of Science is a service mark of the Institute for Scientific Information All other product names are the trademarks of their respective owners x Author Affiliation 03 Title 04 ProCite and Reference Manager and Reference Web Poster Bibliographic Software from ISI B Researchsoft Reprint Status 12 gt Date Date of Publication 20 Date of Access 21 Address Availability 37 Location URL 38 http www procite com Notes 42 Absiract 43 Call Number 44 Keywords 45 ProCitd B7 Ready i ZA Practice copying highlighted information to other fields in the record When done transferring text to the ProCite record go to the Database menu and choose Save Record or click the corresponding diskette icon in the toolbar To close the record go to the File
78. Move your cursor to the beginning of the document before you regenerate the bibliography Word Processor ProCite commands do not appear on the Tools menu in My Word Processor The necessary word processor files were not found These files are installed when you install ProCite but you may have installed your word processor after installing ProCite Run the ProCite installation program again or see Chapter 2 Installation for information about how to install word processor support manually Note ProCite supports only Microsoft Word for Windows or Macintosh and Corel s WordPerfect for Windows Other word processors cannot use the cite while you write features Appendix B ProCite Workforms and Fields Overview Each record in a database uses a single workform Each workform makes use of a subset of the 45 fields available in ProCite For example fields 01 07 16 and 30 are all author fields but each is intended for a different type of author A single workform typically will not include all four of these fields The workforms listed here are included with ProCite You can modify them or create any number of new workforms to meet special requirements This appendix lists the fields included in each of the workforms supplied with ProCite Field names can be changed but field numbers remain constant for searching purposes So even if you rename an author field a ProCite search by author will still scan that field Su
79. NOT print formatted references below each term Printing lists such as these is described in more detail in Chapter 19 Printing Lists e Subject Terms and Reference List will print each subject term with related references listed below it When printing subject terms with reference lists ProCite typically prints each unique subject heading only once with the related references listed below You can select the Repeating Subject Terms box to print a subject term before each formatted reference For example Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies 361 Pharmacology 1 Gilman A G Rall T W Nies A S amp Taylor P 1990 The pharma cological basis of therapeutics 8th ed New York Pergamon Pharmacology 2 Kuret J A amp Murad F 1990 Adenohypophyseal hormones and related substances In A G Gilman T W Rall A S Nies amp P Taylor editors The pharmacological basis of therapeutics 8th ed pp 1334 60 New York Pergamon Renal Failure 3 Anderson R J amp Schrier R W 1987 Acute renal failure In E Braunswald K J Isselbacher R G Petersdorf et al editors Harrison s principles of internal medicine 11th ed pp 1149 1155 New York McGraw Hill Select the Recycling Reference Numbers box to restart reference numbering for each subject heading For example Recycling Reference Numbers Continuous Reference Numbers Heading Number One Heading Number One 1 First formatted reference 1 F
80. Original Text Add the appropri ate command plus any preceding or following text then Insert the citation or Scan Document again to link the citation to your ProCite record Changing Linked Citations You can change citations anytime After making changes Generate Bibliography again to format the new or modified citations and regener ate the reference list Editing Citations Once you have linked a citation to a ProCite record you should not edit it directly Changes are lost the next time you Generate Bibliography To edit a single citation to enter or change additional text associated with it 1 Highlight the citation you wish to change Revert to Original Text and delete it 2 Insert Citation and enter the identifying text again along with the additional text 336 Chapter 16 Cite While You Write To edit several citations to enter or change additional text associated with them 1 Highlight the citation you wish to change 2 Use Revert to Original Text to revert to the text that was originally entered Make sure you Include Delimiters 3 Make the desired changes 4 Do steps 1 3 for each citation you want to modify 5 Use Scan Document to again link the citations Reverting to Original Text The Revert to Original Text command replaces unformatted or format ted citations with the original text entered and removes the links to the ProCite database If you originally entered Powers 1986 Sm
81. ProCite For example a single entry in an alternate text list could be Clemens Samuel Twain Mark birth and death dates Since an alternate text list is a plain text file you can create it using the word processor or editor of your choice To create an alternate text list 1 Open a new file with your word processor or editor 2 Type each entry on a new line You can include the primary term the substitution text and optional comments Typically only the first two elements are used as in AL Alabama AK Alaska AS American Samoa Each line can contain thousands of characters but entries will be more manageable if they are kept below two or three hundred characters Do not apply styles to text bold italics underline etc since all styles are stripped when the file is saved as text You may want to sort the list to make it easy to edit later 3 Save your file a Save the file as plain text Text Only b Name the file ALTERNAT TXT c Place the file in your Database folder or in your ProCite program folder 379 Chapter 19 Printing Lists Overview Contents Printing a Subject LASts pesseeseseeosk cose ecsstbonee st pieeo 379 Printing an Indexed Subject List oo eee eseeeeneeeeee 384 Printing a Field Content List eee ee ceeseecseenseeneeeee 386 Printing a Term List or Journal Title List 387 Printing an Alternate Text List 00 eee eee eseeseeereeeee cnet 387 You can print s
82. ProCite uses these settings for all sort levels in the custom sort The values set here are used only when you sort on a field affected by a particular option Configure Sorts x Stop Lists International Settings Custom Sort Order Custom Sort Options Sort empty fields CA Sort author fields using All authors in field First author only Sort authors by Fullname Last name only Sort dates by Exact date C Year only Cancel Help Sorting Empty Fields On the Custom Sort Options tab use the Sort empty fields option to determine how empty fields sort in relation to fields that contain data Select Before all other fields to sort empty fields before fields that contain data of any kind For example when sorting on author names a record that does not have any text in the author field would sort like this Ascending Order Descending Order Empty Zimmerman John Baer Colleen Baer Colleen Zimmerman John Empty Select After all other fields to sort empty fields after fields that contain data of any kind For example when sorting author names a record that does not have any text in the author field would sort like this Ascending Order Descending Order Baer Colleen Empty Zimmerman John Zimmerman John Empty Baer Colleen 230 Chapter1 1 Sorting Records Sorting Author Names On the Custom Sort Options tab use the author options to determine how much text is compared in author
83. REC 26 REC 25 26 35 40 A range of numbers REC gt 10 AND REC lt 300 REC 20 85 Finding Empty and Not Empty Fields To Search Example An individual field 45 EMPTY 27 NOT EMPTY A group of fields AUTH EMPTY DATE NOT EMPTY Finding the Last Records Entered ProCite assigns record IDs consecutively as you insert records so you can use the Record ID to find the most recent records This will work only if you haven t renumbered your database in a different sorted order or manually numbered each record To list records in order of entry 1 Display the All Records tab 2 From the Sort menu pick Record ID to display in Record ID order 3 To see the most recent records at the top of the list go to the Sort menu and select Descending order To list the records in the order entered keep the records in Ascending order By default the record list displays an author title and date field from each record You may also want to display record IDs Use the Configure Record List command from the View menu and check the appropriate box to Show Record ID For more information about configuring the record list see Chapter 5 Viewing Records If it is important to know when records were entered include the date of entry in the Reprint Status field the Notes field or an unused field You can mark the most recent entries and use Global Edit to add the date to multiple records at once However ProCite cannot correctly sort dat
84. Ratio Field 182 Requirements hardware software 26 ResearchSoft See ISlResearchSoft Resize Column W idths 123 Restore Internet search expression 293 Restore Search Expression 266 270 Restrictions number of records in database 88 Revert to Original Text 336 Right Delimiter 426 429 Rules data entry 142 152 author fields 164 167 author role fields 168 169 date fields 170 173 document type field 174 keywords field 176 location in work field 176 177 medium designator fields 179 packaging method field 180 special fields 143 148 title fields 184 185 Russian Sort 232 S Sample Database Files 40 Sample Search Expressions 268 Save as HTML file 304 344 changes to display 122 Internet search expression 291 292 record group 272 273 search results 272 workform 409 410 Save Changes 136 Save Changes to Record 157 Save Configure Bibliography 355 357 Save Search Expression 265 Scan Document 312 314 Search by date 269 by record ID 270 for duplicate records 242 243 group 275 internet site 286 288 performing 252 refining 254 Search Database 252 270 Search Expression 250 creating 262 270 deleting 267 editing 266 elements 254 262 field identifier 256 270 folder 96 insert operator 263 insert symbol 264 insert term 264 inserting 265 naming 265 operators 257 262 logical 260 261 relational 258 260 special characters 261 262 special values 261 renaming 267 restoring 266 restoring saved expressions 293 samples
85. Records Duplicate Detection Fields to compare 01 Author Analytic 02 Author Role 7 03 Author Affiliation 04 Title Analytic 05 Medium Designator yi Tl For authors include just the last name T For dates include just the year I Warm about duplicates when saving new records T Discard duplicates when importing Cancel Help To set the duplicate detection options 1 In the list of fields check those fields you want ProCite to compare for duplicate information The default is set to work in most cases generic Author Title and Date By using the generic items you are more likely to catch dupli cates entered in different workforms You want to compare fields that are consistent in entry not too general and contain unique information For example a comparison by journal title is usually not helpful because the same journal title can appear in many records In comparing text ProCite ignores letter case diacritics spaces and punctuation ProCite generates a key for each record based on the information in each selected field The key is made up of up to 255 characters and each selected field contributes to the key For example if there are three text fields selected each field contributes 85 charac ters to the key The more fields you select the fewer characters are compared from each field Select For authors include just the last name when you want to limit the author field t
86. Reference List setting to Subject Terms Only Include the List of Record IDs to print on the same line in the next section Click OK to preview the results 10 Click Close to close the preview and return to the record list Preparing a Manuscriptand Bibliography In this section of the guided tour you will learn to Open a word processing document to use cite while you write Identify references to cite Prepare the bibliography and final manuscript Close the document and exit ProCite Opening a Word Processing Document ProCite 5 supports Microsoft Word 7 97 and 2000 for Windows Word 6 01 and 98 for the Macintosh and WordPerfect 7 8 and 2000 for Windows 82 Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour The Tools Menu and ProCite Toolbar When you install ProCite you also install ProCite menu items and a ProCite toolbar in your word processor The contain cite while you write commands that allow you to locate and insert citations from your data base and generate a bibliography Each of the items on the toolbar corresponds with an item on the Tools menu QEaERA APTA Identifying References to Cite The following exercises are designed for use with Microsoft Word although you can apply the same steps to WordPerfect The first step in formatting bibliographies is to locate the citations you want to include in a paper ProCite provides three different ways to place citations in your document Once the ProCite place ho
87. SBN ee ISBN BAN RAEE Ee Related Document No ISBN 42 iori Note Sieta nE Notes AS ENE EAE AbstraGt S censier Abstract AG EE Call Numbers osooso Call Numbers AAS fete cbn 2 Registry Number Call Numbers ADi KeywordS seee Keywords For field names by workform see Appendix B ProCite Workforms and Fields Abstract Field 43 The abstract field usually contains an abbreviated representation of the content of the work For example Selected document texts of American presidents As with any ProCite field you can type up to 32 000 characters You may wish to enter the entire text of short publications Addr ess Availability Field 37 Use this field for the author s address the address from which to obtain a reprint of an article or to indicate where to consult the work Examples University of Michigan Ann Arbor MI 48103 Syracuse University Bird Library Email address info isiresearchsoft com 164 Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field Author Fields 01 07 16 30 An author field can contain multiple entries any combination of personal authors and or corporate authors Entry rules Author Name Fields Author Analytic 01 Artist Catalog Author Composer The party author authors corporation etc responsible for the creation or artistic content of a work that is part of a larger work such as an article in a journal or a chapter in a book Also used for the assigne
88. Short Form box Click the Select Fields button to display a list of the 45 ProCite fields Select only those fields you wish to print Keep in mind that a field will print only when it is included for printing in the selected output style Alternate Text The Alternate Text option allows you to substitute text on output For example you could switch between printing NY and New York Select the Enable Alternate Text Substitution box to use alternate text from your ALTERNAT TXT file If you want to substitute abbreviations for journal titles you should instead substitute text by referencing a journal title list in your output style For information about substituting text on output see Chapter 20 Using Alternate Text 354 Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies Page Layout Click on the Page Layout tab under Configure Bibliography to change page layout settings Page layout options include font size margins and page numbering Configure Bibliography x Reference List Fields Page Layout Default Font and Size Font Size Times New Romar X fio J Margins Left 1 000 in Right 1 000 in Top fi 000 in Bottom fi 000 in m Page Numbers IV Number Pages Beginning With fi IV Suppress First Page Number Location Alignment Footer td Center iy Cancel Help Font and Size Settings To change the print font or size use the appropriate pull down lists The font and size you
89. Status 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 15 Edition 15 Edition 16 16 16 Author Subsidiary 17 17 17 Author Role 18 Code 18 Place of Publication 18 Place of Publication 19 19 Publisher Name 19 Publisher Name 20 Date of Code 20 Date of Publication 20 Date of Publication 21 Date 21 21 Date of Copyright 22 Bill Res Number 22 Volume ID 22 Volume ID 23 23 23 24 24 Issue ID 24 Issue ID 25 Section s 25 Page s 25 Page s 26 26 26 Extent of Work 27 27 27 Packaging Method 28 28 28 29 29 29 30 30 Series Editor 30 Series Editor 31 31 Series Editor Role 31 Series Editor Role 32 History 32 Series Title 32 Series Title 33 33 Series Volume Identification 33 Series Volume ID 34 34 Series Issue Identification 34 35 35 35 36 36 Connective Phrase 36 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 39 39 39 40 40 40 41 41 41 ISBN 42 Notes 42 Notes 42 Notes 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 45 Keywords 45 Keywords 45 Keywords 490 AppendixB ProCite Workforms and Fields Book Short Form Book Whole Case 1 1 1 Counsel 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 Case Name 5 5 5 6 6 6 7 Author Monographic 7 Author Monographic T 8 8 Author Role 8 9 Title
90. T 1992 Teenage pregmancy Anew begining Abuquerque NDA New Funes Inc Notes This record was dovmbaded fran SibverPlatter and transfered irto ProCite using the Whubvs Bblo Link I Companion vohnre has title Working wih pregnant ndpareting teens Toni A Berg 1992 revisions edited by Toni A Berg Exercise for a healthy pregnancy and bith Linda Barr Catherine Monserrat 1992 revisions edited by Toni A Berg e Click Next Page to move to the next page of the bibliography e Click Prev Page to move to the previous page e Click Two Page to display two pages at once e Click Zoom In to enlarge the preview size and look at details e Click Zoom Out to reduce the display for an overview of layout Chapter 5 Viewing Records 131 You may wish to change layout settings under Configure Bibliography Click the Configure button to select a different output style change margins or change other layout options For a description of all options available under the Reference List Fields and Layout tabs see Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies When you are done previewing the bibliography you can Print it to your printer Save it to a disk file or simply Close the window to return to the record list 132 Chapter5 Viewing Records 133 Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records Overview Contents Inserting and Opening Records 00 eee eeeeeeeseeeseceeeeeeenees 134 Inserting a Recofd annesine i 134 Opening an Ex
91. These characters are supplied when you insert a field with the Insert Field button Vertical Bar Text after a vertical bar and before a field name prints as preceding punctuation for the following field Text before a vertical bar and after a field name prints as following punctuation for the preceding field Text between vertical bars is Additional Text and always prints Grouping Operators Surround a group of fields to attach punctuation before or after a group Line Break Inserts a line feed where the cursor moves to the indent on the next line New Paragraph Inserts a new paragraph where the cursor moves to the left margin on the next line Tab Inserts a tab which moves the cursor to the next tab stop every half inch in ProCite or the tab stops set in your word processor document Page Break Inserts a page break which moves the cursor to the top of the next page Preceding and Following Punctuation If every record always contained information in every field listed in the workform style for printing it would be straightforward to just include any necessary punctuation between fields However there will always be cases when ProCite fields are empty You need to be able to associate punctuation with a specific field so that when the field is empty its associated punctuation will not print To enter punctuation position the cursor between fields listed in the workform style and enter the text as you want it
92. When converting punctuation files or output styles ProCite automati cally translates Journal Title 09 to Journal Title 10 for the journal workforms If field 10 is already listed to print for a journal workform ProCite prompts you for an alternate field number 8 After a file is converted the new copy is left open in ProCite You can edit the file or simply close it from ProCite Converting Configuration Files ProCite 5 uses configuration files to import tagged records You can create or modify configuration files with Biblio Link II Biblio Link H is installed in your ProCite folder If you use only the predefined configuration files you don t need to do anything at all those files have been updated and installed in ProCite s Config folder No conversion is necessary to use configuration files created or modified with earlier versions of Biblio Link II Simply copy your custom configu ration files to ProCite s Config folder ProCite 5 uses field 10 for journal titles versions prior to ProCite 4 stored journal titles in field 09 ProCite adjusts for that when importing data so information directed to field 09 in a journal workform is automatically sent to field 10 If your configuration file is set up to send journal titles to field 09 and some other information to field 10 we recommend that you redirect journal titles to field 10 and the other information to an unused ProCite field If you do not modify the config
93. You can list all fields found in the workform or limit printing to only a few fields Inserting a Field To insert a field 1 Click Insert Field to display a list of ProCite fields Insert Field x Cancel 01 uthor Analytic Help 02 Author Role 03 Author Affiliation 04 Title Analytic 05 Medium Designator 06 Connective Phrase 07 Author Monographic 08 Author Role 09 Title Monographic 10 Journal Title 11 Title 12 Reprint Status zi Fields that are included in the current workform are indicated by field numbers and names When you are editing the Default workform style ProCite displays default names for all 45 ProCite fields At the top of the list of fields are generic fields These are most often used for the Default workform style because the default applies to any workform for which an individual workform style is not Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 439 defined Different workforms may use different fields for the primary author and title e Author prints the first author in a record field 01 or 07 e Title prints the first title in a record field 04 09 10 or 11 e Author Title prints the first author or title in a record field 01 04 07 09 10 or 11 e Date prints the first date in a record field 20 or 21 Double click on the field you want to insert or highlight the field that you want to insert and click OK ProCite inserts the
94. a few of the records in my record list are marked When print marked records even more records are printed You can mark records across record lists To make sure you see all of the marked records onscreen display the Marked Records tab before you print The status line at the bottom of the window indicates how many records are marked Before you begin marking a new set of records make sure you first click the Clear Marked icon on the toolbar Printing Some records print as a blank formatted reference If a record does not display any text when viewed in the Preview Pane or if it is missing when printing a bibliography there is most likely no workform style defined for the workform used by the record and the output style has no Default style defined You must edit the output style to define output for the workform Startup start ProCite and a List file Workform or Output Style opens for editing ProCite can automatically open the last opened file whether a database journal title list term list workform or output style The last time ProCite was used on your machine someone opened the output style or list for editing Simply close the file and pick your database from the list of previously opened files on the File menu or choose Open from the File menu to locate and open the database To turn off this setting always starting with the last opened file go to the Tools menu and select Options Deselect the Reload
95. ach Teeules anevined soapesats aetctescsee testis teeetes alleeesanene es 307 Word Processor NotesSession eei 308 Microsoft Word for Windows or Macintosh eee eee 309 Field Codes fscscsiussscsceesesssaissasssssstsstedscascbanttosbacenees ioassaevetis 309 Converting Word 6 or 7 documents to Word 97 Windows Only Joresenn a i e tans 310 WordPerfect for Windows eseseseeesssseeesesreessreerereeresrnseserseeees 311 Windows Registry ss scsissssssesscssssssssotssscesessnsaseeschsacessnsseoveess 311 Style Additions cererii enekesno er EEEE EE E EEES 311 Field Code siictess ssscssiseusessadisgassgsscesvieskeacessyssbeasebaeoupassestenes 311 Other Word Processors ccecescecesseesceseeeeceseeeeeeseeeaecaeeeaeenee 311 Linking Citations to ProCite Records 00 eee eeeeeseceeceseeeeeeees 312 Forms of Citations in the Manuscript eee cece eseetee tees 312 Inserting Citations isc sss ssstsssssssssies esapsassesepeseas seie ia 313 Basic Procedutte venien innana eee ties ANd 313 Scanning for Existing Citations 2 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenee 314 Basic PLOCECUIS ssr stun ces lossy svess soees Mish sopsesMenteoreeterttenees 315 Matching Inappropriate Items 00 0 eee eeeeeeeeteeeees 317 Inserting Marked Records from ProCite eee eeeeeeeeeeee 318 Including Citations in Footnotes or Endnotes eee 318 Matching Multiple Records 0 cee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneenee 319 Recalling a Previous Search o0 eee e
96. add a new record to a ProCite database 1 From the Database menu select New Record The Edit Record window appears with an empty workform displayed It is the last workform selected If you want to use a different work form use the drop down list See Selecting a Workform later in this chapter for more information about your options Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records 135 Author Analytic 01 Article Title 04 Medium Designator 05 Connective Phrase 06 Journal Title 10 Translated Title 11 Reprint Status 12 Date of Publication 20 Volume ID 22 Issue ID 24 Page s 25 Language 35 Connective Phrase 36 Address Availability 37 Location URL 38 ISSN 40 Notes 42 Abstract 43 Call Number 44 Keywords 45 IP Sample Database New Record of x Workform Joural Article hd Record ID jaio K E a Id 4 gt gt a Fill in the fields of information See Entering and Editing Data later in this chapter for help When you are done inserting a record you can e Choose New Record from the Database menu to save and close the current record and insert another new record with the next sequential record ID e Click the Close box to save or cancel the current record and return to the abbreviated record list 136 Chapter6 Entering and Editing Records Opening an Existing Record For information on how to find a particular record for editing see Cha
97. all search results 6 Select the fields to list for searching Only those fields common to all marked hosts This displays only search fields that are found in every one of the marked hosts All fields supported by all marked hosts This displays a cumulative list of fields some may not be valid for certain databases 7 Click OK to save your changes 296 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities Configuring ProCite to Search Z39 50 Sites Many Z39 50 host servers and databases are already configured for searching see Selecting the Z39 50 Sites to Search earlier in this chapter However you may want to add new sites or make changes to existing configurations Adding or Modifying 239 50 Host Configurations Before you can begin creating a new host configuration you need to contact your librarian or information provider to obtain Z39 50 configura tion instructions for the host and database you want to add To add a new Z39 50 host configuration or modify an existing configuration for searching 1 On the Internet Search tab click the Hosts button to display the Internet Hosts dialog 2 Click Configure Hosts to display the list of Z39 50 servers currently configured 3 To display a Host Properties dialog p Name Tf Location l Type fe Academy Sinica Taipei Taiwan Taiwan Academic Cancel Albuquerque Beralilla County Lib System USA New Mexico Public Allentown College Pennsylvania USA
98. allows you to create a custom sort that includes up to six sort levels each in ascending or descending order Custom Sort Options allows you to vary how empty fields author fields and date fields sort Stop Lists allows you to list words to ignore when sorting International Settings allows you to change the way individual characters sort based on a language setting You can change these settings at any time but they affect only new databases Existing databases are not affected If you want to modify the sort options for an existing database go to the Sort menu and choose Configure Available Sorts For detailed information about these sorting options see Chapter 11 Sorting Records Closing Files To close the current file database output style workform or list select Close from the File menu ProCite may prompt you to save changes to open records or files To close all ProCite files and exit ProCite go to the File menu and select Exit Windows or Quit Macintosh All databases and any other ProCite files are closed when you close the ProCite program Backing Up Files Loss of your data is not only inconvenient reentering lost references is expensive if it is possible at all Back up your databases often especially after making numerous changes or additions We recommend that you keep an archival backup of your databases plus custom workforms output styles lists and configuration files on separate di
99. an Independent Reference to your Bibliography later in this chapter If you generated a bibliography only because you wanted to format the citations in the body of your manuscript you can delete the reference list that was inserted at the end of the document In the output style you can request that no bibliography be generated in which case Generate Bibliography will format only your in text citations The margins for your bibliography as well as any headers or footers are taken from the document into which you are inserting The title line spacing and paragraph information is taken from the output style but can be changed in the Configure Bibliography dialog If you subsequently make changes to your manuscript and regenerate the bibliography ProCite replaces any previously generated bibliogra phy and regenerates the in text citations 324 Chapter 16 Cite While You Write Changing the Bibliography Layout You can Generate Bibliography as many times as you want replacing the existing reference list each time by choosing Generate Bibliography from the Tools menu The Configure Bibliography dialog appears first and is comprised of three tabs Reference List Fields and Font The Reference List tab allows you to change the output style used to format the references When you choose an output style the other settings on the tab except for the Reference List Order and In text Citation Order are updated to reflect the sett
100. anywhere but when you put them at the end of the manuscript you can find them later When you Generate Bibliography all linked citations are used to create the bibliography including those in hidden text Or you can add a h switch to the identifying text for that reference For example Rieger 1999 h The h tells ProCite to suppress formatting the in text citation but use the record in the bibliography However this switch is ignored for numeric citations Using a Variable Citation Format Some bibliographic formats do not adhere to a consistent style For example this style of in text citation varies in the use of parentheses as delimiters cultural factors appear even more important than economic ones Lipset et al 1993 168 70 Huntington 1991 298 311 Dahl 1970 6 Kennan 1977 41 43 and Lewis 1993 have emphasized that For citations that require year only type the author name as part of your text and when entering identifying text to link the citation include a date switch to suppress the author name For example Lewis 1993 d Chapter 16 Cite While You Write 327 When you Generate Bibliography this citation appears in text as date only 1993 The full reference formats appropriately in the bibliography The examples below illustrate another type of variable citation format where references in text do not require a separate citation unless they are numbered as Dressler mentioned in his
101. arrow Drag the vertical bar to the left to reduce the width of the Date field Experiment changing other column widths 52 Chapter3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour Click Sorting on a Column Heading Although the Author field or in this case the Title field may be the first field displayed from each record the records are not automatically sorted by that field Use the following steps to sort by a displayed field using the click sort method Exercise Changing the Sort Order Instantly To quickly change the sort order of the record list 1 To sort by the Date field click on that field s column header The records are sorted by date in ascending order Click a second time to change the sort to descending 2 Experiment sorting the records by the Author and or Title fields Using the Preview Pane to View a Reference The Preview Pane displays a highlighted record formatted with an output style You may find this useful when browsing a record list to compare data or to preview records formatted with various output styles Exercise Previewing a Formatted Reference To preview formatted references 1 From the View menu choose Preview Pane 2 Highlight the record by author Kraft Donald H ProCite formats the highlighted record using an output style ANSI is the default style and displays it in the preview pane Note You can move the horizontal divider to allow the preview pane more or less space Chapter 3
102. as a regular date field Reproduction Ratio Field 29 The rate ratio or frequency at which a work is produced or reproduced this field is used for map scales recording speeds and frequency of publication For example 33 1 3 rpm 1 50000 monthly Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field 183 Size Field 28 This field contains the physical dimensions or format of a work e Use metric system measurements if they are available otherwise use the units as given For example 32 x 50 mm 2x 2in 16 mm e This field may also be used to supply information about accompany ing material as in Extent of Work 26 2 Packaging Method 27 computer disks Size 28 3 5 in Accompanied by 1 user manual Title Fields 04 09 10 1 4 32 ProCite uses special instructions for handling title fields in formatting citations For certain workform styles field 10 is configured to use a specific abbreviation of the journal title exactly as it appears in a journal title list You can also apply title case formatting to any title to modify capitalization Title fields e Title Analytic 04 Paper Section Title Article Title Catalog Title Map Title Program Title Subject The analytic title is the title of a contribution to or part of a mono graphic work For example the title of an article in a journal a chapter in a book a film in a set or a band on a recording disk are analytic titles e Title
103. authorrole 168 169 callnumber 143 169 413 CODEN 169 connective phrase 170 date 143 146 148 170 413415 recognized formats 172 173 default names 412 document type 174 edition 174 extent of work 174 ISBN 175 ISSN 175 issue ID 175 keyword 143 148 414 lists 119 location in work 143 176 177 414 location URL 178 medium designator 178 notes 179 order of appearance 412 packaging method 180 place of meeting 180 place of publication 181 publishername 181 record number 181 182 report ID 182 reprint status 143 182 413 reproduction ratio 182 selecting 408 411 size 183 special 412 414 title 143 183 185 414 lists 118 118 131 volume ID 185 Fields Tab 323 File closing 99 damaged errormessages 1 10 lock up 1 10 deleting 100 reload on startup 94 repairingdamaged 1 10 sharing 101 106 File backing up 99 100 File Extensions for alternate text file 393 for cross platform compatibility 107 File Locations 38 94 96 File Locations Tab 29 39 File Menu 91 File Sharing Across Platforms 106 107 Filenames alternate text 387 databases 40 91 help 39 40 Internet configuration files 43 journal titles 41 output styles 42 program 39 40 renaming 100 system 40 word processor files 42 43 workforms 41 Find dates 269 270 duplicate records 242 245 empty not empty fields 270 first recordin list 128 142 last recordin list 128 142 nextrecord 128 next record in list 142 previous record in list 142 record 248 record IDs 270
104. c 4 ninani eniai o ekis 143 Special Formatting Characters sseeessseeeeseeeeseeerrseeerrereee 144 Author Names reesen repso reo Ghessiesandopcergeestnteedens ees 144 Dates e E e aah a EEA 146 Key O18 oe ynia eee tare e E R E EE 148 Editing Keys heran aniline davon hin ieee 149 Inserting Special Characters ce eceeeeeeseeseeseecsecseecseeseeeaes 150 Applying a Font Style or Size oo eee eee eeeceseeeeeeeeeneeaes 150 Changing the Record ID iesiri E EE 151 Field Length eia chain Bel ek oidal atin 151 Finding and Replacing Text 00 eee ce eeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneenee 152 Attaching Files URLs and UIS ue eee eeceeecesseceneeceteeeeeeeees 152 ProCite STuiSt8 sas sessions theese d E eSEE rA coed nether taeda 153 Types OF TASS 32 6533 i e SRS Aah POR RGR Shee aks 153 Field Content Lists 3 4 scsets on do oean oneee peyia e 153 Tem Msts wssi tisasts ewan aad disse sstic ouestuewaeeriey 153 Journal Title Lists srir ceca a ices eects tie lc oes ERE e i 153 Alternate Text Lists csccssc scusssstscsssssssadiseassssvetssecvenssaassoaness 154 SING D R 55 cesses stand E E A deeestptivewtestiests 154 Entering Text with Lists 0 eee ceesecsecsecneesseeseeeeees 155 Moditying Lists eresie iie asses vteodaves cote aces deste KE 156 Copying Textes eines ieee resset assanis ese KoE eoe a EESE ESEE EEES 156 Copying and Pasting Text esesesseseeeessseeesseesrsreererrereereserrsseres 156 Copying Fields from the Previous Record
105. can double click to view the full record and locate the term The name could be part of a list that was too long to appear in the display or it could reside in an author field that is not displayed You may simply want to print the records in the list If you want to combine these records with other records to create a subset you can mark them See Marking Records later in this chapter 250 Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records Highlighting Records You can highlight a single record or multiple records while browsing a record list You can then mark them to print or save them to a group Highlighting is useful when the records you want are displayed in a contiguous block allowing you to highlight many records at once Scroll through any record list then e To highlight an individual record click on it e To highlight several records press the mouse button and drag through the records to highlight all of them e To highlight records that are not displayed consecutively hold down the control key while you click on the individual records e To highlight an entire record list such as all works by a certain author or search results choose Select All from the Edit menu To save highlighted records to a group see Chapter 14 Saving Records in Groups Marking Records Marking is an ideal way to collect a set of records that are difficult to define in a single Search Expression While browsing through a database
106. cataloging the run of a journal or for citing an entire journal or journal series including online journals For special issues of journals with an issue title you may want to use Journal Long Form e In Press For journal articles not yet published This workform includes the same fields as Journal Short Form Include In Press in the date field You may need to exclude such works from your bibliography Once the article is published change the workform to one of the other journal workforms and update the date field 198 Chapter 8 Choosinga Workform Book Entries Book Short Form Book Whole e Book Chapter e Book Long Form e Monograph e Unpublished Work For monographs with only a monographic author s For monographs with editors or translators in addition to author s or which require other fields such as series level information that are not in Book Short Form or Monograph For a volume in a series or a chapter in a book that requires both analytic and monographic levels May also be used for online information For works cited within other works such as contributions to a series or collective works for which Book Chapter does not have enough fields or is otherwise not suitable For example a chapter or part of a book with an analytic title within a separate volume with a monographic title that has a title separate from the collective title series title You may also want to use Book
107. database To share with other Macintosh users simply copy your files to a common server or to the other individual s hard disk preferably to the default ProCite folders To share with a ProCite for Windows user or a combination of Macintosh and Windows users you must first add these extensions to your filenames File Type Add This Extension Database Files PDT primary database file PDX leave intact on the key file Workform Files PWF Term Lists PJL Journal Title Lists PJL Output Styles POS Configuration Files CFG Character Mapping ProCite maintains an internal character set to allow for cross platform compatibility of text Almost all characters directly map between Win dows and the Macintosh However there are exceptions as noted in this section Macintosh to Windows Character Mapping These Macintosh Roman characters are mapped to the Symbol font on a Windows machine 108 Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files These Macintosh Roman characters do not appear under Windows because they do not exist in the Windows character set If a Windows user does not edit a record that contains one of these characters the character stays intact for viewing on a Macintosh However if a Windows user edits a record that contains one of these characters the character is permanently removed Windows to Macintosh Character Mapping These Windows Latin characters do not map to the
108. derived me 1985 Pharmacology Reading List 6 Decker William WSJ Index file 1983 Dickson Paul Words connoisseur s collection of old and net 1982 Dunn Richard J Teaching assistance not teaching assistants Winter 19 Fleischer Arthur C Superficial organ sonography and miscellaneous 1989 CERCI AllRecords Marked Records Search Terms Groups Author Title Date Ascending 1 Records Marked 11 Records in List 40 Records in Database 7 Each Group points to certain records in the database The same record could appear in several different Groups Once a Group is displayed you can print it by selecting Print Bibliogra phy from the File menu to print all of the records in the current list Marking Records from a Group Many global ProCite operations work only on marked records To restore a set of records in a Group as the marked set 1 From the Select menu choose Clear Marked Set Tip If the ProCite toolbars are displayed you can click on the appropriate icon to Clear Marked Set 2 Click on the Groups tab to display the list of available groups in the current database 3 In the drop down list at the top select a Group name to list the records in that Group 4 From the Edit menu choose Select All and then from the Select menu choose Mark Highlighted Records Chapter 14 Saving Records in Groups 275 Tip If the ProCite toolbars are displayed you can click on the Mark
109. e Export data for all fields exports all data from the marked records e Export data only for selected fields can limit the field data exported from the marked records Click on the Select Fields button and select only those fields whose data you wish to export For example you may want to export everything but notes You may want to Export workform definitions if the export file will be imported into another ProCite database A different user may not have your workforms especially if you have created new workforms or modified the workforms supplied with ProCite See Setting Export Options later in this chapter for more information about these options 5 Click OK Since you are exporting records to a Text Only file ProCite reminds you All styles including superscript and subscript are removed from the exported text 6 Click OK to display a file dialog 474 Chapter 24 Exporting Delimited Records 7 Type a unique name for the export file and click Save ProCite begins exporting the records and when done returns you to the database Once the process is complete you can leave ProCite and use the exported text file You can open the file with your word processor for editing and or import the file into a different ProCite database or another database system Setting Export Options To set exporting options go to the Tools menu in ProCite and select Export Marked Records ProCite displays Export Marked Records xi
110. each field in your import file Commas Tabs Carriage Returns or Other If you select Other type a single character in the text box Records Terminated With Select the character that separates each record in your import file Carriage Returns or Other If you select Other type a single character in the text box Chapter 9 Importing Records 213 Optional Field Delimiters You may or may not have delimiters in your file Delimiters enclose individual fields in addition to the field separators For example in the default Comma Delimited format a set of quotation marks en closes each field so that commas in your records will not be mistaken for field separators In order to avoid confusion between a delimiter and punctuation in a record some systems translate any punctuation in a record that matches the delimiter into a different character on output For ex ample a field can contain information in quotation marks such as a title in the abstract field On export the system such as ProCite may translate those double quotes to single quotes With the Replacement Character option you can tell ProCite to translate a character in a record the replacement character back to the delimiter character Be careful with this If you translate all single quotes back to a double quote you will replace the single quote in contractions and French articles with a double quote Included Fields Workform Indicators Select this chec
111. eee eeeeeeeeecseeseecseenaeeaes 346 Setting Up Your Bibliography 20 0 0 eee ce ceeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeene 346 Reference List Settings sseni eere E eaei 347 Output Style insenere steres oai e a e 348 Reference List Thtle 2 22 cacaccaniatadevescinnarnciiats 348 Reference List Order i ssccscesssssssastsssdsssvecassessdecsadestessees 348 Numbering References 0 0 0 cece eseseeseeseeesecseeseenseesees 349 Indentation sosce s52 tise sian ack eee 350 Ean Spacer eae ria chien EEE denials 351 Field Suppression or Substitution ssssesssseeeesseeseererreresesesereees 352 Optional Breldse reor oc eeso pore ee o oeer eE ne ee esre EES eer 352 Short Formis ie ek ee ee an eee 353 Altemmate TEX taren E E E EEEE 353 Page Layo tasai a V A AREN 354 Font and Size Settings 20 ee eseeeecreecsecseeeeenseesees 354 Mars Saa ita Soave Ri eee aa SI 354 Page NUMPES aeoe airneis tact eves E E 355 Saving Your Bibliography Settings seeeseseeeeseeeseererrereerreeeee 355 Simple Bibliography 0 0 0 0 eee cee eeseceeceseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 355 Subject Bibliography 0 0 eee ceeceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 355 Bibliography from a Manuscript 0 0 0 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 356 13 14 Contents Printing a Subject Bibliography esesseessssersesereessreeresrerrsessesreseees 356 Basic Procedure siiis E 357 Subject Bibliography Settings 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeenee 360 Printing a Subject List or a Subject Bibliography
112. eee eeeseeseeseeeeeneeeees 26 Installing ProCite neissen as a sab E 27 Single User Installation eee ceseeseceeceeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeens 27 Network Multi User Installation 0 ccccccecsscecsesteeesseeeeeeees 28 Network Program Installation 0 00 0 eee eee eeeeseeereeeeeeees 28 Network User Installation 0 eee eceeeeeeeseeeneeseeeseeeeeaes 29 Keeping Local Copies of Lists Styles and Databases 29 Sharing Databases 3 cssssesesscescseccsecessnevsovstesesssessdsesssusase 30 Installing Cite While You Write Support eee eee 30 Word for WindOWS se cssesseuscssaseseessesssssnstoesssectopepsossectouss 31 WordPerfect for Windows cceceeseeecsecreeseesetseeeesaeeaeeees 32 Word for the Macintosh o 0 ee ee eceeeeeeseeeeeeseeseeceesaeensenaes 33 Upgrading from ProCite Reference Manager OL EndNote s c sie acd ni ee E 34 Converting FileSisss sescsecsiees erian nise na nE E E R E 35 Converting Databases and Workforms seseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 35 Converting ProCite Punctuation Files and Lists 36 Converting Configuration Files 0 oe eee ceeeecneeeees 37 Deleting Oud Files sescscs citecescenost seuresthaceh E R 37 Installed Files and Their Locations 0 0 c eee eeeeeesseseeeeeseeeseesseeaes 38 Default Installation Folders 0 0 eee cseeeecseeeseceseeseeneeesees 38 Program Piles s vues ei Ae i aS teint 39 System Files asoini i EEE E E SEA E ERNS 40 Database Files cc teh
113. eeeeeeeeeeeee 293 Setting Internet and PubMed Search Options 294 Configuring ProCite to Search Z39 50 Sites oe 296 Adding or Modifying Z39 50 Host Configurations 296 Adding or Modifying Database Configurations 298 Importing Web Pages Windows Only eseeeeseeeeeeees 302 Including URLs and UIs in Records 0 eee eee eeeeeees 303 Printing to HTML Filles o oo eee eseeseececesecneceseeneensees 304 Copying References to Email Messages c cceseseseeeeeee 305 Copying via the Clipboard 0 0 eeeseeeseeseeeeeneeeees 305 Copying from the Preview Pane ccccesseeeensenees 305 Copying from a Disk File 0 eee ee eseeecseeeneeneeees 306 The first section in this chapter describes how to use the Internet search ing feature in ProCite which directly searches and retrieves records from Z39 50 compliant libraries PubMed searching is included in the descrip tion of Internet searching You may want to follow the exercise in Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour titled Searching and Importing Records Directly from an Online Database 278 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities ProCite also has the ability to import tagged or delimited records from any record source See Chapter 9 Importing Records for more informa tion ISI ResearchSoft sells Web Poster a supplemental program which allows you to post ProCite databases on the worldwide web for use by others ProCite Reference Manager and En
114. field name delimited by special characters For example when you insert field 20 ProCite displays lt 20 Date of Publication gt You can manually type the field name in this format if you wish making sure that it appears exactly as it would if you entered it using Insert Field 3 Repeat the process inserting fields in the order they should print Deleting a Field When you remove a field from a workform style that field will no longer print for the workform when you select this output style for printing To remove a field from a workform style 1 Highlight the field you want to remove including the field name and delimiters For example to remove the publisher name from printing make sure you highlight the complete item lt 19 Publisher Name gt You may also wish to delete existing preceding and or following punctuation If you do not it may become part of the previous or following field s punctuation Press the Delete key Remember that the field is deleted for the current workform style only If you do not ever want the field to print make sure it is removed from all workform styles 440 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles If you want to switch between printing a certain field and then not printing it at another time you can include the field in the workform style and suppress it for printing as needed This allows you for example to print with or without Notes without changing your
115. file 342 346 Print Bibliography 225 Print Subject Bibliography 356 358 procedure 357 360 Printing Sort Order 225 ProCite 5 new features 24 ProCite Files deleting old 37 locating 38 opening 88 sharing 101 106 uninstalling version 5 44 ProCite icon 88 ProCite Install 27 33 files lists 38 multi user 28 30 network 28 44 network user 29 44 single user 27 Program Files Installed 39 40 Program Options 93 99 Properties 90 92 Proxy Servers 283 PUBL in search expression 256 Publisher Name Field 181 PubMed launching a UI from ProCite 303 search toolbar 508 Pubmed launching a UI from ProCite 152 searching 286 288 searching options 294 295 Punctuation applying 444 445 blank line 447 field dependent 461 following 441 469 grouping operators 444 445 new paragraph 446 page break 448 preceding 441 469 repeated author 456 sorting 235 suppressing 443 469 tab 448 workform style 437 440 445 Punctuation File converting 36 37 Q Quick Search 1 17 119 249 Quick Search view 1 15 Quit ProCite 99 112 R Range Separator 427 Ranges Dates 333 Read Only Access 91 Read W rite Access 30 91 Readme File 39 Rebuild Database 108 errormessages 1 10 garbled text 1 10 lock up 1 10 reclaiming disk space 109 repairing damaged file 1 10 when to rebuild 109 1 10 Recall Last Search Command 320 Reclaim Disk Space 109 Record changing display 141 142 configuring list 121 123 copying 137 copying field text 156
116. for the 43 Abstract field Workform Definitions Select this check box when you want to export workform definitions This is helpful when a ProCite user will be importing your export file Another user may not have your workforms especially if you have created new workforms or modified the workforms supplied with ProCite When you are finished setting all exporting options click the OK button to save changes and display a file dialog Enter a file name and click Save to begin exporting the Marked records 481 Appendix A Troubleshooting Overview Contents Editing Fields appear to be missing from my records in the Edit Record window c cee cecsessceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeaes 482 Editing Workform lists all fields oe eee eeeeeeneeeeeenee 482 Internet Searching Failed to Connect e eee eeeeeeeeeeeee 482 Internet Searching No records were found eee eee 483 Pressing keys and clicking the mouse has no effect my computer is locked 0 0 eee ee eeceeeeeeceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeaes 483 Printing Fields of information are not printing although my records contain data in those fields ee eee eres 483 Printing Only a few of the records in my record list are marked When I print marked records even more Tecords are printed esii e s e 484 Printing Some records print as a blank formatted reference 484 Startup I start ProCite and a List file Workform or Output Style o
117. for the primary author and title If you define individual workform styles you should use specific field numbers e Author prints the first author to appear in a record field 01 or 07 e Author Title prints the first author or title to appear in a record field 01 04 07 09 10 or 11 424 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles e Title prints the first title to appear in a record field 04 09 10 or 11 e Date prints the first date to appear in a record field 20 or 21 Another special item in the list is Citation Number Select Citation Number when you want numbers to indicate in text citations c Return to item a and repeat this procedure for each field you wish to print in a citation 3 Insert punctuation around each field as needed See Defining Work form Styles later in this chapter for guidance P APA American Psychological Assoc _ Oo x Fa Insert Field amp Insert Special 5 Configure Fields In Text Citations Bibliography In Text Citation Settings JV Include a bibliography with each document Reference Type First Citation lt Default gt KAuthor Title gt lt Date gt Audiovisual Material BillResolution Book Chapter Subsequent Citations Book Long Form lt Author Title gt lt Date gt Book Short Form Book Whole Case Computer Program Conference Proceedings Preview Data File Adams Lincoln van Buren amp Truman 1976 Dissertation Electronic C
118. formatting or use the Configure Fields button on the toolbar Configure Fields Authors 01 Authors 07 Authors 16 Authors 30 Journals 10 Titles 04 Titles 09 Titles 11 Titles 32 Dates 12 Dates 20 Dates 21 Page Numbers 25 Keywords 45 ProCite displays a dialog of options for the field you selected 3 Make changes to the dialog as desired Each of the special fields formatting options is described next in this chapter You can apply or remove styles from text in any text box by highlight ing the text and using keyboard commands Windows Macintosh Bold Ctrl B Command Shift B Italics Ctrl I Command Shift l Underlining Ctrl U Command Shift U Superscript Ctrl Shift Command Shift Subscript Ctrl Command 452 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 4 Click OK to save changes Remember that any changes apply only to the current workform style You may need to change formatting for each of the workforms you use in ProCite If your workform style lists a generic Author Title Author Title or Date field described previously in this chapter under Inserting and Deleting Fields formatting is applied based on the field actually used in formatted output For example if you use the generic Author field and the field that actually gets printed for a particular record is 07 Author Monographic ProCite applies the special fie
119. gt Dl a Author Analytic 01 Borgman Christine L Bower James Krieger David Author Role 02 authors Author Affiliation 03 Graduate School of Library and Information Science University of California Los Angeles CA Paper Section Title 04 From hands on science to hands on information retrieval If you want to change the interval between record IDs or renumber multiple records see Chapter 21 Record IDs amp Renumbering ProCite automatically adjusts the length of a field as you enter data so you can enter up to 100 000 characters per record without wasting disk space on smaller records You can minimize the field display by showing only fields that contain data This makes it easier to scan through a full record From the View menu select Configure Edit Record and deselect the Show Empty Fields box There is also a toolbar icon available to toggle this item 152 Chapter6 Entering and Editing Records Finding and Replacing Text To find and replace text in records browse the record lists mark the record s you wish to change and use the global editing commands The Edit Marked Records commands on the Database menu help you e Find and Replace Text in Marked Records e Clear Text from a Field in Marked Records e Add Text to a Field in Marked Records e Move Text from one Field to another Field in Marked Records For more information see Chapter 10 Global Editing Attaching Files URLs and Uls You ca
120. in an existing database go to the Database menu and select Renumber Database For more information about record numbering see Chapter 21 Record IDs and Renumbering 98 Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files Duplicate Detection The Duplicate Detection tab determines which fields are used when comparing records for possible duplicates Default Database Settings xi Custom Sort Options Stop Lists International Settings Record IDs Duplicate Detection Custom Sort Order Fields to compare Author Title Date 01 Author Analytic 02 Author Role 03 Author Affiliation 04 Title Analytic 05 Medium Designator K KK I For authors include just the last name T For dates include just the year Remember that the database defaults set here affect only new databases created with your copy of ProCite You can find possible duplicates in three different situations ProCite can e Alert you when you enter individual records e Throw away duplicates when importing records from an outside source e Show all duplicates when you display the Duplicates tab For more information about the duplicate detection options and how to change them for an existing database see Chapter 12 Detecting Dupli cate Records Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files 99 Sorting On the Default Database Settings dialog four tabs apply to sorting Custom Sort Order
121. in the abbreviated record list to activate it 2 From the Edit menu choose Select All to highlight all records in the list Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 75 3 From the Groups menu choose Add Record s to and then New Group The New Group dialog appears Group Name Type Group as the name of your group and click OK to save it Note You would need to occasionally re execute the search to update the records in a group Click the Groups tab at the bottom of the window to view the records in Group1 All group names are listed in the left pane 6 To return to the full record list click the All Records tab Selecting the Sort Order The sort order you select for records is constant until you specifically change it You can click sort on any displayed column heading Based on the fields displayed ProCite selects the closest predefined sort to use A second click on the column heading toggles the sort between ascending and descending order Pre configured Sort Options ProCite comes with seven predefined sort orders The commonly used sort orders are Author Title Date Author Date Title Author Title Title Date Title Date Date Author Title Call Number Author Title Record Number You can easily select any one of these for display by choosing it from the Sort menu 76 Chapter3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour Custom Sorts You can set up a custom sort order by using the Configure S
122. installing files the installation program displays e A Readme file that may contain late breaking news about the installation process or the ProCite program itself e A license agreement which details terms of use e A form requesting that you enter your ProCite 5 serial number 4 When asked indicate the network drive and folder where you wish to install ProCite The default folder is ProCite5 Windows or ProCite 5 Folder Macintosh If the folder you specify does not exist ProCite creates it Chapter 2 Installation 29 All ProCite files install on the network in the folders defined by the installation program If you need more information about the files that are installed see the Installed Files and Their Locations section later in this chapter You will need to install certain system files and word processor files on individual user machines as described in the next section Network User Installation Notes You need full access read and write privileges to Microsoft Word s Startup folder in order to install cite while you write support for Word To install required system files and optional word processor files on individual user machines 1 From the local machine go to the ProCite program folder on the network drive 2 Double click to start the Netsetup program found in the ProCite folder Follow the onscreen directions The Netsetup program installs the required system files word proces sor files fo
123. into a database and uses a record number interval of 0 to assign subsequent record IDs in the database So the first record ID assigned is 10 the second record ID is 20 the third record ID is 30 etc The gap between numbers is useful if you want to later manually assign a record ID that falls between two existing numbers Chapter 21 Record IDs and Renumbering 399 Changing the Settings for New Databases You can change the first record ID and you can change the record number interval to allow any amount of distance between records Make these changes before creating a new database although you can always renumber your database later To change the default starting record ID and increment for new databases 1 From the Tools menu choose Options 2 Click the Edit Defaults button and select the Record IDs tab to display Custom Sort Options Stop Lists Intemational Settings Record IDs Duplicate Detection Custom Sort Order Starting record id Increment fo Cancel Help 3 Change the Starting Record ID and or Increment in the appropriate text box and click OK to save the changes in your ProCite preference file The new settings will be used for all new databases created from your machine 400 Chapter 21 Record IDs and Renumbering Changing the Record Number Increment To change the record number increment in an existing database without renumbering the existing records 1 Insert a new record or ope
124. is not available dimmed click the Show check box to select that item for display 122 Chapter 5 Viewing Records The field list includes all 45 ProCite fields plus five special fields at the top e Author displays the first author entry found in fields 01 or 07 whereas Author Analytic 01 displays only authors entered in field Ol e Title displays the first title entry found in fields 04 09 10 or 11 whereas Title Analytic 04 displays only titles entered in field 04 e Date displays the first date entry found in fields 20 or 21 whereas Date of Publication 20 displays only dates entered in field 20 e Workform displays the name of the workform used by each record e Record ID displays the ProCite record ID assigned to each record In most cases you should use the special fields since they will almost always display text from every record in your database Be careful when selecting an individual field for display since that field may or may not exist in all workforms you could end up with empty columns which are not helpful when browsing through records Setting Column Headers For each field you want to display you can type in a column header Type descriptive text that explains the information displayed in the column If a Column Header text box is dimmed select the Show check box for that field Selecting Visible Fields The Show check boxes allow you to quickly turn a field on or off for display
125. last file option Appendix A Troubleshooting 485 Startup can t start ProCite ProCite will not start in these situations e ProCite may be set to automatically open the last opened file If that file is severely damaged ProCite attempts to open it and stalls To start the ProCite program only without the last opened file hold down the Shift key during startup You may need to rebuild the database ProCite originally attempted to open e You created a shortcut or alias and the ProCite program was deleted or moved from the folder it accesses Locate the ProCite program and create a new shortcut or alias e You tried to execute ProCite from a network but the network is not currently connected If you are using ProCite from a network make sure the network is connected Toolbars are Missing In ProCite turn any of the toolbars on or off from the View menu In your word processor you can turn the ProCite toolbar on or off Unexpected File Format You have tried to open a file that is either damaged or is not a ProCite 5 file An authority list from ProCite 2 x cannot be used directly with ProCite 5 In this case you should create a new term list or journal title list and use the Import List command to import data from the old authority list Word Processor generated a bibliography in my manuscript and my in text citations disappeared When you Generate Bibliography each linked citation is repl
126. list of record IDs for each subject heading ProCite does not produce book indexes with page number references although you can do this by editing a subject list with a word processor Printing a subject list to disk allows you to generate a term list or journal title list This chapter covers only subject bibliographies For information about creating or using term lists journal title lists or alternate text lists see Chapter 18 Building List Files Chapter 19 Printing Lists and Chapter 20 Using Alternate Text Basic Procedure To print a subject bibliography 1 Display in the current record list the records you wish to print in a subject bibliography 2 From the File menu select Print Subject Bibliography ProCite displays a list of the 45 ProCite fields by field number and default field name Subject Fields xi Selected Fields 0 Field s Selected i 01 Author Analytic Cancel 02 Author Role 03 Author Affiliation 04 Title Analytic 05 Medium Designator 06 Connective Phrase 07 Author Monographic 08 Author Role 09 Title Monographic 10 Journal Title 11 Title Z IV List each author separately Help Select All HEL Select None T In other fields list each entry that is separated by a slash carriage return or line feed Keywords entries are always listed separately Notice that you can create a list by workform as well as by particular ProCite fields 3 High
127. list with a ProCite for Windows user add the extension LST to the list file name Share an alternate text list ALTERNAT TXT file by copying it to the appropriate ProCite program folder or database folder Search Expressions ProCite stores saved search expressions in preference files so they can be used by all of your databases Share your search expressions by copying the appropriate file to the other user s ProCite program folder Expres sions are saved in files as follows ProCite Search Expressions SrchExpr Internet Search Expressions InetExpr PubMed Search Expressions PmedExpr To share a single search expression with someone else retrieve it on the Search tab highlight the expression Copy it to the clipboard and Paste it into an email message or other document The other user can then copy it and paste it into his ProCite Search Expression text box and save it to his preference file Internet Search Configurations Your host and database configurations for Internet searching are stored in the HOST DAT file found in your ProCite folder You can share this file by copying it to the appropriate ProCite program folder Note Unfortunately there is no way to share just an individual host or database configuration All host and database configurations are copied with the HOST DAT file so be careful not to overwrite a HOST DAT file that contains custom configurations Individual field mapping to ProCite fields is di
128. list you can browse through single line records mark or unmark records or display records in full for viewing or editing Records can also be formatted for previewing the bibliographic style at this window Note Many ProCite menu items have a corresponding keyboard equiva lent and or toolbar icon The keyboard equivalents appear on the menus next to the associated commands Use the next section of this guided tour to learn ways to navigate records in a ProCite database Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 49 Navigating a ProCite Database In this section of the guided tour you will learn to e Customize the record list to display specific fields e Click sort by column heading e Use the Preview Pane to view a reference in more detail e Use the GoTo tool e Drag and drop between databases Customizing the Record List to Display Fields While the default record list display shows only three ProCite fields from each record Author Title and Date the list can be customized to display up to six fields for each record In this exercise you will customize the abbreviated list by selecting four fields to display and changing the column widths Exercise Customizing the Display To customize the record list display 1 From the View menu choose Configure Record List to display the Configure Record List dialog Configure Record List x Record List Preview Pane Font and size 50 Chapte
129. make sure Show Empty Fields is selected This item can suppress the display of all empty fields in your records A toolbar icon is also available to turn the display of empty fields on or off Editing Workform lists all fields When you open a record for editing all 45 ProCite fields appear and no workform name appears in the workform drop down list The workform used for the record cannot be found It may have been moved or even deleted Do one of these e Choose Options from the Tools menu On the File Locations tab select the appropriate Workforms path where the workform is currently located e From the desktop move the workform to ProCite s Forms folder e Create a new workform with appropriate fields for the records mark the records that use the unknown workform then do a Global Change Workform to assign the new workform to those records Give the workform the original name so you won t have to modify output styles to define output for the new workform Internet Searching Failed to Connect There are various reasons why you may not be able to connect First check the modem connection itself Are you able to use your browser Are you able to access email messages If you have a firewall security system it may be blocking access to the database you want to search Your network administrator may be able to allow access simply by enabling the correct port Other firewalls known as proxy servers require
130. more information on renumbering see Chapter 21 Record IDs and Renumbering To duplicate a single record within a database 1 Display the record you want to duplicate 2 From the Database menu insert a New Record 3 Select the appropriate workform from the drop down list on the toolbar 4 From the Edit menu select Insert Previous Record 138 Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records Deleting Records You can delete one record from your database or several records at once Deleted records are removed permanently Do not delete a record unless you are sure you never want to see it again To delete highlighted records from your ProCite database 1 In any record list highlight the record s you wish to delete 2 From the Database menu select Delete Record ProCite will ask you to verify the deletion just to make sure To delete marked records from your ProCite database 1 From the Select menu choose Clear Marked Set 2 Mark each record you wish to delete by checking the box next to each record You can mark across different record lists 3 Display the Marked Records tab to verify the marked set Make sure only those records you wish to delete are displayed 4 From the Database menu select Delete Marked Records ProCite will ask for verification to avoid accidentally deleting records Selecting a W orkform Before entering information in a ProCite record you need to choose a workform appropriate for the typ
131. name you will need to do that in the record To apply a style bold italic underline superscript subscript to text highlight the text and click on the appropriate style button on the Text toolbar at the top of the window If the Text toolbar is not displayed you can turn it on from the View menu Apply a font and size here only if you want to permanently change them for printing If you want to change the default font and size for the display of all records see Changing the Record Display earlier in this chapter To change the font and point size highlight the text and select the new font or size from the drop down lists on the Text toolbar If you want to view or change all font and style settings for the high lighted text go to the Edit menu and select Font Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records 151 Font amp Size Current selection Font Size Times New Roman z fio zj gt Attributes Pasition T Bold Normal T Italic Superscript I Underline Subscript Default for View Font Size Times New Roman 7 fio x Cancel Aon Help Changing the Record ID Field Length ProCite automatically assigns a record ID as you insert each record You can change the record ID of the current record by highlighting and overtyping it You can type in up to 20 alphanumeric characters iby Sample Database E dit Record iol Workform Conference Proceedings 7 Record ID r Kg Qh
132. names Name Formatting The Names tab controls e the format of individual author names e whether the first author name in a work by multiple authors is format ted the same as the subsequent author names Author 01 Formatting xi Author List Separators Names Text First Author Name Order Initials Last First Middle 1 First Middle Taa oo C Entire Name All Other Authors Uppercasing Name Order Initials 2 None Last First Middle 1 Fist Middle gt FastName one C Entire Name Cancel Help The Name Order Initials and Uppercasing settings are set for the first author only and then for all subsequent authors in the same ProCite field Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 459 Name Order The elements of an author s name can be arranged in several different ways Name Order Example First Middle Last Mark Ransom Anderson George R Saunders Last First Middle Anderson Mark Ransom Saunders George R Last First Middle Anderson Mark Ransom Saunders George R Last Anderson Saunders You must enter settings for both the First Author and All Other Au thors In most cases the settings will be the same for both The most common variation is when only the first author name is listed with the surname first for works by multiple authors First Author All Other Authors Examples Last First Middle First Middle Last Gibson James L and Raymond M Du
133. of past years gt gt Budget Research Field Order When you import data you want information to transfer to the appropri ate fields in a ProCite record To ensure proper transfer each field in the delimited records should appear in the same order as the corresponding fields in a ProCite workform You should order your fields according to the field number order of a specific ProCite workform The field order should be e The first field can contain a workform indicator This is optional when you don t include a workform indicator the last workform used will be used for record insertion e The first or second field can contain a record ID This is optional but If you don t include record IDs you must set up a custom format e The remainder of the import record must consist of separated fields each representing a ProCite field in the field number order of a particular workform Each record in your import file can contain a field placeholder for each of the 45 ProCite fields as in the default Comma Delimited format or a field only for each field in the workform as in the default Tab Delimited format Chapter 9 Importing Records 207 Once you verify your import file adheres to the field format and field order conventions you can proceed with importing the records Workform Indicator The best way to make sure data transfers into the correct workform and the correct fields is to include a workform indicator with each record
134. orders meet your needs you can define a custom sort order You can define a default custom sort order for all new databases or you can define a custom sort order specific to an existing database ProCite saves your custom sort setting for the current database until you specifically change it You can apply the custom sort order to your record lists in the database or on output Basic Procedure This is a general description of how to set up the custom sort order Field options for defining your custom sort are described in detail in following sections of this chapter To change the custom sort order 1 Display the custom sorting options either to change the default custom sort new databases only or the current database setting e Changing the default From the Tools menu select Options to display the Options dialog On the General tab click the Edit Defaults button to bring up a Default Database Settings tabbed dialog Click on the Custom Sort Order tab e Changing the current database setting From the Sort menu select Configure Sorts and click on the Custom Sort Order tab 2 On the Custom Sort Order tab select up to six fields to compare for sorting and set ascending or descending order for each field This is described in the next two sections Selecting the Fields and Setting Ascending or Descending Order 3 On the Custom Sort Options tab indicate how to sort empty fields author fields and date fields This is
135. output style each time For more information about Field Suppression see Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies Inserting Punctuation By adding punctuation with an output style rather than including it with text in a ProCite field your output is very flexible You can insert punctuation before a field after a field or between fields Note ProCite s output styles insert a single space after periods colons etc because most publishers require it for electronic submissions You will need to modify each output style you use if you want to insert two spaces after each period Punctuation consists not only of the punctuation marks that commonly appear in formatted references such as commas and periods but any characters or words that you want to include before or after a field of text Formatting characters that you can use include those listed in the follow ing table and are discussed further in this chapter You can insert these with the Insert Special button Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 441 To Insert lt gt Tab Windows Press Shift Comma Shift Period Shift Alt 174 Alt 175 Shift Enter Enter Alt 09 Break Ctrl Enter Macintosh Press Shift Comma Shift Period Shift Option Option Shift Shift Return Return Command Tab Control Return What it Does Field name delimiters They surround a field name such as lt 01 Author Analytic gt
136. port to which you need access you will get a message that begins Failed to connect Check the port number for the server and consult your Network Adminis trator Your Network Administrator needs to allow access to each port you intend to use Z39 50 servers typically use port 210 but many firewalls do not have port 210 enabled If port 210 or other necessary port numbers are not enabled ProCite cannot connect to your selected search sites Tip The Library of Congress uses port 2210 and the OVID Trial Server uses port 220 Listing All Current Port Numbers For a list of all port numbers entered for use by ProCite 1 From the Tools menu select Internet Search 2 Click Hosts 3 Click Configure Hosts 4 Click Port Numbers ProCite for Windows AN The following port numbers are being used 200 210 220 2020 2100 2200 2210 8210 20003 To allow searching of all the currently configured hosts your network administrator must give access to each of these ports 282 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities Finding the Port Number for a Specific Host To determine the port number for a specific host already configured in ProCite 1 2 3 4 2 From the Tools menu select Internet Search Click Hosts Click Configure Hosts Highlight the name of the server in the scrollable list and click Properties Server Host Name jovo Trial Server Domain Name or IP Address Port Number ftrial ovid
137. registered user you automatically qualify for product support Register soon so we can notify you about product enhancements and offer special pricing on product upgrades Remember to notify us of address changes Troubleshooting Help Online If you have a problem first check Appendix A Troubleshooting and the online Help topics If those do not answer your questions contact ISI ResearchSoft s Technical Support You can get online help in several ways e Select Help from the menu bar to find a topic Browse the Content list or Index or Search for a term e Most ProCite dialogs include a Help button click on it to see informa tion related to your current activity e Display a context sensitive help topic by pressing the F1 key Win dows or the help key Macintosh Technical Support Chapter 1 Introduction 21 Technical support is available to all registered users Monday through Friday from 8 00 a m to 5 00 p m Pacific Time When calling for technical support please use a phone near your computer and have your serial number available Look for your serial number on the CD envelope or inside the front cover of the manual To contact technical support Mail Phone Fax WWW Email ISI ResearchSoft 800 Jones Street Berkeley CA 94710 USA 01 510 559 8592 01 510 559 8683 http www procite com Windows Technical Support pc procite isiresearchsoft com Macintosh Technical Support m
138. see unformatted citations like Powers amp Jones 1986 32 Powers Jones et al 1986 9 An unformatted multiple citation for two references appears like this Powers 1986 437 Smith 1987 212 When formatted the multiple citation may appear as 16 26 in a numbered style Powers 1986 Smith 1987 in an author date style Generating a Bibliography Once you have entered identifying text and inserted each citation in your manuscript to link it to a ProCite record you can generate a bibliography Generating a bibliography serves two functions e It formats each in text citation according to a bibliographic style e It adds a complete bibliography to the manuscript unless you override this with a setting in the output style The format used to print citations and references is determined by the output style selected Note ProCite generates a bibliography only if that option is selected in the output style The output style can be set up to format only the in text citations 322 Chapter16 Cite While You Write Basic Procedure To generate a bibliography 1 From the ProCite commands on the Tools menu select Generate Bibliography to display the Configure Bibliography dialog Changes made to this dialog are remembered for this document 2 The Reference List tab displays first Verify or change the items on the tab Configure Bibliography xi Reference List Fields Font Output Style
139. set here affect output only and may be different than the font used to display your record list onscreen Margins Page margins represent the space between the paper edge and reference text To change margins enter your changes in the appropriate box Left Right Top Bottom You can insert margin settings as cm centimeters inches pi picas e li lines e in inches e pt points When you click OK to leave Configure Bibliography measurements are automatically translated to the default measurement for your computer Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies 355 Page Numbers To print page numbers select the Number Pages box To set the starting page number enter the number in the Beginning With text box When you number pages you have the option of suppressing the first page number This allows you to number all pages of your output except for the first page Use the Location pull down list to select the location for page numbers e Header prints page numbers in the top margin e Footer prints page numbers in the bottom margin Use the Alignment pull down list to print page numbers at the Left margin at the Right margin or Centered Saving Your Bibliography Settings When you click OK to leave the Configure Bibliography dialog all settings are saved You can access the Configure Bibliography options for three different types of bibliographies The type of bibliography will determine where the settings are save
140. sorted order of a database use the Go to Record command the first button on the Go To toolbar 3 To locate the record by Helen Schwartz type the first few characters of the author s last name in the first text box in the Go To Record dialog 4 If the sort order is not currently Author Title Date select that order by using the arrow to the right of the text box 5 Click OK to complete the search ProCite searches from the top of the record list and highlights the record that most closely matches the text 6 Experiment using the other Go To commands to move between records in the Sample database Drag and Drop Between Databases You can copy full records between ProCite databases To copy records between databases you need to have both databases open Use the following exercise to copy a record from the Sample database to another database named Turtles Exercise Copying a Record from One Database to Another To copy a record from one database to another 1 Open the ProCite database named Turtles Under Windows it will include the extension PDT From the File menu choose Open The Turtles database is located in the Database folder located in the ProCite 5 folder Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 55 2 From the Window menu select Tile to display both the Sample database and the Turtles database on the screen ProCite 5 Turtles ol File Edit View Sort Select Groups Database Tools window Help Dsu
141. the Stop Lists tab either to change the default lists new databases only or the current database settings e Changing the default lists From the Tools menu select Options to display the Options dialog On the General tab click the Edit Defaults button to bring up a Default Database Settings tabbed dialog Click on the Stop Lists tab e Changing the current database settings From the Sort menu select Configure Sorts and click on the Stop Lists tab Configure Sorts x Custom Sort Order Custom Sort Options Stop Lists Intemational Settings Add Edit 2e Delete Cancel Help 2 Use the pull down list to select a Stop List Author applies to personal author names and Generic applies to titles corporate authors and keywords ProCite displays the list of stop words in the list box If no stop words currently apply the box is empty 240 Chapter1 1 Sorting Records 3 Modify the list e Add an item Click on the Add button Type the new word in the text box and click OK Stop word identification is not case sensitive so it doesn t matter whether you enter items in upper or lower case e Modify an item Highlight the term and click on the Edit button Edit the text and click OK e Delete an item To delete a word highlight the word in the list and click the Delete button ProCite will remove the word from the list e Remove the List If you want to deactivate the Stop List feature so that all
142. the URL or UI Enter items in your ProCite records as shown in these examples URL UI Enter Internet URL _ http Awww risinc com ftp ftp risinc com PubMed UI 89025932 To go to the location e When the item is entered in field Location URL 38 you can either highlight the record in a record list or open the record for editing Then from the Tools menu choose Open File URL e If the item is in a field other than 38 open the record for editing highlight the item and from the Tools menu choose Open File URL ProCite takes action URL ProCite launches your default browser and directs it to the Internet location UI ProCite launches your browser and directs it to the citation in the National Library of Medicine s Medline database 304 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities Printing to HTML Files Print a bibliography to an HTML file as you would to any disk file 1 2 Display the records you wish to print From the File menu select Print Bibliography ProCite displays a full page preview of the bibliography Make sure the bibliography contains the records you want The choices are in the drop down list at the top of the preview window Select the appropriate output style from the Output Style drop down list You can also click on the Configure button to verify or change other settings in the Configure Bibliography dialog Click the Save button and a file save dialog appears a Locate th
143. the content of the record and prevent the Title field from printing twice In a style where the Title field always prints immediately after the Author field you would not need to use this feature as the Title would automatically take the place of an empty Author field When you use the generic Author field and set the formatting for 0 Author to Move Corresponding Title to Author Position the corresponding 04 Title prints only when both field 01 and field 07 are empty e Select Print Text to replace an empty Author field with specific text Type the replacement text such as Anonymous or Anon in the text box When you use the generic Author field and set the formatting for 01 Author to print Anonymous the supplied text prints only when both field 01 and field 07 are empty Multiple Works by the Same Author Use the Subsequent Works by the Same Author box to indicate how author names should format when there are multiple works by the same author s Note This option is available only when you are modifying a workform style on the Bibliography tab If you are modifying a workform style on the In Text Citations tab use the Subsequent Citations text box on that tab 456 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles To repeat the author name s as defined select Print the Author List as Defined Above In an alphabetized list where author names print first the author name is repeated for each reference For example
144. the current database By default ProCite includes field content lists for Authors Journals Titles and Keywords You can also select the Workform item to list records by reference type These lists are automatically compiled from the records that exist in your database In the left pane of the window click on terms to display various subsets of records such as by author name or journal title A record count appears next to each term indicating how many records in the current database contain that term Authors From the Show list select Authors and ProCite displays in the left pane of the window a list of all authors found in the database Click on an author name to list all records by that author IP Sample Database L y x X Mark Selected By Mark List PK Clear Marked E Baun R Copy Marked Open Link Show Authors Z E Author Tite __ Date Galecher Tale I Gilman Alfred G Rall Thed The pharmacological basis of therapeutics 1990 a Seo ene I Kuret J 4 Murad F Adenohypophyseal hormones and related 1990 Garcia Veronica C 1 Gilman Alfred G Graves Wiliam H 1 E Guida Wayne C 1 Hambley Trevor W 1 Harred John F 1 Houk K N i Isselbacher Kurt J Kia gt AN AllRecords Marked ET A Search h Terms Groups Duplicates Author Title Date Ascending 4 Records Marked 2 Records in List 40 Records in Database _ ProCite compiles the Authors list from
145. the polarities anisotropic polarisabilities and carbonyl infrare 1994 Barr Linda Monserrat Catherine Berg Toni Teenage pregnancy A new beginning 1992 Blum Robert Information management for the tactical operations systems TOS 1979 Booth Wayne C Kenneth Burke s way of knowing 1974 Borgman Christine L Bower James Krieger From hands on science to hands on information retrieval 1989 Christie Agatha What Mrs McGillicuddy saw 1988 Chum H L Baizer M M The electrochemistry of biomass and derived materials 1985 Decker william WSJ Index file 1983 Dickson Paul Words A connoisseur s collection of old and new weird and wonderf 1982 Dunn Richard J Teaching assistance not teaching assistants Winter 1990 Fleischer Arthur C Superficial organ sonography and miscellaneous applications 1989 Gilman Alfred G Rall Theodore W Nies A The pharmacological basis of therapeutics 1990 KISIP AllRecords Marked Records Search Terms Groups Duplicates Author Title D ate Ascending 1 Records Marked 40 Records in List 40 Records in Database Ready Ui By default ProCite shows the Author Title and Date for each record These are common fields used to browse and identify records and you may never want to change this display from the default However you can use the View menu s Configure Record List command to show up to six fields for each record in a record list For more information about configuring your database disp
146. them and then choose Mark Highlighted Records from the Select menu or click the marked icon on the toolbar Once you ve marked a group of records you can print that set of records or save the set as a group so you can restore the set later Displaying Marked Records is the only way to quickly see all the marked records In any other record list you may or may not see all of the marked records IP Sample Database oy x X Mark Selected B Mark List IK Clear Marked Ge Baun D gt bi Fy Cony Marked Open Link Author Title Borgman Christine L t James Kneger From hands on science to hands on information retrieval Loomis Thomas Software design issues for natural language processing 1987 Rieger Steve Kenney Norman ProCite 1999 Wheeler David Artificial intelligence researchers develop electronic tutors to aid learn 20 May 1987 g Mlale ai AllRecords Marked Records Search sh Terms Groups Duplicates Author Title D ate Ascending 4 Records Marked 4 Records in List 40 Records in Database 7 Displaying Search Results Click the Search tab to search the database and display search results See Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records for more information Chapter 5 Viewing Records 117 Displaying with Field Content Lists Click the Terms tab to display subsets of records with field content lists From the drop down Show list select a field content list which displays the terms found in
147. those found in ProCite s Database and List folders and the database and list folders speci fied by you under Tools gt Options gt File Locations b If you selected a ProCite database choose a field content list from the Terms drop down list 156 Chapter6 Entering and Editing Records 3 Scroll through the list of terms to find the entry you want in your field then a If you will typically insert a single item check the Close after insert box at the bottom of the dialog When you double click on an item ProCite will close the dialog and insert the term at the cursor in your ProCite record b To insert multiple items do not select the Close after insert box at the bottom of the dialog Double click on each item you want to insert and click Close to close the dialog when you are done Modifying Lists You can create any number of external lists term lists journal title lists which can be shared between databases and can be modified at any time For instructions see Chapter 18 Building List Files Field content lists cannot be modified because they are automatically generated from existing records However you do have access to field content lists from other databases via the Insert Term dialog Copying Text You can copy or move the contents of a field from one record to another and you can copy text between applications Copying and Pasting Text You can copy all or part of a field to a field in another recor
148. to appear ProCite assumes that any punctuation after a field name is following punctuation for that field To apply text as preceding punctuation for a field separate it from the preceding field name with a vertical bar 1 442 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles e If a field in your record is empty the preceding and following punctua tion associated with that field will automatically be omitted Look at the following examples for guidance Example 1 lt 01 Author Analytic gt lt 04 Title Analytic gt lt 20 Date of Publication gt This will always print a period and space after each field When a field is empty the period and space following it is not printed Example 2 lt 01 Author Analytic gt lt 04 Title Analytic gt lt 20 Date of Publication gt The primary date is surrounded by parentheses preceded by a space and followed by a period The vertical bar forces the space and left parenthe ses to print before 20 Date of Publication rather than as following punctuation for 04 Title Analytic If you suppress the date from output ProCite will not print an unmatched left parentheses after the title Example 3 lt 12 Date of Meeting gt lt 13 Place of Meeting gt The comma and space between Date of Meeting and Place of Meeting is entered as preceding punctuation for 713 Place of Meeting so that it is only printed if 73 Place of Meeting is printed It is usually best to ins
149. to see more of each title and allow less room for dates move the bar between title and date to the right Although the Author field is the first field displayed your records are not necessarily sorted alphabetically by author You can change the sorted order of the record list without changing the order of the fields displayed in an individual record See Sorting the Display later in this chapter Chapter 5 Viewing Records 121 Setting a Custom Display ProCite s record list can show up to six abbreviated fields from each record You can choose any combination of up to six fields From the View menu choose Configure Record List ProCite displays the Configure Record List dialog Configure Record List xi Record List Preview Pane Font and size The Layout box in the dialog contains three columns of options e The Show column of check boxes indicates which of the six fields to display in the record list e The Column Header text boxes allow you to enter column headings for the record list The Displayed Field column is where you select the fields to display in the order you want them to appear Selecting the Fields From the Displayed Fields column choose the fields that will form the columns of the abbreviated record view in the order you want them to appear You can display up to six fields For each item in the column click on the arrow to display the list of fields to choose from If the arrow
150. to year 429 citation format 432 entering in a manuscript 332 333 entering inarecord 146 entering year 2000 and later 146 171 finding 269 formatting ranges 333 searching 269 sorting 230 unknown 148 unpublished in press forthcoming 333 Date Fields 143 146 157 170 173 413 recognized formats 172 173 Date Formatting 438 DATE in search expression 256 Date Sorting 235 240 Day Format 466 Default database settings 97 101 display 120 duplicate detection settings 98 1 12 243 244 fieldnames 412 415 Index 519 font amp size edit record window 126 installation folders 38 39 language setting 231 record IDs 398 400 record numbering 399 402 sort orders 233 236 stop lists 237 238 239 workform 139 Define In Text Citation Style 422 432 Define W orkform Style 433 435 Delete a ProCite file 100 citations 337 database 100 duplicate records 243 field in workform style 439 440 group 275 highlighted records 138 list items 371 372 marked records 138 old ProCite files 37 output style 422 ProCite 5 44 record 138 records from group 276 saved Internet search expression 293 search expression 267 stop list 240 workforms 41 1 Delimited Records exporting 471 474 importing 203 Delimiters citation style 426 427 exporting field 478 importing field 213 scan document 314 Descending Order 228 240 Descending Ascending Order 224 Diacritic Character Sorting 234 Diacritics 150 importing MARC records 288 Dia
151. under Windows or on a Macintosh Windows e 486 or later Pentium recommended personal computer or compatible Microsoft Windows 95 98 or later or Windows NT 4 or later 16 megabytes available memory 32 recommended 30 megabytes available disk space for the full installation of ProCite CD ROM drive for installation please contact ISI ResearchSoft if you require 3 5 inch disks Microsoft Word 7 x 97 or 2000 or WordPerfect 7 x 8 x or 9 to cite while you write optional Internet connection for online database searching optional Macintosh Power Macintosh or compatible 120 MHz recommended Apple Macintosh System 7 5 or later 7 5 5 or later recommended 16 megabytes available memory 32 recommended 30 megabytes available disk space for the full installation of ProCite monitor with minimum 16 grays or 256 colors 640 x 480 or larger CD ROM drive for installation please contact ISI ResearchSoft if you require 3 5 inch disks Microsoft Word 6 or 98 to cite while you write optional Internet connection for online database searching optional Chapter 2 Installation 27 Installing ProCite Before you begin quit from any open applications screen savers etc to prevent conflicts and give the installer room to work Note Make sure you have your ProCite 5 serial number available You will be asked to enter this number during the installation process Look on the registration card on the CD e
152. use the Insert Special button A typical use of grouping operators is to end author information with a period whether or not an Author Role exists in the record In this example lt 01 Author Analytic gt lt 02 Author Role Analytic gt e The grouping operators surround the group of two fields e The first vertical bar 1 makes the comma and space preceding punctuation for the 02 Author Role Analytic field e The second vertical bar associates the ending period and space with the group of fields rather than ending punctuation for the preceding 02 Author Role Analytic e Because the ending period followed by a space is enclosed within the grouping operators it is printed whenever any element from the group is printed e If there is no 02 Author Role text in the record the period follows the 01 Author Analytic e This allows output such as Allen Smith Editor David Kochalko John Brown Inventor When you use grouping operators it is important to determine whether punctuation between fields should be included as following punctuation for a field or as preceding punctuation for the next field The choice depends on which field s you think are most likely to be empty Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 445 Example 1 lt 25 Location in Work gt lt 23 Report ID gt lt 19 Publisher Name gt lt 18 Place of Publication gt The comma and space have been inserted as precedi
153. user in one of these ways Copy your output style to the other user s Styles folder You can copy files over a network or with diskettes If you are both using the same copy of ProCite on a network make sure your output style is in the appropriate Styles folder It will be available for all users who use that copy of ProCite If you want to share a ProCite for the Macintosh output style with a ProCite for Windows user add the extension POS to the output style file name Possible Conflicts You modified an original output style When you got a ProCite program update and installed the new output styles your custom output style was overwritten Whenever you modify one of the predefined output styles you should give it a different name to avoid overwriting it You saved a copy of an original output style with the Save As com mand giving it a new name before modifying it That was the best thing to do and will minimize conflicts You created or modified a workform and now your output is strange or nonexistent for records in that workform You must update your output style so ProCite can correctly format records in that workform Create or modify the workform style in your output style 104 Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files List Files You can share journal title lists and term lists simply by copying the appropriate files to the appropriate Lists folder If you want to share a ProCite for the Macintosh
154. want the new database to have the same name as the original database you can rename it after deleting the original database 112 Chapter4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files LeavingProCi te To leave ProCite choose Exit Windows or Quit Macintosh from the File menu If records are open with changes made you are prompted to save those changes Any open databases are closed All database settings are saved including the current sort order and search results 13 Chapter5 Viewing Records Overview Contents Viewing Abbreviated Records The Record Lists 114 Displaying All Records 00 eee ee ceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 116 Displaying Marked Records eee eeeeeeeceseeteeeeeees 116 Displaying Search Results 0 0 0 cee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 116 Displaying with Field Content Lists 00 00 117 AUUOIS ice Hates onthe ee as 117 Joum aS cess hieesheesl eaten e E E teense 118 WAS ai e E hi ees ee 118 ICAO Ea S E EEE EEEE EEE 119 Displaying by Workform essessesseesesseeresreereereeeens 119 Displaying Groups aineis a 119 Displaying Duplicate Records 0 eee eee eeeeeeereeeee 120 Changing the Record List Display eee eee eeeee tees 120 The Default Display 0 00 ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeene 120 Setting a Custom Display 0 0 eee eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 121 Selecting the Fields eee ceeceseceeeeseeeeees 121 Setting Column Headers 00 0 cece ceeceseeeeeeeeees 122
155. words are used for sorting you should delete all of the stop words Stop words are delimited from the next word in a field by a space or a punctuation mark 4 Repeat step 3 as many times as necessary then click OK to save changes When you change a list for the current database ProCite automatically updates the database to reflect the changes When you change a default list the changes are reflected in each new database you create 241 Chapter 12 Detecting Duplicate Records Overview Contents Detecting Duplicates During Data Entry 0 0 0 eeeeeeeees 241 Searching the Database for Duplicates 0 000 242 Setting Duplicate Record Criteria 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeee 243 When you work with large databases or insert records from multiple sources it is possible to create records representing the same biblio graphic work This chapter describes how you can find and delete duplicate records in a ProCite database Detecting Duplicates During Data Entry To detect possible duplicates as you enter records 1 From the Database menu select Configure Duplicates Configure Duplicates x Duplicate Detection Fields to compare 01 Author Analytic 02 Author Role 03 Author Affiliation 04 Title Analytic 05 Medium Designator hal I For authors include just the last name I For dates include just the year I Warm about duplicates when saving new records I Discard duplicates when importi
156. year A specific date A specific date field Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records 269 Notes on Matching Dates Example DATE gt 1989 AND DATE lt 1996 DATE 1990 1999 DATE 1997 DATE 98 DATE 3 25 96 DATE June 12 1998 20 September 1999 e Year Ifthe search term consists only of the year ProCite matches any record with a date occurring in that year regardless of the season month or day You can enter a 2 or 4 digit year for a year in the twentieth century You must enter a 4 digit year for the year 2000 or later e Month or Season and Year For searching ProCite equates each season with a month Spring is the equivalent of March Summer of June Fall of September and Winter of December For example the search expression DATE spring 1999 matches March 1999 but not February 1999 or April 1999 The seasons their equivalent months and the date format variations of both form the following four season groups Spring Group Winter Spring Spring Spring Summer March March April Summer Group Fall Group Winter Group Summer Fall Winter Summer Fall Fall Winter December June September June July September October Day Month and Year If you enter day month and year ProCite matches only those records with that same date regardless of the date format 270 Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records Finding Record IDs To Search for Example Specific numbers REC 1000 REC 25 OR
157. you are done making changes to the fields 1 Give the workform a unique title in the Workform Title text box at the top of the window This title displays in workform lists when you use ProCite so it is best to keep it fairly short You can associate more information with a workform at any time by picking Properties from the File menu 2 Close the dialog You can do this in one of two ways e If you are modifying an existing workform you may want to choose Save As from the File menu so the original workform stays intact In the file dialog box enter a new file name for the work form and make sure ProCite s Forms folder is selected Click OK to save the workform to disk 410 Chapter 22 Creating and Modifying Workforms e From the File menu choose Close ProCite asks whether you wish to save changes Click Yes to save changes If you were editing an existing workform the window closes and the changes are saved The first time you save a new workform you must provide it with a unique file name In the file dialog box enter a file name for the workform and select ProCite s Forms folder Click Save to save the new workform to disk The workform is available to any ProCite database accessed from your computer when you edit a record or build a search expression Note If you use Biblio Link II you may need to modify your field mappings in order to correctly transfer information If you have records in your database t
158. you can use them at any time A right click Windows or control click Macintosh in the program displays a context sensitive menu Although this manual does not mention the context sensitive menus you can use them at any time Chapter 1 Introduction 23 Key Concepts ProCite organizes information in databases which contain records Each record is represented by a workform which contains up to 45 fields Databases A database is a structured collection of information A bibliographic reference database could contain information such as authorship publication date and physical description for a variety of works like books journal articles and audiovisual materials ProCite can store data for multiple types of work such as journals books and video recordings import data from a variety of sources such as data disks online information services or manual entry create bibliographies from multiple output formats to conform to the bibliographic requirements of numerous publications Records A record is the basic unit of a database In ProCite each record is a unique collection of information specific to one book journal musical score etc ProCite handles variable length records so you are not limited to a particular length for each record or even each field Workforms A workform is a fill in the blanks form used to help organize the information in each record ProCite includes predefined workforms that h
159. 0 eee eee cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeceeeeeenees 109 When to Rebuild a Database oo eee eeteeteeeeeees 109 Rebuilding a Database cece eeeeeeseeeeeeeeseceeeeceteeeneeeeee 111 Leaving ProCite eian a ais EEEE EEE E EES ESTS 112 88 Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files Starting ProCite Windows From the Windows Start menu go to Programs then ProCite 5 and select the ProCite shortcut to start the program Biblio Link II 2 ProCite Help D ProCite Readme Or use the Windows Explorer to navigate to the Program Files ProCite5 folder and double click the ProCite5 program Macintosh When you install ProCite on a Macintosh a ProCite 5 Folder is created containing the ProCite program Double click the ProCite 5 program to start ProCite You can also create a ProCite alias for your Apple menu or desktop If this is a new installation of ProCite 5 a file Open dialog displays allowing you to find and select a database to open If you need more information about using this dialog see Opening a Database later in this chapter If you want to create a new database first click Cancel in the file Open dialog See Creating a Database later in this chapter for informa tion about opening a new database If ProCite 5 was used on your machine previously the program may start and open the last file used whether a database workform output style etc You can close the file and open a different fil
160. 038 8 02 Japanese Patent 62 283 827 87 283 827 1987 Dec 9 3 Harred John F Knight Allan R and Mcintyre John S inventors Epoxidation process Dow Chemical Company assignee US Patent 3 654 317 1972 Apr 4 4 Stamas Steve Old man Etching 18 20 ed Syracuse NY Syracuse University Art Dept 1973 24 x 30 Hanging in Salina Museum of Art Notes Matted in grey and cream and framed in chrome Index Art 1 4 Biography 1 Chemistry 2 3 Epoxidation 3 Etching 4 Nature 1 Sol Gel 2 386 Chapter 19 Printing Lists Printing a Field Content List You cannot directly print a field content list but you can print almost exactly the same list Follow the directions earlier in this chapter under Printing a Subject List with the settings below in the Subject Fields dialog step 2 3 Note Select all terms in the List of Subject Terms step 4 to create a complete list The list may not exactly match the automatic field content list since field content lists ignore minor punctuation variations Authors List Select the four author fields so their contents are used as subject headings From the list of 45 ProCite fields highlight 01 Author Analytic 07 Author Monographic 16 Author Subsidiary 30 Series Editor Check the List each author separately box so each individual author name becomes a separate list item Titles List Select the title fields so their contents are used as subject
161. 15 Internet Capabilities 279 Testing the Servers You can test the response of any Z39 50 server To test a server connection 1 From the Tools menu select Internet Search 2 Click Hosts to display the list of servers currently configured All Hosts Marked Hosts Hosts 1 Host Marked ee Lr oe L Hong Kong Polytechnic University Library Catalog Hong Kong Academic 0O Hong Kong University of Science and Technology Library Catalog Hong Kong Academic HO Indiana University Library Catalog USA Indiana Academic HL Johns Hopkins University Eisenhower Library USA Maryland Academic HO Lewis and Clark College Library Catalog USA Oregon Academic O Louisiana State Library Library Catalog USA Louisiana Public O Marin County Public Libarary California Library Catalog USA California Public O Melvyl USA California Academic C Middlebury College Library Catalog USA Vermont Academic HO Mississippi State University Library Catalog USA Mississippi Academic HO Mount Holyoke College Four College Library Catalog USA Massachusetts Academic C Nashville Public Library Nashville TN Library Catalog USA Tennessee Public HO Northwestern University Library Catalog USA Illinois Academic HO Nova Scotia Provincial Library Library Catalog Canada Nova Scotia Government L OCLC FirstSearch USA Ohio Corporate O OhioLINK Library Catalog USA Ohio Consortia H0O OVID USA New York Corporate oR ovio
162. 2 _ Bar Linda Monserrat Catherine Berg Toni Teenage pregnancy A new beginning 1992 T Barr Linda Monserrat Catherine Berg Toni Teenage pregnancy A new beginning 1992 gt Kid gt All Records Marked Records Search Terms Groups __Duplicates__ Author Title Date Ascending 1 Records Marked 7 Records in List 44 Records in Database 4 If there are no possible duplicates based on the duplicate detection settings the record list is empty To check or change the duplicate detection settings click the Configure button These settings are described in the next section of this chapter Setting Duplicate Record Criteria 2 Mark the duplicates you want deleted You may prefer to manually Mark each duplicate record you want to delete To quickly mark duplicates two buttons are available in the Search Duplicates window e Mark by Date leaves unmarked the first entered oldest record from each set of duplicates and marks all later duplicates Mark by Size leaves unmarked the longest record from each set of duplicates and marks all shorter duplicates The longest record is not marked because it contains the most data often notes or an abstract Chapter 12 Detecting Duplicate Records 243 3 Verify that the marked records identified as duplicates are really duplicates before deleting them You may want to first sort the records by the fields used to detect duplicates Scan through the list of records
163. 22 importing delimiters 213 importing format 205 206 importing order 206 209 importing separators 212 insert previous 157 listed by workform 487 locating by number 161 163 not in current workform 140 optional 352 366 selecting 121 122 227 228 separators 380 workform style 438 440 Field Codes Microsoft W ord 309 WordPerfect 31 1 Index 521 Field Content List 1 17 119 authors 386 keywords 386 printing 386 titles 386 Field Content Lists 153 quick search 249 Field Display column headers 122 column widths 123 default 120 saving changes 122 selecting fields 121 122 sort order 123 type style 123 visible fields 122 Field Entry Rules 143 148 Field Identifier 256 257 ABSTRACT or ABST 256 AUTHOR or AUTH 256 CALL 256 DATE 256 JRNL 256 KEYWORDS or KEY 256 NOTE 256 PUBL 256 TITLE or TITL 256 Field Length 151 160 Field Numbers displaying 141 selecting 414 Field Separators 358 for exporting 477 Field Settings alternate text 353 optional fields 352 353 short form 353 Field Substitution 352 353 Field Suppression 352 353 Field Text adding 216 clearing 216 copying 156 deleting 216 finding amp replacing 218 219 moving 221 replacing 216 522 Index Fields finding empty not empty 270 formatting special 450 Fields in W orkforms abstract 163 address availability 163 assigning names 409 author 143 144 146 164 167 413 corporate 145 166 lists 117 118 multiple 145 personal 145 165 168 author af filiation 167
164. 268 saving 265 270 search term 255 sharing 104 Search Internet 286 288 adding modifying database configurations 298 301 adding modifying host configurations 296 298 options 294 295 selecting Z39 50 sites 284 Search Pubmed 286 288 Search Results printing 342 346 saving 272 Search Term 255 finding 268 270 finding multiple 268 Search Toolbar 507 Security allowing access through firewalls 281 290 Select field numbers 414 fields 353 visible fields 122 workform 138 140 139 192 workform fields 408 411 Select Menu 251 Selecting fields for custom sort 227 228 sort order 224 Index 533 Sentence Style in title formatting 185 Separators 358 citation style 426 427 Separators Tab 457 458 Server Installation 28 29 Server Internet adding modifying host configurations 296 298 searching 286 288 testing a connection 279 280 Set Column Headers 122 Set Duplicate Record Criteria 243 244 Set Export Options 474 476 Set Import Options 209 212 Set Program Options 93 99 Set Up Bibliography 346 356 Setting Field Order 228 Settings subject bibliography 360 363 Share databases 30 91 101 effect of System sort 232 233 Internet search configurations 104 list files 104 output styles 103 search expressions 104 word processor files with links 105 106 workforms 102 410 Share Files 101 106 Share with ProCite for W indows database 91 101 output styles 103 workforms 102 Short Form Bibliography 353 366 Show empty fields 126 141 fiel
165. 3 It may be helpful to first familiarize yourself with field usage by referring to information in Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field in particular for the Special Fields and for fields such as Document Type Medium Designator Connective Phrase Location in Work Extent of Work Packaging Method Size and Availability In most cases by comparing the fields available in each workform you will find a predefined workform that meets your needs If you have an occasional record that does not fit into the workforms that you commonly use because it has an extra piece of information for which there is no field available it is easiest to add this extra information to another field such as Notes 42 in the existing workform If you regularly have an addi tional piece of information you may want to modify one of the existing workforms For documents that don t fit any of the predefined forms you can create custom workforms See Chapter 22 Creating and Modifying Workforms for more information about creating a custom workform or modifying an existing workform Relationship between Workforms and Output Styles Output styles control which fields will be printed for each workform the order in which the fields are printed and the punctuation and type styles associated with each field Because each bibliographic element is entered in a separate workform field those elements can be output in various ways to meet a wide range of bibliographic s
166. 36 Macintosh to W indows character mapping 107 file sharing 106 107 Manuscript associating database 337 338 changing bibliography setup 324 326 changing citations 335 337 citation forms 312 entering identify text 328 335 footnotes endotes 318 generating bibliography 321 327 hidden citation 326 inserting citation 313 314 linking to records 312 321 matching citations 314 317 scanning document 315 unformatted citations 320 using other word processors 339 using variable citation format 326 327 MARC records importing diacritics 288 Margins 350 354 in manuscript 323 Mark Duplicate Records 242 Mark Group 274 275 Mark Highlighted Records 1 16 251 Mark Records 250 251 Marked Record inserting in manuscript 318 Index 527 Marked Records 1 16 clearing 251 deleting 138 editing 152 printing 343 viewing 250 Master Document in word processor 327 Match Dates in search expression 269 Match Inappropriate Items 317 Match Multiple Records 319 Match Records 328 Matching Existing Citations 314 317 Medium Designator Fields 178 MEDLARS System 201 Medline UI adding launching a PubMed UI 303 launching from ProCite 152 Memory Restrictions opening databases 127 opening records 127 Microsoft W ord 309 bookmark 323 installing Mac cite while you write support 33 installing W indows cite while you write support 31 master document 327 ProCite toolbar 510 tools menu 42 unformatted citation 309 uninstalling support 44 Modify group 275
167. 4 Personal Authors 145 165 166 Place of Meeting Field 180 Place of Publication Field 181 Polish Sort 232 Port Number for a host already configured 282 list of all configured 281 Port Numbers enabling for Internet searching 281 282 Portuguese Sort 232 Preceding Punctuation 441 469 Preceding Text 461 462 added to in text citation 334 Predefined Sort Orders 224 Predefined W orkforms 139 Preferences 29 bibliography setup 355 default database 97 101 default display 120 default numbering 398 400 default stop list 237 238 duplicate detection 98 file locations 94 96 530 Index program 93 99 record numbering 97 1 12 reload last file 94 sorting 99 splash screen 94 startup file folders 39 status bar 94 stop lists 99 tooltips 94 Prefix with author name 167 Prepare Records for Substitution 394 Prev Page preview 130 Preview bibliography 130 131 342 346 formatted records 129 formatted references 345 346 Preview Pane 129 Previous Field copy 157 Previous Record in List 128 Primary Term 378 Print alternate text list 387 bibliography 130 342 346 call number 352 353 field content list 386 groups 274 indexed subject list 384 385 journal title list 387 note field 352 353 record IDs 398 record numbers 352 366 reprint status 352 366 search results 342 346 subject list 360 361 379 383 term list 387 title list 387 to catalog cards 344 345 to clipboard 346 to disk 342 346 to HTML file 304 344 toscreen 323 to word processor
168. 5 Internet Capabilities Note You can use the Biblio Link IT program found in the ProCite folder to modify these configuration files Be careful as changes affect all databases which use the same configuration file Type a Description of the database This is a more complete form of the database name and appears in the database list 6 Enter the search attributes for the database Search Attributes Field Name l Field Type Use l Rel Pos Struct Trunc Comp i Author Author Last First M 1 Title Generic 4 Keywords Generic 21 Notes Generic 63 ISBN Generic 7 ISSN Generic 8 LCCN Generic 9 Corporate Name Generic 2 The table defines the various search options available for a particular database You can obtain this information from the organization information provider that maintains the host server it is often included on the host s web site The attributes as defined by the Z39 50 standard are a Field Name This is the word or phrase that appears in the field list on the Internet Search tab You can use ProCite s generic field names for ease of use b Field Type This defines the format of the text When you click in this field a list appears from which you select e Generic The search text is sent to the server exactly as it was entered Author Last First M The search text is read as an author in any of the procite formats and is converted to this author form for searc
169. 7 Capturing Web Page Information Windows Only 0 62 Linking a Reference to a Web Page or File n se 64 Entering and Editing ProCite References 000 0 eee eee 64 Configuring Duplicate Checking 00 0 ceseeseceeeeeeeneees 68 Searching and Sorting a Database eee eee eeeeereeeeeceeenaeenenaes 69 Quick Searching for Records with the Terms Tab 0 0 0 69 Creating a Search Strategy oo eee eeeseecseeseececnseceeeeeseeesees 70 Saving a Search Strategy veines io 74 Creating a Group oo cece een E a E e E N EE R 74 Selecting the Sort Order cece nn pinen e E ee E 75 Pre configured Sort Options 00 eee eee eseeesecseeeseeseeeaes 75 C stom SOLS enn ee E E E EE EE EEE 76 Generating Bibliographies sssesseseeeeseeeesseeerrseesrsererrrrsserrsserreseeresee 77 Creating a Bibliography from a Record list eee 77 Creating a Bibliography with Subject Headings 0 0 79 Preparing a Manuscript and Bibliography 0 0 0c cece eee ceeeeeeeee 81 Opening a Word Processing Document eee eeeeteeteeeees 81 The Tools Menu and ProCite Toolbar eeeeeeeee 82 Identifying References to Cite 0 eee ee cseseeceeceseceeceseeseeesees 82 Preparing the Bibliography and Final Manuscript 85 Closing the Document and Exiting ProCite eee 86 Contents Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files CVE VIG W ssa soc ir Ea a Fe cuteness vsevtes less AEE EE EE E EA 87 Starting ProCit
170. 8 Chapter 16 Cite While You Write Entering Identifying Text The text you type in order to Insert Citation or Scan Document identi fies each unique ProCite record The identifying text does not affect the text of the final formatted citation that will appear when you generate the bibliography If you already entered record IDs within delimiters in your manuscript for a previous version of ProCite or Reference Manager such as as mentioned in the report by Smith 24 you can use the Scan Document command telling ProCite to look for record IDs only In almost any other instance it is easier to enter a combination of identifying text The identifying elements you enter for a single citation can include any combination of author names keywords title journal title date or record ID ProCite replaces this text first by the unformatted form of the citation and then when you generate a bibliography by the form of citation defined in the current output style If you match records by typing a single identifying element you may find many matching records You can choose the appropriate reference from a list of matches or you can limit the search by supplying more identifying text Separate each element from a single record with one of these separators a comma a space an ampersand amp or the word and For example Kenney 1999 Smith amp Jones 1997 When you enter identifying text e DO NOT enter d
171. A A EEA A A te at New Paragraph nsee Line Break ccccccceceeeees E EAE EEA E TE Windows Command Ctrl End Ctrl Right Arrow Page Up DO ETE Alt 09 uo cece Ctrl Shift Space Macintosh Command Return Command S Command L Command X Command C Command V Delete Command A Control Home Control End Control Right Arrow Page Up Page Down Command D Delete Option Space 150 Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records Inserting Special Characters To enter symbols or diacritics umlauts tildes and other accents put the cursor where you wish to insert the character and select Insert Symbol from the Edit menu The table of characters for the current font appears Insert Symbol xi Font Times New Roman he i 6789 El et mnopgqrs S lt 000 0t AAAAA EC Noodde Y pBaaaa Sawing eo auouyby You can select a different font to update the table of characters Double click on the character you wish to enter or highlight it and click Insert and ProCite will enter it at the insertion point You can enter any number of symbols When done click Close Applying a Font Style or Size As a general rule do not enter styled text into a record Use the output style to apply styles so you can apply different styles in different circum stances However if you want to apply a style to only part of the text in a field such as italicizing a scientific
172. ANSI American National Standards bd E Reset Reference List Title me List Reference List Order In Text Citation Order Author Year Tite pe Citation Order Numbering IV Number References Beginning With fi Prefix lt lt Suffix f Alignment Right x Indentation Spacing First Line fo 000in Line Spacing Sine Fy Hanging 0500n Space After Sine f Cancel Help The Output Style determines how each citation in text is formatted and how each reference in the bibliography is printed which fields will print from each record and in what order The Reference List Order determines the sort order of references in the bibliography The In Text Citation Order determines the order of multiple citations inserted at the same point in a manuscript The rest of the options on the Reference List tab are updated to reflect settings in the output style You can override any of those settings here or you can modify the output style itself For more detailed information about the options on the Reference List tab see the next section Changing the Bibliography Layout or Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies Chapter 16 Cite While You Write 323 3 The Fields tab under Configure Bibliography gives you the option to print all fields listed in the output style or abbreviate the style and print a limited number of fields For more information about optional fields see Chapter 17
173. Bridaxce fr maccetor behaviour in co ordiated vhosphones Jamal ofthe Chemical Society Dako Trareactins burgani Chemistry 1994 91 96 Boggs J M ard Tummbkr B ktendizitited oelthasebihvers famed acural exes nthe mecece ofpalyayen B and gycen Bodin ae A ha 193 Jam 18 11 1 42 50 ISSN 0006 3002 Battegay R Avecety a basic human experience Schoveiz Rundsch Med Prax 1993 Jan 12 82 2 33 40 ISSN 0860 2394 Nites TRANSLINVERNAC TITLE Arest eine merediliche Gnnbefirdlidket Kelly R The real anrla af hienital romcie nrartice nc rerreined hermarcineredererndimtes TPmf Kims Switch to a different output style using the drop down list Select AMA American Medical Assoc and watch the screen refresh in the new format Click Configure to change the bibliography settings The Reference List tab provides another way to change the output style add a title to your record list and set the reference number ing and indentation e The Fields tab lets you suppress fields from printing and substitute alternate text for text found in records e The Page Layout tab controls font size margins and page number formatting Click the Fields tab to limit the fields printed Remove the check mark from the Notes field to suppress it from printing Click OK to save the change and update the bibliography preview Click the Print or Save button to complete the exercise Note To save the bibliograph
174. C San Diego State University Library Catalog USA California Academic _ San Jose State University Library Catalog USA California Academic O Seton Hall University Law Library Library Catalog USA New Jersey Academic x Clear Marks Configure Hosts http www carl org Cancel Help e Click the Marked Host tab to verify that the only database marked for searching is Ovid Trial Server Medline Practice Demo You could have marked multiple databases for searching f Click OK to save the setting and return to the Internet Search tab Notice the database name next to the Hosts button 3 Build your search expression Let s say you are interested in information about the success of corrective eye surgery such as radial keratotomy a Next to Search For use the drop down box to select Any Field 60 Chapter3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour b In the text box next to it type radial keratotomy E New Search Newltem X Delete Item SY Terms Yq Expressions l 7 Clear Hesults BA Search 7h Slop Hosts OVID Trial Server Medline Practice Demo Sa Ee fano g keywords OO A 8 Disconnected H 4 gt HM Internet Search Marked Records Terms Groups Duplicates Author Title Date Ascending 0 Records Marked 0 Records in List 0 Records in Database _ 4 To connect and search click Search Note If you haven t already established a conne
175. Cite A Guided Tour 3 Scroll through the list and click on Computers The records contain ing that term in the Keywords field appear in the right pane of the window ProCite 5 Sample Database ol x P File Edit View Sot Select Groups Database Tools Window Help laj x ica Gl i mex Times NewRoman v Be 7 U sloma X Mark Selected a Mark List X Clear Marked O Q I4 4 gt DI Ra Copy Marked Open Link Show Keywords Computers Information From hands on scienc Borgman Christine L 4 1989 Library Associations Infor Software design issues Loomis Thomas 1987 Computers Programming ProCite Rieger Steve Aylesy 1997 Computers Information Ma Computers in writing in Schwartz Helen Bak 1989 Computers Language Infe Child Abuse Sexual 1 Child Preschool 1 China 1 Classification 1 Clinical Applications 1 Clinical Competence 1 College Instruction 1 Comparative Study 3 1 2 1 Conformational Searching Cross Sectional Studies Cycloheptadecane Depressive Disorder 1 x PICIE All Records Marked Records Search Terms Groups Duplicates Author Title Date Ascending 10 Records Marked 7 Records in List 52 Records in Database Ready CAP ZA 4 Next try changing the selection on the Show list to Workforms to view records organized by their workform type 5 Click the All Records tab to return to the full listing of records Creat
176. Contact an administrator from the Internet host if you need assistance with this information The user name and pass word are used only when the check boxes are selected If you prefer the security of being prompted for a password before each search select the check boxes but do not enter your password Note The User Name and Password are kept in a registry file so that you can share your host configurations without sharing this personal information 5 Click OK to save changes to the Host Properties 6 Your next action depends on whether you modified an existing host or added a new host a If you modified host properties click OK until you return to the Internet Search tab b If you added a new host ProCite prompts you to configure at least one database available from the host Note You can add or modify a database configuration as described under the next section Adding or Modifying Database Configurations Adding or Modifying Database Configurations To add a database configuration a host configuration must already be defined To add or modify a Z39 50 database configuration for searching 1 Display the Database Properties dialog e If you have just added a new host ProCite automatically displays a Database Properties dialog e If you are adding a new database configuration to an existing host or modifying a database configuration a On the Internet Search tab click the Hosts button to display th
177. D P ERR Matrix Number sss Report ID 28 EEEE ER Report ID aiseanna Report ID 2A Issue De Issue ID 24 heh Abstract Journal Issue Issue ID 24 aori Plate Number Issue ID Pda eT TTT Location in Work Location in Work PiE E PAJE Sindee Location in Work PD tit Abstract Journal Page s Location in Work 2O Extent of Letter Extent of Work 26 E TE S Extent of Work Extent of Work 20 E Pie LINING ysn Extent of Work Of A EEE Packaging Method Packaging Method OB AAA SIZC A tein cas Size 29 ain Reproduction Ratio Reproduction Ratio Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field 163 Field Field Name Section Heading OO EEE Frequency of Publication Reproduction Ratio As EEEIEE Salene araia Reproduction Ratio 30 EE Series Editor 00 Author Odcdk Gainey Series Editor Role Author Role Oe ETEA Series Title Title SOc avedea Gases Series Volume ID Volume ID 4 EAEE Series Issue ID 0 Issue ID SOs eel Document Type Document Type EEA Language s Document Type IOak Connective Phrase Connective Phrase ITa Address Availability Address Availability to NEENA Location URL 00 Location URL 89 SEA CODEN c cccccccesesseees CODEN BO E Class Code National CODEN 4 annainne Class Code International ISSN 4O ISSN ipina nenN ISSN CS ee
178. Descending r Styles Subject Terms Subject Term Counts List of Record IDs M Bold I Italic Underline I UpperCase T Bold J Italic Underline J Bold T Italic M Underline Cancel Help 8 Create a standard Subject Bibliography by setting the Reference List to include the Subject Terms and Reference List Check the Recy cling Reference Numbers box to restart the reference number sequence under each heading Click OK to preview the results Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 81 ProCite 5 Sample Database of x Show All Recordsin List Output Style ANSI American National Standar fe Configure Terms Print Save Next Page fi Close Reference List Adenohypophyseal Hormones 1 Kuret J A and Murad F Adenohypophyseal hormones and related substances In Gilman Alfred Rall Theodore W Nies Alan S and Taylor Palmer editors The pharmacological basis a therapeutics 8th ed New York Pergamon 1990 pp 1334 1360 Adult 1 Berenbaum H Posed facial expressions of emotion in schizophrenia and depression Psychol Med 1 Nov 22 4 929 37 ISSN 0033 2917 2 Kelly B The real world of hospital nursing practice as perceived by nursing undergraduates J Pro 1993 Jan 1993 Feb 28 9 1 27 33 ISSN 8755 7223 a a co Next create a Subject Index by selecting the Configure button and Subject Bibliography tab This time change the
179. E a e 179 Packaging Method Field 27 eseeesesesesseresseresssreersrreerrresens 180 Place of Meeting Field 13 0 cee ceeseeececsseeenceceneesneeeeneeerees 180 Place of Publication Field 18 cccccecessecessececsneeeeeeeeeees 181 Publisher Name Field 19 eececccsecceseccecesseceeenseeeseneeees 181 Record ID Field esiin a 181 Report ID Field 23 ennn om a 182 Reprint Status Field 12 eee ceeceesseeeneeceeeeeeceeeeeeteeeeeees 182 Reproduction Ratio Field 29 oo ee eee ceeseeesceseceeeeesteeeeeeeee 182 SizesPield 28 sscc cshtees eben Ain Re A tee eee 183 Title Fields 04 09 10 11 32 oo eeceeeesseeesseceeereeees 183 Volume ID Fields 22 33 assener 185 160 Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field This chapter supplements Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records Fields are listed by default field name Each section gives a description of the intended field usage and tips for data entry To locate a field use the Locating Fields by Field Number table General Data Entry All fields in ProCite are variable length and can handle almost any type of information How you enter that information is the key to getting cor rectly formatted output Enter text as continuous text the way you do with a word processor ProCite will wrap the text and the field will expand to accommodate the information You should not regularly use character styles such as italics or bold when entering data Wh
180. Field SY Insert Special p8 Configure Fields In Text Citations Bibliography In Text Citation Settings I Include a bibliography with each document Reference Type First Citation lt Default gt lt Author Title gt lt Date gt Audiovisual Material Bill Resolution Book Chapter Subsequent Citations Book Long Form Book Short Form Book Whole Case Computer Program Conference Proceedings Data File Adams John Quincy Lincoln Abraham van Buren Martin and Truman Harry D 5 76 issertation Electronic Citation Email Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 429 There is a limit of 255 characters for an individual in text citation In order to differentiate between citations that refer to different works but have the same author name and year ProCite will add letters to the year For example Smith and Brown 1997a Smith and Brown 1997b Delimiters Separators and Sorting Click the In text Citation Settings button and use the Delimiters box to enter optional citation delimiters and separators To surround your in text citation with delimiters enter the appropriate character s in the Left Delimiter and Right Delimiter text boxes For example to surround your citations with parentheses as in research suggests that dysfunctional thought processes lead to depression or unhappiness Olinger Kuiper amp Shaw 1987 enter a left parenthesis in the Left Delimiter box and
181. For example you could place a hyphen or slash between each element Or you could put a space between the month and day and then a comma and space between day and year 3 In the Month Format list box select the appropriate form to be used for Months The choices are Full Abbreviated MLA 3 characters with no periods Numeric or Roman Full January February March April May June July August September October November December Abbr Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec 3 char Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Numeric 1 or 01 2 or 02 3 or 03 4 or 04 5 or 05 6 or 06 7 or 07 8 or 08 9 or 09 10 11 12 Roman II lll II V VI Vil VIII IX X Xl XII If you have not elected to print the month or if no month was entered into the ProCite record this setting is ignored In the Day Format list box select the appropriate form for days Numeric or Roman If you have not elected to print the day or no day was entered into the ProCite record this setting is ignored Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 467 5 In the Year Format list box select the appropriate form for years 2 digit 4 digit or Roman Selecting 2 digit will truncate years such as 97 Years before 1900 or after 1999 will always output in full such as 1894 or 2003 6 Select the Pad Numeric Components with Leading Zeros check box
182. For example if you want to jump to a particular title select the Title Date sort or a custom sort that first compares titles 2 Click on any record in the record list to activate the list 128 Chapter 5 Viewing Records 3 Type the first few characters used to identify the record The charac ters must be the first in the field ProCite displays a Go to Record dialog Go to Record x Go to Author OK A aa Cancel Based on records sorted by author Title D ate w 4 Continue typing as many characters as you feel may be required to differentiate the record from others then click OK ProCite searches from the top of the record list and highlights the record that most closely matches the text you typed If several records match only the first match in the list is highlighted Stop words are ignored when jumping to records You can also use the Go to Record commands from the View menu to move between records in an abbreviated record list or between full records e Find displays the Go to Record dialog where you type the characters to find it looks in the field used for the first level of the current sort First goes to the first record in the current list e Previous goes to the previous record in the current list order e Next goes to the next record in the current list order e Last goes to the last record in the current list e First Marked goes to the first marked record in the current list e Previ
183. Keywords lt 45 Keywords gt Journal Article Reprint lt 12 Reprint Status gt Journal Long Form Call Number lt 44 Call Number gt Notes lt 42 Notes gt J l Short F pa na ee Abstract lt 43 Abstract zi M Letter A Magazine Article Preview Manuscript 1 Adams JQ Lincoln A van Buren M Truman HS An imaginary conversation Journal of amp Map Historical Fantasy 1976 Nov 5 76 11 204 12 Monograph Notes This is the first in a planned series of imaginary occurrences involving Motion Picture US Presidents Music Score Newspaper gt 4 From the Fields menu choose Journals 10 to display the dialog Journals Title Case Headline hs Journal List to use for substitution medical Ist hai B Cancel Help 5 In the bottom list box titled Journal List to use for substitution select the list you want ProCite to use for substitution on output 6 Click OK to save changes to the dialog You can link a single journal title list to each output style When you change the journal title list linked to a single workform that list is used for any other workform that uses substitution in that output style only Journal title substitution will not take place for an individual journal if e The journal title in the record does not exactly match a journal title in the journal title list Chapter 20 Using Alternate Text 393 e The primary journal title in the list does not have a
184. Keywords 45 Keywords 492 Appendix B ProCite Workforms and Fields Dissertation Electronic Citation Email 1 Author Analytic 1 Author s 1 Author s 2 2 2 Author E mail 3 3 3 Author Affiliation 4 Title Analytic 4 Title 4 Subject 5 Medium Designator 5 Medium 5 6 6 6 7 7 Editors 7 Recipient 8 8 8 Recipient E mail 9 9 9 10 10 Source 10 12 Reprint Status 18 Place of Publication 19 University 20 Date of Publication 21 Date of Copyright 26 Extent of Work 27 Packaging Method 36 Connective Phrase 37 Address Availability 38 Location URL 42 Notes 43 Abstract 44 Call Number 45 Keywords 12 Reprint Status 15 Edition 19 Publisher Name 37 Address Availability 38 Location URL D Oo 42 Notes 43 Abstract 44 Call Number 45 Keywords 12 Reprint Status in 20 Date of Message LTT 37 Address Availability 38 Location URL 42 Notes 43 Abstract 44 Call Number 45 Keywords Appendix B ProCite Workforms and Fields 493 Generic Hearing In Press 1 Author Analytic 1 Author s 1 Author s 2 2 Author Role 2 3 3 Author Affiliation 3 4 Title Analytic 4 Title 4 Title 5 5 Medium Designator 5 6 6 6 7 Author Monographic
185. Long Form when another workform would be adequate for producing formatted references but you want to store additional information in the record For monographs with monographic authors editors or translators Monograph is the same as Book Short Form except for the addition of fields 08 Author Role and 15 Edition For books not yet published This workform includes the same fields as Monograph Include Unpublished in the date field You may need to exclude such works from your bibliography Once the book is published change the work form to one of the other book workforms and update the date field 199 Chapter 9 Importing Records Overview Contents Importing Tagged Records 00 ee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeenees 200 The Tagged Records 000 ce ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeceseeeeeeseeeneeaee 200 B sic Procedure ismernie a E E 201 Importing Delimited Records s ssseeeeseeeesseeessseeersererrerseeees 203 Basic Procedure nner R E eee E E ei i S 203 Preparing a Delimited Import File eee 205 Field Format inre inaner i E titans 205 Field Orders cei ce pe e a en 206 Setting Import Options sssssssessssseesseeseeseserrrsrerrsreerseeeene 209 Comma Delimited s nssesseseeseseeseeeseeseessessressssee 210 Tab Delimited t cscsecidvecsctevetieusceontsvetiecteiteeeneeeavens 211 Custom Delimited cee eecesneeeeceneeceeeeesseeeneeee 212 Use ProCite s Import features to copy bibliographic data to ProCite from other software pr
186. Macintosh They appear as small empty boxes when viewed on a Macintosh If a record containing one of these characters is not modified the character remains intact under Windows If the record is edited and saved on a Macintosh the character is permanently removed not used not used S not used not used not used not used not used not used Damaged Fil es Occasionally files are damaged The most common causes are power failures and hardware failures The easiest way to resolve a damaged file is to restore a backup Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files 109 When your files are damaged and you do not have a backup to restore e When a database is damaged use the Rebuild command to attempt to repair the database See the next section Rebuilding a Database for more information e When a predefined output style or workform is damaged or deleted use the ProCite Installation program to reinstall the original files from the master disk e Ifa custom output style is damaged or deleted create a new one and redefine it to match the old file e Ifa custom workform is damaged or deleted create a new one and redefine it to match the old file Then globally change the workform for all records that used the original workform to the new workform even though it has the same name e Ifa list file is damaged or deleted create a new one and reenter each item You may be able to create most of the lis
187. Pa Ge Layout iceri enee snpsnsensuvaccy EKSE EE eeit 354 Font and Size Settings seseeeeeseseesereeerereesesrereses 354 IMAP SINS pees e eroare eaa p Ee O E EI Ee e esae 354 Page NUMDETS ssia ense iii ee i 355 Saving Your Bibliography Settings 0 0 0 eee 355 Printing a Subject Bibliography 0 0 eee eee eee ceeeeeeneee 356 Basic Procedure jivses cscs sogse cies soro poteen eE eE a Tee 357 Subject Bibliography Settings eeseseeeseeneeeeeesreeseeee 360 Printing a Subject List or a Subject Bibliography 360 Including Subject Term Counts or Record IDs 361 Sorting the Subject Terms 00 0 0 eee eeeeeeee 362 Inserting Space or Text Around Subject Terms 363 APPLYING Styles aeee arois iire EIE 363 Examples of Subject Bibliographies 0 eee 364 Using Author Names as Subject Headings 364 Using Keywords as Subject Headings 00 365 Cross Referencing Subject Headings 365 Using Call Numbers as Subject Headings 366 342 Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies You can print bibliographic citations to your computer screen a word processor or HTML document a printer or the clipboard You control the page layout and the bibliographic style You can print a single alphabeti cal list or you can print a list that separates references by subject ProCite always shows a preview onscreen before printing to paper or a word processor file This makes it easy to spo
188. Pennsylvania Academic Help f Ames lowa Public Library USA lowa Public E Amherst College USA Massachusetts Academic E Auburn University USA Alabama Academic New Host Bell Labs Library Network USA Corporate Bibliotheque Nationale du Quebec Canada Quebec Government New Database EH BIBSYS Norway Norway Consortia E Boston University USA Massachusetts Academic Delete Brandeis University USA Massachusetts Academic y E Brock University Ontario Canada Canada Ontario Academic Properties 4 Brown University USA Rhode Island Academic Brunel University England United Kingdom Academic Proxy Server E Bryant College USA Rhode Island Academic California State University Fullerton CA USA California Academic Port Numbers G CARL USA Colorado Consortia 4 Camegie Mellon University USA Pennsylvania Academic E Cedar Rapids lowa Public Library USA lowa Public Test Host Cleveland Public Library USA Ohio Public Colgate University USA New York Academic Test All E Colorado State University USA Colorado Academic E Connecticut State University USA Connecticut Academic f Corel University USA New York Academic x e If you are setting up a new Z39 50 host click New Host e If you are modifying an existing host highlight the host in the list and click Properties Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities 297 4 On the General tab enter or modify the following Contact an admin istrator from the Intern
189. Perspective reading mnd meaning in the ilbmuinated works of Willian Blake Dissertation Arm Arbor MI University of Michigan 1994 Anderson Robert J and Schrier Robert W Acute renal faire In Bramewrald Eigene IsseTbadvr Kurt J Petersdorf Robert G and others editors Harrson s principles of mtemalmedicime lth ed New York McGraw Hill 1987 pp 1149 1155 Ads Mikio inventor Marasfacture of glass by Sol Gelprocess Seiko Epson Corp assignee C B8 8 02 Japanese Patent 62 283 827 87 283 827 1987 Dec 9 Arorwy Marorel J Davies Miumray S Hanbley Trevor W amd Perens Raymond K Deparhrert of Inorganic Chemistry The University of Sydney Sxney NSW 2006 Australia A shady of the polarkies anisotropic polarisabilities and carbonyl infrared vibrational frequencies of the complexes MCO PCOCH CMe f Cr Mb or W and the crystal structure of MACO PCOCH CMe H Evidence for macceptor behaviour in oo ordinated phosphorus Joumal of the Chemical Society Dalton Transactions Inorganic Chemistry 1994 91 96 Bar Linda Monserrat Catherine and Bere Toni Teenaze oreanancy A new beaming Garcia lly Alter the display by clicking these buttons e Two Page shows you the references two pages at a time e Zoom In enlarges the image e Zoom Out reduces the image Browse your citations by clicking Next Page and Prev Page 3 Make sure the bibliography contains the records you want The ch
190. Printing Bibliographies 4 Use the Font tab to determine the font and size for the bibliography 5 Click OK to Generate the Bibliography The citations in your manuscript are converted to the in text citation format specified in the current output style If set in the output style each reference cited is also formatted and included in a bibliography at the end of the manuscript 6 View the formatted citations and the bibliography by scrolling through your document or by using your word processor s Print Preview These notes may help you create the bibliography you need ProCite inserts a Bookmark at the end of the document to indicate the beginning of the bibliography You can later add in text citations after the bibliography but each time you generate a new bibliography it is replaced at the Bookmark If you add text after the existing bibliogra phy but you want the new bibliography placed at the end of the document delete the entire existing bibliography including the title and line before it to make sure the Bookmark is deleted You can Show Bookmarks in your word processor to see where the reference list begins and you can Cut and Paste the Bookmark anywhere in the document to determine where the reference list will begin Each reference in the bibliography is generated from a corresponding linked citation in the text of the document If you want a reference in your bibliography without citing it in the manuscript see Adding
191. Replace 0 cece ee eeeeeceeeeseeceseeeseeseecaeenaecseenaeenees 218 Global Change Workform essssseeseseeeeseseesssreseseerrsresesreereressenrsseeees 220 Global Move Field anenai e o eE E E E ER E aloes 221 Chapter 11 Sorting Records COVGLVISW e eie rs a E E E E E E E REE 223 The Available Sort Orders eee ee eeeeecseeseecseessecsecesecnecneeeeensees 224 Selecting a Sort Order for Display 00 0 0 eee ee cee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 224 Selecting a Sort Order For Printing 0 eee eeeeeee cee eeeeeeeeee 225 Creating a Custom Sort Order oo cece ee ceeeecseessecseeesecneceseeneensees 226 Basic Procedure sisese pei arere aasan aee paese 226 selecting the FeldSsnsss isere ned ninnaa aii 227 Setting Ascending or Descending Order eee eee eects 228 Sorting Special Field Data ec ececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaeenee 229 Sorting Empty Fields 000 0 eee cseseecseeeseesseeseesseensensees 229 Sorting Author Names cece cee cee ceseeeeceseeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 230 Sorting Dates sassssedesssssscbscbeschssssschscspsesssassaevsees sss aS EEEa oei 230 Character Sorting by Language eesseeesesereesseeersreerrsreresrsserreseeees 230 Changing the Language Setting oe eee eee eseeereeneeeeeeeee 230 How the System Specific Sort Affects Database Sharing 232 10 Contents How ProCite Sorts aeon nr one re EE E EE REEE E EENE EEES 233 Sort LeyelS renesse siot ori e n E E 233 Alphabetic Sorting n ssieiseeoseu t
192. Search for records by subject matter e Produce subject lists or subject bibliographies with keywords as headings Consistency and control of terminology is necessary to later find records with the same terms in this field You can use term lists to maintain a standardized list of terms When entering data in the Keywords field separate multiple terms by a slash or carriage return You need to separate terms so that you can use both words and phrases as keywords Some examples History Nineteenth century England Computer Technology DNA Genes Chemical analysis Editing Keys Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records 149 When entering or editing records you can use editing keys as follows Action New Record ccceccccscccceeeeeeeees Edit Record spinte Save Record sssssseeesineseneene Open File URL eee O AT Mere eee eer rere merce ee COPY fitted eons ad Paste ni r ae ek ts Gle aF sie hin eee SelectAll ec ee eed Move Insertion Point To Next Field cee To Previous Field To Beginning of Line To End of Line To Beginning of Field To End of Field To Start of Next Word Up One Window 00 Down One Window Delete Recorda ea aara Previous Character Following Character Insert Previous Field 00000 Previous Record 0 SYMbOl a nd EI
193. Section s 25 25 26 26 Extent of Work 26 27 27 Packaging Method 27 28 28 28 29 29 29 30 30 30 31 31 31 32 History 32 32 History 33 33 33 34 34 34 35 35 35 36 36 Connective Phrase 36 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 39 39 39 40 40 40 41 41 41 42 Notes 42 Notes 42 Notes 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 45 Keywords 45 Keywords 45 Keywords 500 Appendix B ProCite Workforms and Fields Unpublished Work Video Recording Web Page 1 Author s 1 Author Analytic 1 Author s 2 2 2 Author Role 3 3 3 Author Affiliation 4 Title 4 Title Analytic 4 Title 5 5 Medium Designator 5 6 6 6 7 Editor s 7 Producer T S 8 8 Producer Role 8 9 9 9 10 10 10 11 11 11 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 15 15 16 16 Director 16 17 17 Director Role 17 18 18 Place of Publication 18 19 19 Distributor 19 20 Date of Publication 20 Date of Publication 20 Date of Publication 21 Date of Copyr
194. T ial Server USA New York Corporate l o MAMIA ANNA P L ANNM z Clear Marks Configure Hosts http www ovid com 3 Click Configure Hosts 4 Highlight the server you want to test 280 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities 5 Click Test Host A status dialog similar to this displays Supported Options Search CO Trigger Resource Control Present C Level 1 Segmentation CZ Delete O Level 2 Segmentation C Resource Report O Concurrent Operations Scan C Named Result Sets O Sort C Resource Control O Extended Services C Access Control 239 50 Version V3 m Implementation ID Ovid Name Ovid Z39 50 Target Ovid Technologies Inc Wer 007 051 User Info SUCCESS Server responding properly Cancel Help If your connection is valid and the server is responding properly the bottom of the dialog should indicate Success Server responding properly Note You can click Test All to test all servers in the list The server list is large so this could take quite some time Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities 281 Allowing Access Through Firewalls Firewalls are used for security so they restrict access between computers and the Internet Some firewalls simply require that you enable the ports used by the Z39 50 servers you intend to access Other firewalls known as proxy servers require additional information Enabling Port Numbers If a firewall is blocking a
195. The Smithsonian and The Smithsonian Institute Since the Author fields are multiple entry fields the record is a match if any author in any author field matches the identifying text If you enter the author name Smith Robert as identifying text it will match an entry such as Williams John Smith Robert Entering Author Names ProCite compares your identifying text to personal author names and corporate author names found in each record Single Authors When you type the last name of a single author ProCite looks for all works that include that author For example the identifying text Diamond will find works by Diamond only titles that contain the word Diamond the work by Diamond Linz and Lipset and any other work in which Diamond is listed as an author You may have to pick the appropriate record from a list of matching records when you Insert Citation To narrow the search to a direct match you might want to add a date or title to the identifying text For example Diamond 1989 Multiple Authors For two or more authors of a single work separate each author name with a comma a space an and or amp For example Diamond Linz and Lipset You can enter multiple authors in any order and you can truncate names if you aren t sure how to spell them ProCite ignores et al after an Chapter 16 Cite While You Write 331 author s name but will match any author names specificall
196. Use the Operators button to select an appropriate logical operator AND OR NOT AND NOT to express the relationship between terms b Repeat steps 2 through 4 You can continue adding identifiers operators and terms to build a complex search expression You can modify the search expression or save it before you perform the search Saving a Search Expression You can save the current search expression It is particularly useful for long complicated search expressions especially if you intend to insert more records and perform the same search at a later date To save a search expression 1 Click the Expressions button and select Add to Expressions to display the Add Search Expression dialog Add Search Expression x Expression Name x Cancel Help 2 Type a unique name in the Expression Name box to identify your search expression and click OK Note If you give the search expression a name that is already in use ProCite asks to replace the existing expression with the same name ProCite saves the expression for later use Search expressions are kept in a preference file SRCHEXPR in your ProCite folder so are available to all your ProCite databases 266 Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records Restoring a Saved Search Expression To restore a saved search expression 1 Click the Expressions button and select a saved search expression in one of these two ways a Select the expression
197. Using ProCite A Guided Tour 53 ProCite 5 Sample Database _ oO x File Edit View Sort Select Groups Database Tools Window Help laj xj 0cm I o dezu sajt X Mark Selected a Mark List P Cie rtiaked AQ M A e DE a Copy Marked Open Link words A connoisseur s collection of Dickson Paul 1982 Language Words Teaching assistance not teaching a Dunn Richard J Winter 1990 College Instruction Higher Education Prese Superficial organ sonography and mis Fleischer Arthur C 1989 Sonography Clinical Applications The pharmacological basis of therape Gilman Alfred G Rall Theodore w 1990 Medicine Pharmacology Epoxidation process Harred John F Knight Allan R h 1972 Apr 4 Chemistry Epoxidation Running down the up escalator Reg Jackson Richard May 1989 Papua New Guinea Geographical Implicatio The entertainer Joplin Scott 1972 Music Piano Journal of the American Society for Ir Kraft Donald H Information Management Information Scie Adenchypophyseal hormones and rel Kuret J amp Murad F 1990 Medicine Pharmacology Adenchypophysed Software design issues for natural lar Loomis Thomas 1987 Computers Programming Language Vibration can t loosen easily installed McCarty Lyle H February 27 1989 Fasteners Huck Manufacturing Company A room with a view Merchant Ismail 1985 Audiovisual Materials Literature Miles Ethel October 31 1982 Library Human Resource Management Relationsh
198. Work Field 25 cccceccccssseceesceceesececsaececeseecssseeeensaees 176 Location URL Field 88 scosdeevectscssesvesesosceconsbsorente ps SE IENE ena 178 Medium Designator Fields 05 14 eesessessesssessessssssesssssressesssersee 178 Notes Field 42 rnrn nce tts aa R 179 Packaging Method Field 27 esesesesesesseresssresrsresrsreersrrererrsseereseees 180 Place of Meeting Field 13 ee eeeeessseecceesecesseceeeeceaeceneeceeeeenaeeeees 180 Place of Publication Field 18 oo ccccceccscccessececsnecessseeessseeesenaees 181 Publisher Name Field 19 ccceccecessecesscecessecesseeceseeceessseeesenaees 181 Record ID Field rnrn en e e e tupdevec E E ia 181 Report ID Field 23 EEE E E ESEE 182 Reprint Status Field 12 znanca a a a a aa 182 Reproduction Ratio Field 29 oo ee eeceseeceseeeseeceececeseeeeeeereeeneeeeees 182 Size Piel 28 csscbies casschs escssssdeeedes teeiveess bushes subatsiesssssessadiesastesestes 183 Title Fields 04 09 10 11 32 ooo cece ceeeecteceseeneeneees 183 Volume ID Fields 22 G3 ccispessssssusces sss scdssupesssccseupsoetaesyces eas scsysees 185 Chapter 8 Choosing a Workform OVEDVIEW 32 02 eee citi ain tek Oia Baek 187 Locating the Available Workforms ect eeeeeeceeeecnseeeeneeenees 188 Setting the Workform for a New Record 0 eee eeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 188 Changing the Workform for Existing Records 0 cee eeeeeeseeeeees 189 Changing the Workform for a Single Rec
199. a Search Expression A Search Expression is a description of the criteria you want ProCite to use in locating records in a database A Search Expression can consist of almost any combination of these three elements e Search Term The word or phrase you want ProCite to find e Field Identifier A unique identifier that limits a search to a specific field group of fields workform or group e Operator An instruction for creating relationships between multiple search terms or an instruction on how to search a field You can enter field names operators and search terms either by typing them from the keyboard or by using a combination of typing and pop up lists The most thorough search is full text searching where the search expres sion contains only a search term ProCite goes through every piece of text in every field in every record which may take a long time If you add a field identifier and an operator to your search expression you speed up the search by limiting it to a specific field The fastest searches are on the Author Journal Title Title or Keyword fields since those fields are already indexed for field content lists Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records 255 Search Term The search term is the character word or phrase ProCite is to find You can enter a search term manually from the keyboard or you can copy an item from a list into a search expression You can search for a single word or a phrase
200. a right parenthe sis in the Right Delimiter box The delimiters are entered here rather than as preceding and following punctuation in the workform style so ProCite will surround multiple citations with a single set of delimiters Rather than research suggests that dysfunctional thought processes lead to depression or unhappiness Kuiper et al 1987 Olinger Kuiper amp Shaw 1987 Wierzbicki amp Rexford 1989 Wise amp Barnes 1986 you would get research suggests that dysfunctional thought processes lead to depression or unhappiness Kuiper et al 1987 Olinger Kuiper amp Shaw 1987 Wierzbicki amp Rexford 1989 Wise amp Barnes 1986 If you do not want delimiters around your citations delete all text from the Delimiter text boxes In the Citation Separator text box enter the separator you want to print between multiple citations at the same point in your manuscript For author date citations the separator between each citation is usually a semicolon and a space 430 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles Some styles vary in the use of parentheses as delimiters For example cultural factors appear even more important than economic ones Lipset et al 1993 168 70 see also Huntington 1991 298 311 Dahl 1970 6 Kennan 1977 41 43 and Lewis 1993 93 94 have empha sized that See Chapter 16 Cite While You Write for ideas on how to deal with variable in text citation f
201. abases on a network you can run into several multi user situations e Any number of users can open the same database with read only access You may want to place the database in a read only folder to make sure the database is always available to multiple users One user at a time can open a database with read write access If a user already has a database open with read write access ProCite will tell other users that the database is already in use The database is not available to others until the user with read write access closes it If a database is in use by someone with either read write or read only access you will not be able to open the database with read write access If you want to share a ProCite for the Macintosh database with a ProCite for Windows user add the extension PDT to the primary database file name Installing Cite While You Write Support Cite while you write support for your word processor is added automati cally during ProCite s installation However if you installed your word processor after installing ProCite or the ProCite 5 commands do not appear on your word processor s Tools menu you can install the cite while you write files Under Windows you can run one of these files to install support Single User In the ProCite program folder run Cwyw Setup exe Network User In the ProCite program folder run NetSetup exe If these setup programs do not install cite while you write support correctly
202. ac procite isiresearchsoft com Customer Service info isiresearchsoft com From Europe please contact Mail Phone Fax ISI ResearchSoft Brunel Science Park Bldg 1 Brunel University Uxbridge UB8 3PQ UK 44 1895 813544 44 1895 237 313 22 Chapter 1 Introduction Using This Manual This manual describes ProCite for Windows and ProCite for the Macintosh While the screen examples show ProCite for Windows everything is essentially the same on both platforms including menu items and dialog boxes When a command file or folder name differs between the two plat forms both are included For example To start the installation program double click on Setup Windows or Install ProCite 5 Macintosh Remember to use the table of contents at the front of the manual and or the index at the back of the manual A glossary is included in the online help Throughout this manual e Menu names menu items and buttons are in a bold typeface e ProCite field names and workforms are in italics e Examples are in the sans serif Helvetica font Many menu items in ProCite have a corresponding keyboard equivalent and or a toolbar icon The keyboard equivalent appears on the menu next to the associated command You can turn toolbars on or off from the View menu and hold the cursor over a toolbar icon to find out the corresponding command Keyboard equivalents and toolbar icons are listed in the appendices and
203. ace after the author name a period after the title a space and left parentheses before the date and a right parentheses and period after the date The reference appears as Christie Agatha What Mrs McGillicuddy Saw 1988 Punctuation can include formatting characters for new paragraphs tabs etc You can also apply styles to punctuation or field text Each of these items is discussed further in this chapter Return to step 1 and repeat the procedure for each available work form you use in ProCite A later section in this chapter Formatting Special Fields describes additional formatting allowed for special fields Author Formatting affects how author names print from each author field Title Formatting determines the case and capitalization used for each title field 438 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles e Journal Formatting determines the case capitalization and journal title substitution used for journal titles in field 10 e Date Formatting determines the order and style of the month day and year for each date field e Page Number Formatting determines the text to print before or after page numbers and how to format page ranges e Keyword Formatting determines how keywords are separated for printing Inserting and Deleting Fields The first step in defining a workform style is selecting the fields you wish to print from that workform Insert the fields in the order you want them to print
204. aced with formatted text as defined in your output style When your output style has nothing defined for in text citations the linked citation is replaced with nothing Open your output style and set up a Default In text Citation format 486 Appendix A Troubleshooting Word Processor marked records in my database but when tried to Insert Marked Records a message says There are no marked references to insert An edit record window output style or other window is the active window in ProCite The record list window must be active in ProCite to allow insertion of marked records Close or minimize the other window s to make the record list active Word Processor The database name of database does not contain the referenced citation You linked an in text citation to a record in a ProCite database Someone later deleted that ProCite record When you generated a bibliography ProCite could not find the linked ProCite record You must either delete the citation or insert the record in your database Revert to Original Text the in text citation and then Insert the citation again to update the link Word Processor Please move the insert point outside of the reference list This message appears when you attempt to regenerate a bibliography in a word processor Your cursor is inside the bookmark ProCite created at the beginning of the reference list You can see the bookmark only if field codes are displayed
205. acintosh o 0 ee eee eee cseeeecseesseeeees 33 Upgrading from ProCite Reference Manager Or EndNote iena n ee n e ae eingin eae 34 Converting Files iiieoo Gen phere e ER 35 Converting Databases and Workforms 0 4 35 Converting ProCite Punctuation Files and Lists 36 Converting Configuration Files eee 37 Deleting Old File Skonis eateseecegereeseateeneess 37 Installed Files and Their Locations 0 0 0 0 cece eeeeeeseeneeeees 38 Default Installation Folders 2 0 0 0 eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 38 Program Piles viscs ic cc cece oaa a O ETAS 39 System Files ereis isernia E ee nei eees eects 40 Database Files ones e n e i E 40 WOorkfOrM Se enirere raparen operere iaa ed ont a 41 Tist FileSource en a eek A eS 41 Output Styles nnen a e erar E a EEE 42 Word Processor Files essesesesseeeseeeseeseseeseesreserrssreerereese 42 ANAT ata LO Av AEE ENORA EEEE EEEE EEEE 42 Macintosh sssr ecne eresia 43 Configuration Files and Download Files eee 43 Internet Configuration Files 00 0 eee eee eeeeeeeereeee eens 43 Uninstalling ProCite 5 raemes e e 44 26 Chapter 2 Installation This chapter covers single user and network installation procedures for the ProCite program and includes a section about upgrading It also lists and describes installed files Hardware and Software Requirements To install and run ProCite your computer and system software must meet the following minimum requirements
206. additional information See the section titled Allowing Access Through Firewalls in Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities Appendix A Troubleshooting 483 Many databases offered by commercial information providers require an account and password for access Ovid OCLC SilverPlatter etc To gain access to a restricted database you need to contact the information provider directly to set up an account Then modify the host configura tion with ProCite to add the additional information Internet Searching No records were found The list of searchable fields varies between different online hosts and sometimes even between databases offered by the same host To make sure you are searching valid fields first select a single database for searching On the Internet Search tab the list of fields to search updates to reflect settings for that database Enter your search expression and try the search again The word or phrase for which you are searching may not be in the correct form for the database you are searching For example you may need to enter a journal abbreviation rather than a full journal name Check the host s web site or contact the host directly to find out whether you can obtain lists of journal titles keywords etc used in the database Your search criteria may be too specific Search for a more general topic If you get many matching records you can narrow the search further Pressing keys and clicking the mouse h
207. al Medicir Computers and Translation Critical Inquiry Design News Journal of Steroid peceni and Molec Title E Saunders Martin Houk K I Conformations of cycloheptadecane A col 1990 Joumal of the raan Society for mian z M 4 i AN AlRecords Marked Records Search i Terms A Groups A Duplicates Author Title D ate Ascending 4 Records Marked 1 Records in List 40 Records in Database WY Titles From the Show list select Titles to display a list of all titles found in the database Click on a specific title to view the record with that title The Titles list is compiled from these fields Title Analytic 04 Title Monographic 09 Title 11 Series Title 32 Titles included in these fields are article titles book titles newspaper titles etc If the title you choose is found in field 09 11 or 32 of the workform it may not be visible in the record list ProCite displays the title from the first title field that contains data Chapter 5 Viewing Records 119 Keywords From the Show list select Keywords to display a list of all unique keywords found in the database Then click on a term to view all records that contain that term in the Keywords field of the record IP Sample Database Of x X Mark Selected hy Mark List Pe Clear Marked eo Qld 4 gt ODI Cony tarked Open Link Show Keywords Blood 1 4 Budget 1 Cancer 1 B Chemistry 2
208. alog San Jose State University Library Catalog Search for Title bd AND j Tite bd AND Keywords jasthma AND Any Field ha Disconnected Author Title Date _ Abramson Harold Alexander Somatic and psychiatric treatment of asthma 1951 a Ahmad Wagar The effect of refractory period and relative humidity on exercise induced asthma 1990 Ahmad Wagar The effect of refractory period and relative humidity on exercise induced asthma 1990 I Bergman Thomas Determined to win children living with allergies and asthma 1994 T Blanc Albert D G So you have asthma 1966 T Bohanan Ann Lynne The effect of deep muscle relaxation and cognitive treatments on psychological and physic 1981 Butts Karen R Breathing exercises for asthma 1980 I Campbell Margaret Rachel The association of alleles type at the HLA DPBI locus and protection or predisposition for 11996 l KIHI P Hh Internet Search Marked Records Search Tems Groups Duplicates Author Title Date Ascending 0 Records Marked 67 Records in List 67 Records in Database Note Single and double character diacritics found in MARC records are mapped to the Windows ANSI character set or the Macintosh Apple Standard Roman character set before being imported into ProCite 6 Your search results are in a temporary database that can be saved or discarded when you close ProCite To save the retrieved records you must copy them to a new or existing ProCite database as des
209. an figure out a field s use by looking at the fields next to it in the workform For example Connective Phrase 06 qualifies Author Monographic 07 and Title 09 information whereas Connective Phrase 36 qualifies Availability 37 Some fields occur in pairs because one field is used to hold information that qualifies the information in another field For example in the Dissertation workform the field Extent of Work 26 holds a numeric value whose units are described in the Packaging Method 27 field 412 Chapter 22 Creating and Modifying Workforms Fields and Their Default Names Special Fields You can include up to 45 fields in a single workform Try to choose your fields so that related elements of a reference can be grouped together to simplify data entry The default field name indicates the type of information intended to be stored in a particular field and each field name has an associated field number Fields always appear on the screen in field number order 01 through 45 For more efficient data entry keep related fields together using consecutive field numbers whenever possible The field number and default field name is used for searching sorting etc Using the same fields for different types of materials makes it easier to manage a database containing a variety of types of materials Consistent field usage between workforms is important for fields used in searching or sorting For example when searching for wor
210. and Renumbering Renumbering allows you to assign new record IDs in the same relative order possibly to eliminate record number gaps created by deleted records or assign new IDs to completely reorder the records To renumber your database 1 From the Database menu choose Renumber Database Renumber all records by ox OK Author Title Date Cancel Starting record number fi 0 m Help Increment fi 0 2 In the drop down list box choose the order in which you wish to number the database You can choose from the available sort orders Renumber in Record ID order if you want to keep the records in the same relative order 3 Type the Starting Record Number in the appropriate text box 4 Type the Increment in the appropriate text box ProCite will add this number to the highest record ID in the database to determine the next record ID 5 Click OK to start renumbering ProCite will ask for verification before any changes are made 6 Click OK to continue and all records in the database are renumbered Note Record IDs automatically assigned after this point will use the new record number increment 03 Chapter 22 Creating and Modifying Workforms Overview Contents When to Create a Workform 0 00 eee ceeeeecseeteeceeeeeeneeneees 404 Special Document Types 0 0 cece eeseeeeceseeseceseeeeeeeees 404 Relationship to Output Styles oe eee eee ceeeneeeees 404 Implications of Modifying Workfo
211. and list at least one matching record To find records using field content lists 1 Click the Terms tab 2 Select Authors Journals Titles or Keywords from the Show list at the top of the window A list of all Authors Journals Titles or Keywords found in the database will appear in the left pane The number next to each entry indicates how many records contain that entry 3 Click on the term for which you are looking and ProCite lists all the records that match the term you selected For example if you are looking for all works by Alfred Gilman select Authors then click on Gilman Alfred G IP Sample Database BEE X Mark Selected hy Mark List PX Clear Marked E is Qid a dm Fy Copy Marked Open Link Show Fuller Jeff bass G K Hall Audio Gallagher Brian Garcia Veronica C Authors bd Gilman Alfred G Rall Thed The pharmacological basis d 1990 Kuret J amp Murad F Adenohypophyseal hormone 1990 1 1 1 1 Gilman Alfred G 2 Graves William H 1 Guida Wayne C 1 Hambley Trevor w 1 Harred John F 1 Houk K N 1 Isselbacher Kurt J 1 Ivory James 1 Jackson Richard 1 James A E Jr 1 a Ki 4 p MN Al Records i Marked Records _ Search Terms Groups A Duplicates 7 Author Date Title Ascending 1 Records Marked 2 Records in List 40 Records in Database 7 If you do not see the term in one of the abbreviated records you
212. and replace them with your own terms Add Text You can copy text to a specific field For example you can add a particular keyword to the 45 Keywords field in every marked record If the field you are adding text to does not exist in a particular record based on the workform in use no text will be added to that record You can insert text in the default font only If you want to add characters in a different font you must edit the records individually To make global changes to the current database 1 From the Select menu choose Clear Marked Set to clear the check box for each record Mark the records you wish to modify When you are done marking we recommend that you display Marked Records in the Quick Search window to make sure you have marked only the records you want to change Chapter 10 Global Editing 217 From the Database menu s Edit Marked Records submenu select Global Edit ProCite displays this window Global Edit Selected Fields 0 Field s Selected 01 Author AS nnn 02 Author Role 03 Author Affiliation ema 04 Title Analytic 05 Medium Designator Help 06 Connective Phrase 07 Author Monographic 08 Author Role Select All 09 Title Monographic 10 Journal Title Select None 11 Title xj Change Add to the beginning of each field z Text to Add In the fields list click to highlight the field or fields that you want to change The 45 ProCite fields are
213. andle the most common works such as journals and books You can modify the predefined forms and create additional workforms For a list of the workforms supplied with ProCite see Appendix B ProCite Workforms and Fields Fields A field is a portion of a record that contains information of a single type for example a title or a date Each field is indicated by a field name such as Author or Title and a field number You can identify a field by the name the number or its contents By entering each type of information in a separate field you can easily find information It also allows you to output each field of information in any order which gives ProCite great flexibility in creating bibliogra phies 24 Chapter 1 Introduction New Features in ProCite 5 ProCite 5 incorporates the following enhancements Interface enhancements e Easily move between various lists of records with the new tabbed record lists Internet enhancements e Quickly search PubMed and Z39 50 databases on the Internet from within ProCite and seamlessly import the search results Cite while you write enhancements Cite while you write with Word 2000 or WordPerfect 9 in addition to the versions already supported Locate unlinked citations Display full ProCite records when selecting a record from multiple matches Re display a list of records to choose another citation for insertion Select from a list of the previous 10 se
214. anish history 256 Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records Field Identifiers Field Identifiers limit the search to a field group of fields workform or group All field numbers along with default field names are available in the Fields list Note that a field number represents each field in a search expression since the field name can change between workforms For example Author 01 could also encompass Inventor 01 and Composer 01 So a search on Field 1 would appear as 1 Anderson You can also use certain field names to search specific fields or groups of fields Identifier ABSTRACT or ABST AUTHOR or AUTH Identifier CALL DATE JRNL KEYWORDS or KEY NOTE PLPU PUBL TITLE or TITL Searches Abstract 43 All author fields Author Analytic 01 Author Monographic 07 Author Subsidiary 16 Series Editor 30 Searches Call Number 44 All date fields Date of Meeting 12 Date of Publication 20 Date of Copyright 21 Journal Title 10 Keywords 45 Notes 42 Place of Publication 18 Publisher Name 19 All title fields Title Analytic 04 Title Monographic 09 Journal Title 10 Title 11 Series Title 32 Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records 257 For example by using the identifier AUTHOR ProCite searches all four author fields If you want to search a specific author field such as Author Analytic 01 you would select that specific ide
215. another Com mon connective phrases include in and submitted for publication in and cited in A Connective Phrase in field 06 usually qualifies a monographic title A Connective Phrase in field 36 qualifies the field Address Availability 37 The Connective Phrase field may be used instead of the Title 11 field to hold a retraction statement or published comment erratum Capitalize the first letter of the phrase For example In accompanying Within Available from Date Fields 12 20 21 Entry rules ProCite will recognize many date formats and will apply special format ting when printing any of these fields Date Fields Date of Meeting 12 see also Reprint Request Date of Publication 20 Date of Letter Patent Issue Date Date of Copyright 21 Enter dates as fully as possible including month and day if available Enter the primary date in field 20 which allows record sorting by generic date The output style determines how much of the date will print To accommodate information downloaded from online and CD ROM services ProCite recognizes a wide variety of date styles and converts them to a consistent internal format ProCite interprets these all as the same date Nov 1 1999 11 1 99 and 991101 e Three part dates consisting entirely of numbers are assumed to be in U S date format month day year However although 1 11 99 is interpreted as January 11 1999 14 11 1999
216. apers you can create a list using standard abbreviations of the American Chemical Society ACS which include periods Journal Title Journal Abbreviation Note ACS Acta Biochimica Polonica Acta Biochim Pol Acta Chemica Scandinavica Acta Chem Scand 370 Chapter 18 Building List Files Opening a List For an output style used for biomedical papers you can create a list using the standard Index Medicus abbreviations which do not include periods Journal Title Journal Abbreviation Note Index Medicus Acta Biochimica Polonica Acta Biochim Pol Acta Chemica Scandinavica Acta Chem Scand You can create a new list or you can open an existing list to edit add or delete items Creating a New List To create a term list or journal title list 1 2 From the ProCite File menu choose New to display the New dialog Highlight Term List or Journal List and click OK to display a file dialog In the file dialog type a name for the list file Click OK to display a File Properties dialog You can enter comments about the list Click OK to create the file and display the new empty term list or journal title list Opening an Existing List To edit a term list or journal list 1 From the ProCite File menu choose Open to display a File Open dialog Open the Lists folder and highlight the list you wish to edit To list only list files select Term List or Journal List in the List Files of Type pull down
217. apter 17 Printing Bibliographies 345 number in the left column and the bibliographic information in the right column If you separate the call number from the rest of the reference with a tab you may be able to use your word processor to format the reference into a two column table You will need to insert a page break after each reference Under Config ure Bibliography activate the Reference List tab and set the Space After item to Page Break If you want to print terms such as author names or keywords in uppercase at the top of the card you can use the Subject Bibliography option to print subject terms before each citation see Printing Subject Bibliographies later in this chapter Previewing Formatted References To format individual records to the screen as you work in your database 1 From the View menu select Preview Pane 2 Highlight the record you wish to preview formatted ProCite formats and displays the highlighted record using the current output style settings if no output style is currently selected ProCite displays a file dialog for you to locate one IP Sample Database of x IK Mark Selected Fy Mark List PK Clear Marked AHQ M 4 gt Dl E Copy Marked Open Link Noguchi Toshifumi Kitawaki Jo Tamura Takaya Kim Tomoko Kanno Hiroshi Yamamoto Takara and Okada Hiroji Dep Obstet Gynecol Kyoto Prefect Univ Med Kyoto 602 Japan Relationship between aromatase activity and steroid recepto
218. ar displays a row of menus from which you choose commands Toolbar The various toolbar icons provide quick access to frequently used ProCite commands Turn toolbars on or off from the View menu Record list The record list displays a list of the current records selected for display in a particular field order Tabs Use the tabs at the bottom of the record list to display different subsets of records Status bar There are two status bars along the bottom The first shows the current sort order of the list the number of records marked the number of records in the current list and the total number of records The second displays the current database status plus tooltip descriptions for icons and menu items and you can turn it on or off from the View menu Chapter 5 Viewing Records 115 ProCite 5 Sample Database Of x File Edit View Sort Select Groups Database Tools Window Help x D sa Baw x m e zu T X Mark Selected hy Mark List PK Clear Marked FAAK D gt bl E Copy Marked Open Link Date e April 1995 Multi Media Medicine September 1979 Adams Alexander B John James Audubon amp biography 1966 Anderson Mark Ransom Apollyon s bow Perspective reading and meaning in the illuminated 1984 Anderson Robert J Schrier Robert W Acute renal failure 1987 Aoki Mikio Manufacture of glass by Sol Gel process 9 December 1987 Aroney Manuel J Davies Murray S Hambh A study of
219. arches Formatting enhancements e When generating an HTML file URLs automatically become hot links Apply styles to citation numbers Define a unique in text citation format for each workform to allow accurate footnote formatting Define a second format for subsequent in text citations from the same source While creating or editing output styles view a preview of the current workform definition When selecting an output style from a file dialog view a preview of formatted output using that style Sorting enhancements e These additional languages have been added to the international sort options Czech Polish and Russian Cyrillic e Sort using the Windows system language setting Chapter 2 Installing and Upgrading Overview Contents Hardware and Software Requirements cece eee eseeeeee 26 Installing ProCite seirena cekee ste lee a bisa vee 27 Single User Installation cece eeseeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeees 27 Network Multi User Installation cccceeesseeeeeees 28 Network Program Installation 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 28 Network User Installation 0 eee eee eeeseetneeees 29 Keeping Local Copies of Lists Styles and Databases 29 Sharing Databases 00 ete ee csee ce cseeeseceeeeeeeees 30 Installing Cite While You Write Support 30 Word for Windows ceeecceseeceeeeeeseseeeseceeeaeessenaes 31 WordPerfect for Windows 0 eceeeeeseeeeseeeeesseeeee 32 Word for the M
220. as no effect my computer is locked Restart your computer If your reset keys are locked turn the power off wait a few seconds then turn the power back on If you had a database open when the lockup occurred you should rebuild the database Printing Fields of information are not printing although my records contain data in those fields Either fields have been suppressed for printing or your output style does not list those fields to print e Inthe Configure Bibliography dialog check the Fields tab This tab is used to suppress fields from printing Make sure the Short Form box is not selected and that the appropriate Optional Fields are selected to print The options on this Fields tab allow you to print abbreviated references without modifying your output style You can easily print Notes and Abstracts and then suppress them the next time you print 484 Appendix A Troubleshooting e Bibliographic styles vary as to the type of information to include in a formatted reference so all styles do not print every ProCite field A field of information will not print unless the current output style lists it to print Open the output style locate the appropriate workform style for the record and make sure the field is listed to print If a workform style is not set up for a particular workform the Default workform style is used You may want to set up a unique workform style for the workform in question Printing Only
221. ase characters you can type any variation ProCite also does not distinguish between diacritics so a finds all variations such as 4 or 4 To insert a symbol select Insert Symbol from the Edit menu double click the character you want to insert and click Close Copy text from a list a Place the cursor where you want the term inserted b Click the Insert Term button or select Insert Term from the Edit menu to display a dialog box for locating and opening the field content list term list group or workform list you want The last used list opens automatically c Select the appropriate list name in the pull down list at the top of the window to display the terms in that list Insert Term xi Source Sample Database v Terms Authors x Adams ander B Anderson Mark Ransom Anderson Robert J Aoki Mikio Aroney Manuel J Baizer M M Balestri Diane Baptista Cyro percussion Barr Linda Berg Toni Blum Robert Booth Wayne C Borgman Christine L Bower James Braunswald Eugene Chann Renne z ma Close Help T Close after insert d Locate the term you want to insert double click on it to transfer the item to the text box at the cursor and click Close If a journal title list has full journal titles plus journal abbrevia tions ProCite copies only the full journal titles Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records 265 5 To link multiple search expressions a
222. ate of Access 21 Address Availability 37 Locatiow URL 38 http www egyptology com kmt Notes 42 Abstract 43 Call Number 44 Keywords 45 The new ProCite record at the bottom of the screen contains the Title and URL from the Netscape display The Title transfers to ProCite s Title Analytic 04 field and the URL to Location URL 38 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities 303 The ProCite Workform is the one last used for insertion in ProCite If you want to use a different Workform preferably the Web Page Workform use the pull down list at the top of the window You can switch between the browser text and the ProCite record the top and bottom panes in the window to copy and paste information into the appropriate ProCite fields Highlight information from the browser text then click on the appropriate field name in the ProCite record to copy the highlighted information directly into that corresponding ProCite field You can manually add text to any of the ProCite fields You may wish to include a note or relevant keywords All ProCite editing features are available including Field Content Lists and Term Lists Close and save the ProCite record as you would any new record Select Close from the File menu or click on the Close box and save changes when prompted Including URLs and Uls in Records You can add an Internet URL or a PubMed unique identification number UI to a ProCite record and later launch
223. ate of Publication 20 1966 Ready 3 Save changes when you close the record ProCite assigns subsequent automatic record IDs by adding the increment to the highest record ID in the database For example if you type record ID 2 in the first record you insert and the increment is 10 subsequent records would automatically number 12 22 32 42 etc Duplicate Record IDs Duplicate record IDs are allowed in a single database Once a record ID is assigned it does not change unless you specifically make the change You may purposely assign duplicate record IDs to multiple records Or duplicates may occur when you copy records between databases or merge entire databases Because you may use record IDs to link with your personal filing system ProCite will never change a record ID without your explicit instruction Renumbering Records You can renumber an entire database with one simple process How ever if you have assigned your own record IDs in a database and you want to maintain those numbers never renumber the records as described here All changes are permanent until changed again there is no way to revert to previous record IDs If record numbering is left to ProCite record ID order corresponds to the order in which you entered the records Because ProCite allows duplicate record IDs and lets you change IDs at will there may be no logical order to the record IDs in your database 402 Chapter 21 Record IDs
224. ated with more recent versions of ProCite may open directly in many cases ProCite reads the old database and makes a new database from it To use a database from an earlier version l 2 Go to the File menu and choose Open In the file dialog locate select and open the database e If the database is directly compatible it is simply opened e If the database needs updating ProCite asks whether to convert the file Click Yes to display a file dialog In the file dialog a Locate the folder where you want the new database to reside preferably ProCite s Database folder b Type in a new database name c Click Save to bring up the File Properties dialog You can include comments if you wish Then click OK ProCite begins converting the old ProCite records into the new ProCite 5 database A status line displays following the progress of the conversion When all the records are converted ProCite displays the new ProCite 5 database If you would like more information about database conversion ProCite Reference Manager or EndNote or information about converting other ProCite files see Chapter 2 Installation Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files 93 Setting Program Options The first time you start ProCite you may want to modify program options To access program options start ProCite go to the Tools menu and select Options The General options tab displays Options x
225. ates 243 Recover Citations Command 310 Recycling Reference Numbers 361 Reference copying to clipboard 305 346 hidden citation 326 Reference Format 325 326 Reference List 321 deleting 323 generating 340 Reference List Layout 434435 Reference List Order 225 325 326 348 Reference List Tab 322 347 351 532 Index Reference List Title 348 Reference Manager converting databases 34 38 scan document for record numbers 315 340 scanning forrecord numbers 316 uninstalling 37 Reference Numbers 349 350 361 Reference Update 201 Refine Search 253 254 Regenerate Bibliography 323 Registration 20 Registry File W ordPerfect 31 1 Relational Operator 258 260 lt less than 258 lt less than or equal to 258 lt gt not equal 258 equal 258 gt greater than 258 gt greater than or equal to 258 BEGINS WITH 258 CONTAINS 258 ENDS WITH 258 EXACTLY 258 Reload Last File 94 Remove group 276 old version of ProCite 37 ProCite 5 44 Rename database 100 group 276 Internet search expression 293 output style 422 ProCite file 100 search expression 267 workform 406 Renumbering Records 401 402 Repair Damaged Database 1 10 Repair Files 109 Repeat Authors 331 Repeat Subject Terms 360 Repeated Author Name 455 469 Replace Global 218 219 Replace Text 219 221 Replacement Character exporting 478 importing 213 Report Identification Field 182 Reprint Status 182 printing 352 353 Reprint Status Field 143 413 415 Reproduction
226. ating Bibliographies sssseseseeseseseesssrerrsreerrrrereressrersee 77 Creating a Bibliography from a Record list 77 Creating a Bibliography with Subject Headings 79 Preparing a Manuscript and Bibliography 0 0 0 81 Opening a Word Processing Document eee 81 Identifying References to Cite oe eee eeesseceeceeeees 82 Preparing the Bibliography and Final Manuscript 85 Closing the Document and Exiting ProCite 86 46 Chapter3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour This chapter guides you through basic ProCite functions including entering information into a ProCite database sorting records searching a database printing bibliographies and citing references within Microsoft Word or WordPerfect First you must have installed the full ProCite program which includes Database and Styles folders that contain the Sample Database and various output styles If another user has experimented with the sample database by adding modifying or deleting records you may want to reinstall ProCite to start with a fresh copy After completing the exercises in this guided tour you should be able to Easily navigate references in a database Build a database by importing references and by entering references manually Search and sort a ProCite database Create standard and subject bibliographies Prepare a manuscript and bibliography within a word processor You can stop these lessons at any time by closing ProCit
227. ator in the first field position in this case it is the full workform name but it could be a single letter for certain workforms an empty field allowed for a record ID and then each of the fields found in the Monograph workform with empty fields left for those that do not contain data gt tab and carriage return Monograph gt gt Adams Alexander B gt gt John James Audubon A Biography gt gt gt New York gt G P Putnam s Sons gt 1966 gt gt gt 0 03 316218 4 gt gt Traces the checkered career of artist and Naturalist John James Audubon 1785 1851 gt gt Biography 212 Chapter 9 Importing Records Custom Delimited You define the custom format You may want to base it on the comma delimited or tab delimited format and make minor modifications You can specify any single character as a field separator delimiter or end of record character To change or verify the custom import options click the Modify button ProCite displays a Delimited Format tab Import Delimited Records x Delimited Format Fields Separated With C Commas C Carriage Retums Tabs C Other E Import Format m Records Terminated With Carriage Retums Other B Optional Field Delimiters I Delimit Fields with K Replacement Character E Included Fields IV Workform Indicators V Record IDs T All 45 Fields Cancel Help Fields Separated With Select the character that separates
228. atted output The Field Content Lists Authors Journals Titles and Keywords are automatically generated by ProCite They are compiled from data in the appropriate fields of each database so are unique for each database You cannot manually build or edit a field content list You may create and use as many term lists and journal title lists as you like with each list containing as many terms as you wish They are stored in individual files that you can edit and share between databases 368 Chapter 18 Building List Files When a term list or journal title list is in the ProCite Lists folder it automatically appears in the list of choices along with field content lists in the places where such lists can be used When using the term list or journal title list for data entry text in the record is replaced by the selected text exactly as it appears in the term list including styled text You may use only one alternate text list at a time It can be in your database folder or the ProCite folder For information about printing list files see the next chapter in this manual Chapter 19 Printing Lists For information about using lists in data entry and searching see Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records and Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records For information about using journal title lists or the alternate text list for output substitution see Chapter 20 Using Alternate Text For information about printing lists of references s
229. authors To print all author names from the field deselect the Abbreviated Author List box If a list of authors in a ProCite record ends with the multiple author indicator the four slashes are replaced on output with the Abbrevi ate with text Typically this is a text string such as et al or and others You can style the Abbreviate with text by highlighting it and using the appropriate shortcut keys If a bibliographic style requires that you limit the number of authors listed 1 Select the Abbreviated Author List box to limit the number of author names printed from the single ProCite author field 2 Type the number of authors to list in the appropriate text boxes 454 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 3 Enter the appropriate Abbreviate with text which is printed when all author names are not printed For a particular style you may want to print up to six authors in full but for more than six authors you want to abbreviate to one author followed by et al Enter the numbers you need into the appropriate boxes such as r Author List IV Abbreviated Author List If fe or more authors list the first f1 Abbreviate with et al With these settings a formatted reference with six authors would look like this Bartels PH Bibbo M Graham A Paplanus S Shoemaker RL Thompson D and for more than six authors Bartels PH et al Empty Author Fields W
230. b displays e A workform list at the left Workform names in bold text have a workform style defined for them Those in plain text use the Default workform style e A text box to the right of the workform list where you list fields to print from the selected workform The In Text Citations tab has two text boxes one for the first instance of a citation and one for subsequent uses of the same citation 420 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 9 e A bottom Preview box which displays an example record format ted according to the current definition On the In Text Citations tab click on a workform name and use the Insert Field button to list the fields you want to print from that workform in the order you want them to print Include the appropriate punctuation between fields You can define a unique list of fields for each workform or define the Default workform style for workforms that do not require a unique workform style See Defining Workform Styles later in this chapter for more informa tion about setting up workform styles Note If you plan to print only bibliographies you can ignore the In Text Citations tab and skip to step 6 If you want a bibliography included at the end of your manuscript select the box at the top of the tab Include Bibliography with each document Click the In text Citations Settings button and set options for in text citations Click OK to save changes
231. base and display an Internet Search tab This allows you to search any number of Z39 50 databases e PubMed Search to open a temporary database and display a PubMed Search tab This is specifically for searching PubMed the National Library of Medicine s public access database 2 If you are viewing the Internet Search tab click the Hosts button to select databases to search See Selecting the Z39 50 Sites to Search in the previous section for more information 3 Enter a search expression on the Internet Search or PubMed Search tab P Internet Search Ol x Pei Merk yA list PS Merk List P Clear kyse Id 4 gt WT Ra Copy Marked A Openi IE New Search 1 Newltem X Delete Item Terms Ufy Expressions TE Clear Results dl Search hy Stor amp Hosts San Diego State University Library Catalog San Jose State University Library Catalog Search for Author x J AND j Title fl AND Keywords T asthma AND Any Field E 2 Disconnected Author Title Date a F KIAP Mh Internet Search Marked Recods Search HY Terms w Groups Hy Duplicates Author Title Date Ascending 0 Records Marked 0 Records in List 0 Records in Database 7 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities 287 For each field you want to search a Use the drop down field lists to select the fields to search The most common fields are already set up Author Title and Key words b Enter the word or phrase you want to f
232. ber records on output Record IDs are assigned for your convenience in searching for and locating records You can e Retain original record IDs automatically assigned by ProCite which would reflect the order in which your records were entered e Manually assign record IDs that link to a physical file system possibly including duplicate record IDs 398 Chapter 21 Record IDs and Renumbering Once your records are entered and record IDs are assigned you can e Display each record s ID in the record list See Chapter 5 Viewing Records for more information e Sort your records in record ID order from the Sort menu e Search for record IDs by using the RECORD ID field identifier e Print record IDs on output by including them for printing in your Output Style and selecting Show Record IDs on the Fields tab of Configure Bibliography e Ignore record IDs altogether Assigning Record IDs As each record is entered it is assigned a record ID You can let ProCite automatically number each record or you can manually assign any alphanumeric ID Automatic Numbering ProCite automatically assigns a record ID as soon as a new record is added to a database The program adds a record number interval to the largest record ID in the database when assigning a new number so ProCite will not initially assign the same ID to two different records A new installation of ProCite assigns the record ID 0 to the first record entered
233. braces e ajournal title journal abbreviation and note each separated by a tab or with the journal abbreviation delimited by curly braces For example European Heart Journal tab Eur HeartJ tab London Occupational Medicine tab Occup Med tab Philadelphia or European Heart Journal Eur Heart J London Occupational Medicine Occup Med Philadelphia When you are done entering items Save the document as a Text Only file See the next section Importing the File for step by step instruc tions about importing the text file of items into a term list or journal title list 374 Chapter 18 Building List Files With ProCite ProCite can create a single list of items from selected ProCite fields If you wish to add Journal Abbreviations or Notes to any of the items you can add them to the resulting text file with a word processor or with ProCite after importing the text into a term list or journal title list To create a text file of terms from existing ProCite records 1 2 Open the database from which you wish to create the list From the File menu choose Print Subject Bibliography to display a Subject Fields dialog Subject Fields xi Selected Fields 1 Field s Selected K Workforms 01 Author Analytic Cancel 02 Author Role 03 Author Affiliation 04 Title Analytic Help 05 Medium Designator 06 Connective Phrase Select All 07 Author Monographic 08 Author Role 09 Titl
234. by a tab and each record ends with a carriage return This format assumes that each record includes a field for the workform indicator a field for a record ID and then only those fields used in your workform with empty place holders for fields that do not contain data e Custom which you define for a format other than the predefined Comma Delimited or Tab Delimited You can specify any single character as a field separator delimiter or end of record character Use the Modify button to bring up the options See Setting Import Options later in this chapter for a full description of the file formats including how to set Custom options In the Target Database drop down list select the ProCite database to receive the records Click Transfer to start the transfer ProCite alerts you when the transfer is complete and tells how many records were imported Click OK to dismiss the alert You can import another file of records or you can click the close box to return to the database record list Note The imported records are marked To see only the records you just transferred display the Marked Records tab Make sure to view several full records in the Edit Record window If a field in a record appears with three dashes as a field name in the Edit Record window data was placed in a field not specified in the workform definition To remedy this you can e Use the Global Move Field command to move the informat
235. c 10 10 10 11 11 11 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 13 13 Area 13 14 14 Medium Designator 14 15 15 Edition 15 Edition 16 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 Place of Publication 18 Place of Publication 19 19 Publisher Name 19 Publisher Name 20 Date of Publication 20 Date of Publication 20 Date of Publication 21 21 Date of Copyright 21 22 22 22 23 23 23 24 24 24 25 Location in Work 25 25 26 Extent of Work 26 Extent of Work 26 27 Packaging Method 27 Packaging Method 27 28 28 Size 28 29 29 Scale 29 30 30 30 31 31 31 32 32 Series Title 32 33 33 Series Volume ID 33 34 34 Series Issue ID 34 35 Document Type 35 35 36 Connective Phrase 36 Connective Phrase 36 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 39 39 39 40 40 40 41 41 41 ISBN 42 Notes 42 Notes 42 Notes 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 45 Keywords 45 Keywords 45 Keywords Appendix B ProCite Workforms and Fields 497 Motion Picture Music Score Newspaper 1 1 Composer 1 Author Analytic 2 2 Composer Role 2 Author Role 3 3
236. can include other informa tion such as birth and death dates or author roles For example Hendrix Jimi 1945 1970 Ikuta J n e Matsumoto Sullivan Paul piano amp synthesizers Fuller Jeff bass Enter text after the equal sign exactly as you want it to appear includ ing spaces If there is only one author or if all authors have the same role use the Author Role field s for the qualifying information rather than including it in this field Author Af filiation Field 03 This field is used to hold the name of the organization or corporate body including department or division where the author was located when the work was created This can also include the city state and country Enter information exactly as you want it to appear in formatted output including capitalization Abbreviations are acceptable For example Special Finance GMAC Detroit MI 168 Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field Author Role Fields 02 08 17 31 An author role field is intended to have a single entry descriptor that applies to all names in the author field that precedes it Author roles include actor cartographer composer conductor editor illustrator librettist performer producer and translator Author Role Fields Entry rules Author Role 02 Artist Role Composer Role Author Role 08 Cartographer Role Editor Compiler Role Producer Role Author Role 17 Director Role Performer Ro
237. ce information Reference information can originate from sources such as online data bases CD ROM library automation systems electronic mail and more Easily edit your references and instantly search for and retrieve informa tion Easily format to your exact requirements sorted lists such as bibliographies publication lists acquisition lists catalogs or directories Link ProCite with your word processor and you can cite references in reports or papers and automatically generate a bibliography ProCite efficiently manages large databases containing thousands of variable length records and encompasses many different types of material Unlike a general purpose database program no database design or programming is required 20 Chapter 1 Introduction ISI ResearchSoft ISI ResearchSoft is dedicated to developing software programs that radically improve productivity by making it easier for you to access and manage reference information ISI ResearchSoft works with information suppliers to ensure the accurate transfer of information into ProCite We offer compatible software for both Microsoft Windows and the Apple Macintosh in stand alone and networked environments allowing great flexibility in the sharing of information Registration Please register your copy of ProCite Sign and return the product registra tion card included with your ProCite package or register from our web site at http www procite com As a
238. ce of Publication 18 Place of Publication 18 Place of Publication 19 Publisher Name 19 19 Publisher Name 20 Date of Publication 20 Date of Letter 20 Date of Publication 21 21 21 Date of Copyright 22 Volume ID 22 22 Volume ID 23 23 23 24 Issue ID 24 24 Issue ID 25 25 25 Page s 26 Extent of Work 26 Extent of Letter 26 27 Packaging Method 27 Packaging Method 27 28 28 28 29 Frequency of Publication 29 29 30 30 30 31 31 31 32 32 32 33 33 33 34 34 34 35 35 35 36 Connective Phrase 36 Connective Phrase 36 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 39 CODEN 39 39 40 ISSN 40 40 41 41 41 42 Notes 42 Notes 42 Notes 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 45 Keywords 45 Keywords 45 Keywords 496 AppendixB ProCite Workforms and Fields Manuscript Map Monograph 1 Author Analytic 1 1 2 Author Role 2 2 3 3 3 4 Title Analytic 4 Map Title 4 5 Medium Designator 5 Map Type 5 6 Connective Phrase 6 6 7 7 Cartographer 7 Author Monographic 8 8 Cartographer Role 8 Author Role 9 Collection Title 9 9 Title Monographi
239. cedure vis eeen eere e a eE EEEE REEE EEEE EE Sy 423 Numeric Citations pinire rei hersi 425 Citation Number Order esssseeesseeeseesreeeereresreresresesreseees 426 Delimiters and Separators esesseeesesseeersreersererrrreersreseeees 426 Number Ranges ei ea ae eae e E E A E 427 Author Date Citations ssssi sistis erette eriei sas 428 Delimiters Separators and Sorting eseeeeseeeeeseeerseeeeeees 429 Author Formatting s ssssessessssssssssesccesesssseseescsoasessassnaveeey 430 Other Special Fields Formatting 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeees 432 Including Page Numbers 00 0 0 eee cesesecseessecneceseeneeeeees 432 FOOMOLES nne ee Seth Aea lie E eases E E EE EEST 432 Defining Bibliography Formatting seseseseeseeseeeeereesreeeersrsreesreeerees 433 Basic Procedure sss 9 sesh EEE E EEEE ERA 433 Defining Workform Styles ceceeeesecsecseesesecseeeeeseeaeceseeceseaeeees 435 Basic Procedure ansans ri ves toutev ER E 436 Inserting and Deleting Fields 0 eee eee ee eseeeneeseeeeenaeeaes 438 Inserting a Field caisre orense eeo eese eE OOE Ee S E PNS ieee 438 Deleting a Field a nan ees ee I T S e aien 439 Inserting PUNCtuation sienen eea ere 440 Preceding and Following Punctuation ceeeeeeeseeeeeee 441 Suppressing Extraneous Punctuation 00 eee eee 443 Applying Punctuation to Groups of Fields 0 0 0 0 444 Inserting Additional Text 0 0 0 eee ce eeeeeeeeeeeseeseecseeseecseenaeaes 445 Inserting For
240. ch Marcus G E and M M J Fischer Initials The Initials list box allows you to choose the format of the authors first and middle names Initials Example First Middle Hegel Georg Wilhelm Friedrich First M Hegel Georg W F F M Hegel G W F F M Hegel G W F F M Hegel GW F FM Hegel GWF 460 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles If initials are used in the record itself the name is output with initials even if a different format is set here We recommend that you enter full author names into your records wherever possible ProCite can strip to initials but cannot possibly determine a full name from initials If you do enter initials in your ProCite record enter them with the first and middle initial separated by a space and or period ProCite recognizes two letters followed by a period as a two letter initial that is used in some languages Such a combination will be treated as if it is already abbreviated and will be printed as is Hyphenated first and middle names are automatically turned into hyphen ated initials if both parts of the name start with a capital letter If only one letter is capitalized it is used as the initial and the hyphen is suppressed Some examples Names in the ProCite Record Anderson Mark Ransom Robinson JH Robinson J H Robinson J H Koplatadze A M Bondarev lu A Stevens Norman St John Wu Yun Dong Chan Tai chien S
241. ch in the Windows characters set Extended characters include accented characters diacritics and other symbols These characters have different character codes in DOS and Windows e If you are importing a file created by a DOS word processor respond Yes e If you are importing a file created by a Windows word processor respond No 7 ProCite imports each line of text as a single item and automatically maintains sorted order Note If a duplicate entry is encountered in the import file or if the import file contains a duplicate of an entry already in the list you are given the option of overwriting the existing entry Only the first column is compared for duplicates When you are done modifying the list choose Close from the File menu The list is saved and available for use in ProCite Chapter 18 Building List Files 377 Styled Text in a List In general styles should be applied by your output style However you can apply styles in a list by highlighting text and using the standard keyboard shortcuts Windows Macintosh Bold Ctrl B Command B Italics Ctrl I Command 1 Underlining Ctrl U Command U Subscript Ctrl Command Superscript Ctrl Shift Command Shift You can see styled text in a list only when you add or edit a term styled text doesn t appear in the list Apply styles in a list only when you want to apply it to one part of a term or only selected terms in the list When using a term l
242. ch with the new parameter This time only ten references are listed Insert Citation Select Matching Reference x Identifying Text fturtles 1996 zj Q Record Label 510 01 Author Analytic Gitschlag G R 02 Author Role 03 Author Affiliation 04 Article Title Migration and diving behavior of Kemp s ridley Garman sea turtles along the US southeastern Atlantic coast 05 Medium Designator 06 Connective Phrase zi Author Gitschlag G R Migration and diving behavior of Kemp s ridley G 1996 530 Heppell S S Crowder L Analysis of a fisheries model for harvest of hawksl 1996 560 Heppell S S Crowder L Models to evaluate headstarting as a managemer 1996 570 Heppell Limpus C J Population model analysis for the loggerhead sea 1996 430 Keinath J A Musick Johr Abundance and distribution of sea turtles off Nortl 1996 hes si nn Al Cancel Help Database C PROGRAM FILES PROCITES Database Turtles pdt 10 items in list 84 Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour Note You can change the sort order of the list by clicking on a column heading For this tour click the Author column heading to sort by author names Select references to cite in your document Note Select references by clicking on the first one Shift clicking to select a series of references or Control clicking Windows or Command clicking Macintosh to select a random grou
243. com 22d Library Type Location Country State Prov Corporate x USA New York z URL http 2 www ovid com Description j I Requires Username l I Requires Password Cancel Help Write down the Port Number This is the number that must be enabled on the firewall machine Note If you are setting up a new server you need to get the port number from that host s network administrator Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities 283 Configuring Proxy Servers ProCite supports the SOCKS proxy server protocol versions 4 and 5 If your firewall is a proxy server 1 Contact your network administrator to determine these settings e Does the proxy server use SOCKS version 4 or 5 e What is the proxy server address e What is the port number e Will the proxy server perform DNS e What Username and Password should I enter 2 On the Internet Search tab click Hosts and then Configure Hosts 3 Click Proxy Server to display Proxy Server Properties x General Proxy Protocol SOCKS V5 Proxy Server Address Port io 80 S Ja Eoy sere wiliperonn DNS Username Password Cancel Help By default Not using a Proxy Server is selected 4 Enter settings as instructed by your network administrator 5 Click OK and ProCite will use the proxy server to access the Internet Please note these incompatibilities e WinGate 3 0 Using SOCKS version 4 the proxy server does not perform
244. command or the Copy Marked button on the toolbar to copy the marked records to a new or existing ProCite database To discard search results e Click the Clear Results button on the toolbar before starting a new search e Close the Internet Search or PubMed Search database When prompted to save search results select No The search database is discarded e You can set an option to clear the previous search results each time you start a new search as described under Setting Internet Search Options later in this chapter 290 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities Creating and Managing Search Expressions You can save search expressions to use later This is particularly helpful for long search expressions and expressions you plan to use frequently Creating a Search Expression On the Internet Search tab and the PubMed Search tab four search lines are initially set up for Author Title Keywords and All Fields These are the fields typically searched most often If you want to search only one or two of those fields leave the search text box empty for those you don t want to search If you want to search more than four fields use the New Item button to add additional search lines You can scroll to see all of the search expres sion or you can use your mouse to move the divider between the search expression and the record list If you always search only one or two fields at a time you can use the Delete Item button to reduce th
245. cord 7 Select the next search field and enter your search text P Internet Search o x Pe Mork moedas MaMen list P ce e E S 4 A Coene pen lint IE New Search 2 Newltem X Delete Item SY Terms Py Expressions 5 Clear Results h Search hs Stop y Hosts San Diego State University Library Catalog San Jose State University Library Catalog Search tor auror AN AND f Title fasl AND Keywords f Jorthopedic AND Any Field g pediatric Disconnected m Author Title Date H 4 p Mh_Internet Search Marked Records Search Tems Groups Duplicates Author Title Date Ascending 0 Records Marked 0 Records in List 0 Records in Database 7 8 Continue adding search lines to refine your search 9 Click Search to start the Z39 50 Internet search or PubMed search Saving a Search Expression To save a search expression 1 With the search expression onscreen click Expressions 2 Select Add to Expressions from the drop down list to display the Expressions dialog Add Search Expression xi Expression Name pa ooo Cancel ese ars Help 292 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities 3 Type a descriptive name in the box to identify the search expression and click OK When you give the search expression a name that is already in use ProCite asks whether to replace the existing expression To determine the folder where your Internet or PubMed search expressions are st
246. cord Toolbar 506 Edition Field 174 Email copying references to 305 306 Email Address Tech Support 21 Empty Author Fields formatting 454 455 Empty Fields finding 270 hiding 126 141 sorting 229 236 EMPTY in search expression 261 EndNote converting databases 34 38 uninstalling 37 Endnotes 318 ENDS WITH in search expression 258 English Sort 232 Enter additional text 334 author names 330 332 dates 332 333 identifying text 328 335 multiple citations 334 record IDs 333 titles 332 Enter List Items 371 372 Entry Rules Seealso Fieldsin W orkforms author fields 164 167 author role fields 168 169 date fields 170 173 document type field 174 general 142 keywords field 176 location in work field 176 177 medium designator fields 179 packaging method field 180 title fields 184 185 Error Message 1 10 Error Messages 481 EXACTLY in search expression 258 Exit ProCite 99 112 Export all fields 479 comma delimited 472 475 476 custom format 472 477 478 delimited records 471 474 field separators 477 optional field delimiters 478 record IDs 479 record terminators 477 replacement character 478 setting options 474 476 tab delimited 472 476 workform definitions 480 workform indicators 478 Export Journal Titles 387 Export Term List 387 Expression Name 265 Extent of W ork Field 174 Extraneous Punctuation 443 F Failed to Connect allowing access through firewalls 281 290 Field defaultnames 415 definition 23 global move 221 2
247. cribed in the next section You can search the Internet or PubMed as many times as you wish You have the option to clear the previous search results each time you start a new search or add records to the existing search results This is described under Setting Internet Search Options later in this chapter You can click Clear Results on the toolbar at any time to clear the current record list Note ProCite does not disconnect your Internet connection You may need to close your dial up connection when you are done using Internet Search or PubMed Search Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities 289 Saving or Discarding Search Results Listed here are several options for saving or discarding search results To save all records listed on the Internet Search tab or PubMed Search tab to a new database e Use Save As from the File menu e Close the Internet Search or PubMed Search database When prompted select Save To save a subset of records or to add records to an existing database e Use the Copy and Paste commands from the Edit menu to copy highlighted records and paste them into another open database e Resize the database window and use drag and drop to copy records from the Internet Search tab or PubMed Search tab to another open database e Copy Marked Records 1 Mark those records you want to save Display the Marked Records tab to verify the marked set 2 From the Database menu use the Copy Marked Records
248. ct 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 45 Keywords 45 Keywords 45 Keywords 498 AppendixB ProCite Workforms and Fields Patent Report Sound Recording 1 Inventor 1 Author Analytic 1 Composer 2 2 Author Role 2 Composer Role 3 Address 3 Author Affiliation 3 4 Patent Title 4 Section Title 4 Title Analytic 5 5 Medium Designator 5 Medium Designator 6 6 Connective Phrase 6 Connective Phrase 7 Assignee 7 Author Monographic 7 Editor Compiler 8 8 Author Role 8 Editor Compiler Role 9 Title Short Form 9 Report Title 9 Recording Title 10 10 10 11 Title Long Form 11 11 12 Abstract Journal Date 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 13 Country 13 13 14 Document Type 14 14 15 Patent Number 15 Edition 15 Edition 16 16 Author Subsidiary 16 Performer 17 17 Author Role 17 Performer Role 18 Abstract Journal Title 18 Place of Publication 18 Place of Publication 19 19 Publisher Name 19 Publisher Name 20 Date of Patent Issue 20 Date of Publication 20 Date of Publication 21 Application No Date 21 21 Date of Copyright 22 Abstract Journal Volume 22 22 Acquisition Number 23 23 Report ID 23 Matrix Number 24 Abstract Journal Issue 24 24 25 Abstract Journal Page s 25 25 26 Extent of Work 26 Extent of Work 26 Extent of Work 27 Packaging Method 27 Packaging Method 27 Packaging Method 28 28 28 Size 29 29 29 Reproduction Ratio
249. ct bibliography to a word processor file With your word processor convert the output to a two column table adjust the column widths and reformat the paragraph style 367 Chapter 18 Building List Files Overview Contents Creating Term Lists and Journal Lists 0 eee 368 Description of the List Formats 0 0 00 eee eeeeeeeee 368 Termi LASTS scnsdetescessieeresveteete RE EEY 368 Journal Title Lists oe ee esececseececsseeseenees 369 Opening a Test sess es E EE 370 Creating a New List 0 eee eee ceeseecreceeeceenseenees 370 Opening an Existing List eee eee eeeeeee cers 370 Entering Editing or Deleting Items 0 0 0 371 Importing Items from a Text File oo eee 372 Creating the Text File 0 ee eeeeeecseeeeeees 372 Importing the FIle issis 376 Styled Text in a Listener tiiri cseeeeecseessecseesaeceenaes 377 Creating an Alternate Text List 00 eee eee creenee ene 377 ProCite supports three types of external lists that can be shared by multiple databases Term Lists Term lists are lists of standard terms such as author names or keywords that can be used in data entry and searching Journal Title Lists Journal title lists contain journal names with corresponding abbreviations and can be used to standardize data entry and searching and to substitute journal title abbreviations in output Alternate Text List A single alternate text list can be used to substi tute text other than journal titles in form
250. ction your dial up configuration should automatically dial and connect If the connection is not successfully established ProCite alerts you with an error message and stops the search attempt ProCite sends the search request to the online database which in this case is Medline Practice Demo The status line between the search strategy and the record list keeps track of how many records are found and imported When done the search results display in ProCite s record list B New Search i Newltem X Delete Item S39 Terms f Expressions Clear Results l B Search 7h Stop Hosts OVID Trial Server Medline Practice Demo Search for jaye fano xf frue oo AND g Keds it radial keratotomy Disconnected Author Title Date F Alio J Ismail M Management of radial keratotomy overcorrectic 1993 Sep a I anonymous Opinions on mini radial keratotomy 1993 Nov Dec I anonymous Radial keratotomy for myopia American Acade 1993 Jul F Aquavella J V More radial keratotomy comments letter comm 1993 May Jun IT Assil K K Quantock A J Wound healing in response to keratorefractive 1993 Nov Dec I Ju Y K Lucius R W Granger B Radial keratotomy in an elderly patient 1993 May _ Beldavs R A al Ghamdi S Wilson L A Bilateral microbial keratitis after radial keratoton 1993 Apr x KIAP Hh _Internet Search Marked Records Records Search i Tems h Groups i Dupl licates
251. d Simple Bibliography For a simple bibliography the Configure Bibliography options are reached by selecting either Print Bibliography from the File menu in ProCite or by clicking on the Configure Bibliography icon on the Bibliography toolbar These bibliography options are saved as a program preference so they are available from every database you open If you change the output style while in one database that output style is in effect for all databases Subject Bibliography For a subject bibliography the Configure Bibliography options are reached by selecting Print Subject Bibliography from the File menu in ProCite The dialog includes an additional tab titled Subject Bibliogra phy These setup options are saved with the database so you could have different subject bibliography settings for each of your databases 356 Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies Bibliography from a Manuscript In a manuscript the Configure Bibliography options are reached by selecting Generate Bibliography from the Tools menu in your word processor The linked citations will always print and the bibliography is automatically appended to the manuscript The setup options are saved with the document so you could have different settings for each of your manuscripts Printing a Subject Bibliography A Subject List is a sorted listing of unique terms words or phrases that occur in particular fields of the records you choose to print Each t
252. d though that changes affect the display of all data bases opened with this copy of ProCite Font size and style changes also affect field content lists To change the font and size of text in your record list 1 From the View menu choose Configure Record List 2 Choose a font from the Font pull down list 3 Choose a point size from the Size pull down list 4 Click OK to return to the record list ProCite updates your list in the new font and size Sorting the Display Although the Author field may be the first field displayed from each record your records may not be sorted alphabetically by author The sorted order of your records is controlled separately from the display of fields for each record To change the sorted order click on a column header to sort by that field Or choose a new sort order from the list under the Sort menu The current record list immediately displays in the new order 124 Chapter5 Viewing Records Viewing Full Records There are three ways to display a complete record for viewing or editing e Select it from a record list and press Enter Windows or return Macintosh e Double click the record e Highlight the record and choose Edit Record from the Database menu The Edit Record window appears To browse the entire record use the scroll bar Use the tab keys to jump from field to field You can edit at any time when viewing full records Use the window Close box to close a rec
253. d your word processor or any other application by using Copy and Paste You can also use these commands to copy a long note or abstract from your word processor to a ProCite record 1 Highlight the text you wish to copy 2 Select Copy from the Edit menu to copy the highlighted text to the clipboard Or select Cut if you wish to move the highlighted text 3 Move the insertion point to where you wish to insert the text whether in ProCite or another application 4 Choose Paste from the Edit menu to paste the text from the clipboard If you will be copying or moving text between two ProCite records you can keep both records open at the same time Either resize each record so you can see them both onscreen or switch between the two windows Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records 157 Copying Fields from the Previous Record You can copy the contents of a field to the same field number in another record The field numbers must be the same although the field names may vary To copy an entire field of text from one ProCite record to another 1 Open for editing the record whose field contents you want to copy You can leave the record open or close the record before going on to the next step 2 Open the record into which you want to copy the field text You can insert a New record or open an existing record for editing 3 Move the cursor to the field where you want to insert the text copied from the same field number in the p
254. d Output Huntington 1993 ft 25 29 Huntington 1993 25 29 Morris amp Rycus 1988 ft p 20 Morris and Rycus 1988 p 20 Tocqueville 1976 pt See also See also Tocqueville 1976 You can use both preceding and following text for a single citation If you want to add preceding or following text to a citation that is already linked highlight the citation and use Revert to Original Text to first change back to the original identifying text Add the additional text after the appropriate switch and insert the citation again to link it to a ProCite record Chapter 16 Cite While You Write 335 Adding Commands to Identifying Text You can add these commands to identifying text You can use multiple commands for example both preceding and following text and you can enter the commands in any order The commands are not case sensitive pt preceding text enclose text in quotation marks ft following text enclose text in quotation marks d suppress author names h suppress entire citation ignored for numeric citations overrides all other switches For examples of preceding and following text see the previous section Entering Additional Text For examples showing suppression of author names or suppression of entire citations see Using a Variable Citation Format earlier in this chapter If you want to add a command to a citation that is already linked first highlight the citation and use Revert to
255. d cite while you write support manually for WordPerfect 7 x 8 x or 9 1 2 Run Regedit exe which should be located in the Windows folder Navigate to For WordPerfect 7 x HKEY_ CURRENT_USER Software Perfect Office WordPerfect 7 Third Party For WordPerfect 8 x HKEY_ CURRENT_USER Software Corel WordPerfect 8 Third Party For WordPerfect 9 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Corel WordPerfect 9 Third Party Insert a new string value named DLL where is a number from 1 to 16 Set the new string value s data to For WordPerfect 7 x C Procite5 CWYW PC5WP7 dll For WordPerfect 8 x C Procite5 CWYW PC5WP8 dll For WordPerfect 9 C Procite5 CWYW PC5WP239 dll Make sure you identify the correct path if you installed ProCite in a folder other than the default Exit Regedit Restart WordPerfect The cite while you write commands should now be available from the Tools menu under a ProCite submenu Chapter 2 Installation 33 Word for the Macintosh ProCite s installation program looks for the default Word startup folders to automatically install cite while you write support However if you installed Word in a folder other than the default installed Word after installing ProCite or find that ProCite 5 commands do not appear on Word s Tools menu you must manually install cite while you write files Note You need full access read and write privileges to Word s startup folder to install cite while you wri
256. dNote users can search your ProCite databases and retrieve records for local use Please contact ISI ResearchSoft for more information Searching and Importing from the Internet The Internet Search feature allows you to quickly search Z39 50 library collections and view the records in ProCite You can search multiple online databases simultaneously What is Z39 50 The Z39 50 standard is a national standard that defines a protocol for computer to computer information retrieval Connecting to Host Servers Make sure you have Internet access and a valid connection If your web browser Netscape Navigator or Internet Explorer is able to run it should be okay Dial up Internet Connections If you use a modem and phone line to connect to the Internet as opposed to a direct network connection please note this connection information Connecting Most dial up connection settings are configured to automati cally dial and connect to the Internet when you use an application that requests an online connection such as ProCite s Internet Search feature However some Internet providers such as America Online require that you establish an online connection sign on before attempting an Internet Search or PubMed Search with ProCite Disconnecting ProCite does not disconnect your Internet connection at any point You need to shut down your connection when you have finished using ProCite s Internet or PubMed search features Chapter
257. dao ieee gen Neh ie aes eh ee ies 40 Work O Se ene esccecdschscbig ssdshcettescensestuuesetesteteasescset lies eE 41 Tist Piles a A EA E OAE 41 O tput Styles aee re rE a vache E 42 4 Contents Word Processor Files cececeeceseeeeceeeeesceeeeeeeeseeeeecseesaeenaeeaes 42 WiIndOws s sccsstsssees ceiyess adbeih aeaaeae ae e ESEE EE E ES 42 Macintosh arer eee rrei eee han ae AEE ESEK As 43 Configuration Files and Download Files 0 0 0 0 eee eee eens 43 Internet Configuration Files occ eee ese eecseesseceseeseeneeesees 43 Uninstalling ProCite Seiras eneee e a 44 Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour OVEIVICW 3 32 EE EE E E A A an ohn Bava 45 Getting Starte direis n eeoa e E EEE EAE REN EEEN 46 Online Help iiss n ik RBA RA leita te aes 46 Opening an Existing Database ee eee eeeseceeceseceeeeteeeeensees 47 Navigating a ProCite Database 00 e eee ec eeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeseecneesaeeaes 49 Customizing the Record List to Display Fields 0 0 00 49 Click Sorting on a Column Heading wees eeseeseeeteeees 32 Using the Preview Pane to View a Reference eee 52 Using Go To Commands to Find References eee 54 Drag and Drop Between Databases eseseeeeseeresesresrsreerreeseeers 54 Entering Recordsia eee septs ode steed E E e E 55 Importing Records from a Saved Text File oo eee eee 56 Searching and Importing Records Directly from an Online Database eee eeeeceecseeseeseceeeeeesceseeeseeeeaenees 5
258. database on disk ProCite displays a File Properties dialog File Properties x General File Name NewName pdt Directory C Program Files ProCite5 D atabase Comments Enter your own notes about the database andits contents her 6 Add any comments about the database and click OK to save the properties ProCite opens the new database and displays an empty record list For information about inserting records see Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records Opening a Database When you start ProCite the last used file may automatically open If you work on one database only this may be all you need to do You can turn this option on or off see Setting Program Options later in this chapter Before you open a different database you may want to close the current database If you do not close it you will have more than one database open at the same time If you want to open a recently used file you may be able to choose the name of that file from the File menu ProCite keeps track of the last four files that were opened so you can simply choose from the list Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files 91 If the name of the database you want to open doesn t appear on the File menu 1 Go to the File menu and choose Open A file dialog appears 2 In the dialog a Locate the appropriate Database folder b If you wish to open the database with read only access select the Open as read on
259. databases or within a single database When inserting a series of records that contain much duplicate informa tion it may be helpful to insert one record duplicate it several times and then edit the resulting duplicates You can open the two databases arrange them to display both record lists on the screen and use drag and drop to copy records from one database to the other Or you can copy marked records between databases To copy marked records to another database 1 Open the ProCite database that contains the records you wish to copy 2 From the Select menu choose Clear Marked Set 3 Mark the records you wish to copy 4 From the Database menu choose Copy Marked Records ProCite displays a file dialog 5 Highlight the name of an existing database it can be the database from which you are copying or type in a new filename and click Open ProCite makes an exact copy of each marked record and inserts each one into the database indicated If you copy records into an existing database the resulting database may contain duplicate records that were in both the source and destination databases For information on finding and deleting duplicate records see Chapter 12 Detecting Duplicate Records ProCite copies the original record IDs If you copy into an existing database that database may then contain duplicate record IDs If you prefer unique record IDs you may want to renumber the records in the destination database For
260. date field 20 for the publication date of a reprint of a work and field 21 to hold the original publication date Examples Of Recognized Date Input Formats Use any of the following formats when entering dates including varia tions such as omitting or including periods or commas or using abbrevi ated versus full month names or years Use any of these formats in a single database the output style can convert the various formats to a standard format for printing Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field 173 BC AD 1000 B C B C 500 BC 500 Unknown Date 199 199 Year 99 1999 Month Year 11 99 Month Day Year 1999 November 1 1999 1 November 1999 Nov 1 November 1 99 Nov 1 1999 Nov 1st 1999 ii 14 1999 1 X1 99 Date Ranges Spring 1999 Summer 1999 Fall 1999 Winter 1999 Spring Summer 99 Summer Fall 1999 Fall Winter 1999 Win Spr 96 99 500BC 65 BC AD 500 1999 40 A D 1999a 1999B 11 1999 11 1999 11 1999 11_1999 11 1999 1999 11 1999 11 11 1 99 11 1 99 11 1 99 11_1_99 11 1 99 1 xi 99 1999 XI I 1999 11 01 Sep Oct 1999 Sept Oct 99 Win 1998 1999 Jun Jul 99 Dec Jan 1998 99 Jan Feb 99 6 12 Jan 1999 Win 98 Spr 99 500AD 1999 A D 1898 2001 November 99 Nov 99 November_1999 Nov 1999 Nov 99 1999 Nov 1999 November 1 Nov 99 1 November 99 1 November 1999 1st November 1999 1 Nov 1999 1 November 2001 991101 2001 11 1 1999 Sprin
261. dentifying Text 0 eeeeeeeeeee 335 Contents Changing Linked Citations 0 00 cece cseesesseseceseesesessesesesesseseeeees 335 Editing Citations sei ccs sasssivsessesssssvtesessssch stent sen e 335 Reverting to Original Text 0 eceeeeeeceeeeeecseeeeeeneesaeenee 336 Moving or Copying Citations 00 eee eee eeeeceeseeceeaeeaee 336 Deleting Citation srneci mior nn E E EE 337 Adding Citations Later ccc siisii tieer eserine isss 337 Associating ProCite Databases eeeseeessseeeeeseeeereerereeresessesreseees 337 Changing the Database Association ssseeeessereseseesrsrrersrreerees 337 Working with Linked Records in ProCite s sssessesseseseseeeee 338 Making Changes to the ProCite Database c cesses 338 Using Other Word Processors ccccscsesesesesecsessesesseseesessseneeees 339 Inserting Author Date Citations 0 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeereeeeeeseeeneenee 339 Inserting Numbered Citations 00 0 eee eeeeeeseeeeeceeseecseeaeenes 339 Generating a Bibliography 00 eee ee eeceeeeeeceeeeeeeneesaeenee 340 Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies OVET EW sitesi sores hed en ee i E E 341 Previewing and Printing a Simple Bibliography ee 342 Basic Preview and Print Procedure 0 eee eeeeeeeecseeeeeeeee 342 Printing to Catalog Cards oo ee ee eeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseesaecaeenaeenes 344 Previewing Formatted References 00 eee eceeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeenee 345 Printing to the Clipboard o 0 eee eeee
262. der you enter on the File Locations tab Output Styles You can choose from a list of output styles from the Configure Bibliogra phy dialog when you print a bibliography ProCite initially lists the output styles found in the default Styles folder in the ProCite program folder unless you override that setting by entering a different folder location on the File Locations tab If you do not use certain output styles and do not want them to appear in the list of choices you can delete them or move them out of your Styles folder 96 Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files Lists You can select an item from a journal title list or term list when creating or editing a record or when entering a search expression ProCite finds the available lists in the Lists folder found in the ProCite program folder and the folder you enter in the File Locations tab If you have two lists with the same name both are available Search Expressions ProCite saves search expressions in a single file so you can enter only a single file location in this text box Internet Search Settings Click the Internet Search tab to change options for PubMed and Z39 50 database searching These settings are used each time you select Internet Search or PubMed Search General File Locations Intemet Search When performing a new search When closing the search window Prompt to save search results Discard search resul
263. described later in this chapter under Sorting Special Field Data 4 Click OK to save the custom sort settings If you changed the current database setting you can go to the Sort menu and select Custom to sort the current record list in your custom sort order When you change the default sort order the new order is used only for new databases Chapter 11 Sorting Records 227 Selecting the Fields You can compare anywhere from one to six fields to determine the sort order For example when printing references to journal articles you could specify four sort levels to order your records first by journal title then date then author name then article title If several records have the same journal title ProCite compares dates If several records have the same journal title and the same date ProCite compares author names If several records have identical journal titles dates and author names ProCite compares article titles In the first pull down list at the top of the Custom Sort Order tab choose the first field to compare for sorting In the next pull down list choose the second field to compare for sorting and so on up to six levels onfigure Sorts Stop Lists if International Settings Custom Sort Order if Custom Sort Options Sort by Author 7 Ascending Descending Then by None 7j Ascending Descending Then by None 7j Ascending Q Descending Then by None 7j Ascen
264. diary 16 Garcia Veronica C Author Role 17 editor Place of Publication 18 Albuquerque NM Publisher Name 19 New Futures Inc Activating the Alternate Text List To substitute alternate text 1 Place your Alternat txt file in either the folder where your database resides or in the ProCite program folder ProCite will first look for the Alternat txt file in the Database folder and then in the ProCite program folder If you want a list linked to a single database put the list and the database in a separate folder 2 Display ProCite s Configure Bibliography dialog This dialog appears in several situations Chapter 20 Using Alternate Text 395 e When you select Print Bibliography from the File menu in ProCite and then click on the Configure button Changes made to this Configure Bibliography dialog are saved for all databases opened with your copy of ProCite You can also use the Bibliogra phy toolbar icon to display the dialog e When you select Print Subject Bibliography from the File menu in ProCite and then click on the Configure button Changes made to this Configure Bibliography dialog are saved for this database only e When you select Generate Bibliography from the Tools menu in your word processor when the cite while you write feature is installed Changes made to this Configure Bibliography dialog are saved for this word processor document only 3 Click on the Fields tab to display the Alternat
265. ding Descending Then by Q None Ba Ascending Descending Then by None 7j Ascending Q Descending All 45 ProCite fields are available for sorting plus several special fields e None For the sort levels you won t be using set the pull down list to None e Author ProCite sorts by the text in the first non empty author field found in a record ProCite scans the author fields 01 and 07 If field 01 is empty or doesn t exist in the workform used ProCite looks in field 07 for author names This generic author field makes it easy to sort multiple document types since not all workforms use the same author field 228 Chapter1 1 Sorting Records Author Title ProCite sorts first by authors but if no author is avail able in a record it sorts by title The order of fields scanned is 01 04 07 09 10 and 11 If field 01 is empty ProCite looks to field 04 for data If field 04 is empty ProCite looks to field 07 for data etc This type of sort will intermingle author names and titles for sorting as required by ANSI and several other bibliographic styles Title ProCite sorts by the first title found in a record ProCite scans fields 04 09 10 and 11 If field 04 is empty or doesn t exist in the workform used ProCite looks in field 09 If field 09 is empty or doesn t exist in the workform used ProCite looks in field 10 for a title etc This generic title fie
266. ding a database for searching 298 301 adding modifying host configurations 296 298 allowing access through firewalls 281 290 definition 278 searching databases 286 288 selecting sites to search 284 Zoom In preview 130 Zoom Out preview 130
267. disk software Computer Program disc or disk multimedia Audiovisual Material dissertation eeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Dissertation Book Long Form Chapter 8 ChoosingaWorkform 195 Type of Work Workform s dissertation abstract Journal Long Form dissertation unpublished Manuscript Journal Long Form editori l 2 502 cc sscnceiecstetaseeseseancnasee Newspaper electronic article eeeeee Electronic Citation Journal Article Web Page electronic mail Email encyclopedia Book Whole Book Long Form field notes eeeeeeeesereeeeeeeees Manuscript TIM E E ett ee Motion Picture film review in journal Journal Article hearing 2s selec alee Hearing ID POSS aytectats ot Ree edd areeele In Press NTErV EW e eeceeeeceeeeseneteseeeeeseees Manuscript E AE EA Letter Journal Article Journal Short Form Journal Long Form journal entire issue Journal Long Form Journal Whole legal materials eee Bill Resolution Case Hearing Statute Unenacted Bill Resolution magazine article 00 eee Magazine Article MANUSCT P assein Manuscript map sheet neern Map Letter Email meeting minutes published Conference Proceedings meeting minutes unpublished Manuscript Conference Proceedings Meeting paper nsec Conference Proceedings meeting paper unpublished Manuscript microfilm enn
268. ditor gt lt 32 Series Title gt lt 33 Series V olume ID gt lt 18 Place of Publication gt lt 19 Publisher N ame gt Rec lt Record ID gt Keywords lt 45 Keywords gt Reprint lt 12 Reprint Status gt _ Preview 1 Adams J Q Lincoln Avan Buren M amp Truman H S Authors 1976 Animaginary conversation In Z Taylor amp J Tyler Journal Editors Collected Imaginary Conversations 1 st ed Vol 76 11 204 212 F D Roosevelt Speculative Occurrences in U 5 History 76 Philadelphia PA Historical Fantasy Publishing F 434 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles a Click the Insert Field button b Double click on the field you want to insert or highlight the field G that you want to insert and click OK ProCite inserts a delimited field number and name at the cursor At the top of the list of fields are generic fields Use these for the Default workform since different workforms may use different fields for the primary author and title e Author prints the first author in a record field 01 or 07 e Author Title prints the first author or title in a record field 01 04 07 09 10 or 11 e Title prints the first title in a record field 04 09 10 or 11 e Date prints the first date in a record field 20 or 21 Return to item a and repeat this procedure for each field you wish to print in a citation 3 Insert punctuation around each field as needed For d
269. dnumbers 126 141 invisible characters 126 141 recordtoolbar 126 141 term list buttons 126 141 Show Records with field content lists 1 17 119 SilverPlatter CD ROM 201 Single Authors 330 Single Spacing 351 Single User Installation 27 Size Field 183 Size text 125 354 applying ina field 150 151 534 Index SOCKS Protocol configuring PROXY servers 283 Software Requirements 26 Sort default settings 99 display 123 subject terms 362 Sort By Record Number 270 Sorting alphabetic 234 ascending descending 224 225 available sort orders 224 call numbers 236 changing order for printing 225 changing the language 230 233 creating custom sorts 226 230 custom ascending descending by field 228 authors 230 dates 230 empty fields 229 selecting fields 227 228 setting order for each field 228 custom dialog 226 dates 235 236 diacritic characters 234 empty fields 236 menu 224 numbers 234 options tab 229 selecting the sort order 224 sort levels 233 234 symbol removal 235 viewing the sort order 224 Space Nonbreaking keyboardcommand 149 513 Spanish Sort 232 Special Characters in searchexpression 261 262 inserting in a record 150 Special Document Types 404 Special Field Formatting 450 author 452 462 date 465 467 journal 464 keywords 469 page numbers 468 469 title 462 464 Special Field Rules 143 148 Special Fields formatting 432 Special Formatting Characters 144 440 469 Special V alues in search expression 261 EMPTY
270. ds and substitutes full names when used for output Humanity 2000 Humanity Journals with MLA abbreviations Lists are stored in ProCite s Lists folder Under Windows the files include the extension PJL If you do not find these lists helpful you can delete them to release disk space 42 Chapter 2 Installation Output Styles Output styles make it possible to print your records in a variety of bibliographic styles We supply many widely used output styles You can modify any of these and you can create any number of additional output styles You can check for new output styles at our web site http www procite com Output styles are stored in ProCite s Styles folder Under Windows the files include the extension POS If you use only a few of the available output styles you can delete the others from the Styles folder That way the entire list will not appear each time you choose an output style for formatting If you change your mind you can copy output styles from the ProCite CD Word Processor Files Word processor files installed by ProCite enable the cite while you write feature When you start your word processor ProCite commands appear on the Tools menu If you installed your word processor after installing ProCite you must manually install the ProCite word processor files as described earlier in this chapter When you link citations in a manuscript ProCite is launched If you move the ProCite program make
271. e Getting Started Online Help When using ProCite many of your questions can be answered using the online help that comes with the program There are several ways to access online help when using ProCite Select Help from the Menu bar to find a topic Many ProCite dialogs include a Help button so you can see information related to the current activity Display context sensitive help by pressing the F1 key Windows or the help key Macintosh If no context sensitive help is available choose from the list of topics displayed Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 47 Opening an Existing Database The exercises in this guided tour use the Sample Database that installs with ProCite This database is used to demonstrate navigating a database entering references searching and sorting references and creating bibliographies Exercise Opening the Sample Database In this exercise you will open the Sample database If you already started ProCite go to the File menu and choose Open then continue with step 3 To open the Sample database 1 Start ProCite e Windows From the Start menu choose Programs locate the ProCite 5 program group and choose ProCite e Macintosh Open the ProCite 5 Folder and double click the ProCite program 2 A file Open dialog displays for you to locate and open a database If not go to the File menu and choose Open Note If ProCite has already been used on this machine it may auto
272. e Show Hide Preview Pane Displays or removes the Preview Pane Go to Record Allows you to jump to a specific record in a record list Go to First Record Goes to the first record displayed in the current list Go to Prev Record Goes to the previous record in the current list Go to Next Record Goes to the next record in the current list Go to Last Record Goes to the last record in the current list Copy Marked Records Copies the set of marked records to another database Open File URL Starts your browser and goes to the Internet location specified in the Location URL 38 field of the selected record Tip Press the Ctrl Windows or command Macintosh key when selecting a Go to icon to move between Marked records 506 AppendixC TheProCite Toolbars EditRecord Toolbar ProCite displays the Record Toolbar when you display a full record for insertion or editing To turn this toolbar on or off select Configure Edit Record from the View menu and select or deselect the Show Record Toolbar option Workform Journal Article hd Record ID 60 fi K eA Q 44 gt Di a Workform Displays the current workform and allows you to select a different workform for the current record Record ID Displays the current record ID and allows you to enter a different record ID for the current record Toggle Mark Marks or Unmarks the open record Clear Marked Set Removes all record marking in the database Configure Edit Record Display
273. e Internet Hosts dialog b Click Configure Hosts to display the list of Z39 50 servers and databases that are currently configured Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities 299 c To add a new database highlight the host that offers the new database and click New Database To modify a database click the plus sign next to the host to list databases highlight the existing database that you wish to modify and click Properties Database Properties Ee Database Database Name s Description Books Record Type USmarc z Format Usmarc zj Search Attributes Field Name Field Type Use Rel Pos Struct Trune Comp Author Author Last First M 1 Title Generic 4 Kepwords Generic 21 Notes Generic 63 ISBN Generic 7 ISSN Generic 8 LCCN Generic 9 Corporate Name Generic 2 2 Type the Database Name This must be the name of the database on the Z39 50 server It is used by the server and is often a very short version of the full database name 3 Select the Record Type from the drop down list USmarc UNImarc UKmarc CANmarc GRS 1 SUTRS Almost all of the databases currently configured send data as USmarc records Check with an administrator from the Internet host if you are not sure which record type to select 4 Select the Format from the drop down list It is the file format used by the host server This selects the Biblio Link configuration file used to map data to ProCite fields 300 Chapter 1
274. e Monographic iE ket Select None H 11 Title IV List each author separately T In other fields list each entry that is separated by a slash carriage return or line feed Keywords entries are always listed separately Highlight the fields of information you want included in your list If you are creating a journal title list select only the Journal Title 10 field Click OK to display the List of Subject Terms dialog Highlight those items you want included in the list To include everything click the Select All button Click OK to display a preview with the new settings In the Show drop down list select the set of records from which you want to compile the list Click on the Configure button and then the Subject Bibliography tab to select these settings e Under Reference List click the Subject Terms Only radio button e Under Include do not select anything e Under Subject Term Layout do not enter any Text Before Enter caret p p as Text After to start each item as a new paragraph Chapter 18 Building List Files 375 e Under Styles do not apply any styles to Subject Terms Configure Subject Bibliography xi Reference List Fields Page Layout Subject Bibliography r Reference List Include Subject Terms Only T Subject Term Counts Subject Terms and Reference List T List of Record IDs I Repeating Subject Terms On Same Line M Recycling Referenc
275. e or any other ProCite file close the file and use the Delete command from the ProCite File menu In the case of a database ProCite will delete the two files that comprise the database You may prefer to delete a file from the desktop When deleting a database remember to delete both database files Each ProCite database is comprised of two files one with the extension PDX Possible Conflict e Do not delete a ProCite workform currently used in one of your databases You will have to recreate or reinstall the workform mark the records that were in the original workform and use Global Change Workform to move the records into the new workform Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files 101 Sharing Files ProCite Program Databases This section discusses how to share your ProCite files with other users It also lists possible conflicts you can experience when you share files You can share the ProCite program with other users if you have pur chased a multi user network package The original software package indicates how many users may legally access ProCite See Chapter 2 Installation for information about installing the multi user program files on a network and user files on each individual s machine When the database you want to share is available on a network Any number of users can open the same database with read only access You may want to place the database in a read only folder to make sure th
276. e Numbers C On Next Line r Subject Term Layout re Text Before Text After New Paragraph p Ascending EE p New Line a Descending Tab Styles Subject Terms K I Italic Underline UpperCase Subject Term Counts J Bold I Italic I Underline List of Record IDs J Bold J Italic J Underline Cancel Help Click OK to update the preview with the new settings 7 Click on the Save button to display a Save As dialog e Save as Text Only e Enter a unique name for the file Click OK to save the file to disk The text file will contain a single column of terms You can add Journal Abbreviations or Comments from ProCite after importing the list See the next section Importing the File for step by step instructions about importing the text file of items into a term list or journal title list 376 Chapter 18 Building List Files Importing the File To import multiple items at once 1 Create a document with each term or journal title on a single line as described in the previous section Save the file as Text Only Note that any styled text will revert to plain text 2 Start ProCite 3 Open or create the term list or journal title list to which you wish to add items 4 From the Tools menu select Import Text File An Open dialog appears 5 Locate and open the text file of terms you wish to Import 6 Windows Only ProCite prompts Do you wish to translate DOS extended characters to the closest mat
277. e Text option Reference List Fields Page Layout r Optional Fields I Show Reprint Status IV Show Notes I Show Abstract I Show Call Number I Show Keywords gt Short Form I Use Short Form Select Fields Alternate Text I Enable Alternate Text Substitution Cancel Help 4 Select the Enable Alternate Text Substitution box 5 Click OK to save the changes 396 Chapter 20 Using Applying Styles Alternate Text When alternate text substitution is enabled ProCite looks for the Alternat txt file before formatting references e When ProCite finds the file it matches delimited text in your records to primary text in your alternate text list When a match is made the alternate text is used for output e If ProCite cannot find the file no substitution takes place The records print as they appear in your records The delimiters and are ignored and do not print Text in your records is matched to primary text in the alternate text list without regard for styles If the text in the ProCite record contains styled characters it will still match plain text in the alternate text list When the output style is applied substitution text from the alternate text list is treated as if it were actually text in the record with the same style as the first character of the text within the special characters and Styles indicated in the output style also apply to the t
278. e call number order ProCite can read and interpret the following numbers e awhole number such as 300 e adecimal number such as 301 79 e an alphanumeric number such as H37 9 ProCite sorts the Library of Congress classifications first followed by Dewey Decimal classifications and then any that don t match the Library of Congress or Dewey Decimal format in alphabetic order You can use the 44 Call Number field simply to store and sort whole numbers Empty Field Sorting By default empty fields are sorted before fields that contain data For example when ordering records in Author Date Title order those records that do not contain an author name would be ordered first in the list before authors whose names start with A The sort Author Title Title Date will substitute the title if there is nothing in the first two Author fields 01 and 07 If you have empty author fields this will result in an alphabetic listing that mixes some author names with some titles where there was no author listed in the record Adams Alexander B Christie Agatha The Dwarfs Dilemma Joplin Scott In a Custom Sort you can place empty fields either before or after non empty fields In any case if you need to sort empty fields last after Z you must create a custom sort order Chapter 11 Sorting Records 237 Using Stop Lists A Stop List is a list of words that when they appear at the beginning of a field are i
279. e database is always available to multiple users One user at a time can open a database with read write access If a user already has a database open with read write access ProCite will tell other users that the database is already in use The database is not available to others until the user with read write access closes it If a database is in use by someone with either read write or read only access you will not be able to open the database with read write access If you are each running a separate copy of the ProCite program make sure you all have the same workforms available to ProCite before opening the database See the Workforms section which follows for information about possible workform conflicts If you create a database with ProCite for the Macintosh and want to share it with ProCite for Windows users you must add the extension PDT to the primary database file name When you want to copy a database to another user s machine If you are both using only the predefined workforms you can simply copy your database disk files to the other user s Database folder If you have changed the predefined workforms or created new workforms you must supply the appropriate workforms along with the database files See the next section about sharing workforms 102 Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files Workforms Every ProCite installation includes the predefined workforms If you deleted or modified workfo
280. e entire field moves all text from the first selected field and use it to replace any text in the second selected field 222 Chapter 10 Global Editing 7 Click OK to start the operation ProCite displays an alert message asking if it is okay to move field information for each marked record 8 Click OK to allow ProCite to dismiss the alert and change the marked records ProCite alerts you when the process is complete and indicates the number of records changed 9 Click OK to dismiss the message 223 Chapter 11 Sorting Records Overview Contents The Available Sort Orders cece eeeeeeseeseecseesseceenseenees 224 Selecting a Sort Order for Display 0 0 00 cece ee eee eee eeeeee 224 Selecting a Sort Order For Printing 0 eee eeeeeeeeee 225 Creating a Custom Sort Order eee eeecseeseceeeneeenees 226 Basic Procedure ssc Jccd soprete pone prei E e Erea EE 226 Selecting the Fields eee eeseeeeceseeeeceeeeeeeeseeees 227 Setting Ascending or Descending Order 228 Sorting Special Field Data eee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeee 229 Sorting Empty Fields oes ceeeeeceeeeeeees 229 Sorting Author Names cee eee ceeceseeeeeeteeeeee 230 Sorne DALES aaeei i E a 230 Character Sorting by Language essseeeseeereerseeersreeresrssesrs 230 Changing the Language Setting oe ee eeeeeeeee 230 How the System Specific Sort Affects Database Sharin terene ieni E 232 How ProCite Sorts ee eeeeceseeesceeeeeeecseeeeeceesaecs
281. e er e ENEE E Ana EEROR 124 Configuring the Edit Record View eseseseseeeseresrsresrsererrees 125 Viewing Multiple Records eeseseesssseeessseeerereerereesesreserrsserees 126 Moving Between Records ssesseessessessesesersesesersereseerereresreeseseseesee 127 Viewing Formatted References sesseseseeeesesereseereesressrsrsrerrereeerees 129 Viewing Bibliographies seeesseeesseesesesesssrereseeersreeresrnresrsserreseees 130 Contents 7 Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records OVELVIEW e E E E EEEE E thins ini E SEEE E reas deena ascended 133 Inserting and Opening Records esesseesssseeeeeseeeereereeeerrsessesrsseees 134 Inserting a Record oc A ckised Sian caideceresse stoners iie iieiea 134 Opening an Existing Record oe eeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeseceecaeseaeeaes 136 Copying Records aree rren uean ere enea e EE E EE E EEE EEKE RE 137 Deleting Records ssim teris a 138 Selecting a Workform e esssereseseesereesererereresrerersreeesrerereresrerereeeeeeee 138 Pre defined vs User defined Workforms 0 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeee 139 Changing the Workform Setting 0 0 eee ce cece ceeneeeees 139 New Re cord piesni ermes dis E E 139 Existing Record speren reaa seke ae KE 140 Changing the Record Display esseseeeesseeesseressseerrsreersrrereersseersseeees 141 Entering and Editing Data In Records 0 0 eeceeceeeseeeneeeereeeneeeeees 142 General RULES issie eotea ia EEE ions 142 Special Field Rules 54 5
282. e fields listed for output in an in text citation Note If you do not want any in text citations but do want to build a bibliography from linked references in your manuscript you can leave the in text citations text box empty When you Generate Bibliography from within your manuscript ProCite can read the linked citations build a bibliography from them and then replace them with nothing Numeric Citations For a numeric in text citation style you only need to define the Default workform style it is used for all workforms that don t have a specific style defined Click the Default workform and list only the special Citation Number field in the text box If you want to superscript the number select the Citation Number field in the text box including delimiters and click the superscript button on the toolbar 426 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles Citation Number Order By default the same number is assigned to multiple occurrences of the same reference When you Generate Bibliography from your word processor you may change the sort order of your reference list to change how numbers are assigned to citations For example e When you Generate Bibliography set the sort order to Author Title Date ProCite sequentially numbers the reference list at the end of the document in Author Title Date order and uses those numbers to replace the corresponding in text citations found earlier in the docu ment
283. e folder where you wish to place the file b In the Save as text box type a name for the file c In the Save File as Type box select HTML to save the file with HTML codes for publishing on the Worldwide Web WWW URLs found in the formatted records are formatted as hot links d Click Save to create the HTML file Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities 305 Copying References to Email Messages You have three options for copying formatted references to an email message e Copying via clipboard commands e Copying from the preview pane e Copying from a disk file Copying via the Clipboard To copy a record to an email message via the clipboard 1 In any record list highlight the record s you want to format 2 From the Edit menu s Copy Special submenu choose e Copy Formatted Reference to format the highlighted record using the current Configure Bibliography settings including output style and copy it to the clipboard e Copy In Text Citation to format the highlighted record according to the current output style and copy it to the clipboard The in text citation format is typically an Author Date format used when citing records within a manuscript but it could also be a full footnote format 3 Switch to your email application and Paste the formatted reference or in text citation into the body of a message Copying from the Preview Pane To copy a record to an email message from a preview pane 1 From the View menu sel
284. e number of search lines displayed To create an Internet or PubMed search expression 1 Because each online database may have a different set of fields available for searching you should first select those databases you wish to search The list of fields available for searching may change depending on the databases you select See Selecting the Z39 50 Sites to Search earlier in this chapter if you need information about selecting the databases to search 2 Click New Search to clear a previous expression 3 You need to complete a search line for each field you want to search in the online database s To the right of Search for the first drop down list contains the fields available for searching You can use the field currently displayed or select a different field from the drop down list 4 Move the cursor to the text box and type the word or phrase you want to locate Tip Use the Terms button to select a word or phrase from a Field Content List or Term List 5 If you are searching on a single field click the Search button to start the search If not go to step 6 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities 291 6 Move to the next line and combine the previous search line to this second line with AND OR or NOT AND Both the previous line and this line must match the record OR Either the previous line or this line must match the record NOT The previous line must match the record and this line must not match the re
285. e of Publication 21 21 21 22 Volume ID 22 22 Volume ID 23 23 23 24 Issue ID 24 24 25 Page s 25 Location in Work 25 Location in Work 26 26 26 Extent of Work 27 27 27 Packaging Method 28 28 Size 28 Size 29 29 29 30 30 30 Series Editor 31 31 31 Series Editor Role 32 32 Series Title 32 Series Title 33 33 33 Series Volume ID 34 _ 34 34 Series Issue ID 35 35 35 36 36 Connective Phrase 36 Connective Phrase 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 39 39 39 40 40 40 41 41 41 ISBN 42 Notes 42 Notes 42 Notes 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 45 Keywords 45 Keywords 45 Keywords Appendix B ProCite Workforms and Fields 489 Bill Resolution Book Chapter Book Long Form 1 Author s 1 Author Analytic 1 Author Analytic 2 2 2 Author Role 3 3 3 4 Act Name 4 Title Analytic 4 Title Analytic 5 5 Medium Designator 5 Medium Designator 6 6 Connective Phrase 6 Connective Phrase T 7 Author Monographic 7 Author Monographic 8 8 Author Role 8 Author Role 9 9 Title Monographic 9 Title Monographic 10 10 10 11 11 11 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint
286. e of a patent Author Monographic 07 Author Programmer Cartographer Editor Compiler Producer The party authors editors translators compilers etc responsible for an entire work described as a unit For example the author of a single work like a book or the editor or compiler of a collective work such as a journal issue in which an analytic work is found Author Subsidiary 16 Director Performer The party responsible for adapting interpreting or otherwise modify ing the intellectual or artistic content of a preexisting work the work of the primary author Subsidiary authors include translators editors and performers of musical works May also be used for the birth name of an author when the primary author is a pseudonym List an editor in this field only when another person or organization serves as author Series Editor 30 Compiler or editor of a collection of separate works monographs usually related in subject and issued in succession with a collective title Always enter author names into one of ProCite s four author fields to ensure proper output when formatting citations ProCite applies author formatting instructions only to the four author name fields Enter the primary author into the first author field that appears in the workform field 01 or field 07 This allows appropriate sorting by generic author Enter a secondary author in the second author field in the workform field 07 or field
287. e of work being entered A workform is a fill in the blank template for records of a particular type of work It organizes the information in the record For correct handling by ProCite each type of material such as a journal book or patent is entered into an appropriate workform This section briefly discusses how to change the workform for a record If you would like detailed information about which workform you should use for a given work see Chapter 8 Choosing a Workform You may want to scan through the fields to make sure the workform is an appropriate choice To move the cursor through the fields in a workform use either the tab key or your mouse To quickly scan the entire work form use the scroll bar at the right to move to the bottom of the record Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records 139 Pre defined vs User defined Workforms The workforms provided with ProCite cover frequently encountered types of materials These will most likely meet all of your needs Appen dix B ProCite Workforms and Fields lists the predefined workforms and the fields included in each You can also create your own new workforms or modify existing workforms However changes to workforms may require changes to your output styles For more information about customizing workforms see Chapter 22 Creating and Modifying Workforms Changing the Workform Setting When you insert a new record the default workform is the workform you last select
288. e or create a new file Creating or Opening a Database The only limit on the number and size of databases is the capacity of your computer For performance reasons we recommend a limit of 100 000 records per database You can open multiple databases to compare records or copy text between records Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files 89 Creating a Database Note If you are working on a network drive make sure you have read write access to the folder where you wish to create the database To create a new ProCite database 1 Start ProCite 2 Depending on whether this is a new installation of ProCite one of two things will happen e If you have just installed ProCite a file Open dialog displays Click Cancel to dismiss the dialog e If you have used ProCite before the last opened file may automati cally open Either leave this file open or click the close box to close the file You can keep multiple files open at the same time but it could get confusing Do not close the ProCite program 3 From the File menu select New The New dialog appears 4 Highlight ProCite Database and click OK to display a file dialog 5 In the file dialog a Type in a file name This name is used to store the file on disk b Make sure the appropriate folder is selected typically ProCite s Database folder 90 Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files c Click Save to create the
289. e recommend that you not View Field Codes in Word If you choose to view field codes please don t modify them Changing field codes could corrupt links to your ProCite database For example the unformatted citation The State Research Fund faces drastic cuts from the levels of past years Olson 1990 290 appears with these field codes The State Research Fund faces drastic cuts from the levels of past years QUOTE Olson 1990 2903 310 Chapter 16 Cite While You Write Converting Word 6 or 7 documents to Word 97 Windows Only When a Word 6 or Word 7 document is opened in Word 97 and saved existing cite while you write linked citations get corrupted and ProCite does not recognize them You will not be able to format or unformat citations This reflects a field code bug in early releases of Word 97 This situation also arises when using Word 97 and upgrading from ProCite 3 to a later version of ProCite There are three options that allow you to continue using cite while you write in your manuscript This is the best and most reliable way to convert a cite while you write document to Word 97 or to upgrade from ProCite 3 to a later ver sion 1 Before removing the old version of Word use it to open the original Word 6 or Word 7 document 2 From the Tools menu Revert to Original Text all linked citations Surround original text with delimiters to allow scanning later 3 From the File menu Close and Sav
290. e sort order set in the current output style To override the output style setting and print in a different sort order 1 Choose Print Bibliography from the File menu and a bibliography preview displays The sort order matches the setting in the current output style 2 Click the Configure button on the toolbar to bring up the Configure Bibliography dialog 3 On the Reference List tab select a different sort order from the Reference List Order pull down list Configure Bibliography x Reference List Fields Page Layout Output Style AMA American Medical Assoc ed E Reset Reference List Title Reference List Reference List Order Ascending C Descending Numbering IV Number References Beginning With 1 Prefig Sufix Alignment Right Spacing Eirst Line 0 000 in Hanging 0 500 in Line Spacing Single Space After Single x Indentation 4 Set the Ascending Descending radio buttons as desired This can be set independent from the sort order for display 5 Click OK to update the bibliography with the new sort order ProCite remembers this sort setting until you change it manually or until you select a different output style Note To change the sort order associated with an output style see Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 226 Chapter1 1 Sorting Records Creating a Custom Sort Order If none of the seven predefined sort
291. e the document 4 Open the document with Word 97 5 From the Tools menu Scan Document to re link all citations If you already removed the old version of Word 1 Open the original document with Word 97 2 Before saving the document as a Word 97 file Revert to Original Text all linked citations Surround original text with delimiters to allow scanning later 3 From the Tools menu Scan Document to re link all citations If you already saved the document as a Word 97 file From the Tools menu choose Recover Citations This command attempts to scan and re link each citation Because it looks at the formatted citation rather than original text this works only when citations are formatted in an author date form Chapter 16 Cite While YouWrite 311 WordPerfect for Windows Windows Registry WordPerfect uses files found in ProCite s CWYW folder During installa tion the Window s Registry is modified so WordPerfect can locate the appropriate files Style Additions ProCite adds two styles to your WordPerfect style list Citation and RefList Do not delete or modify these styles ProCite uses them when inserting records and when generating a reference list Field Codes Be careful when viewing codes so you do not corrupt your links If you select a citation to move or delete you must include the surrounding codes Modifying field codes could corrupt links to your ProCite data base For example the unformatted citation
292. e the journal title list for output substitution in the Journal Title 10 field Journal title lists are external so you can apply them to any or all ProCite databases Alternate Text Lists Used only for output the alternate text list is a sorted list of primary terms each with an associated secondary term alternate text When substitution is active each primary term will be replaced by the second ary term for formatted output Generally you should use other lists instead of the alternate text list Use the journal titles list for data entry and for substituting abbreviations for journal names on output Use field content lists and term lists for data entry The alternate text list is an external editable list that applies to all databases For more information about using alternate text on output see Chapter 20 Using Alternate Text ProCite s lists can be used for Data Entry ProCite s lists help you avoid problems that could arise from entering synonyms and variant forms of words and phrases You can select a term from a list to enter directly into your record If you entered variations of terms you would miss some records you want when you perform a search e Searching 1 You can use field content lists on the Terms tab to quickly list appropriate records 2 When creating a search expression choosing a term from a field content list ensures that the term exists in the database Text Substitution for Outp
293. e v s siesssissiesstacessgeusseieeve vend E a EE E E couse 88 Creating or Opening a Database oo eee eceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeneesaeenes 88 Creating a Database isccc sistesctuscesseticasssonsbecesche stots abassonssesvsasibess 89 Opening a Database oe eee cee eeeceeeeeecaeeceecaeesaecsseesecneensees 90 Multiple Users Opening a Single Database 0 91 Opening a Database from an Earlier Version eseeeeees 92 Setting Program Options 0 ec cee eee ceseeeecesceeeceeeeseeeaeeeaeeneesaeenes 93 General Display Settings 00 eee csee cre ceseeseceseeeecneeeseeneees 94 File LOGations erisir aar n dates 94 Database Senoren e sheets decks PE he Ea 95 WorkfOris 3s secsessesecseedsses ses ise siseses aa reri o o sesei eiae s 95 Output Styles res siete A Aste dees E E E E EE 95 Dist aa aa E E E E EEE R 96 Search Expressions 0 cececeseeeseseeesecseecsecseeesecnseeseensensees 96 Internet Search Settings ce esscenseenesensseeconeseesseeseeeneessers 96 Default Database Settings 0 0 ee eee eeeseecsecneececeseeseeeseeeeneees 97 Record Numbering 0 ce eeeeceseeeeceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneesaeenee 97 Duplicate Detect naiera ne e e 98 CONE r ee ee E ie alae See es 99 Closing Biles EEE sist ccsae sores de ph E ES E EEES 99 Backing Up Piles senina enor i Seats 99 Renaming Fiesse en r E E td 100 Deleting Files tees eis igecte ech aii RT E ESS 100 ALIS BUGS aaO E E AEAEE OEE NE EEE 101 ProCite Program Miopia t
294. earch view Only those fields common to all marked hosts C All fields supported by all marked hosts Cancel Help 3 Select what to do with existing search results when starting a new search e Retain previous search results This keeps adding new search results to your existing list of search results e Prompt to clear previous search results This prompts you each time you start a new search You can decide each time whether to add to the existing results or clear the existing results e Clear previous search results This option always clears the existing search results before starting a new search Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities 295 4 Select which action to take when closing the Internet Search window Prompt to save search results Every time you close the Internet Search window you are asked whether to save the existing search results Discard search results No warning is displayed Each time you close the Internet Search window your existing search results are discarded 5 Select these from these downloading options PubMed only Always prompt before downloading records After seeing the number of records that match your search expression you decide how many to download Prompt if the number of records is more than XX You are prompted about downloading only if the number of matches exceeds the number you enter here Do not prompt before downloading records ProCite starts downloading
295. ecord IDs ProCite looks at only the first character of any other field lt less than or equal to Text must match or precede the search term numerically or alphabetically Primarily for dates or record IDs ProCite uses only the first character of any other field BEGINS WITH The field or subfield in the case of authors and keywords must begin with this text Right truncation is assumed ENDS WITH The field or subfield in the case of authors and keywords must end with this text Left truncation is assumed EXACTLY The entire field or subfield in the case of authors and keywords must exactly match the text entered after this operator CONTAINS The search term can appear anywhere in the field The same as equal with a left and right wildcard Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records 259 Examples with Relational Operators AUTH Christie Agatha AUTHsJohnson DATE lt 1994 DATE gt 1994 REC lt 547 45 BEGINS WITH egg 45 ENDS WITH diabetes 45 EXACTLY cancer 45 CONTAINS disease All matching records must list Christie Agatha as an author in any one of the author fields All matching records must have an author name that alphabetically comes after the letter J All matching records must have a date that comes before but does not include 1994 All matching records must have a date that comes after or includes 1994 All matching records must have a record ID that comes be
296. ecord List and click on the Preview Pane tab The preview pane makes it easy to see how individual references format according to different output styles 346 Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies When you no longer want to view formatted references select Preview Pane from the View menu again to deselect it A toolbar icon is also available to make this feature easy to turn on and off To preview a full bibliography select Print Bibliography from the File menu see the basic procedure for printing at the beginning of this chapter Printing to the Clipboard Copying a single formatted reference or in text citation to the clipboard is helpful when you want to paste into another application To copy a record to the clipboard 1 In any record list highlight the record you want to format 2 From the Edit menu s Copy Special submenu choose e Copy Formatted Reference to format the highlighted record using the current Configure Bibliography settings including output style and copy it to the clipboard e Copy In Text Citation to format the highlighted record according to the current output style and copy it to the clipboard The in text citation format is typically an Author Date format used when citing records within a manuscript Switch to your word processor or other application and Paste the format ted reference or in text citation at the cursor location Setting Up Your Bibliography You have control over a wide var
297. ecords Search Terms Groups Duplicates Author Title Date Ascending 10 Records Marked 6 Records in List 52 Records in Database Ready CAP ZA 74 Chapter3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour Saving a Search Strategy It is useful to be able to save long complicated search expressions or those that you use frequently Use the following exercise to save a search strategy Exercise Saving a Search Expression To save a search expression 1 On the Search tab click Expressions and select Add to Expressions ProCite displays the Search Expressions dialog Add Search Expression x Expression Name es O O Cancel Help 2 Type Search1 in the Expression Name box to identify the Search Expression and click OK Note Recall a Search Expression by clicking Expressions and then selecting the name of the expression you want to use Click Search to retrieve the same records plus new matching records entered since the last search Creating a Group Groups are a way of creating virtual subsets of a database Saving records in a group allows you to quickly retrieve a particular set of records A group can contain the results of one or more searches or a set of indi vidual records You can save any number of groups in your database and give each a unique name Exercise Adding Records to a New Group To save records to a group 1 Use the search results from the keyword search On the Search tab click
298. ect Preview Pane 2 Highlight the record you wish to copy In a preview pane ProCite formats and displays the highlighted record using the current output style settings if no output style is currently selected ProCite asks you to locate one Tip To switch to a different output style for the preview pane go to the View menu select Configure Record List and click on the Preview Pane tab 306 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities In the preview pane highlight the text you want to copy to your email message From the Edit menu select Copy Switch to your email application and Paste the formatted reference into the body of a message Copying from a Disk File If you want to include many references or a full bibliography in an email message 1 Print your bibliography to a disk file Go to the File menu and choose Print Bibliography See Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies if you need help Open the disk file with your word processor Highlight the formatted bibliography From the Edit menu select Copy to copy the bibliography to the clipboard Switch to your email application and Paste the formatted bibliography into the body of a message 307 Chapter 16 Cite While You Write Overview Contents Word Processor Notes ers repesi hes penenr Espiro ori EEES Easa ear 308 Microsoft Word for Windows or Macintosh 309 WordPerfect for Windows scseescsecseeeeseceec
299. ect only a few fields 3 Click OK to return to the Workform Definition window Next you can assign field names to each field as described in the next section Chapter 22 Creating and Modifying Workforms 409 Assigning Field Names Because a ProCite database uses the same fields to hold information for diverse types of materials the field names that appear in each workform are customizable Be consistent in how you use fields across workforms and avoid creating too many different names for the same field in different workforms Each field has a constant field number no matter what the field is named ProCite can always tell to which field you are referring ProCite also uses the field number to identify fields with special attributes For example if you rename the Author Analytic 01 field to Title 01 ProCite will continue to treat information entered in that field as an author name In the workform definition window the default field name is shown beside the workform specific field name To change the field name displayed in your workform type the new name into the text box along side the corresponding default field name and number P Journal Article OF x Workform Title fp ournal Article Set Fields Default Field Name Workform Specific Field Name 42 Notes Reviewer Comments 43 Abstract Abstract 44 Call Number Can Number 45 Keywords Keywords a Saving the Workform When
300. ed However you can choose a different workform for any record within the database Every workform is made up of fields with each field containing informa tion of a particular type for example a title or a date Each field has a ProCite field number and a field name such as Author 01 or Title 04 as well as the information contained in the field New Record To select a workform for a new record 1 In the Edit Record window check the workform selected at the top of the window If you need to change it click on the workform name A drop down list appears ibs Sample Database New Record BEE Workform Joumal Article Record ID 410 mm E Qt 4 gt le Conference Proceedings Author ata File An Dissertation Electronic Citation Medium DE mail Connecti Generic Hearing Jouin Press Trans Journal Long Form Repr Journal Short Form Date of P oumnal Whole Letter Y Magazine Article Manuscript Map Monograph Motion Picture Music Score Connecti Newspaper Address Abaaait Location URL 38 140 Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records 2 Scroll through the list to your choice and click on it The drop down list closes with your choice in the text box The fields displayed depend on the workform selected Existing Record To change the workform for an existing record 1 In the Edit Record window click on the workform name A drop down list appears 2 Scroll throug
301. ed Guide to Gardening Pleasantville New York The Reader s Digest Association enter settings such as First Line Oin Hanging 0 5 in Paragraph Indent To set a paragraph indent such as Reader s Digest 1979 Illustrated Guide to Gardening Pleasantville New York The Reader s Digest Association enter settings such as First Line 0 5 in Hanging Oin Flush with Margin To set no indent such as Reader s Digest 1979 Illustrated Guide to Gardening Pleasantville New York The Reader s Digest Association enter 0 in for both First Line and Hanging Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies 351 Line Spacing To change the line spacing within each reference click on the arrow next to Line Spacing to select from the list of options e Single wraps text to the next line e 1 5 Lines leaves one and a half lines between lines of text e Double leaves a blank line between lines of text To change the line spacing between references click on the arrow next to Space After to select from the list of options e None does not insert space between references e Single inserts one blank line between references e 1 5 Lines inserts one and a half lines between references e Double inserts two blank lines between references e Page Break prints one reference per page ProCite prints one record and then form feeds to the top of the next page Space After is added to reference line spacing so space between cita
302. ed to a date with AD or BC For example ProCite interprets 90 as 1990 specifically and 40 AD as 40 AD rather than any year in the fifth century For example this list of dates would sort in this order 19 Date ranges are recognized by using a slash or hyphen as a delimiter as in 1998 Nov 30 Dec 3 Output styles will format the beginning and ending dates in the same way as in Nov 30 1998 Dec 3 1998 172 Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field Avoid dates which could be ambiguous such as 1901 02 January 1901 02 ProCite will interpret these as February 1901 and January 2 1901 To print dates exactly as they appear in your records turn off custom date formatting in the output style When custom date formatting is turned off ProCite prints each date exactly as entered See Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles for more information about date formatting If you want a specific date to always print exactly as it appears in a single record enter an equal sign as the first character in the field For example 1997 98 If a cited work has more than one publication group place name date you can include the secondary group at the end of the Date field Type the punctuation that would normally be supplied by ProCite For example 1998 New York Century 1996 ProCite applies date formatting only to the first date found in the field Or you can use
303. ee Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies Cr eating Term Lists and Journal Lists Several journal title lists are included with the ProCite program You can modify these lists and create additional term lists and journal title lists Description of the List Formats Term lists and journal title lists follow a similar format Journal title lists however include an additional column for journal title abbreviations Term Lists Term lists provide consistency in data entry and searching They allow you to select terms from a list and paste those terms into ProCite records or into a Search Expression A term list is comprised of a two column table with an alphabetic list of terms in the first column and an optional corresponding note comment or descriptive text in the second column Each column can contain entries that are up to 255 characters in length If the item you enter is wider than the column width not all of the item will display in the list Maximizing the window may display more of the item Term Note Shamanism Use Indigenous Medicine Sheep Small Ruminants Use only if individual type is not specified Small scale Enterprises Chapter 18 Building List Files 369 Journal Title Lists Journal title lists are used to help with data entry constructing search expressions and printing in various forms Journal title lists can be linked to an output style to replace full journal titles with abbreviations in formatted out
304. eeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeneeaee 320 Unformatted Citations sisii 320 Generating a Bibliography o00 eee eee ceeeeeecseeseeceeeeaececeseeneensees 321 Basic Proc dE 55 5 5s8 saseesdysceds dass tene ee seven Ee P os Buss PREE RPS PIEN tests 322 Changing the Bibliography Layout eee ee eeeeeeeseeee eee 324 QUUPUL S ty le Beccsscessiptsttecicevssensietick gotiin Uh cera teat oaete hehe 324 Adding an Independent Reference to the Bibliography 326 Using a Variable Citation Format 0 0 0 eseeseecseeseeeees 326 Generating a Bibliography from Multiple Documents 327 Entering Identifying Text 0 eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeseecseeaecseenaeenees 328 Entering Author Names 0 ee ce eeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeneeeaeenes 330 Sin ple AUthOLrs iss ipe ereen kearen E E eae 330 Multiple Authors issis iii 330 Compound Names iscedi sie iin nirisan iiiei ssi iii 331 Repeated Author 2ssiscssssessesssssepsctasssuscisceessescssansssnsnsosceas 331 Corporate Authors 20 0 0 cece ceeeeceeeeeeeseeesecaeecaecnseeseenaeeaees 332 Entering Titles scitis errea EE Ea 332 Entering Dates iaei ane oe e nein ities Rien ESR E Ee Ea ie 332 Date Ranges iscs sscisssseciesessassssassschscssssssonsceonssevss n E ERE Siea 333 Entering Record IDS creierii oserei oee ee eee 333 Entering Multiple Citations ssesssseeesseeeseeeeeereresreresrrersrrereees 334 Entering Additional Text ce ceeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeaee 334 Adding Commands to I
305. eeds to be changed to reflect header text appropriate for the title field Click the first field s Column Header text box and type Title as the descriptive text for this field Click the Show check box for Keywords to display the Keywords field as the fourth field for each record Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 51 Click OK in the Configure Record List dialog to save the changes and return to the record list ProCite displays the fields in the order you selected ProCite 5 Sample Database _ of x P File Edit View Sort Select Groups Database Tools Window Help laj xj Deneme X Mark Selected Mg Mark List PX Cea haked A Q 4 gt bl Saco EEES JComputers Peripherals Hard Multi Media Medicine September 1979 Medicine Audiocassette John James Audubon A biography Adams Alexander B 1966 Biography Nature Art Apollyon s bow Perspective reading Anderson Mark Ransom 1984 Literature Apollyon Acute renal failure Anderson Robert J Schrier Rober 1987 Renal Failure Harrison s Prine Manufacture of glass by Sol Gel proc Aoki Mikio 9 December 1987 Sol Gel Chemistry A study of the polarities anisotropic p Aroney Manuel J Davies Murray 1994 p acceptor Behaviour Interal Teenage pregnancy 4 new beginnir Barr Linda Monserrat Catherine E 1992 Teenage Pregnancy Teenac Computer shopper Information management for the tacti Blum Robert 1979 Informati
306. eee 157 Saving or Ignoring Changes 0 secs ceesseceeceseceeceseeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 157 8 Contents Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field OVE VIEW irar EEr ESEE EE EEE EE E AT 159 General Data Entry sinisesse e n i 160 Locating Fields by Field Number eee cece ceecesecneceseeseeesees 161 Abstract Field 43 csissciessscusdeshssecsvecdesbscnscasssssegotesstascisdesvcasvanests 163 Address Availability Field 37 cceecesscessrcesseceerecseeencecereeeneeesees 163 Author Fields 01 07 16 30 oo eee eee cseeecsseesecnseeseeneensees 164 Author Affiliation Field 03 occ eeeeceeeesseseeceeseecsecsaeceesaeenees 167 Author Role Fields 02 08 17 G1 venice eeesecseeteecneenseenees 168 Call Number Field M rerin ireren E EE 169 CODEN Field 39 issii eere EA 169 Connective Phrase Fields 06 36 ccccscccssscecssseceesseecesseeeenaees 170 Date Fields 12 20 QU ssscusistesscotecdssssessstetscesctstesstescassetvbseeeesees 170 Document Type Field 35 oo ee eeeeecseeeeeceeaecsessececsseeneensees 174 Edition Field 15 hee ae aa A EE e 174 Extent of Work Field 26 sonnnesseosesesesessssesssseoseeessreesssessesssseeseere 174 ISBN Field Ad sscsiascissccseesscsstisscsestecaissesstiihissaeesstisesvacseysevsassaeeeay 175 ISSN Field GO eE E EEEE EEEE 175 Issue ID Fields 24 34 erona a Nete ei 175 Keywords Field 45 2 csssct siiirenasdivniinesiiecdetevetacnen aneenaens 175 Location in
307. eee eeeeseeseececseeeeenseesees 254 Elements of a Search Expression eeeeeeeeeeereeee 254 SSALCH TSCM ESEA e EE EE EESE ENE 255 Field Id ntifi rs sisscsincieiei i 256 Operator nn an ne E eve comin NE E ES 257 Creating Search Expressions eseseeeesseeeseeeeeeseeersereseees 262 Building a Search Expression eee eeeeeeeeeeee 262 Saving a Search Expression ce ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 265 Restoring a Saved Search Expression 0 266 Editing a Saved Search Expression cee 266 Deleting a Search Expression cee eeeeeeeeeeeee 267 Renaming a Search Expression cece 267 Sample Search Expressions 0 ccceceseceseesesseeeeeseeees 268 Finding a Search Term 0 ee eeceeeeceeseeeceeeeeeees 268 Finding Multiple Search Terms 0 eee 268 Finding Dates 0 ce iee EERE 269 Finding Record IDS oo eee eeeeceeseeeeecreeeeeeneeeaees 270 Finding Empty and Not Empty Fields 270 Finding the Last Records Entered eee ee eeeee cee eeee teers 270 It is easy to quickly find a set of related records or to collect a set of unrelated records in ProCite Once you collect a set of records you can save them for later use print a bibliography from them or copy them to a separate database 248 Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records Finding a Single Record To jump directly to a specific record in a record list 1 Select a sort order so the text you are looking for is i
308. eeesesreseseeerreesreessresesrssesre 218 Global Change Workform sssseesseseeeesseeesreresrsreersrrserereseens 220 Global Move Field oo cece eceeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeceeaesseesaeenees 221 Use ProCite s global editing commands to make changes to all marked records in the current database e Global Edit allows you to add text to a field or clear text from a field e Global Find Replace allows you to find a string of text and replace it with a new String of text e Global Change Workform allows you to change the workform type of records e Global Move Field allows you to move an entire field of text from one field to another Important Be careful when using these commands Make sure you mark only those records you want to change Once a global change is made it cannot be reversed 216 Chapter 10 Global Editing Global Edit With the Global Edit command you can change the contents of a particular field or group of fields within multiple records in the following ways Clear Text You can delete existing text in a specific field For example if you imported extraneous data into a field throughout the database you can easily clear the contents of the field Replace Text You can strip a field of all existing text and replace it with a specific word or phrase For example if you imported refer ences from a CD service you may want to delete the supplied keywords in the 45 Keywords field of every record
309. eesaeenees 233 Sort TEC VMS ies erii eea Sopcees chee pete E Roe E eet oes 233 Alphabetic Sorting 00 0 0 cee ce ceseeeceseeesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 234 Numeric SOLIDS nnne ar clude vacin th R ER 234 Symbol Removal occ ceeceseceeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneenes 235 Date SOPUM GS iesene oproer reui Oee Prees PSE IEEE cesses peed 235 Call Number Sorting esesseeeeseeereeesreeeseerrseeresreerrresrees 236 Empty Field Sorting renens 236 Using Stop Lists 0 ee oE E EN E ae 237 The Available Stop Lists oc eeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeseeeseenee 237 Generic Stop Listesi ieee cece e a 237 A thot Stop Lista ienen n 238 Changing the Stop Lists 0 eee cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 238 You can sort records in your ProCite database or bibliography in alpha betic numeric or chronological order based on the contents of the fields selected for comparison 224 Chapter1 1 Sorting Records The Available Sor tOrders These commonly used sort orders have been supplied with ProCite for your convenience Author Title Date Author Date Title Author Title Title Date Title Date Date Author Title Call Number Author Title Record ID Most of these sort orders are self explanatory The Author Title Title Date sort order is able to handle the situation where there is no author name substituting the contents of the first title field as the first sort criterion This conforms to ANSI sorting requirements You can reverse any sort order to order records in ascendi
310. eesesrsssseereseerrsreererrnresrnseeesseees 398 Changing the Settings for New Databases 0 0 00 399 Changing the Record Number Increment 400 Manual Numbering sisese ree aee eee E ERE RES 400 Duplicate Record IDS 0 eee ceceeeceeeeeeeeseeeeecseesaecaeenaesaes 401 Renumbering Records civic sce ishontirsa herpen iera api ea geese rs sees 401 Chapter 22 Creating and Modifying Workforms OWVELVIEW sorei erriei eb cdcssseas eser ar Esap es EI dha psbtavesuavscaeagebscduabevees seas 403 When to Create a Workform ssessesesessesrsseereerereeresreresreresresesreseees 404 Special Document Types 0 eee ce ceeeeceeeeeeceseeeeeeseecnesnaeaes 404 Relationship to Output Styles 0 eee eeeeeneeseeeeeaeeaee 404 Implications of Modifying Workforms eee cece eseeeeeeeeeeeees 405 Changing the Workform Definition 0 00 0 eee eeeseeeeeeee 405 Renaming a Workform 000 0 cesses ceeeeeeceseeeeeeneeeeecneesaeeaee 406 Creating or Modifying a Workform 00 eee cee ceee cre cneeeteenseenees 406 Opening the Workform 0 0 0 eee eeeeceeeeeeceseeeeeeseeenecneeeneeaee 406 Basing a New Workform on an Existing Workform 406 Opening a New Blank Workform 0 00 eee eee eeeeeeees 407 Editing an Existing Workform 000 eee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 408 Selecting the Fields ics 5ssscsckscessssetesesssssecesonsstopdeisesbsasiosstsesssons 408 Assigning Field Names 00 ceececeseeceseeeeceseeeeceseeeaecneeeaeenes 409 Saving the Wo
311. eessseeseseeeereeereerrsrssesrsseeres 377 Chapter 19 Printing Lists OVE EW i a iets oa Ooh RRR 379 Printing a Subject Lastin n E r ERS 379 Printing an Indexed Subject List esesseeeseseeeseeeesesrersseeresresrsreeeeees 384 Printing a Field Content List cee eeeeseeereeseeceecneeceenseesees 386 Printing a Term List or Journal Title List 0 eee eeeeeeee 387 Printing an Alternate Text List eee cece cseesseceeeesecnecneeneeesees 387 Chapter 20 Using Alternate Text OVVIE W eere er Ere r Ea r E ae EEEE EET E aae 389 Substitution with Journal Title Lists 0 eee eeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeee 390 Building a Journal Title List eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneenes 390 Inserting ProCite Records eee ec eeceeeseeeeeseeeeeceeeseecneesaeaee 390 Using a Journal Title List for Substitution 0 0 eee 391 Applying Styles sieci ai nactasn rn erin ee a doe Eie 393 Contents 15 Substitution with Alternate Text Lists 00 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 393 Building the Alternate Text List 2 0 eee eeeeceeseeeeeseeeneeeee 393 Preparing the ProCite Records ccececeesecseseseeseseseeseseeeneees 394 Activating the Alternate Text List 0 0 ee eee eseeseecreeeeeeeee 394 Applying Style Sani oreeson eoriet er EKE EE EEE EEA 396 Chapter 21 Record IDs and Renumbering OVV EW e r rene E E oE o EEE E N E E EE EEE RAEES 397 Using Record IDSvrsiisnirei ee e ea iets R EN IE 397 Assigning Record IDS eani e E R 398 Automatic Numbering sesseesseees
312. eld 179 Use these fields primarily for non print or special materials and capital ize the first letter You can also use them for the type of publication such as dissertation or type of article such as a letter or editorial in a journal when the Document Type 35 field is not in the workform Examples of medium designator formats are Artifact CD ROM Database Filmstrip Letter to the Editor masters thesis Mercator projection Microfilm Monograph Online Painting Plastercast Sound recording Special Issue Transparency Examples of records including Medium Designator Field Record A Record B Medium Motion Picture Motion Picture Extent of Work 1 28 Packaging Method film loop cartridge min Field Record C Journal Postmodern Culture An Electronic Journal of Interdisciplinary Criticism Medium Online Connective Phrase Available from Location URL email Pmc ncsuvm bitnet Notes Field 42 Used to hold personal notes or comments including phrases that provide uniqueness or clarity or to identify related works Bibliographic information that cannot be placed in other fields can be placed here For example Downloaded from BRS Commentary The components of this training program conducted over a decade ago are remarkably similar to those of current programs 180 Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field Packaging Method Field 27 This field is used to qualify Extent of Work 26 by denoting how many
313. elimiters such as parentheses around identifying text when you use the Insert Citation command ProCite can supply delimiters for your final output based on the output style e DO enter delimiters around identifying text when you use Scan Document to process citations in the manuscript For example Brown 1994 ProCite replaces or strips the delimiters for output based on the output style e ProCite assumes that words and phrases in the identifying text may be right truncated For example Smith would match Smithsonian Chapter 16 Cite While You Write 329 e When searching for an element of more than one word such as a phrase or author name surround that element with quotes e When searching for an exact phrase enclose the text in quotes so ProCite will match it as a single element e You can omit diacritics since all variants are found a will find all EGA 99 Cope 99 variations of the letter such as a a and a The Insert Citation command and the Scan Document command attempt to match your identifying text to a ProCite record and replace your identifying text with an unformatted citation Identifying Text Examples of Matching ProCite Records Warren 1998 Awork from 1998 that lists Warren as one of any number of authors A work titled A Report from the Warren Commission published in 1998 Morris amp Rycus A work that lists both Morris and Rycus as authors including reco
314. en all text is entered plain you can apply styles to fields of text with ProCite s output styles There are however times when you will want to enter data using character styles For example if part of the text in a field should be superscripted or otherwise different from the rest of the field such as a Latin term in italics or a scientific name under lined as in In vivo transfer of the human cystic fibrosis transmembrane conduc tance regulator gene to the airway epithelium Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field 161 Locating Fields by Field Number Field Field Name Section Heading 00 E ct et Record Number Record Number Ol Ansa ArtisStinierain n aero Author Oliete Author Analytic Author Onesies Catalog Author 6 Author Oli EE COMPOSEF eeeeceeeeeeeeees Author OAs Ga INVONTON sisser Author O Artist Role aeee Author Role 02 ohini Author Role seee Author Role O2 Composer Role Author Role Oke A Author Affiliation Author Affiliation OS EREET Address ssassn Author Affiliation O RREA Ae Patent Title 0 Title 04 herein Article Title eee Title O04 as Paper Section Title Title O4 EE Section Title 00 Title 04s etary set Catalog Title 0 0 ee Title 04 EE EET Map Title aee Title Or EE Program Title ee Title O4 EREE Title Analytic 000 Title 04 Aeron Title Subject 0 cee Title
315. en rebuilding the program creates a corrected copy of the original database so you will end up with two databases The copied database does not need to be on the same drive as the original We recommend that you keep a backup of the original damaged database files and work with the new database until you are sure the rebuild operation was successful To rebuild a ProCite database 1 Start ProCite and close the database you want to rebuild 2 From the Tools menu select Rebuild to display a file Open dialog 3 Locate and double click on the database you want to rebuild ProCite displays a File Save As dialog 4 Type a new database name in the text box ProCite creates the two required database files 5 Click Save to start rebuilding A status line displays giving you an idea of how long the process will take When ProCite is done rebuild ing the new database opens Rebuild attempts to restore custom settings from the original database If unable to restore an item ProCite will use the default setting and you will need to change it manually If the number of records in the new database is lower than the number of records in the original database either e Some records were damaged and were not repairable or e The record count was damaged and the original database did not really have that many records in it Once you are comfortable that the new database is working correctly you can delete the old database If you
316. en you copy your database to your colleague s machine and your colleague has not changed his workform to match yours the records will transfer into your colleague s original predefined workform e You completely modified a predefined workform If you already entered records into the original workform the fields may no longer match Data in a field that no longer exists in the workform will appear in the Edit Record window with dashes as the field name Either use the Global Move command to move the data to the appropriate field use Global Edit to delete the field of information or modify the workform again to restore the field Output Styles Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files 103 You saved a copy of a predefined workform with the Save As com mand giving it a new name before modifying it You will not run into any conflicts in your own database but remember to supply the new workform when you want to share your data with someone else If you deleted or modified some of the output styles installed with ProCite and would like a new copy of the original files you can run the installation program again to reinstall output styles See Chapter 2 Installation for more information about installing files Store your output styles in ProCite s Styles folder If you want to modify an output style we recommend that you make a copy of the file and give it a different name Share a custom output style with another
317. ences Select the check box to number references and then type a starting number in the Beginning With text box When you print your bibliogra phy each citation numbers sequentially If the check box is not selected all numbering options are ignored You can enter a prefix and or a suffix in the appropriate text boxes For example to get citation numbers such as 1 Reader s Digest Illustrated guide to gardening Pleasantville New York The Reader s Digest Association 1979 2 Olson Lise staff writer Research fund faces cuts Detroit Free Press Detroit Ml 1990 Jun 18 Business Section E 1 2 enter no prefix and a period as the suffix For citation numbers such as 1 Reader s Digest Illustrated guide to gardening Pleasantville New York The Reader s Digest Association 1979 2 Olson Lise staff writer Research fund faces cuts Detroit Free Press Detroit MI 1990 Jun 18 Business Section E 1 2 enter a left parenthesis as the prefix and a right parenthesis as the suffix In the Alignment drop down box select how to align the reference numbers e Left will left justify citation numbers and line up the first line of each citation with a tab 1 Reader s Digest Illustrated guide to gardening Pleasantville New York The Reader s Digest Association 1979 10 Olson Lise staff writer Research fund faces cuts Detroit Free Press Detroit Ml 1990 Jun 18 Business Section E 1 2 100 Loomis
318. er Program 5 Medium Designator 5 Medium Data File 6 Connective Phrase 6 Connective Phrase 6 Connective Phrase 7 Author Programmer 7 Editor Compiler 7 Editor Compiler 8 Author Role 8 Editor Compiler Role 8 Editor Compiler Role 9 9 Proceedings Title 9 Title Monographic 10 10 10 11 Title 11 11 12 Reprint Status 12 Date of Meeting 12 Reprint Status 13 13 Place of Meeting 13 14 14 14 15 Version 15 15 Version 16 16 16 17 17 17 18 Place of Publication 18 Place of Publication 18 Place of Publication 19 Publisher Name 19 Publisher Name 19 Publisher Name 20 Date of Publication 20 Date of Publication 20 Date of Publication 21 Date of Copyright 21 Date of Copyright 21 22 22 Volume ID 22 23 Report ID 23 23 24 24 24 25 25 Location in Work 25 Location in Work 26 Extent of Work 26 Extent of Work 26 Extent of Work 27 Packaging Method 27 Packaging Method 27 Packaging Method 28 28 28 29 29 29 30 30 Series Editor 30 31 31 Series Editor Role 31 32 32 Series Title 32 Series Title 33 33 Series Volume ID 33 Series Volume ID 34 34 34 35 35 35 36 Connective Phrase 36 36 Connective Phrase 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 39 39 39 40 40 40 41 ISBN 41 ISBN 41 42 Notes 42 Notes 42 Notes 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 45 Keywords 45
319. er online databases is available with ProCite See Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities for more information about Internet searching 58 Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour Dial up Internet Connections If you use a modem and phone line to connect to the Internet as opposed to a direct network connection please note this connection information Connecting Most dial up connection settings are configured to automati cally dial and connect to the Internet when you use an application that requests an online connection such as ProCite s Internet Search feature However some Internet providers such as America Online require that you establish an online connection sign on before attempting an Internet Search with ProCite Disconnecting ProCite does not disconnect your Internet connection at any point You need to shut down your connection when you have finished using ProCite s Internet Search feature Exercise Internet Searching To search and import records from an online database 1 From the Tools menu select Internet Search to open a temporary Internet Search database Internet Search of x Pe Merk Selected MeMa List Px ClearMered p Qi S pH Sa Copy Merked Open Link E New Search 1 Newltem X Delete Item S9 Terms Ifa Expressions Clear Hesult AA Seach hq Stop CY Hosts OVID Trial Server ABI Inform Jan 1996 Seacht faur o AND fiie anD E keywords OOO E AND Z faw
320. erated from the fields are combined into a single list To quickly select all fields or no fields use the buttons to the right of the dialog You can click on individual fields to select or deselect them Terms in the 45 Keywords field which are separated by slashes or new paragraphs always list as separate headings Use the check boxes at the bottom to determine whether authors and other fields should print as whole fields or whether subfields should be used as separate terms ProCite can interpret these characters as separators between multiple entries in a single field Fields Separators Author fields new paragraph Keywords field new paragraph All other fields 3 new paragraph Chapter 19 Printing Lists 381 4 Click OK to display the terms found in the field s you selected Selected Terms 0 Term s Selected ici i Cancel Apollyon 1 pii 2 Help Artificial Intelligence 1 Audiocassette 1 Select All Audiovisual Materials 3 Bibliographic Data 1 Select None Biography 1 Biomass 1 Blood 1 Budget 1 Cancer 1 Chemistry 2 Clinical Applications 1 College Instruction 1 Computers 6 Select those terms you wish to include as subject headings To quickly select all terms or no terms use the buttons to the right of the dialog You may want to select all terms and then click to deselect the few terms you do not want included 5 Click OK to print a preview of your subject list
321. erences have identical authors and date entries ProCite compares titles The Author Title Title Date sort has a special sort in the first level Author Title in the first level compares authors first However if the first author field in a record is empty so the program first encounters text in a 234 Chapter1 1 Sorting Records title field the title will be the first sorted text You could have author names and titles intermingled in the first level sort If two or more authors names are identical ProCite compares titles in the second level If two or more titles are identical ProCite compares dates This order meets the ANSI bibliographic sorting requirements Alphabetic Sorting Fields are sorted on characters from left to right An alphabetic ordering by author fields would result in Albert John Albright Walter Brown James Diacritical marks are handled according to the language chosen with the International Settings option See Character Sorting by Language earlier in this chapter Numeric Sorting The fields that sort numbers correctly are the Record Number field and 44 Call Number In these two fields numbers sort appropriately as in 1 2 10 11 20 There are no other numeric fields so in all other fields numbers are compared from left to right the same as alphabetic characters one character at a time This means that sorting on fields containing numbers can seem a little strange A sorted numeric li
322. erify settings and click Print e Click Save to print to a disk file A file dialog appears for you to name the file Choose the file type text word processor HTML name the file and click Save e Click Close to dismiss the preview and return to your record list Terms are printed as they appear in your records No special format ting of author names and no journal title substitutions are applied 384 Chapter 19 Printing Lists Printing an Indexed Subject List You can print a subject list that is indexed to ProCite record IDs If the ProCite record IDs match the citation numbers in your bibliography you can automatically create an index for your printed bibliography To create a subject list indexed for your ProCite records and bibliography 1 Sort your record list in the order you wish to print the records 2 Renumber your records in the sorted order a From the Database menu select Renumber Database Renumber Database xi Renumber all records by Ca e AuthorT itle Date pe Cancel Starting record number 1 7 Help Increment 1l e Select the sort order you plan to use for printing Set the Starting Record Number to 1 e Set the Increment to 1 b Click OK to renumber your database 3 Print a simple bibliography a From the File menu choose Print Bibliography to display a preview b Click the Configure button c On the Reference List tab e Under Reference List Order selec
323. erm in the list is a Subject Term A Subject Bibliography is a bibliography with sorted references grouped under sorted Subject Terms which are then called Subject Headings So a subject bibliography is just a subject list that has formatted references under each of the Subject Headings Subject List Subject Bibliography AIDS AIDS Art Audio Visual Material Barton H M 1989 AIDS Update Tex Med Biography 1989 Oct 85 10 45 7 Computers Art Stamas Steve Old Man Etching 18 20 ed Syracuse NY Syracuse Univ Art Dept 1973 24 x 30 Hanging in Salina Museum of Art Subject Bibliographies have diverse uses including generating lists of journal abstracts current awareness lists subject indexes or lists of holdings by category Typical subject bibliography headings are by Keyword Author Journal Title or Call Number A general bibliography is a continuous listing of citations in a particular order A subject bibliography is made up of smaller listings each appear ing under a distinct heading Despite the name a subject bibliography or a subject list can be based on any ProCite field or combination of fields or on the workform s used by the references You can print entire bibliographic citations information from one or more fields record IDs or nothing at all under each heading Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies 357 A list of subject terms can be used to create an index for a bibliography by generating a
324. ernet Sites or PubMed eee 286 Saving or Discarding Search Results 000 0 eee eeeseeseeeeeeeee 289 Creating and Managing Search Expressions 1 0 0 0 cesses 290 Creating a Search Expression cc ceeeessessecsseeseeneeeeees 290 Saving a Search Expression 00 0 0 cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene 291 Restoring a Search Expression 00 sc eeeeeeesecesecseeeseeeees 293 Editing a Saved Search Expression 0 sceeeeeeseeeeeeeees 293 Deleting a Search Expression ec eeceeessessecseeesecneeeeees 293 Renaming a Search Expression 0 0 0 0 ceeceeeseeseceseeseeeeees 293 Setting Internet and PubMed Search Options eee 294 Configuring ProCite to Search Z39 50 Sites wee eee 296 Adding or Modifying Z39 50 Host Configurations 296 Adding or Modifying Database Configurations 298 Importing Web Pages Windows Only eee ee eee cseceeeseeneesees 302 Including URLs and UIs in Records o0 ee eee eeecsecneecseeneenees 303 Printing to HTML Files o oo eee ee ce eeeeeseeeeeceeeseceseaecnaeeaeeneensees 304 Copying References to Email Messages 00 0 0 seeeeeseesecsecseeeeeeees 305 Copying via the Clipboard 00 0 eee eee ecceeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeecaeesaeenee 305 Copying from the Preview Pane 0 0 eeeeeeseseecseceeeesecnseeaee 305 Copying from a Disk File cee ee cseceseeseceseeeeeneeseeeeeneens 306 12 Contents Chapter 16 Cite While You Write OV EL VIEW 5 cise sadek ts satescss
325. ert the combination of comma followed by a space as preceding punctuation for a field rather than including it as following punctuation for the previous field You want to avoid the possibility of ending a reference with a comma Example 4 Title lt 04 Title Analytic gt Abstract lt 43 Abstract gt The initial vertical bar prints Title as preceding punctuation for 04 Title Analytic The title is followed by a period and space The next vertical bar forces the text Abstract to print before 43 Abstract Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 443 Suppressing Extraneous Punctuation ProCite suppresses double punctuation after a field so you don t end up with two periods or two commas between fields Do not enter ending punctuation in fields of your ProCite records unless it is a special character that is part of the title or term such as a title ending with a question mark Suppressing punctuation is most useful after importing references from an information service some with periods at the end of a field and some without ProCite makes sure that if a period is at the end of the text in your ProCite record and a period is supposed to be applied by the output style you don t end up with double periods ProCite first formats the content of the field including Special Fields Formatting If there is punctuation at the end ProCite uses it and suppresses extra punctuation found in following text in the
326. es W52 Metuchen New Jersey Scarecrow Press 1990 bound in 1990 blue and white Applying Type Styles By applying type styles bold italics and underlining with output styles you can use different type styles to meet the requirements of various bibliographic styles For example you can italicize titles in one bibliogra phy and underline titles in another You should not apply type styles in your ProCite records unless you want to affect only a portion of the field or you always want a style applied for example when you use superscripts or subscripts or when you always want to italicize Latin terms A default font and size setting is used for display when editing output styles and will be replaced for printing with the font and size indicated on the Configure Bibliography dialog Any font size or style you specifically apply to text in a workform style will override the Configure Bibliography settings and will be used in formatted output To apply bold italics underlining superscript or subscript in a workform style 1 Highlight any combination of the preceding text following text additional text or field name including the field number and delimit ers to which you wish to apply the style 2 Click on the appropriate style icon on the toolbar Styles applied to a field name apply to the full field contents from the ProCite record Text that is already in bold italics or underline in a record will be printed
327. es in the note field or any other field that is not specifically intended for dates 271 Chapter 14 Saving Records in Groups Overview Contents Creating a Groupes ssc eeso yeke eoi aee eree oro ok sto 272 Saving Search Results eee ceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneenee 272 Saving Any Set of Records 000 0 eeeeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeees 272 Using a Group reape e ee Ea a Ea Eta E TE RTENE EO 273 Viewing or Printing Records in a Group eee 274 Marking Records from a Group sesseeeseeeeereereerseeeesee 274 Searching a Group syer oroen iie ii SS Aa 275 Deleting a Gropi ierre n p ea 275 Modifying a Group ee erei ee eeose eeaeee en e aiea s 275 Adding or Removing Records e seseeeeeesseeeseeressereseses 276 Renaming a Group iiare ienr a 276 Groups are an effective way of breaking a large database into subsets They can include the results of a search but you can also build a set by highlighting individual records and adding them to a Group You can save any number of Groups in your database A Group lets you point to a subset of records This does not copy the records into a separate database When you delete a Group the records still exist in the database You can include an individual record in any number of Groups or none at all 272 Chapter 14 Saving Records in Groups Creatinga Group Saving records in a Group allows you to quickly retrieve a particular set of records Once you create a Group it is avai
328. esearch fund faces cuts n Detroit Free Press S Detroit Mr June 18 Business section E 1 27 A AA ILIAC T ee The State Research Fund faces drastic cuts from the levels of past years Budget Research Monograph 3 Pare ect 476 Chapter 24 Exporting Delimited Records Tab Delimited Notice there is a place holder for each of the 45 ProCite fields whether or not that field exists in the workform The predefined Tab Delimited format exports your records with these settings on the Delimited Format tab and the Exported Data tab Fields Separated With Tabs Records Terminated With Carriage Returns Optional Field Delimiters NOT Selected Included Fields Workform Indicators Selected Record IDs Selected All 45 Fields NOT Selected Fields Export Data For All Fields Workform Definitions Export Workform Definitions Selected Note If you plan to import into another ProCite database it is best to use the default settings This example shows the Monograph workform definition that would appear at the beginning of the file and then a tab delimited record that uses the Monograph workform lt Workform Definition gt Monograph 77 7 7 7 Author Monographie Author Role Monograph Title Monographie Reprint Status Edition Place of Publication E Publisher Name Date of Publication a 7
329. et host if you need assistance with this informa tion Host Properties Ea Server Host Name U S Library of Congress Domain Name or IP Address Port Number fibr2 loc gov 2210 Library Type Location Country State Prov Goverment X USA Washington D C URL rttp leweb loc gov Description I Requires Username I Requires Password Cancel Help Host Name This name for the Z39 50 server is for display only so make it descriptive for yourself Domain Name or IP Address This is the Internet address for the Z39 50 server and is mandatory Port Number This is the Internet port for the server and is usually 210 If your Internet access is restricted by a firewall your network administrator must allow access to this port Library Type Select or enter the host s library type Academic Corporate Government or enter your own type It appears in the host list and you can use it to sort the list by type Location Select or enter the host s location Choose from the list or enter your own The location appears in the host list and you can use it to sort the list URL The web address of this host not required It is helpful as a reference in case you have questions later Description A short description of the host for this display only 298 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities User Name and Password The host server may require a user name and or password
330. etailed informa tion see the next section Defining Workform Styles Click the Bibliography Settings button to display an Options dialog Bibliography Settings Ea Reference List Reference List Title pen List Reference List Order Author Title Date Ascending Descending m Numbering MV Number References Beginning With f Prefix ay Suffix Alignment Right ha Indentation r Spacing First Line fo 000 in Line Spacing Singe zj Hanging o 500in Space After sine f Cancel Help Many bibliographic styles require a specific sort order reference numbering indentation and spacing for your bibliography Customize these settings here For detailed information about these options see Setting up your Bibliography in Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 435 Note These settings are also available when you choose Print Bibliography or Print Subject Bibliography from the File menu in ProCite and click Configure They are also available when you Generate Bibliography from a manuscript You can override these output style settings before printing 5 Click OK to save the new settings Defining W orkform Styles ProCite s output style editor allows you to define workform styles for in text citations separately from workform styles for bibliographies These are tips that may help you in setting up workform sty
331. etails about the options available are included in this chapter See Defining Workform Styles and Formatting Special Fields 6 When you close the file ProCite asks whether you want to save changes Click Save Deleting an Output Style To permanently delete an output style use the Delete command from the ProCite File menu You may prefer to use the Explorer Windows or Finder Macintosh to drag the output style from ProCite s Styles folder to the recycle bin or trash Renaming an Output Style To rename an output style use the Rename command from the ProCite File menu You may prefer to use the Explorer Windows or Finder Macintosh to rename the output style in ProCite s Styles folder If you are using ProCite for Windows remember to leave the POS extension intact DefiningIn T ext Citation Formatting The In Text Citations tab defines the appearance of formatted citations in the text of a manuscript Note You can set up a unique format for each workform but it is not required The Default in text citation format applies to workforms that do not have a unique format defined ProCite uses the in text citation format in these instances e Ina word processor document link ProCite records and use Generate Bibliography to format citations directly from your manuscript This is described in Chapter 16 Cite While You Write e From ProCite s Edit menu go to the Copy Special submenu and Copy In text Citati
332. eteeeeneees 311 Linking Citations to ProCite Records 0 0 eee eee eters 312 Forms of Citations in the Manuscript seeeeeeeteeee 312 Inserting Citations 0 eee eeeeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeaee 313 Scanning for Existing Citations 0 0 00 eeeeeeee 314 Inserting Marked Records from ProCite 0 318 Including Citations in Footnotes or Endnotes 318 Matching Multiple Records 0 eee ee eee eeeeeeeereereeeee 319 Recalling a Previous Search eee eee eeseeseceseeteeeeeees 320 Unformatted Citations 20 0 eee eeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeneeees 320 Generating a Bibliography 00 0 eee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeceeeee ene 321 Basic Procedure sanieren n nE 322 Changing the Bibliography Layout s sessseeeseeeeeeeee 324 Adding an Independent Reference to the Bibliography 326 Using a Variable Citation Format 0 eee eee 326 Generating a Bibliography from Multiple Documents 327 Entering Identifying Text 00 eee eee eseeseececneeceenseesees 328 Entering Author Names eee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 330 Entering Tiles scccccevssescesceesechscsxgevscpsneis essvescpamss eves EENE ENS 332 Entering Dates see cc tec E E EEEE 332 Entering Record IDS mensie aerisire tienes 333 Entering Multiple Citations 200 00 eee eee eeeeeeeereeeee 334 Entering Additional Text eee eeeeeseseeeeeseeeseenes 334 Adding Commands to Identifying Text 0 335 Changing Linked Citations 200 0 eceseeeecreeeseceeeeseenees 335 Editin
333. ether the records contain a workform indicator and or a record ID e Whether the records include all 45 ProCite fields or only the fields included in the workform used If you have created the import file by using an Export to ProCite option from an OPAC or CD ROM service you must examine the import file to determine which settings to use If the import file was created by exporting from a ProCite 3 or later database it may contain workform definitions at the beginning of the file ProCite can import these definitions to create the appropriate workforms Each workform definition begins with the string lt Workform Defini tion gt To set importing options go to the Tools menu and choose Import Text File Locate and open your delimited file Under File Type select Delimited Under File Format you must select the format that tells ProCite what the data looks like in your import file There are three possible formats from which to choose comma delimited tab delimited and custom 210 Chapter 9 Importing Records Comma Delimited The predefined Comma Delimited format looks for the following settings in your import file Import Delimited Records xi Delimited Format Import Format iene erect m Fields Separated With Commas C Carriage Retuns C Tabs C Other 5 m Records Terminated With Carriage Retums Other o Optional Field Delimiters I Delimit Fields with A Replacement C
334. eunea ietis Art Work allas ie cate e artat e bees Book Short Form Book Long Form audio tape issicisiinernrenninnnena Audiovisual Material audiovisual material 2 Audiovisual Material bibliography sesen Book Whole book contribution eee Book Chapter book monograph sses Monograph Book Short Form Book Whole book part ee eeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeeees Book Chapter Book Long Form book series eeen Book Whole Book Long Form book introduction eee Book Long Form book review in journal Book Whole Journal Article booklet brochure eee Book Short Form CAROD tiie eins Journal Long Form Journal Short Form CASO Ae eee RS Case cassette recording eeeee Sound Recording CatdloG icc isein Trade Catalog chapter cerina disci eee shetisecs Book Chapter Checklist 2ceccesine nuanced Book Short Form Manuscript Report computer program or manual Computer Program conference proceedings Book Long Form Conference published Proceedings Report conference proceedings Conference Proceedings unpublished COFrESPONCENCE eeeeeeeeeees Letter Email raw data collection Manuscript data file records eee Data File CICTIONALY soinnin Book Whole Co e 0 A re Book Short Form Book Long Form disc or disk audio eee Sound Recording disc or disk data 0 00 eee Data File disc or
335. example when the word a is a stop word ProCite skips it when taking sort information from the title A History of the Modern World The title would sort among other titles starting with H When sorting by author ProCite first looks for the equal sign that indicates a corporate author Corporate authors could include such names as The University of Michigan or The Toy Manufacturers of America When the is a stop word it would be ignored for sorting in both cases The University of Michigan would sort under U and The Toy Manufac turers of America would sort under T 238 Chapter1 1 Sorting Records Stop words in keywords are significant particularly for subject bibliogra phies or subject lists since they may affect the sort order of subject headings By default the Generic Stop List contains seven words a l le an la les the However you can modify the Stop List to include other words You can add articles in other languages and include prepositions and conjunctions Or you can remove all words from the list to deactivate the Stop List Occasionally a record may contain a word that exists in the Stop List but should still be used for sorting For example you may have los in your Stop List but not want it to affect the sorting of Los Angeles When entering Los Angeles into your record insert a hard space after Los by pressing Control Shift Space to group Los Ange
336. ext For example if the text in a record is underlined the substituted text is also underlined You cannot apply a style to only part of the substituted text such as a single superscript character 397 Chapter 21 Record IDs and Renumbering Overview Contents Using deo a TDs E E E EEEN 397 Assigning Record IDS ss ssssssssessssssseesessressessseressssssenesesesene 398 Automatic Numbering sssseeseseeseeesesesserrrsreersreerrrrsseses 398 Changing the Settings for New Databases 399 Changing the Record Number Increment 400 Manual Numbering 0 00 eee eee eeeeeeeceseeeeceeeeeeeeaeeees 400 Duplicate Record IDS iiser 401 Renumbering Records 00 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeecseeseecseenseenees 401 Record IDs are used as one form of identification in ProCite The program assigns a numerical ID to every record as it is created You can change record IDs or the interval between record IDs at any time Unless you use record IDs to link to a physical file or want to track the order in which records were entered you may not care about record IDs at all Using Record IDs Record IDs are used to identify specific records A unique ID is assigned to each record when it is created but can be changed at any time Do not confuse record IDs with citation numbers A record ID is part of each ProCite record and is permanently assigned unless you change it Citation numbers are used to consecutively num
337. f Publication and Publisher differently than the second pair of these elements This is analogous to using field 20 for the publication date of a reprint of a work and field 21 to hold the original publication date Publisher Name Field 19 The name of the person or organization responsible for making the work available to the public should go in this field For example Weiser Books Appleton Crofts John Wiley If you need more than one publisher name it is best to enter the second publisher in a field that you would not normally use in the same work form This will allow you to format the first Place of Publication and Publisher differently than the second pair of these elements This is analogous to using field 20 for the publication date of a reprint of a work and field 21 to hold the original publication date Record ID Field The record ID field is not counted as one of ProCite s 45 data fields This identifier for a ProCite record is initially assigned by ProCite but it can be changed You may use the record ID as a reference to a physical file as an acquisition number or to index a subject bibliography While automatic numbering is numeric you can manually enter any combina tion of up to 20 alphabetic and numeric characters A database can have more than one record with the same record ID This can happen after copying records or when you manually change record IDs You can use a record ID for sorting searching
338. f this program Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above limitation may not apply Trademarks ProCite Reference Manager EndNote Biblio Link and Reference Web Poster are registered trademarks of Institute for Scientific Information Cite while you write is a trademark of Institute for Scientific Information Microsoft Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Corel and WordPerfect are registered trade marks of Corel Corporation All other brand and product names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies Copyright 1999 by Institute for Scientific Information All rights reserved Printed in the USA ISI ResearchSoft 800 Jones Street Berkeley CA 94710 USA Voice 510 559 8592 Fax 510 559 8683 Contents Chapter 1 Introduction Overview OF POCIE iis 8 cdi errient e EE AN ERER Ee gtes 19 ISI Researchsoft ceitre na ant E 20 REGIS TALON naene e E R E a E E EEE SEE 20 Troubleshooting csgo ona a e ER 20 Help Online eea EE AEAEE EEEE E EE 20 Technical SUpport erne reei ee E EEA EY 21 Using This Manake E e 22 Key Concepts nani dil tate hic E EE O eet 23 New Features in ProCite 5 oerien n t R ia 24 Chapter 2 Installing and Upgrading OVERVICW nenna a dik Sie Rowe oe Rabe E RR 25 Hardware and Software Requirements 0 0 0 0
339. fi ProCite Version 5 ISI ResearchSoft 1999 Institute for Scientific Information Copyright Notice This software product and accompanying documentation are copyrighted and all rights reserved by Institute for Scientific Information Please refer to the accompanying ProCite End User License Agreement for a specification of the terms and conditions governing the use of this product Disclaimer of Warranty This software and manual are sold as is and without warranties as to performance or merchantability The seller s salespersons may have made statements about this software Any such statements do not constitute warranties and shall not be relied on by the buyer in deciding whether to purchase this program This program is sold without any express or implied warranties Because of the diversity of conditions and hardware under which this program may be used no warranty of fitness for a particular purpose is offered The user is advised to test the program thoroughly before relying on it and must assume the entire risk of using the program Any liability of seller or manufacturer will be limited exclusively to product replacement or refund of the purchase price In no event shall ISI ResearchSoft or anyone else who has been involved in the creation and production of this computer software be liable for indirect special or consequential damages such as but not limited to loss of anticipated profits or benefits resulting from the use o
340. field sorts From the Sort author fields using option select e All authors in field to compare all author names in the field whether there is one or any number of authors in the field e First author only to use only the first author name in the field for sorting From the Sort authors by option select e Full name to compare complete author names including last first and middle names or initials as much text as is entered for each author e Last name only to use only the last name from each author name Sorting Dates On the Custom Sort Options tab use the Sort dates by option to select one of these e Exact date to compare month day and year as much date information as is entered in the field e Year only to compare only the year while ignoring month and day Character Sorting by Language Languages vary in their rules for character sorting One example of this is a which sorts after z in certain languages but sorts like any other accented a in other languages ProCite sorts each character according to the current language setting Even when you mix fonts in your records to insert characters from multiple languages sorting is still based on a single language Changing the Language Setting The language setting is saved for each database You can select a default language setting for new databases but you need to individually change the setting for your existing databases Chapter 11 Sorting Records 231
341. fields possible for each You can open any number of databases and any number of records the only restriction is available memory You can switch between the records to compare edit or copy fields ibs Sample Database Edit Record Oo x Workform Book Whole E Record ID 180 K eA Qi 4d Dl a Author Monographic 07 Gilman Alfred G Rall Theodore W Nies Alan 3 Taylor Palmer Author Role 08 editors Title Monographic 09 The pharmacological basis of therapeutics Bj Translated Title 11 E Reprint Status 12 Date Edition 15 8th Author Subsidiary 16 a Author Role 17 Place of Publication 18 New York Author Analytic 01 Kuret J A Murad F Title Analytic 04 Adenohypophyseal hormones and related substances Medium Designator 05 Connective Phrase 06 In Author Monographic 07 Gilman Alfred G Rall Theodore W Nies Alan 5 Taylor Palmer Author Role 08 editors Title Monographic 09 The pharmacological basis of therapeutics Reprint Status 12 E Date Edition 15 8th Place of Publication 18 New York Moving Between Records In a record list you may simply want to browse through your records with the scroll bar That may not be practical in a very large database To jump directly to a specific record in a record list 1 From the Sort menu select a sort order so the text you are looking for is included in the first level sort
342. file Click on the Comma Tabs Carriage Returns or Other radio button If you select Other type a single character in the text box Records Terminated With Indicate the character that should separate each record in your export file Click on the Carriage Returns or Other button If you select Other type a single character in the text box 478 Chapter 24 Exporting Delimited Records Optional Field Delimiters Select the Delimit Fields box if you want delimiters in your file Delimiters enclose individual fields in addition to the field separators For example in the default Comma Delimited format a set of quotation marks encloses each field A delimiter may be a character that could appear as punctuation in a record as is the case with double quotes For example a field can contain information in quotation marks such as a title in the abstract field This could cause confusion when another program tries to import the file With the Replacement Character text box you tell ProCite to export the replacement character whenever it encounters a character in the ProCite field that matches the delimiter In the predefined Comma Delimited format any double quotes in your records will be translated to single quotes on export Included Fields Workform Indicators Select this check box if you want the first field of each record to contain a workform letter or name ProCite will export the letters A T for the first twenty workfo
343. file of tagged records is organized such as how to identify the beginning of a new record and the beginning of a new field It also maps each field tag to a corresponding ProCite field For example fields tagged with AU or Author may be configured to transfer to ProCite field 07 Author Analytic It may also be able to separate information from a single Source field containing some combination of journal title date volume issue and pages and put each bit of information into the appropriate ProCite field Chapter 9 Importing Records 201 The most significant part of importing tagged records is to determine from which service the records were retrieved For example Medline records could be retrieved from the National Library of Medicine s MEDLARS online system from the SilverPlatter CD ROM system from Reference Update s diskette system or from one of many other sources that offer this information Each service saves the same information in a slightly different tagged format and that format is significant for a software program to interpret bibliographic information Basic Procedure To import tagged records 1 Save bibliographic records from your online service or OPAC CD ROM service etc as tagged or labelled output to a plain text file Text Only 2 In ProCite go to the Tools menu and select Import Text File to display a file dialog 3 Locate and open the text file that contains the tagged records you want to impo
344. files with Biblio Link II Under Windows configuration files include the file extension CFG Several download files are also included with ProCite and are found in the Download folder These files are included as examples to help you learn how to import tagged records into a ProCite database Internet Configuration Files The Internet Search feature uses configuration files to direct search results into appropriate ProCite workforms and fields Configuration files used for Internet searching are stored in ProCite s BkwrAPI folder You can create or modify any number of configuration files with Biblio Link II Under Windows these files include the file extension CFG Several Internet configuration files are included with ProCite 44 Chapter 2 Installation Uninstalling ProCite 5 Before uninstalling back up any ProCite files you wish to keep To remove ProCite 5 Windows Use the Uninstall program found in the ProCite folder to ensure that you remove all ProCite program files word processor support files and registry settings You may need to move or delete databases and other custom files to finally delete the entire ProCite folder Macintosh Delete the entire ProCite 5 Folder by dragging it to the trash Then to delete cite while you write commands from Microsoft Word delete these files from Word s Startup folder Word 6 ProCite 5 Word Add in ProCite 5 Word 6 Add in dot Word 98 ProCite 5 Word Add in ProC
345. for sorting ProCite can also sort date ranges such as December 4 6 1997 Dates entered as two digits are translated as in the 20th century So 97 is interpreted as 1997 For dates before 1900 or after 1999 you should always enter all four digits The special date sorting instructions are applied only to data in the following date fields Date generic date field 20 or 21 the first that contains data 12 Date of Meeting 20 Date of Publication 21 Copyright Date Anything entered in one of these fields will be interpreted by ProCite as a date for sorting purposes Dates entered in other fields will not sort with the special date format instructions Because of this it is important that the date fields contain ONLY dates and that anything you want sorted as a date is in one of the date fields 236 Chapter1 1 Sorting Records If the text in a date field is not recognized by ProCite as a valid date it is sorted alphabetically as regular text after the valid dates So if you entered unknown into a date field that record would sort after all other records that contain valid dates Call Number Sorting When sorting the 44 Call Number field both the alphabetic and numeric components of the call number are taken into account ProCite supports two call numbering systems Dewey Decimal and Library of Congress If you enter your data using one of these call numbering systems ProCite can order your database in tru
346. fore or includes 547 Matching records must contain a keyword that begins with egg This expression matches egg implantation but not chicken egg Matching records must a contain keyword that ends with diabetes This expression matches juvenile diabetes but not diabetes treatment Matching records must contain the full keyword cancer This expression does not match keywords such as breast cancer or cancer treatment Matching records must have the term disease anywhere in the Keywords field whether as a complete word or as part of a word The equal sign is the operator most used When searching most fields the equal sign attempts to match the word or phrase anywhere in the field The CONTAINS operator attempts to match the search term anywhere in the field It assumes left and right truncation so this search expression AUTHOR CONTAINS son would match these authors Anderson Mark Sontag Edith Bono Sonny 260 Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records If you want to search for the actual word contains or the phrase begins with you must enclose the term in quotation marks For example Keywords ends with Logical Operators Logical Operators often called Boolean Operators are used to create a relationship between multiple search expressions ProCite uses four logical operators AND OR NOT and AND NOT Logical Operator AND
347. formatting Corporate authors print as entered but without the Examples Department of the Treasury MWS Corporation Multiple Authors When listing multiple authors use a double slash a semicolon or a carriage return between author names You can use these separators interchangeably but it is best to be consistent The separator is replaced with appropriate punctuation by the output style For works by many authors include all of the names you have because some bibliographic styles require every author name The output style will print the number of names required for the bibliographic style If you do not know all of the names enter the names you do have followed by the additional authors indicator four slashes When you create a bibliography these slashes are converted to the text indicated such as and others in the output style Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records You can combine corporate authors with personal authors Use an equal sign before corporate authors and separate authors with double slashes For example Smith John Wyeth Meade Michael J Smith Jonathon Paul Larson Paul Howell James T Brown Michael Williams Doris MWS Corporation ProCite differentiates corporate from personal names and formats them accordingly Dates ProCite assumes these fields contain dates e 12 Date of Meeting or reprint request e 20 Date of Publication e 21 Date of Co
348. g Citations 0 eee eeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeseseeeeeeseeeaeenee 335 Reverting to Original Text 0 eee ee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 336 Moving or Copying Citations 0 eee ee eeeeeeeeeereeeee 336 Deleting Citations sessen seanma isei 337 Adding Citations Later e sessesessseseesseseeerereerereeresesreses 337 Associating ProCite Databases eeeseeeseseeeeseeersererrreeseses 337 Using Other Word Processors ccceceseeesscssesseseceseseseeee 339 308 Chapter 16 Cite While You Write Once you have a ProCite database of bibliographic records you can cite those records within the body of a manuscript and generate a formatted bibliography This cite while you write approach makes it easy to insert citations as you write rather than painstakingly adding citations later The main steps to cite while you write are 1 In your word processor document enter identifying text for each citation you wish to insert and link each citation to a corresponding ProCite record e Insert Citation s individually as you write or e Scan Document to automatically insert existing citations 2 Generate Bibliography which formats each citation in the body of the manuscript and creates a bibliography at the end of the manuscript Citations in text are typically in an Author Date format or a numeric format but ProCite lets you customize the format to include information from any field Whether you are creating Author Date or numeric citatio
349. g Summer 1999 Jan 20 Feb 2 4 11 Jan 99 99 Win Spr Nov 1 11 99 1998 99 1999 Nov 2 1999 174 Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field Document Type Field 35 Entry rules This field is used for information concerning additional characteristics of a work compare with Medium Designator as well as to designate the language in which a work is published as distinct from the country in which it was issued or created e Capitalize the way you want it in the formatted output For example Personal communication Typewritten Comment Unpublished essay unpublished draft abstract Handwritten Forthcoming e Spell languages the as you want them to appear in formatted output e g Eng or Russian e If you want to have both a language and a document designation include one after the other supplying any necessary additional punctuation as in Eng Fre Ger Forthcoming Edition Field 15 Used for identification of a different form or version of a previously published work this field can also be used for a Patent Number or item number For example 2nd version 5 1 Reprint of 1948 WO09316169 8th ed PBS Research Monograph No 5 Extentof W ork Field 26 This is the numeric part of the physical description of the size of the work and is usually followed by field 27 Packaging Method For example in 5 p the 5 would be the Extent of Work and the p would be the Packaging Me
350. g records 329 inserting marked records 318 multiple citations 334 record IDs 333 titles 332 Import all fields 213 comma delimited 204 205 206 210 configuration files 43 custom delimited format 212 custom format 204 delimited records 203 duplicate detection 205 discard duplicates 245 field delimiters 213 field format 205 206 field order 206 209 field separators 212 from Netscape 302 303 included fields 213 list items 372 376 record IDs 208 209 record numbers 213 record terminators 212 replacement character 213 setting options 209 212 tab delimited 204 206 211 tagged records 200 202 duplicate detection 202 web page 302 303 workform indicator 207 208 workform indicators 213 Z39 50 278 301 InPress date entry 171 workform selection 197 In text Citation copying to clipboard 305 346 defining style 422 432 Include Citations in Footnotes or Endnotes 318 Include Page Numbers 432 Increment for record IDs 400 Indentation 350 366 Independent Reference adding 326 Index subject list 384 385 Indonesian Sort 232 Initials 459 469 Insert additional text 445 446 field in workform style 438 469 formatting characters 446 449 marked records in manuscript 318 operator 263 previous field 157 punctuation in workform style 440 445 records 134 135 search expression 265 special characters 150 symbol 150 264 term 155 264 Insert Citation 312 313 314 Install configuration files 43 database file list 40 file list 38 folders 38 39
351. g the author role into each record if you always want the same author role associated with this field in every record You can set this in the output style see Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles for more information Call Number Field 44 This field can be used for a classification number of any kind It fre quently shows the physical location of an item in a library using either a Library of Congress or Dewey Decimal call number ProCite can sort valid call numbers using a special sort All other entries are treated as normal alphanumeric text Since the numbers 0 through 999 optionally followed by up to eight decimal places are valid Dewey Decimal Class Whole Numbers and Class Decimal Numbers this field can also be used as an alternative to the record number if you need records in a numeric sort order For example it could be used to hold an accession number location code etc Enter call numbers as they appear on the work including any phrases For example HB881 G76 1983 or Grad Lib Y4 Sci2 98 45 CODEN Field 39 CODEN is a unique alphanumeric code for the identification of serial and non serial titles Use the alphanumeric code as it appears on the work For example AAFBAU or JONRA9 170 Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field Connective Phrase Fields 06 36 Use the Connective Phrase Fields for a word or phrase clarifying the relationship between two works often one being part of
352. ged 109 date formatting 438 465 467 defining in text citation style 422 432 deleting 422 deleting fields 439 440 formatting special fields 450 grouping punctuation 444 445 inserting additional text 445 446 inserting fields 438 439 inserting formatting characters 446 449 inserting punctuation 440 445 journal title formatting 464 keyword formatting 438 469 modifying 421 422 numbered citations 324 numeric citation settings 425 427 page number formatting 438 468 469 punctuation 437 441 445 reference format 325 326 Reference List Layout 434 435 relation to workforms 404 405 renaming 422 share with ProCite for W indows 103 sharing 103 special formatting characters 440 supressing extraneous punctuation 443 table of formatting characters 514 title formatting 437 462 464 toolbar 509 workform style 433 435 Output Styles Folder 95 Output Styles Installed 42 Index 529 P Packaging Method Field 180 Pad Numeric Components 467 Page Break inserting in output style 448 514 Page Formatting 177 Page Layout Tab 354 Page Numbers 355 following text 468 formatting 177 438 468 469 including 432 preceding text 468 punctuation 177 468 Page Range Formats 469 Paragraph inserting in output style 441 446 514 new line 446 Paragraph Layout indent 350 margin 350 354 show invisible characters 125 Parentheses as delimiters 314 in search expression 261 Password Internet Host 298 Paste Text from Clipboard 156 Perform Search 252 25
353. generated by ProCite and is linked directly to a ProCite record A formatted citation is created when you Generate Bibliography It is generated by ProCite and reflects the final output You can link citations in a particular document to records in any number of ProCite databases Chapter 16 Cite While YouWrite 313 Inserting Citations Use the Insert Citation feature to link individual citations to ProCite records Basic Procedure To select a citation and insert it into the text of your manuscript 1 Start your word processor and create or open the document in which you wish to insert citations 2 Move the cursor to where you want the citation inserted and from the ProCite 5 commands on the Tools menu select Insert Citation ProCite displays an Insert Citation dialog Identifying Text aaae j e Look In Sample Database x E He Citation Format Author Date ReflD bd 4 In the Identifying Text box type sufficient text for ProCite to locate the record you want to cite For example to find a work published in 1982 by the author Paul Dickson you would enter Dickson 1982 If you have several ProCite records that were published in 1982 by Dickson you could narrow the search by including part of the title or the ProCite record ID Dickson A connoisseur 1982 150 See the section Entering Identifying Text later in this chapter for more information about how you can enter identifying te
354. ges 355 Number Fields locating 161 163 selecting 414 Number Ranges 427 Number Record 151 181 182 362 assigning 270 Number References 349 366 Numbered In text Citations 324 Numeric Citation Settings 425 427 Numeric Sorting 234 240 O Online Help 20 Open attached file URL UI 152 blank workform 407 415 current stop list 239 database 90 1 12 database earlier version 92 default stop list 239 existing list 370 list 370 output style 421 422 ProCite 88 record 136 stop list 239 workform 406 408 Open File on startup 94 Operators in search expression 257 262 logical 260 270 relational 258 270 special characters 261 262 special values 261 270 Optional Field Delimiters exporting 478 importing 213 Optional Fields 352 353 Options default database 97 101 default duplicate detection 98 default record numbering 97 default sorting 99 duplicate detection 243 file locations 29 94 96 Internet and Pubmed searching 294 295 reload last file 94 splash screen 94 status bar 94 tooltips 94 Options Program 93 99 OR in search expression 260 Order sorts available 224 Other W ord Processors 339 Output Style 324 348 applying punctuation 444 445 applying type styles 449 450 author formatting 437 452 462 author roles 169 author date citation settings 428 469 author date citations 325 bibliography settings 434 435 changing for preview pane 129 converting from earlier versions 36 37 creating 419 421 dama
355. gh the list to the word Computers Select the word and click Insert Term to insert the text in the current field Note You can also double click on a term to insert it automatically Type to move to the terms that start with the letter I Select Informa tion and click Insert Term When you are done inserting terms click Close to return to the New Record window Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 67 11 From the File menu choose Close to close the record When prompted about saving changes click Yes to save changes to the record Exercise Editing a Record To edit a record 1 Use the record list to locate the record by Schwartz Helen 2 Double click the highlighted record to edit The Edit Record window appears ProCite 5 Sample Database Edit Record _ ol x DJ Eile Edit View Sort Select Groups Database Tools Window Help laj x OS e ftinecnewRonan eifto eB 7 Oe e ot Workform Book Long Form v Record ID 360 l K K E QM4 gt l a Author Analytic 01 Schwartz Helen Balestri Diane Gallagher Brian Kaplan Nancy Author Role 02 Title Analytic 04 Computers in writing instruction Blueprint for progress Medium Designator 05 Connective Phrase 06 In Author Monographic 07 Graves William H Bj Author Role 08 editor Title Monographic 09 Computing across the curriculum Academic perspectives Bj Reprint Status 12 Date Edition 15
356. gnored for sorting These words remain in the database and are printed on output For example the is normally ignored during sorting when it appears at the beginning of a title A word ignored in such a manner is called a stop word Default Stop Lists which you can modify are applied to each new database You can also modify the Stop Lists stored in each existing database so that each database can maintain unique Stop Lists A database s Stop Lists are used every time ProCite sorts records in the database whether a predefined sort or a custom sort order You can expand the lists to include articles in various languages or include any other words you want such as prepositions and conjunc tions You can deactivate the stop word feature altogether by removing all stop words from the list The Available Stop Lists Two different types of Stop Lists are available the Generic Stop List which applies to titles keywords and corporate authors and the Author Stop List which applies to personal author names Generic Stop List The Generic Stop List is used on titles from fields 04 09 10 11 and 32 corporate authors from fields 01 07 16 and 30 and keywords from field 45 If you are sorting on one of these fields ProCite will look at the first word in the field and compare it to the words in your Stop List When ProCite recognizes a stop word at the beginning of a title it jumps to the next word when composing a sort For
357. h the list to your choice and click to select it The drop down list closes with your choice in the text box The fields displayed depend on the workform chosen IP Sample Database Edit Record ioj x Workom ei ee Record ID 110 ie K IE Qh arn A Author Analytic 01 Borgman Christine L Bower James Krieger David Author Role 02 authors 03 Graduate School of Library and Information Science University of California Los Angeles CA Title Analytic 04 From hands on science to hands on information retrieval Medium Designator 05 Connective Phrase 06 In 07 Nixon Carol Padgett Lauree 08 compilers Collection Title 09 Managing information and technology Reprint Status 12 October 30 E Date 1939 November 2 1989 13 Washington D C 18 Medford NJ 19 Learned Information Date of Publication 20 1989 If there was information in a field that is not part of your newly chosen workform the field name will be a string of dashes indicating that the field is not part of the current workform You should move that information into a field that does exist in the current workform Although there is no harm in leaving it you may not be able to print it To move the information highlight the text and use Cut and Paste from the Edit menu Because the original field tagged with dashes is now empty the next time you open the record for editing t
358. haracter f Included Fields IV Workform Indicators M Record IDs IV All 45 Fields Cancel Help The example below shows the workform indicator in the first field position in this case it is a full workform name but it could be a single letter for certain workforms an empty field allowed for a record ID and then each of the 45 ProCite fields with data in most of the fields found in the Monograph workform Monograph 7 7r Adams Alexander B John James Audubon A Biography 1 New York G P Putnam s Sons 4966 777 7 tw mnr mer mer met san san mt me mt O OB 4 BOA B 4 Traces the checkered career of artist and Naturalist John James Audubon 1785 1851 Biography The quotation mark delimiters further identify fields so that commas in your text are not interpreted as field separators Chapter 9 Importing Records 211 Tab Delimited The predefined Tab Delimited format looks for the following settings in your import file Import Delimited Records x Delimited Format Import Format AAE z Fields Separated With C Commas C Carriage Retums Tabs Other F r Records Terminated With Carriage Retums Other BSB Optional Field Delimiters T Delimit Fields with f Replacement Character l Included Fields IV Workform Indicators M Record IDs P All 45 Fields Cancel Help The example below shows the workform indic
359. hard disk documents research Macintosh file mac documents research Internet URL http Awww procite com ftp ftp isiresearchsoft com Medline UI 89025932 Highlight a record in a record list or the URL or UI in a record and select Open File URL from the ProCite Tools menu to launch your browser and go to that location Highlight a path and filename and select Open File URL to launch the appropriate program and open that file You could also use this field to qualify information in the Address Availability 37 field indicating a drawer file or shelf number Connective Phrase 36 Located at Address Availability 37 Syracuse University Bird Library Location URL 38 shelf 323 Medium Designator Fields 05 14 Use these fields for non print or special materials to denote the type of medium physical format or the material in which the work was issued You can also use these fields to qualify information in the Title field For example T E Lawrence and Arab Nationalism Review of the film Lawrence of Arabia The Medium Designator is usually preceded by a title or the name of a source and followed by Extent of Work 26 and Packaging Method 27 or Connective Phrase 36 and Address Availability 37 In the case of the Patent workform field 14 is used to qualify the Country field 13 with the Patent Type as in Country Type Br Patent Swiss Patentschrift Entry rules Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Fi
360. hat field will no longer appear Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records 141 Changing the Record Display To change the layout of records in the Edit Record window first open a record then go to the View menu and select Configure Edit Record Configure Edit Record xi Edit Record Font and size Size fio z Font EEE I Show Invisible Characters Fields IV Show Field Numbers M Show Empty Fields IV Show Term List Buttons Toolbars M Show Record Toolbar Record IDs Record ID Increment fi 0 Cancel Apply Help You can select a different Font and Size for the default record display You can also use these layout options Show Invisible Characters when checked displays a visible character to indicate spaces new paragraphs and line feeds This check box serves the same function as the paragraph symbol on the Text toolbar Show Field Numbers when checked displays corresponding field numbers next to each field name Field numbers are helpful for searching and for modifying output styles Show Empty Fields when not checked removes all empty fields from the record display Only those fields that contain data remain in view although empty fields are still part of the record Show Term List Buttons when checked displays buttons to bring up field content lists and term lists in the Author Title and Keywords fields Show Record Toolbar when not checked removes the toolbar tha
361. hat you want to switch to the new workform mark the records you wish to change and use Global Change Workform See Chapter 10 Global Editing for more information about the Global Change Workform operation Sharing W orkforms Workforms are stored in separate files This allows multiple databases to share the same workforms If you want to send a workform to someone else for use with a different copy of ProCite you can do one of two things e Copy and send the appropriate workform file for that user to include in his or her ProCite Forms directory To share a ProCite for the Macintosh workform with a ProCite for Windows user add the extension PWF to the disk file e You can include the workform definition when exporting data from a ProCite database Exporting records with workform definitions creates a delimited plain text file all special styles and fonts are ignored When the recipient imports that delimited file into a ProCite database workform files are created in the Forms folder A workform file is opened only when you edit the workform itself If the being edited by someone else Chapter 22 Creating and Modifying Workforms 411 Deleting W orkforms You can delete certain workforms to prevent them from being used for data entry First make sure you don t have any records in any database assigned to the workform that you plan to delete If you delete a work form that was in use those records will remain in you
362. he citation from your document You can always enter the record into ProCite again and then insert it in your manuscript Other changes to your database such as renumbering records or Rebuild ing the database have no effect on the link between citations in the manuscript and records in the database When you renumber your database the citations in your manuscript will not show the updated record IDs until you Unformat Citations If you Rebuild your database you will need to give it the same name as the original database or when prompted from your manuscript change the database selection so the link to records is maintained Chapter 16 Cite While You Write 339 Using Other WordPr ocessors When using word processors that are not integrated with ProCite you can Copy and Paste in text citations or formatted references using the clipboard Inserting Author Date Citations To insert Author Date style citations in your manuscript 1 2 In a ProCite record list highlight the record you wish to cite From the Edit menu s Copy Special submenu choose Copy In Text Citation to copy the citation to the clipboard The citation formats according to the output style in effect for the database Switch to your word processor and move the insertion point where you wish to insert the citation From the Edit menu Paste the citation at the insertion point Manu ally add additional text such as separators between multiple citati
363. headings From the list of 45 ProCite fields highlight 04 Title Analytic 09 Title Monographic 11 Title 32 Series Title Do not check the check boxes which could split titles into multiple entries Journals List Select the 10 Journal Title field so its contents are used as subject headings Keywords List Select the 45 Keywords field so its contents are used as subject headings Chapter 19 Printing Lists 387 Printinga TermListor Journal Title List To print a Term List or Journal Title List 1 6 7 In ProCite go to the File menu and choose Open to display a file dialog Locate and open the term list or journal title list to display the list window From the Tools menu choose Export List to display a file save dialog Type a file name and click Save ProCite exports the contents of the list to the text file e Since ProCite exports to a text only file styles are ignored e ProCite inserts tabs between columns For a term list each line contains a Term only or a Term and Note separated by a tab For a journal title list each line contains a Journal Title only or a Journal Title Journal Abbreviation and Note separated by tabs Start your word processor and open the text file You may want to move the tab stops to line up columns in the list Print the file from your word processor Once you print the list you may find items that require editing You can edi
364. help plan a custom workform The left column lists the default field names Chapter 22 Creating and Modifying Workforms 415 Default Field Name Workform Specific Field Name 01 Author Analytic Title Reprint Status Place of Meeting Medium Designator Edition Author Subsidiary Author Role Place of Publication Publisher Name 31 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Report ID 24 Issue ID 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 416 Chapter 22 Creating and Modifying Workforms Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles Overview Contents How Output Styles Work 0 cece eeeseeecereeeeeeeecaeeneeeaees 418 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 0 eee 418 Creating a New Output Style oe ee eeeeeereeeee 419 Modifying an Output Style oo eee cee eeeeeeeeee 421 Deleting an Output Style oe eee cee ese esteeeeeeeeees 422 Renaming an Output Style oo eee eeeeeeeeeeeeee 422 Defining In Text Citation Formatting 0 0 0 eee 422 Basic Procedure moeone irni e ane hoki 423 N merie Citatos erron iterek piren eee essees nie 425 Author Date Citations sseeesseeseeeseeseseerrseeresreersreerers 428
365. hen an author field in your workform is empty ProCite uses the If Author Field Is Empty options to determine output ProCite ignores these settings when using the generic Author Title field since a title will replace an empty author field e Select No Substitution to simply not print the author field This is the standard behavior for any field If no data in the field exists ProCite suppresses the field and any punctuation entered for that field e Select Move Corresponding Title to Author Position to replace an empty author field with a subsequent corresponding title field For example the APA bibliographic style specifies that In a reference to a work with no author move the title to the author position before the date of publication For a journal that requires manuscripts in the APA style the output style could include a list of fields like lt 07 Author Monographic gt lt 20 Publication Date gt lt 09 Title Monographic gt When you select this check box for 07 Author Monographic an empty author field is replaced with 09 Title Monographic Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 455 References with or without authors are output with fields in the correct order as in Bernstein J 1983 Books to help children cope with separation and loss and Webster s New Collegiate Dictionary 1981 Unlike using the generic Author Title field this allows you to reorder the fields on output based on
366. her Bibliography Toolbar commands Displays the bibliography on screen Sends the bibliography to your printer Displays a file dialog so you can save the bibliography to a text file word processor file or HTML file Copy Special Toolbar Use the Copy Special Toolbar to copy a formatted in text citation or formatted bibliographic reference to the clipboard You can then paste into any application that accepts text from the clipboard Fae Configure Copy Special Copy Formatted Records Copy In Text Citations Displays a dialog where you can select an output style and other formatting options to apply to the other Copy Special options Formats the highlighted record s according to the current output style and copies it to the clipboard Formats the highlighted record s as an in text citation based on the current output style and copies it to the clipboard Appendix C The ProCite Toolbars 505 RecordList Toolbar This toolbar is always available when a record list is displayed IX Mark Selected iy Mark List PK Clear Marked g E Qi 4 gt PI Copy Marked Open Link Mark Selected Toggles the marked status of the selected records between marked and unmarked Mark List Marks the current list adding to the existing marked set Clear Removes all record marking in the database Configure Record List Displays a tabbed dialog where you can Preview Pane modify the display of the record list and or the preview pan
367. hing e Author Last FM The search text is read as an author in any of the procite formats and is converted to this author form for searching Most of the Medline databases require these initials e Date Any date recognized by ProCite is converted into a date format that any server should be able to use for searching Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities 301 Exclude Stop Words Stop words in the search text are removed Some hosts do not index insignificant words and would fail if you tried to search for those words c Use The ID number for the index to be searched such as Keywords d Relation The relation of the search term to the index such as equal greater than or less than e Position The position of the search term in the MARC record field first last anywhere etc f Structure The structure of the term such as a word or phrase g Truncation Available truncation options used to interpret the search term for example right truncation wildcards no trunca tion h Completeness Indicates whether or not the search term should be the complete subfield in the MARC record corresponding to the field searched Note The Use attributes are mandatory while other attributes are often left blank to use the server s defaults Click OK to save your settings If you added a new database ProCite asks whether you want to add another database to the current host To add another database for this hos
368. hoose the Sample database to receive the records Note You can import records to an existing database or specify a new one by clicking the Browse button and assigning a name to the new database 6 Click Transfer to begin importing records 7 When the transfer is complete ProCite tells you how many records were imported Click OK to continue 8 Close the Import Text File window and return to the record list 9 The imported records are marked Click the Marked Records tab at the bottom of the window to display only the records you just trans ferred 10 Click the All Records tab to return to the full list of records Searching and Importing Records Directly from an Online Database The following exercise guides you through the basic steps of connecting to a remote database searching the database and saving the references that you want to keep In order to follow this guided tour you must be at a computer with Internet access with either a dial up or direct network connection For this guided tour you will connect to a Medline practice database made available by Ovid Technologies Inc a company that provides access to bibliographic and full text databases Medline Practice Demo is the online database we will search Ovid is the information provider The Medline Practice Demo is a subset of the full Medline medical database and is limited to records from 1993 Access to the full Medline database and many oth
369. hor list 453 empty author field 454 455 field dependent text 461 462 full name vs initials 459 460 name order 459 repeated author 455 456 separators 457 469 uppercasing 460 AUTHOR or AUTH in search expression 256 Author Role Fields 168 169 examples 168 Author sort by 224 Author Stop List 238 Author Date Citation delimiters amp separators 429 430 settings 428 Author Date Citations 325 Authors List 1 17 131 386 for quick searching 249 Automatic Record Numbering 398 400 Available Stop Lists 237 238 Back Up Files 99 100 BEGINS WITH in search expression 258 Biblio Link II 200 Bibliography changing position in manuscript 323 from multiple documents 327 generating 321 327 340 previewing 130 131 342 346 print to HTML file 304 344 printing 130 225 240 342 346 regenerating 323 saving to word processor file 342 short form 353 Bibliography by Subject printing 356 358 settings 360 363 Bibliography Settings in output style 434 435 Bibliography Setup 346 356 changing layout 324 326 field settings 323 352 353 output style 348 page layout settings 354 page numbering 355 reference list order 348 reference list settings 322 347 351 reference list title 348 saving 355 357 suppress fields 352 353 Bibliography Toolbar 504 Blank Line in or between references 351 in workform style 447 448 Blank W orkform 407 415 Bold Text applying ina field 150 applying in dialog boxes 451 applying in output styles 449 450
370. ields You can modify the supplied workforms and create any number of additional workforms Workforms are stored in ProCite s Forms folder Under Windows the files include the extension PWF If you want to use only a few of the available workforms you can delete the other workforms from the Forms folder That way the entire list will not appear each time you choose a workform for record insertion You can later copy workforms from the ProCite CD if you change your mind Beware of deleting or changing the predefined workforms especially if you will be sharing data with colleagues If you are using ProCite from a network server you can use the Windows Explorer or Macintosh Finder to apply a Read Only attribute to the Forms folder This prevents anyone from modifying the workform files Journal title lists and term lists are used to simplify and control data entry and searching Journal title lists can also be used to substitute text on output We supply at least the journal title lists below You can modify these lists or create any number of custom lists Filename Description of Journal Title List Chemical 1000 Chemistry Journals with CASSI abbreviations Medical Full 9000 Medical Journals with Index Medicus abbrevia tions inserts full journal names in records and substi tutes abbreviations when used for output Medical Abbrev 9000 Medical Journals with Index Medicus abbrevia tions inserts abbreviated journal names in recor
371. ies Murray S Hambk A study of the polarities anisotropic polarisabilit 1994 Barr Linda Monserrat Catherine Berg Toni Teenage pregnancy A new beginning 1992 Blum Robert Information management for the tactical operat 1979 Booth Wayne C Kenneth Burke s way of knowing 1974 Borgman Christine L Bower James Krieger From hands on science to hands on informatior 1989 Christie Agatha What Mrs McGillicuddy saw 1988 Chum H L Baizer M M The electrochemistry of biomass and derived m 1985 Decker William WSJ Index file 1983 Dickson Paul Words A connoisseur s collection of old and ru 1982 Dunn Richard J Teaching assistance not teaching assistants Winter 1990 Fleischer Arthur C Superficial organ sonography and miscellaneou 1989 Gilman Alfred G Rall Theodore W Nies A The pharmacological basis of therapeutics 1990 C Hared John F Knight Allan R McIntyre JcEpoxidation process 1972 Apr 4 pa 4 4 gt i All Records Marked Records Search Terms Groups Duplicates Author Title D ate Ascending io Records Marked 40 Records in List 40 Records in Database Ready a ee A Status line at the bottom of the window indicates the sort order Au thor Title Date in Ascending order by default the number of records marked the number of records displayed in the current list and the total number of records in this database The Sample database contains 40 references using different types of workforms In the abbreviated record
372. iety of bibliography printing options These options are available from several areas in the program e Output Styles When you create an output style you set reference list settings to match the bibliographic style you want When you select an output style for printing ProCite uses the reference list settings from the output style unless you specifically override those settings e Simple Bibliography Select Print Bibliography from the File menu in ProCite and click on the Configure button or click the Configure Bibliography icon on the Bibliography toolbar You can change the current output style selection here or override the reference list settings found in the current output style Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies 347 e Subject Bibliography Select Print Subject Bibliography from the File menu in ProCite and click on the Configure button The dialog is the same as for a simple bibliography except that it includes an additional Subject Bibliography tab to determine the layout of subject headings e Bibliography from a Manuscript Select Generate Bibliography from the Tools menu in your word processor to display the Configure Bibliography dialog The linked citations are formatted and the bibliography is automatically appended to the manuscript See Chapter 16 Cite While You Write for more information about creating a bibliography from a manuscript See Saving the Bibliography Settings later in this section for information abou
373. if you want to add a leading zero to expand each numeric day or month number to two digits For example Check Box Check Box Not Selected Selected 1 01 2 02 10 10 12 12 7 Click OK to have your changes take effect Extra text in the ProCite field preceding or following the date is in cluded in the formatted output as in Copyright c 1994 c 1795 Monday May 16 1994 1994 The date format for a particular date field is used for each occurrence of that date field in the workform style If you want to format the same date in two different ways in the same reference as in De Martino Ernesto 1951 Il folklore progressivo LUnita June 28 1951 you must enter the date into two different date fields in the ProCite record and format those fields differently If a valid date range is recognized in a record both the starting date and the ending date are formatted so Dec Jan 1992 93 can be printed as December 1992 January 1993 You can override date formatting for an individual record by entering an equal sign as the first character of the date field in the ProCite record Do this only when you never want date formatting applied to that date no matter what output style is applied 468 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles Page Numbering Page number formatting applies only to ProCite field 25 Location in Work Make formatting changes to each workform style Access Page Number Fo
374. ight 21 21 Date of Access 22 22 22 23 23 23 24 24 24 25 Pages 25 25 26 26 Extent of Work 26 27 27 Packaging Method 27 28 28 Size 28 29 29 29 30 30 30 31 31 31 32 32 Series Title 32 33 33 33 34 34 34 35 35 35 36 36 Connective Phrase 36 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 37 Address Availability 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 38 Location URL 39 39 39 40 40 40 41 41 ISBN 41 42 Notes 42 Notes 42 Notes 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 43 Abstract 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 44 Call Number 45 Keywords 45 Keywords 45 Keywords 501 Appendix C The ProCite Toolbars Overview Contents Standard Toolbar 0 cccccccccccessssececesessseceeecesesseeeececesseaseeeees 502 Text Toolbar ot e Gavin ees hee ee es 503 Bibliography Toolbar ienne 504 Copy Special Toolbar ccc ccsecsesseescsecssseseecseceseeeees 504 Record List Toolbar cccccccccsssecccecessceececeessneceeeeesensaeees 505 Edit Record Toolbar sneseno neneeese 506 S arch Toolbar tanran a eer N AEE 507 Duplicate Toolbat issnin esi ipin irinari 507 PubMed and Internet Search Toolbars cccceecccceeeseeeeee 508 Output Style Toolbar sseseeeeesseeessseesesessrseesrsresresresreresreresre 509 Term List and Journal List Toolbar
375. iles supplied with ProCite and the specific databases from which you can import data If a configuration file is not available for the service you use find the configuration file that most closely matches your records save a copy of it and modify the copy with Biblio Link II The Biblio Link II program is found in your ProCite folder The Biblio Link II manual is a PDF file found on your ProCite CD and is easily viewed with the Adobe Acrobat Reader also supplied The Tagged Records This is just one example of tagged records where each field of informa tion is preceded by a descriptive tag Record 1 of 26 MEDLINE R 1994 TL 4 clinical study of colchicine in childhood asthma Adalioglu G Turktas I Saraclar Tuncer As J Asthma 1994 31 5 361 6 ENGLISH 4 double blind randomized crossover study was done to determine the Albuterol administration and dosage Albuterol therapeutic use Asthme tasthma drug therapy Colchicine therapeutic use 95014003 2 of 26 MEDLINE R 1994 Compliance with pharmacologic prophylaxis and therapy in bronchial ast Alessandro F Vincenzo 2ZG Marco 5 Marcello G Enrica R Ann Allergy 1994 Aug 73 2 135 40 ENGLISH Between January 1 and December 31 1986 288 children 185 boys and 1C Administration Inhalation Adolescence Albuterol therapeutic use E tasthma drug therapy Asthma prevention and control Bronchodilator 94346650 The configuration file tells ProCite how a
376. in the import file If you include a workform indicator it must be in the first field of each delimited record The indicator can be either the full field name or in some cases a one letter code Workforms by Name Workforms by Letter with Corresponding Letter with Corresponding Name Abstract no letter A Book Long Form Art Work R B Book Short Form Audiovisual Material P C Journal Long Form Bill Resolution no letter D Journal Short Form Book Chapter no letter E Report Book Long Form A F Newspaper Book Short Form B G Dissertation Book Whole no letter H Trade Catalog Case no letter Letter Correspondence Computer Program S J Manuscript Conference Proceedings K K Conference Proceedings Data File T L Map Dissertation G M Music Score Electronic Citation no letter N Sound Recording Email no letter O Motion Picture Generic no letter P Audiovisual Material Hearing no letter Q Video Recording In Press no letter R Art Work Journal Article no letter S Computer Program Journal Long Form C T Data Files Journal Short Form D no letter Abstract Journal Whole no letter no letter Bill Resolution Letter Correspondence no letter Book Chapter Magazine Article no letter no letter Book Whole Manuscript J no letter Case Map L no letter Electronic Citation Monograph no letter no letter Email Motion Picture O no letter Generic Music Score M no letter Hearing Newspaper F no letter In Press Patent no letter no letter Journal Article Repo
377. ind Combine multiple search lines with AND OR or NOT See Creating an Internet Search Expression later in this chapter for more information Click Search to start the search Note If you haven t already established a connection your dial up configuration should automatically dial and connect If the connection is not successfully established ProCite alerts you with an error message and stops the search attempt ProCite sends the search request to the online database The status line between the search strategy and the record list keeps track of how many records are found and imported You can stop record retrieval at any time with the Stop and Pause buttons on the toolbar Note If your search does not execute correctly click the icon on the status line for a description of the last search The dialog lists status messages from the last search and a list of data that was downloaded These status messages can help you determine a connection problem or troubleshoot after configuring a new host or database 288 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities 5 ProCite displays your search results in the record list below the search expression P Internet Search BEE TK Mark By Add List R Mark List PE Clear EO Qi 4 p h Mylo haked Open Link IE New Search 2 Newltem X Delete Item E Terms Sf Expressions XE Clear Results Pa Search 7h Stop Hosts San Diego State University Library Cat
378. ing a Search Strategy Being able to search for and find certain records in a ProCite database allows you to access information for editing or printing bibliographies as well as other functions Once you have located specific records you can mark delete edit as a group or print the references There are a number of ways to set up a search in ProCite You can use the Search tab to search every field in every record or limit the search to specific fields for faster searching You can also use field content lists to simplify searching for authors titles journal titles and keywords ProCite has powerful searching functions that allow you to use relational operators such as equal lt gt not equal gt greater than and lt less than as well as logical operators AND OR and NOT for finding records ProCite includes special search values for begins with ends with con tains empty and not empty See Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records for complete listings of operators you can use in Search Expres sions Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 71 A Search Expression is a description of the criteria you want ProCite to use in finding records in a database A Search Expression consists of any of the following three elements e Field Identifier Optional A unique identifier that limits a search to a specific field group of fields workform or group e Operator Optional An instruction for creating relationships
379. ing a colon For example Language and computers Studies in practical linguistics e Headline capitalization cannot distinguish between titles in English and titles in other languages ProCite treats all titles the same way If the rules for a particular language are different than those for English you need to treat titles in that language as exceptions Enter them as you wish them to appear preceded by an so ProCite will not format them For example L ami du peuple If the output style has Title Case set to none the field prints as entered and you don t need to use the to prevent title formatting Volume ID Fields 22 33 The primary numbering used by the publisher to identify the units of the work the volume number typically follows the title and precedes any issue number or page range as in Journal of Democracy 1 4 80 83 If descriptive information such as Vol or Message no is required by the bibliographic style it is included in the output style as preceding punctuation for the field Examples 2 1st vignette sheet 3 186 Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field 187 Chapter 8 Choosing a Workform Overview Contents Locating the Available Workforms 00 0 0 eee eseeeeeeeeeees 188 Setting the Workform for a New Record 0 00 0 ee eee 188 Changing the Workform for Existing Records 189 Changing the Workform for a Single Record 190
380. ing an Output Style When you want to modify an existing output style we recommend that you first save a copy of the existing style and give the copy a different name Then make changes to the copy To modify an output style 1 From the ProCite File menu select Open to display a file dialog 2 Locate ProCite s Styles folder and open the output style that you want to edit ProCite displays the output style editor P APA American Psychological Assoc Fa Insert Field amp Insert Special ES Configure Fields In Text Citations Bibliography In Text Citation Settings JV Include a bibliography with each document Reference Type Eirst Citation lt Default gt KAuthor Title gt lt Date gt Audiovisual Material BillResolution Book Chapter Subsequent Citations Book Long Form lt Author Title gt lt Date gt Book Short Form Book Whole Case Computer Program Conference Proceedings Preview Data File Adams Lincoln van Buren amp Truman 1976 Dissertation Electronic Citation Email 3 From the File menu choose Save As to display a file dialog 4 Enter a name for the new output style and click Save This prevents you from permanently changing an existing output style Tip From the File menu you may want to select Properties to modify comments on the File Properties dialog 422 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 5 Make your modifications to the file Full d
381. ings in the output style You can change items in this dialog to override the output style settings Use the Reset button to go back to the original settings from the current output style or choose another output style to switch to the settings for that Style The Fields tab allows you to suppress fields that would normally print The Font tab allows you to choose a font and size for the bibliogra phy In text citations use the font applied at that location in the manu script These settings are saved with your manuscript You can keep different settings in the Configure Bibliography dialog for different manuscripts This section describes Configure Bibliography options that directly affect your manuscript bibliography For general information about the Config ure Bibliography options see Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies Output Style The output style you choose governs the formatting of citations in text and the formatting of references in the bibliography Try the various output styles supplied with ProCite If you want to modify an existing output style or create a new output style see Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles When you generate a bibliography ProCite replaces your unformatted citations with formatted citations The formatted citation may bear little or no resemblance to the original identifying text or the unformatted citation Numbered Citations The output style is where you indicate numbered citatio
382. int both term counts and record IDs Computer Software 6 20 150 240 250 280 320 Information Management 3 30 70 180 Sorting the Subject Terms Sorting of Subject Terms is by Date for date fields by Library of Con gress or Dewey Decimal Number for the Call Number field and alphanu meric order for all other fields You can print your subject terms in Ascending A to Z or Descending Z to A order Click the appropriate radio button on the Subject Bibliogra phy tab This affects subject headings only If you want to change the order of the references printed below each heading do so on the Refer ence List tab of the Configure Bibliography dialog Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies 363 Inserting Space or Text Around Subject Terms Use the Text Before and the Text After text boxes to print text or punctuation before or after each subject term The term may include a subject term count and or a list of record IDs The order of output is Text Before Subject Term Subject Term Count List of Record IDs Text After Reference List You can use these special formatting codes in the text boxes Windows Macintosh New Paragraph p p New Line Tab Mt t Bold Ctrl b Command b Italics Ctrl i Commands i Underlining Ctrl u Command u By default the Text After box contains p p to leave a blank line between each subject heading and the first citation listed below it When you print S
383. iography Since Additional Text is not associated with any particular field it is always included in output even if you have suppressed fields from printing with the Configure Bibliography dialog before printing An output style that uses extensive Additional Text is the Workform output style where field names are always printed for each field in each workform 446 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles Use vertical bars I to separate Additional Text from punctuation attached to the surrounding fields Type the Additional Text between the vertical bars exactly as you want it to appear Example 1 lt 04 Article Title gt Available from lt 37 Availability gt In this example the text Available from prints even when the 37 Availability field is empty in the record or is suppressed for printing Example 2 Writer s Name lt 01 Author Analytic gt In this example the text Writer s Name will always print Example 3 lt 04 Article Title gt Requested by This example shows additional text at the end of a workform style Inserting Formatting Characters You can include formatting characters as punctuation in a workform style Use the Insert Special button to insert these formatting characters e Line Breaks move the cursor to the indent on the next line e New Paragraphs move the cursor to the left margin on the next line e Page Breaks move the cursor to the top of the next page e Tabs mo
384. ion to the appropriate field see Chapter 10 Global Editing for more informa tion Chapter 9 Importing Records 205 Use the Global Edit command to delete the entire field of information from the marked records see Chapter 10 Global Editing for more information e Modify the workform itself adding the field that now contains data e Delete the marked records the records you just imported modify your delimited file to match the field order to the appropriate workform and import the records again You can transfer suspected duplicates to look at later or you can ignore them during the transfer For more information about detecting duplicates see Chapter 12 Detecting Duplicate Records Preparing a Delimited Import File Your delimited file must be a Text Only file with the fields in the proper format and field order as described in this section Since the file must be plain text no special font or style information will be included Field Format Your import file should contain special characters that separate each field and end each record If you want you can also include delimiters single characters that enclose each field For the field separators end of record characters and delimiters you can choose from a variety of characters However most database programs have a feature for importing and exporting data delimited with specific characters The most common types are Comma Delimited and Tab Delimited for
385. ip between aromatase acti Noguchi Toshifumi Kitawaki Jo 11993 Steroid Receptors Cancer v F Research fund faces cuts Olson Lise June 18 1990 Budaet Research RIFIAA All Records Marked Records Search Terms Groups Duplicates Author Title Date Ascending 0 Records Marked 40 Records in List 40 Records in Database Ready CAP 7 3 To switch to a different output style bibliographic format for the preview pane go to the View menu choose Configure Record List and click the Preview Pane tab 4 Click the Output Style arrow and select a style from the list Use the Optional Fields check boxes to view additional information in your Preview Click OK to view the formatted reference 5 When you no longer want to view formatted references deselect Preview Pane from the View menu or use the corresponding toolbar icon 54 Chapter3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour Using Go To Commands to Find References You can move through the Sample database simply by browsing with the scroll bar However this is not practical when using a large database To locate records in a large database use the Go to Record commands Exercise Using the Go To Commands To use the Go To commands 1 Use the Go To commands from View menu or the toolbar You can go to a specific record go to the first record go to the previous record go to the next record or go to the last record in the list 2 To find a record based on the
386. iple citation You may need to break up multiple citations and surround each with delimiters If you prefer to work with record IDs only you can use records IDs as identifying text as in the relationship between a market economy and democracy 43 However you cannot combine this record ID form with other forms of identifying text The record ID only form is useful if you have already set up the manuscript for an older version of ProCite or Reference Manager Basic Procedure To link existing citations in your manuscript to ProCite records use the Scan Document feature 1 Start your word processor and open the document that contains identifying text 2 Make sure each string of identifying text is surrounded by delimiters For example to find a work published in 1982 by the author Paul Dickson your document may include Dickson 1982 316 Chapter16 Cite While You Write 3 From the Tools menu select Scan Document to display the Scan Document dialog Scan Document xi Scan for OK C Reference IDs separated by commas Cancel Help Delimited by Left ri Right i n Options Look In Sample Database v Browse Citation Format Author Date ReflD h I Generate an updated bibliography 4 In the dialog a Indicate whether ProCite should scan for any form of Identifying Text or Record IDs only Note If your document contains reference IDs inse
387. iripped to Initials F M for Output Anderson M R Robinson J Robinson J H Robinson J H Koplatadze A M Bondarev lu A Stevens N St J Wu Y D Chan T Uppercasing Author Names The Uppercasing option allows you to change the letter case used for author names Uppercasing can be applied to the first author indepen dently of all other authors Your choices include e None which prints Author names as they appear in your ProCite record Anderson Mark Ransom e Last Name Only which uppercases only the last name ANDERSON Mark Ransom e Entire Name which uppercases the entire author name ANDERSON MARK RANSOM Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 461 For example to output only the first author s last name in uppercase letters choose the Uppercasing option Last Name Only for the First Author and None for All Other Authors as in ANDERSON Robert J and Schrier Robert W Field Dependent Preceding and Following Text Use the Text tab if you need punctuation that depends on whether a reference has a single author or multiple authors editors For example you could have a workform specifically for contributions to books with editors where you know that author field 07 will always contain an editor or editors You can print the author role in one of these ways e Enter the word editor or editors in the 08 Author Role field of the ProCite record Since the text is
388. irst formatted reference 2 Second formatted reference 2 Second formatted reference Heading Number Two Heading Number Two 1 First formatted reference 3 First formatted reference 2 Second formatted reference 4 Second formatted reference Including Subject Term Counts or Record IDs In the Include area of the Subject Bibliography tab you can check a box to include for the records selected for output e Subject Term Counts will print a number next to the subject term to indicate how many records contain the term For example Computer Software 6 Biblio Link 8 Information Management 3 Subject Term Counts are always output on the same line as the subject term surrounded by parentheses and separated from the term by three spaces 362 Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies e List of Record IDs will print the record IDs of the records that contain the term You can print the list of record IDs on the same line as the subject term set apart by three spaces or on the next line For example Computer Software 20 150 240 250 280 320 Information Management 30 70 180 or Computer Software 20 150 240 250 280 320 Information Management 30 70 180 When you print these items on the same line as the term they are always separated by three spaces That way you can output to a word processor replace the three spaces by a tab character and convert the text to a table using the tab as a separator You can pr
389. is being used to format records You cannot edit an output style when it is in use formatting records or being edited by someone else Similarly if you are generating a bibliography another user won t be able to edit the output style you are using Creating and Modifying Output Styles The easiest way to create your own output style is to find an existing output style that is similar to the one you want to create copy it and modify the copy Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 419 Creating a New Output Style To create a new output style without basing it on an existing style 1 From the ProCite File menu select New to display this dialog New N o ProCite Database x Output Style Cancel Term List H Peas Journal List Help 2 Double click on Output Style to display the output style editor 3 Untitled Output Style1 Bil Ei Xa Insert Field Insert Special Configure Fields In Text Citations Bibliography In Text Citation Settings Include a bibliography with each document Reference Type First Citation Audiovisual Material Bill Resolution _ Book Chapter Subsequent Citations Book Long Form Book Short Form Book Whole Case Computer Program Conference Proceedings Data File 0 Dissertation Electronic Citation Email Preview This window includes a tab to define in text citation formatting and a tab to define bibliography formatting Each ta
390. is checked for inclusion under Optional Fields Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies 353 These optional fields are often not required by style standards To show a specific field click the appropriate check box Show Record IDs to include the database record ID Show Reprint Status to include Reprint Status 12 Show Notes to include Notes 42 Show Abstracts to include Abstract 43 Show Call Numbers to include Call Number 44 e Show Keywords to include Keywords 45 In a reference formatted using one of the supplied output styles the record ID prints first Notes Abstract Call Number and Keywords appear at the end of the reference with each field starting at the begin ning of a new line If you want the fields in a different position you must modify the output style For more information about modifying output styles see Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles Short Form If you want to further limit the fields included in a reference use the Short Form option You can limit the number of fields that would otherwise be printed according to an output style You can create a bibliography with as few or as many fields you want When you use Short form ProCite prints abbreviated versions of all workforms printing only the fields you specify You cannot create a separate short form for each workform the same short form field list applies to all workforms To limit the fields printed select the Use
391. isplaying All Records 0 eee eee ce ceeeeceseeeeceseeeeeeseeeeeeseeeneeaee 116 Displaying Marked Records 0 eee ce eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeaee 116 Displaying Search Results cece ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeenee 116 Displaying with Field Content Lists eee eseeereeeee 117 AUFS oie n be ered heheh aks 117 Jounal S srera farsa cesed a ealaseeesadus reese Heese eari a a ek 118 Titles oins ea e aT ee ay 118 KeyWords sr E E EE E vies 119 Displaying by Workform seseesesseesessresesreeseerereereserreseeees 119 Displaying Groups o3 csess susseecsesecsseess cs dssteects oopsh Eo ip spoe nPop 119 Displaying Duplicate Records esessseeseseeeeseeeeseeeesesresrrerseeees 120 Changing the Record List Display eseesesseeeesseesrsseesrereseereseserseees 120 The Default Display sessseseeeeessessesresrsrsrsesresesrererrrerrereesreeesese 120 Setting a Custom Display ssesesssesseeseesssseessrerrsrerrsreserreerrereseee 121 Selecting the Fields ssseseesseeeseseesessereersreersreerrseseeseseene 121 Setting Column Headers 0 0 eee eee ceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 122 Selecting Visible Fields 0 eee ceeceseceeeeseeeeeeeeees 122 Saving Changes to the Display 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeteeeeeeeeee 122 Resizing the Column Widths 0 eee cseceseeneeneees 123 Changing the Display Font and Style oo ee eeeee eee 123 Sorting the Display eee cee ceseeeeceseeeeceeeeeseeseseeeeneeeaeeaee 123 Viewing Full Records re
392. ist or journal title list for data entry each term is entered into your record exactly as it was entered in the list including styled text In formatted output output style formatting is applied after the journal title list substitution has taken place Styles associated with the original replaced text in the record is ignored Cr eatingan Alternate TextList The alternate text feature lets you substitute text from an alternate text file in place of text in your records when you format output It does not affect the appearance of your records in the abbreviated record lists If you want to substitute journal title abbreviations we recommend you use a journal title list A single alternate text list is allowed for substitu tion on other fields See Chapter 20 Using Alternate Text for more information about using the two types of lists for substitution on output 378 Chapter 18 Building List Files An alternate text list is a plain text file that can contain up to three components on each line The primary term that matches the text found in a record See Chapter 20 Using Alternate Text for information about delimiting text in your records for substitution by surrounding it with the and characters The substitution text that prints in formatted output The substitution text in your alternate text list must be surrounded by curly braces and Notes may be included after the substitution text but are ignored by
393. isting ProCite database You can copy highlighted records to an open database using drag and drop or the Copy and Paste commands You can also copy records directly to an open database a closed database or a new database with the Copy Marked Records command as described below For this example you will save some of the imported records to a new database called OvidTest a Select a subset of the records by selecting the check box next to individual records 62 Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour b On the toolbar click the Copy Marked icon on the toolbar c In the file dialog that appears locate ProCite s Database folder type a new name of OvidTest in the text box and click Open ProCite asks whether to create the new file Click Yes and the marked records are copied to the new ProCite database 8 Close the temporary Internet Search database a Click the database close box or choose Close from the File menu b ProCite asks whether to save your Internet search results Since you already saved the records you wanted click Discard to close the temporary database Note ProCite does not disconnect your Internet connection When you are finished searching online databases remember to disconnect Because you did not close the Sample Database it should appear when you close the temporary Internet Search database You can open the OvidTest database to look at the records saved from Internet searching When
394. isting Record eseseeeseeerreeererreererereee 136 Copying Records ssssessseeseseeeessestrerssrersseereseeresresererereees 137 Deleting Record eerie teipe e pre EEEo E SoA peera 138 Selecting a Workform sseseessesesessseesseserersreersreresresesreeene 138 Pre defined vs User defined Workforms 0004 139 Changing the Workform Setting oe eee eee 139 Changing the Record Display eee eeeseeeseeseeceeeeeenees 141 Entering and Editing Data In Records 00 0 eee eeeceeeseeeneeeee 142 General RULES nnen i ieotecnsstteereon AR NEES 142 Special Field Rules oo cee ceeceseeeeceseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 143 Special Formatting Characters 0 eee 144 Author Names soen oeer re rere rE Er Ieue Enae 144 D tEs parie n re a ar ERA eset 146 Keywords aeran e rea E E ees 148 Edina KEYS e n e eaa ien PAES TEPEN aa aes 149 Inserting Special Characters seseeeesseeeseeeereseeerreeeeeeee 150 Applying a Font Style or Size sseeseseeeeeeeeerseeersseesese 150 Changing the Record ID oo eee ceteeeecnseeteeneeees 151 Field Eeng theories erore eene eei aene ranere 151 Finding and Replacing Text 00 eee eee eeeeereeneeeee 152 Attaching Files URLs and UIS cece eeeceeeeeeeeeneeees 152 ProCite S Lisisijst neste ij toi Baa eee eee 153 Types OB TIStS s a ree ro acess sess cosep sara cogea EEE Ea E eA 153 Field Content Lists eeessesesseeeseseeeeseesrreresreresreresee 153 Termi EISts peiseai a E E S 153 Journal Tit
395. itation Email 4 Click In text Citation Settings to display an Options dialog In text Citation Settings x In text Citations Delimiters r Numeric Citations Left Delimiter Range Separator Right Delimiter Citation Separator r Text Citations Sorted By Citation Order zj Cancel Help Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 425 a In the Delimiters text boxes enter any delimiters you want to surround citations and a citation separator for multiple citations b The other options on the dialog are specific to the type of citation e If you listed Citation Number to print use the Numeric Citations box to determine what to do with multiple citations at the same point in the manuscript e If you listed text fields to print such as an author date style or full footnotes use the Text Citations box to select the sort order for citations that appear as multiple citations at the same point in the manuscript c Click OK to save your settings on the dialog 5 At the top of the In text Citations tab is a box labelled Include a bibliography with each document Check the box if you want to include a bibliography at the end of each document If you want to format only in text citations such as footnotes you don t want a bibliography at all Note The Fields tab in ProCite s Configure Bibliography dialog to suppress output of fields does not affect th
396. ite 5 Word 98 Add in dot Chapter3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour Overview Contents Getting Started pse eoh eeo ioei en aker re oi severe Ee EOSS E 46 Online Helpen nadun ie ree a a a es 46 Opening an Existing Database 0 eee eee ete eeeeees 47 Navigating a ProCite Database 00 eee eceeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeneeees 49 Customizing the Record List to Display Fields 49 Click Sorting on a Column Heading uu eee 52 Using the Preview Pane to View a Reference 52 Using Go To Commands to Find References 54 Drag and Drop Between Databases eee eeeeeeeeeee 54 Entering Records 2 0 cece ieee a ee aaa E S 55 Importing Records from a Saved Text File 56 Searching and Importing Records Directly from an Online Database 00 eee eee ee esee cee ceeeeseeneeeeees 57 Capturing Web Page Information Windows Only 62 Linking a Reference to a Web Page or File 0 0 0 64 Entering and Editing ProCite References 0 0 64 Configuring Duplicate Checking 0 0 eee eee eeteeeees 68 Searching and Sorting a Database eee eee eeeeeeeneeeeeenee 69 Quick Searching for Records with the Terms Tab 69 Creating a Search Strategy oo eee ee eeeseecseeseecseenseenees 70 Saving a Search Strategy oo eee eseeeeceseeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 74 Creating a Group oo ee eeceeeeceseeseecseeeeecaeeaecsseeaeceensees 74 Selecting the Sort Order eles csseeseceseeeecneeeeees 75 Gener
397. ite displays an empty workform for data entry The current workform setting is in the list box at the top left of the window If you want to change the workform for this record select a different workform from the list box Chapter 8 ChoosingaWorkform 189 Workform Abstract Art Work Audiovisual Material Bil Resolution Book Chapter Book Long Form Book Short Form Book Whole Case Computer Program Conference Proceedings Data File Dissertation Electronic Citation Email Generic Hearing In Press Joumal Article Joumal Long Form Joumal Short Form The fields displayed in the Edit Record window change to reflect the new workform This workform stays in effect for this record until you specifi cally change it The last workform selected is used when you add a new record to any database This makes it easy to enter many records from the same types of work such as multiple journal articles If you subsequently want to add a record for a different type of work simply choose a different workform for the new record Changingthe Workformfor Existing Records You may want to change the workform for existing records when e Several people inserted records and they were not consistent when choosing workforms e You import records into the database from an outside source Other bibliographic systems do not always differentiate between document types so all records may transfer into one workform type
398. ith 1987 and then used Insert Citation or Scan Document the unformatted citations would appear as Powers 1986 437 Smith 1987 212 If you then Revert to Original Text the result is Powers 1986 Smith 1987 Note You can set or remove delimiters in the Revert to Original Text dialog Make sure you use delimiters if you plan to Scan Document later to link citations Moving or Copying Citations You can highlight any text that includes linked citations then use the Edit menu commands to Cut or Copy and then Paste it elsewhere in the document You can do this with formatted or unformatted citations To move or copy only the citation itself we recommend that you first unformat it Make sure you highlight the entire citation including the surrounding delimiters of the unformatted citation We recommend that you view field codes to make sure you select the entire citation including surrounding codes You may then Cut or Copy and then Paste it elsewhere in the document Chapter 16 Cite While You Write 337 Deleting Citations To delete a citation first click on it and Revert to Original Text to return it to the original identifying text Then delete the identifying text When the citation is part of a multiple citation a group of more than one citation highlight the group of citations use Unformat Citation and then delete the citation you want to remove Insert the remaining citations and generate a new bib
399. k box if the first field of each record contains a workform indicator The indicator can consist of the full workform name or a corresponding letter For a list of the pre defined workform names and their corresponding letters see Prepar ing the Import File earlier in this chapter Record IDs Select this check box if the import file includes a record ID field for each record ProCite will expect to find a record ID in the first field position the second field position if you use a workform indicator If that field contains a number ProCite will assign it to the record when it is transferred to the ProCite database If the field exists but is empty ProCite will assign a number All 45 Fields Select this check box if your import file includes fields or empty place holders representing each of ProCite s 45 fields ProCite will expect to find 45 fields in field number order with data in those field included in your workform Do not select this check box if each record contains a delimited field only for each field that is included in the workform indicated When you are finished setting the importing options click OK to save changes Make sure the File Format list is set to Custom so ProCite will use your custom settings for importing records 214 Chapter 9 Importing Records 215 Chapter 10 Global Editing Overview Contents Global Edits opeope oresonn openee ipee E Raae S 216 Global Find and Replace esseseeeess
400. ks by a particular author you most likely will want to find all works by that author whether books journal articles or video recordings The supplied workforms Map Motion Picture Computer Program and Data File use the analytic title field and the monographic author field This layout will affect the sort order of records when you use the Author Title special field sorting records in these workforms will sort by analytic title because the analytic author field is missing Some styles require the title to precede the medium designator and the author for these works Some ProCite fields have special properties no matter how you use them or what you name them ProCite compiles field content lists from certain fields Output styles can manipulate output from certain fields These fields have special properties as described in this section author fields date fields including reprint status the call number field the keyword field the location in work field and title fields Chapter 22 Creating and Modifying Workforms 413 Author Fields Every workform should contain either field 01 or field 07 as these are used to compile many of the predefined sort orders All four author fields have special properties You can insert multiple author names in a single author field and ProCite can manipulate the names for output The fields are 01 Author Analytic 07 Author Monographic 16 Author Subsidiary 30 Series Editor Y
401. ks by one or two authors list all author names for each occurrence e For works by three to five authors list all names in the first citation in the text thereafter just list the first followed by et al e For works by more than five authors list the first author s name followed by et al for all occurrences This can be satisfied on the Author List tab with Abbreviated Abbreviate Example of Author List with first amp second occurrence First Citation If 6 or more list 1 et al Lipset Seong and Torres Subsequent Citations If 3 or more list 1 et al Lipset et al 432 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles Footnotes Other Special Fields Formatting Formatting of Titles Journals Dates Page Numbers and Keywords fields is described later in this chapter under Formatting Special Fields In text citation formats typically include only author names and dates or citation numbers In most Author Date formats the Date is shortened to year only You can ignore formatting for those fields not listed to print Including Page Numbers Many in text citation formats include page numbers The page numbers in your ProCite records often encompass the entire work or article The page numbers you include in your in text citation should indicate what part of the work you are citing When using ProCite from within a word processor you can supply page numbers that are not included in the bibliographic record En
402. l Change Workform ProCite displays Change Each Marked Record s Workform to Abstract Cancel Help 4 Select a new workform from the pull down list of available work forms and click OK to start the operation ProCite displays a message asking if it is OK to change each marked record to the new workform 5 Click OK to allow ProCite to change the workform for the marked records ProCite alerts you when the process is complete and indicates the number of records changed 6 Click OK to dismiss the message All information in fields common to both the original and the new workform remains intact That is if both workforms include a particular field number the contents of the field remain in that field although the field name may change from workform to workform If an original field has no corresponding field in the new workform it will still be included in the new record However it is not part of the new workform and should be moved to the appropriate field or deleted Either Cut the text and Paste it into the appropriate field for each record or mark the affected records and use the Global Move Field feature de scribed next Chapter 10 Global Editing 221 Global Move Field With Global Move Field you can move an entire field of text to another field in the current set of marked records We recommend that you move fields of text within one workform type at a time so you are certain the target field act
403. l of the American Medical Associa tion as primary text in the journal title field and substitute that text in a formatted citation with the abbreviation JAMA You can switch between two forms of the same title depending on the bibliographic style you need Two types of Lists can be used for alternate text e Journal Title Lists which can substitute alternate journal names when printing the Journal Title 10 field e Alternate Text Lists which can substitute alternate text for any ProCite field provided you insert special delimiters in your records 390 Chapter 20 Using Alternate Text Substitution with Journal T itle Lists You can create any number of journal title lists that contain any number of unique journal titles Each line in a list can contain a primary journal title along with a single alternate form for the journal title To substitute text 1 Build a journal title list where each line contains a primary journal title and a journal title abbreviation to be used for substitution 2 Enter journal titles into your ProCite records exactly as the primary journal titles appear in the journal title list You can enter the titles manually or select them from the journal title list 3 Link the journal title list to the output style you use for printing Building a Journal Title List You create journal title lists from within ProCite Add each item by typing it or copying and pasting from ProCite reco
404. l up Internet Connections 278 Dialog duplicate detection 243 Discard Duplicates on Import 245 Disconnect from Internet 278 Disk Space reclaiming 109 520 Index Display allrecords 1 16 changing font and style 123 custom 121 123 default 120 fieldnumbers 126 141 groups 1 19 invisible characters 141 markedrecords 1 16 saving changes 122 sorting 123 status bar 94 tooltips 94 Display Record List changing column width 123 changing fields 121 131 Document Type Field 174 Document Types Special 404 Domain Name Internet Host 297 DOS Database converting 35 36 Double Spacing 351 Duplicate Detection new database defaults 98 1 12 Duplicate Detection Dialog 243 Duplicate Record IDs 401 Duplicate Records deleting 243 discard when importing 245 flagging at data entry 241 242 importing 202 205 marking 242 searching 242 245 set comparison options 243 244 verifying 243 Duplicate Toolbar 507 Dutch Sort 232 E Edit alternate text list 377 378 citations 335 336 global 216 218 Internet search expression 293 journal title list 371 372 marked records 152 add text 216 change workform 220 clear text 216 find amp replace 218 global move 221 222 replace text 216 search expression 266 270 table of keyboard commands 513 term list 371 372 workform 408 Edit Keys 149 Edit Menu 156 Edit Record 124 136 changing display 141 configure view 125 126 finding arecord 128 jump to record 248 saving changes 136 workform 124 Edit Re
405. lable until you change it again Saving Search Results First search your database as you normally would See Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records for more information about searching Your search results are displayed in a list on the Search tab To save these records as a Group 1 3 Click on the record list and from the Edit menu choose Select All to highlight all records in the list From the Groups menu choose Add Record s to and then New Group The New Group dialog appears Group Name OK ok Cancel e Help Type in a descriptive name for the Group and click OK to save it Your Group is not updated as you insert records You may need to occasionally re execute the search and replace the Group Saving Any Set of Records You can save any set of records as a Group You may work with a set of records that aren t easily found with a search expression To save a group of unrelated records 1 Scroll through your record lists When you find a record you want to add to the Group highlight it or highlight any number of records From the Group menu choose Add Record s to and then New Group Type in a descriptive name for the Group and click OK to save it Chapter 14 Saving Records in Groups 273 4 Continue browsing through your record lists As you find records you want to add to the Group highlight them and from the Group menu choose Add Record s to and then
406. lay and changing the display font and style see Changing the Record List Display later in this chapter The abbreviated record list is the default database display Use the tabs along the bottom of the list to view various sets of records in a database e All Records e Marked Records e Search to search and view search results e Terms to view records that contain a particular author journal title or keyword or share the same workform e Groups to view records saved in various sets e Duplicates to view potential duplicate records based on comparison criteria Internet Search or PubMed Search to view online search results appears only when you initiate an online database search 116 Chapter5 Viewing Records Note If the window is too narrow to display all of the tabs use the directional arrows in the bottom left corner to move between tabs Under Windows you can also use Ctrl Page Up and Ctrl Page Down to move between tabs Displaying All Records Click the All Records tab to view a list containing every record in the database You can highlight or mark a subset of records to work with or print Displaying Marked Records Click the Marked Records tab to view only those records that have been individually marked for inclusion in the set of marked records Each record has a check box to the left of it Click in the check box to mark or unmark an individual record To mark a group of records highlight
407. ld makes it easy to sort multiple document types since not all workforms use the same title field Date ProCite scans date fields 20 and 21 and sorts each record by the first date found If you want to sort by Date field 12 you must choose that field specifically Record ID ProCite sorts by record ID Workform ProCite sorts based on the name of the workform used for each record Keep in mind that when you sort by an individual field that field may or may not exist in all records depending on the workforms in use Setting Ascending or Descending Order On the Custom Sort Order tab You can set each sort level to ascending or descending order Use the Ascending Descending radio buttons next to each sort level to make your selection Ascending order is 0 9 and A Z order Ascending date sorting places the earliest date before the more recent date Therefore 1980 appears before 1990 which appears before 2000 and 4 15 90 comes before 4 30 90 Descending order is Z A and 9 0 order Descending date order places the most recent entry before the oldest entry date so that 1998 lists before 1898 After your custom sort is set up you can reverse the order of the entire reference list by going to the Sort menu to choose Ascending or De scending order Chapter 11 Sorting Records 229 Sorting Special Field Data The Custom Sort Options tab includes options for sorting empty fields author names and dates
408. lders are established you are ready to generate the in text citations and bibliography Exercise Creating a Word Document To create a Word document with linked ProCite records 1 Start Microsoft Word 2 From the File menu choose New to create a new document Click OK to continue with a blank document 3 Type the sentence It s easy to cite while you write with ProCite 4 From the Tools menu select ProCite 5 gt Insert Citation Note You could also use the Insert Citation button from the ProCite toolbar Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 83 5 Type Turtles a keyword as the identifying text Select the Turtles database in the drop down list of databases to Look In Identifying Text inset Cs net Cancel Look In Citation Format Author Date ReflD x Note You can look for any combination of author name date full or partial title keyword and record number Separate each item with a space or a comma Surround phrases with quotation marks 6 Click Insert to insert the citation ProCite searches the database When a single record matches the search it is immediately inserted ProCite returns a list if there is more than one item that matches the search In this case you receive a list of 52 references You can easily narrow the selection list by adding another term after Turtles for example the year 1996 Click the magnifying glass button to restart the sear
409. lds formatting for field 07 Author If you have set up special fields formatting for a field that is not listed in the workform style to print special fields formatting for that field is ignored Author Formatting The Author Formatting tabbed dialog appears when you select any of the Authors fields from the Fields menu Authors 01 e Authors 07 Authors 16 Authors 30 Author formatting controls the appearance of authors in a formatted reference You can define different formats for each of the different author fields in each workform style This section describes the four tabs that make up author formatting Author List Separators Names and Text Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 453 Author List The Author List tab allows you to specify how many author names print when there are multiple authors listed what to do if an author field is empty and how to format multiple works by the same author Author 01 Formatting Ea Author List Separators Names Text Author List If ja or more authors list the first fr Abbreviate with and others If Author Field Is Empty No Substitution Move Corresponding Title to Author Position Print Text Anon m Subsequent Works by the Same Author Print the Author List as Defined Above C Suppress the Author List Cancel Help Multiple Authors Use the Author List tab to indicate formatting of multiple
410. le Series Editor Role 31 e Do not capitalize the first letter of a role name e Abbreviate the role identifier as required e Enter either a role that applies to all authors such as editors or just the first author s role if any If there are multiple authors each with a role enter each author s role after the author s name in the author field using an equal sign as described in the previous section Single Authors With Role Examples of single author roles to enter in an Author Role Field actor cartographer composer conductor editor illustrator performer producer translator Multiple Authors With Multiple Roles If there are two or more authors each with a role then enter each author s role after the appropriate name in the Author field rather than using the Author Role field For example Meade Michael prod Cook Laura comp The tells ProCite not to format the author role as if it were part of the author name Make sure that you put any punctuation associated with the author role after the Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field 169 Author Roles As Part Of An Output Style It is possible to use Special Formatting in an output style that automati cally appends an author role to an author field The output style can supply different text depending on whether you have one or multiple authors for example Ed versus Eds This feature saves you from enterin
411. le Lists oe ee eseeeecseececnseeseenaes 153 Alternate Text Lists eecs esses creeeecneeeeees 154 Using ListSep esee 154 Entering Text with Lists eeseseeeesseeesseeeeesreersreeseees 155 Modifying Lists s c sccsscesstessscsesseb sssastssassonesesesesvoess 156 Copying Texte sss none aee aeae E E fous ober Reed E EE EE ened 156 Saving or Ignoring Changes sseeseeessesesesrsersrrsrerrrreererrees 157 134 Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records There are several ways to get data into ProCite This chapter describes how to manually type or paste text into each record and how to copy full records between ProCite databases Other means of inserting records are described in Chapter 9 Importing Records and Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities Note Many menu items in ProCite have a corresponding keyboard equivalent and or a toolbar icon The keyboard equivalent appears on the menu next to the associated command Turn toolbars on or off from the View menu and hold the cursor over a toolbar icon to find out the corresponding command While this manual does not always mention keyboard equivalents or toolbar icons you can use them at any time For a list of keyboard equivalents and toolbars see the appendices at the back of this manual Inserting and Opening Records This section describes how to insert a new record how to open an existing record how to copy a record and how to delete a record Inserting a Record To
412. le any field can be used to generate a subject bibliography the Keywords 45 field is used most often You should include this field in every workform you create since the most efficient way of searching for a record is often by using keywords Multiple terms can be entered into this field They will also appear in the Keywords field content list for data entry and searching Location in Work Field The Location in Work 25 field allows you to control how page ranges are formatted on output This is the appropriate field to use for page numbers Title Fields You can apply variations on capitalization to the title fields This works best when you have entered titles with sentence capitalization where only the first word of the title the first word of any subtitle and proper nouns are capitalized The title fields are 04 Title Analytic 09 Title Monographic 10 Journal Title 11 Title 32 Series Title You should always include at least one title field in your workforms field 04 field 09 or field 10 Those fields are used in the default sort orders Always use field 10 for journal titles Field 10 allows you to use journal lists for data entry and print alternate journal titles Titles from 04 09 11 and 32 are used to compile the Titles field content list Titles from field 10 are compiled for the Journals field content list Selecting the Field Numbers You may want to use the table on the next page to
413. les When a workform style is defined for a particular workform that workform name appears in bold type Workforms that do not have a specific workform style defined are listed in plain text and use the Default workform style If no Default workform style is defined nothing prints for those workforms that do not have a specific workform style defined You can reset a workform to use the Default workform style by highlighting the workform name and deleting that workform s unique style definition leaving the text box empty You can attach punctuation to each field in a workform style so that if a field is empty the attached punctuation is also omitted Additional text that is not attached to a particular field always prints Punctuation and additional text can include parentheses a following period blank lines and even full words You may associate punctuation with a group of fields by using group ing operators In this case the punctuation will be output unless all fields in the group are empty One use of this is when you want a single comma or period to always appear at the end of a group of fields no matter what combination of the fields actually contain data and appear in the formatted output Some ProCite fields have additional formatting characteristics associ ated with them For example you can define the separators to print between multiple authors and you can control the capitalization of titles These are described u
414. les as a single term that is not affected by the stop word los Author Stop List The Author Stop List is used when sorting personal author names from fields 01 07 16 and 30 It is not used on any author name that is preceded by an equal sign which indicates a corporate author the Generic Stop List is used on corporate author names When ProCite identifies a stop word at the beginning of an author s last name it jumps to the next word when composing a sort For example if you enter the Arabic particle al into the Author Stop List the name al Jamal Muhammad Hamid Would sort under J The full name would still print on output By default the Author Stop List is empty You can add as many stop words as you wish Changing the Stop Lists It is easiest to set up your Stop Lists before entering records into a database You can set the default stop lists so every database you create uses the same list Stop Lists are used to update the sort orders as each new record is entered Chapter 11 Sorting Records 239 If you change the Stop List for an existing database ProCite automati cally updates the sorts to reflect the changes This could take some time depending on the number of records in your database and the number and size of fields sorted You can open a Stop List simply to view it When you are done viewing it click Cancel to leave without saving changes To change the Stop Lists 1 Display
415. light the field s whose contents you wish to use as subject headings You can include any number of fields If you build the list of headings from more than one field the subject headings generated from these fields are combined into a single list If you mix date fields with other fields dates will sort before alpha betic subject headings 358 Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies To quickly select all fields or no fields use the buttons to the right of the dialog You can click on individual fields to select or deselect them Terms in the Keywords 45 field which are separated by slashes or carriage returns always list as separate headings Use the check boxes at the bottom to determine whether authors and other fields should print as whole fields or whether subfields should be used as separate subject headings ProCite can interpret these characters as separators between multiple entries in a single field fields separators Author fields Il carriage return All other fields carriage return 4 Click OK to display the terms found in the fields you selected Selected Terms 0 Terms Selected i Cancel Apollyon 1 Art 2 Help Artificial Intelligence 1 Audiocassette 1 Select All Audiovisual Materials 3 Bibliographic Data 1 Select None Biography 1 Biomass 1 Blood 1 Budget 1 Cancer 1 Chemistry 2 Clinical Applications 1 College Instruction 1 Computers 6 Select those term
416. liography to reflect changes Adding Citations Later You can use Insert Citation Insert Marked Records or Scan Docu ment to add more citations at any time You can enter delimited identifying text while writing such as Brown 1999 and later use the Find Previous Unlinked Citation and Find Next Unlinked Citation commands to locate citations that need to be inserted Associating ProCite Databases When inserting a citation both the Insert Citation dialog and the Scan Document dialog prompt you to choose the ProCite database s in which to search You can work with your manuscript without having a ProCite database open and you can share it with a colleague who does not have ProCite However if you attempt to insert a citation or generate a reference list ProCite tries to open any database s associated with your document To close a database in order to limit the open databases for searching switch to ProCite display the database you want to close and choose Close from the File menu Changing the Database Association If you move a record from one ProCite database to another links to that record in your manuscript are no longer valid For each invalid link highlight the citation and use Revert to Original Text to return to the original identifying text Do not surround with delimiters Then use Insert Citation to link the identifying text to a record in the new database Locate and select the appropriate database in
417. list Click OK to open the list for editing Chapter 18 Building List Files 371 Entering Editing or Deleting Items 1 Create a new list or open an existing list 2 Add a new item or select an item to edit e To add a new item click the Add button on the toolbar This option is also available from the Terms or Journals menu e To edit an existing item highlight the line and click the Edit button on the toolbar Or highlight the line and choose Edit from the Terms or Journals menu If you are working on a term list ProCite displays Edit Term xi Term oK SCSI a Cancel z Help Small Computer System Interface a Note H If you are working on a journal title list ProCite displays Edit Journal xi Journal Title E Abdominal Imaging F Journal Abbreviation Abdom Imaging x a Note New York NY a 372 Chapter 18 Building List Files 3 Enter or edit text in the text boxes e Type primary text into the Term or Journal Title text box This is the text that is entered into ProCite records and search expressions e In journal title lists only you may enter a Journal Abbreviation that can print in place of the journal title in formatted output e Enter comments in the Note text box if you wish 4 Click OK to add the item to the list 5 To enter or edit another item go back to step 2 As you add more items the list updates to maintain alphabetic order 6 To permane
418. listed by field number and default field name Be careful A particular field number used in one workform may contain different information than the same field number used by another workform Use the Change pull down list to select the type of change you want to perform Choose one of the following options Add to the beginning of each field copies text to the beginning of the highlighted field s Existing text in the field is left intact ProCite adds text separators or in the author and keywords fields as needed Add to the end of each field copies text to the end of the high lighted field s Existing text in the field is left intact ProCite adds text separators as necessary Replace the entire field deletes a field s contents and then adds text Clear the entire field deletes a field s contents If you are adding text or replacing an entire field type the new text into the Text to Add box Click OK to start the operation ProCite asks whether it is okay to modify the selected fields in each of the marked records 218 Chapter 10 Global Editing 8 Click OK to dismiss the alert and perform the global edit operation Upon completion ProCite indicates how many records were changed 9 Click OK to dismiss the message Global Find and Replace You may want to change every occurrence of a particular word or phrase in a database With the Global Find and Replace command you can quickly locate and modify s
419. lists 156 output style 421 422 program options 93 99 record list display 121 123 stop list 238 240 workform 139 405 406 406410 workform definition 405 workform global 220 Month Format 466 Move Citations 336 Move Field Global 221 222 Move Text 221 222 Multi User Installation 28 30 Multiple Authors 145 330 formatting 453 469 in unformatted citation 321 role fields 168 528 Index Multiple Citations 321 325 entering 334 Multiple Documents generating a bibliography 327 Multiple Records changing workform 191 192 viewing 126 127 Multiple Search Terms finding 268 Multiple Users 91 1 12 sharing databases 30 Multiple Works by Same Author formatting 455 456 N Name prefix 167 suffix 167 Name Formatting 458 469 Name Order 459 469 Names Tab 458 461 Narrowing Search 254 NetProxy 283 Netscape import web page 302 303 launching a URL or UI 152 Network cross platform file sharing 106 107 multiple users 91 Network Installation administrator 28 29 user 29 44 New Feature List 24 New Record 134 135 selecting workform 139 188 189 New W orkform 406 407 Next Page 130 NLM launching a Medline UI 152 Nonbreaking Space keyboardcommand 149 513 Norwegian Sort 232 Not Empty Fields finding 270 NOT EMPTY in search expression 261 NOT in search expression 260 Note Field 179 Note Field printing 352 366 NOTE in search expression 256 Number page formatting amp punctuation 177 pa
420. lvania Library Catalog USA Pennsylvania Academic C Ames lowa Public Library Library Catalog USA lowa Public L Amherst College Four College Library Catalog USA Massachusetts Academic O Auburn University Library Catalog USA Alabama Academic HO Bell Labs Library Network books USA Corporate C Bibliotheque Nationale du Quebec Library Catalog Canada Quebec Government HO BIBSYS Norway Library Catalog Norway Consortia 0O Boston University Library Catalog USA Massachusetts Academic O Brandeis University Library Catalog USA Massachusetts Academic Brock University Ontario Canada Library Catalog Canada Ontario Academic O Brown University Library Catalog USA Rhode Island Academic HO Brunel University England Library Catalog United Kingdom Academic C Bryant College Library Catalog USA Rhode Island Academic HO California State University Fullerton CA Library Catalog USA California Academic HHO CARL USA Colorado Consortia O Carnegie Mellon University Library Catalog USA Pennsylvania Academic L Cedar Rapids lowa Public Library Library Catalog USA lowa Public x E E E S atate Hea Miia nour Clear Marks Configure Hosts http www ovid com Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities 285 3 Scroll through the list and select the check box for each database you want to search Many hosts supply a single database while others may list multiple databases for searching Click the plus sign to list m
421. ly Windows or Read Only Macintosh check box This allows you to use the database without the possibility of changing data c Double click on the database name in the file list Multiple Users Opening a Single Database When sharing databases on a network you can run into several multi user situations Any number of users can open the same database with read only access You may want to place the database in a read only folder to make sure the database is always available to multiple users One user at a time can open a database with read write access If a user already has a database open with read write access ProCite will tell other users that the database is already in use The database is not available to others until the user with read write access closes it If a database is in use by someone with either read write or read only access you cannot open the database with read write access When you create a database with ProCite for the Macintosh and want to share it with ProCite for Windows users add the extension PDT to the primary database file ProCite for the Macintosh can directly open databases created with ProCite for Windows 92 Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files Opening a Database from an Earlier Version You can open any ProCite database including those created with an earlier version of ProCite First make sure you have enough space for a copy of the database While databases cre
422. m a drop down list If you select the status On Request ProCite inserts the current date in the Date subfield You can overtype with a different date if you wish Location in Work field 25 This field typically contains page numbers ProCite uses special instructions for printing page numbers and ranges of page numbers in formatted citations Call Number field 44 In this field ProCite can sort the mix of alphanumeric characters that are used in the Dewey Decimal and Library of Congress classification systems Keywords field 45 Terms entered here can be used for searches and are often used as headings for lists Multiple entries are allowed 144 Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records Special Formatting Characters Fields in ProCite that require special formatting characters include Authors Dates and Keywords The special formatting characters let ProCite know that special formatting instructions apply The special characters themselves do not appear in the final bibliographies you produce Characters Use to carriage return Separate multiple keywords words or phrases in the field Keywords 45 carriage return Separate multiple author names in a single field lll Indicate additional unlisted authors recognized by output styles Designate unknown portion of four figure year for example 19 E Precede corporate author names to tell ProCite to ignore personal author formatting Author Names
423. m in your search expression by double clicking the term or clicking the Insert Term button Close the Insert Term dialog In the drop down box labeled Look in select All Records 10 Click Search to initiate the search for matching records The matching records appear in the lower pane of the Search window ProCite 5 Sample Database _ ol x P File Edit View Sort Select Groups Database Tools Window Help laj x D SA amp BEX I JMS Sane Sent Aa fo BZU x x sm G7 X Mark Selected a Mark List X Clear Marked EO Q 14 4 gt DI Copy Marked h Open Link E New Search Insert Field 5g Operators Si Insert Term Iy Expressions gh Search Search for Keywords CONTAINS Child Abuse Sexual New York Research Look in fan Records hd Title Keywords The real world of hospital nursing pK an Adult Attitude to Health Clinical Competent Research fund faces cuts Olson Lise dune 18 1990 Budget Research Penn s plan of union Penn William 1697 History New York Individual differences and subgroups Popper E McCloskey K 1993 Jan Aerospace Medicine Fatigue Blood G Suit Individual differences and subgroups Popper E McCloskey K 1993 Jan Aerospace Medicine Fatique Blood G Suil Children s eyewitness memory effect Tobey A E Goodman G S 1992 Nov Dec Child Abuse Sexual Child Preschool Fem z Maa ll Records Marked R
424. making sure the marked records are truly duplicates You can view full records in order to compare all fields of information You may even want to view two records at once sizing the windows so they are next to one another In the unlikely case that a marked record is not a duplicate even though it contains some of the same information as another record click the check box to unmark the record so you won t delete it Important Make sure the only records marked are the records you want to delete Delete the marked records Remember that once you delete a record it is gone forever From the Database menu choose the Delete Marked Records command ProCite asks for verification Setting Duplicate Record Criteria You can determine which fields ProCite compares when detecting possible duplicate records There are three ways to access the duplicate detection options From the Tools menu select Options Click the Edit Defaults button and select the Duplicate Detection tab These are the initial settings for any new database you create with this copy of ProCite From the Database menu choose Configure Duplicates ProCite uses these settings for the current database In the main record list window select the Duplicates tab to display possible duplicates based on the current duplicate detection settings Click on the Configure button to change those settings for the current database 244 Chapter 12 Detecting Duplicate
425. mand Boll acc sch eciin e avi tea Ctrl B Wali Gsciies sneha iene eghcie eet Ctrl l Underline eeseceeeceresereeeeeees Ctrl U Superscript eeeeeseeeeeeeeeetees Ctrl Shift SUDSChiPt vcs earths Ctrl Macintosh Command Command B Command l Command U Commands Shift Command Appendix D Keyboard Commands 513 Enter and Edit New Record Edit Record Save Record Delete Record Insert Previous Field Insert Previous Record Insert Symbol Insert Term Open File URL Move Insertion Point To Next Field To Previous Field To Beginning of Line To End of Line To Beginning of Field To End of Field To Start of Next Word Up One Window Action Down One Window Delete Previous Character Following Character Insert New Paragraph Line Break Windows Macintosh Command Command FO careers F9 ENTE nn Return Fil OE Se Command S Ctrl D oo eee Command D eb eh ee tate ss F5 Shift F5 Shift F5 Fl eevee F7 FB 2 0 F8 Ctrle oo eee Command L MAD seises a Tab Shift Tab Shift Tab HOME ccceeeeeeeeeees Home Ende 8 20 ates se s 2 End Ctrl Home Control Home Ctrl End 0 Control End Ctrl Right Arrow Control Right Arrow Page Up eee Page Up Page Down Page Down Backspace Delete Delar Del X ENIE iniii Return Shift Enter
426. matically open the last ProCite file used this could be a database list output style or workform Check the title bar to confirm the Sample database is open If not close the file and from the File menu select Open Then continue with step 3 3 In the file Open dialog locate and double click on the Database folder located in the ProCite 5 folder Note Make sure the Open as read only Windows or Read Only Macintosh box is not selected If it is checked you cannot make any changes to the database 4 Locate and double click on Sample Database under Windows it includes the extension PDT ProCite opens the Sample database 48 Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour The database window displays a record list of abbreviated records By default the first Author field Title field and Date field are shown from each record ProCite 5 Sample Database olx File Edit View Sort Select Groups Database Tools Window Help l x stja mex mrr m ezn x 4g PK Mark Selected H Mark List PX Cear haked TE Q 1 4b Ma Copy hared Open Link Computer shopper April 1995 Multi Media Medicine September 1979 Adams Alexander B John James Audubon A biography 1966 Anderson Mark Ransom Apollyon s bow Perspective reading and mea 1984 Anderson Robert J Schrier Robert W Acute renal failure 1987 Aoki Mikio Manufacture of glass by Sol Gel process 9 December 1987 Aroney Manuel J Dav
427. mats Comma Delimited Comma delimited output is available from many general purpose database programs This format includes the following features e The contents of each field are enclosed in quotation marks e Fields are separated by commas e Records are separated by carriage returns 206 Chapter 9 Importing Records This is an example of a record in a comma delimited format where all 45 ProCite fields are included carriage return Olson Lise staff write r Research fund faces cuts IN yn Detroit Free Press 7 r rn Detroit Mr June 18 1990 nae Business section E7777 ne The State Research Fund faces drastic cuts from the levels of past years Budget Research Tab Delimited Tab Delimited output is often available from general purpose database programs for the Macintosh This format includes the following features e Individual fields are separated by a tab The tab character signifies the end of a field and the beginning of another field e Records are separated by carriage returns This is an example of a record in a tab delimited format where only those fields used in the workform are included gt tab and carriage return Olson Lise gt staff writer gt Research fund faces cuts gt gt In gt Detroit Free Press gt gt Detroit Ml gt gt June 18 1990 gt Business section E gt gt 1 2 gt gt gt gt The State Research Fund faces drastic cuts from the levels
428. matting Characters 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeees 446 New Lines and New Paragraphs 0 ec eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 446 Blank Lanes sesoses sesser irise a 447 Page Breksi aon raaa aitad 448 Alo E E E E T 448 Applying Type Styles 0 cece ee ceceeeeeeeeeeeeseeseecseeseecaeenaeeaes 449 Formatting Special Fields eee eeesseeseecseessececssecneceseeeeeesees 450 Basic Procedure ncesi meann aa a at 451 Author Formatting s sscisscc csesesssenssassdbsdsssssssontsavnassensissassooneoes 452 YAE A atO D TASC e E E A 453 Sep ratOrS seoser rira anepi Hees a e aee EES 457 Name Formatting sseseeeeseeesseeeseesesereeseerrsrenrerenrereneeseeseress 458 Field Dependent Preceding and Following Text 461 Contents 17 Title Formatting fice csdesssieled EEE EEE E E EAEE 462 Journal Title Formatting eseseeseseeeesseeeeeseesrsreererrsrerrsserresereesre 464 Date Formatting senis aeset aee r E aR S 465 Page Numbering oss secicess sercat resonis iseset ers osese iiare ea sane 468 Field Dependent Preceding and Following Text 468 Page Range Formats siinsesse niisiis 469 KeyWords eienaar a E ae i oes aes 469 Chapter 24 Exporting Delimited Records Over EW a aiae i EA ES E E E E 471 Basic Procedure ececeo e eesti velaat acd lavece lies eebieces Reteed os Garnconaaes 471 Setting Export Options 0 00 0 ee seeceecseeseeeseesseessessersseesseseesseensees 474 Comma Delimited 2c c csiicccccseeucieisccssecen
429. menu and choose Close or click the window close button Before continuing with ProCite you may want to switch to the Web page and exit Netscape or Internet Explorer 64 Chapter3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour Linking a Reference to a Web Page or File You can add a URL or a path and filename to a ProCite record and later launch the attached URL or file In the case of a URL ProCite launches your default browser and directs it to the Internet location In the case of a path and filename ProCite launches the file as though you had double clicked the file icon Use the following exercise to launch an attached URL to a Web Page on the Internet Exercise Launching a URL from a ProCite Record To launch a URL found in ProCite s Location URL field 1 Go to the record by Rieger Steve Double click to display the full record 2 Notice the URL entered in the Location URL 38 field 3 From the Tools menu choose Open File URL or click the toolbar icon ProCite launches your browser and directs it to the Internet location 4 When done using the Web Page exit the browser and close the ProCite record Note You are not required to display the full record You can launch a URL from a record list by highlighting the record and using the Open File URL toolbar icon Entering and Editing ProCite References You can add or edit records at any time Each record can hold up to 100K of text The following exercises will give yo
430. move to the next citation Ignore All skips over unmatched citations this is useful when you have extraneous text within the same delimiters The Stop button stops the matching process Once a citation is inserted it is linked to a record in a ProCite data base 7 If you selected Generate an Updated Bibliography on the Scan Document dialog the Configure Bibliography dialog appears Check your settings and click OK For more information about these settings see Generating a Bibliography later in this chapter 8 When done Save your document Matching Inappropriate Items Scan Document automatically inserts an unformatted citation when identifying text matches a single ProCite record To avoid unwanted matches use different delimiters to surround identify ing text than delimiters used for other purposes in your document For example if you use parentheses around notes use brackets around identifying text When several ProCite records match a single string of identifying text ProCite lists the references to choose from and you have the option to Ignore the citation If you ignore ProCite leaves the identifying text unchanged and moves to the next citation When a single record matches text that is not meant as an in text citation it is replaced with a link to the ProCite database You do not get the opportunity to ignore the match In this case you need to highlight the citation and choose Revert to Original Text from the T
431. mporting the records When the transfer is completed ProCite tells you how many records were imported into your database Click OK to dismiss the alert 8 You can import another file of records or you can click the close box to display the database record list Note The imported records are marked To see only the records you just transferred display the Marked Records tab If fields do not transfer into the ProCite fields of your choice or if you prefer to not transfer certain fields at all you can modify the configura tion file Create or modify configuration files with Biblio Link II these changes cannot be made with ProCite directly If a configuration file is not available for the service you use find the configuration file that most closely matches your records save a copy of it and modify the copy with Biblio Link II You can transfer suspected duplicates to look at later or you can ignore them during the transfer For more information about detecting duplicates see Chapter 12 Detecting Duplicate Records Chapter 9 Importing Records 203 Importing Delimited Records Many database programs can automatically generate a comma or tab delimited file that ProCite can import If you want to import records from a word processing program you must create a delimited file yourself For an import operation to work properly make sure your import file the file containing the information you want to transfer into P
432. n a record for editing 2 From the View menu choose Configure Edit Record to display Configure Edit Record x Edit Record Font and size Eont Times New Roman j Size 10 X I Show Invisible Characters Fields IV Show Field Numbers IM Show Empty Fields IV Show Term List Buttons Toolbars I Show Record Toolbar Record IDs Record ID Increment 3 Type the new Record Number Increment in the appropriate text box and click OK to save the change ProCite will add this number to the highest record ID in the database to determine the next record s ID Manual Numbering You may wish to manually enter record IDs to maintain your own numbering system You can assign record IDs as you insert records or you can edit record IDs later To manually enter an ID for a single record 1 Insert a new record or open a record for editing 2 Highlight the current record ID at the top of the window and type in the new record ID You can enter any combination of up to 20 numeric and alphabetic characters Chapter 21 Record IDs and Renumbering 401 lel amp amp Gx iI Times New Roman zj 10 vy BZ7U x x E i Workform Monograph fi Record ID a K E Qh Dd di a Author Monographic 07 Adams Alexander B Author Role 08 Title Monographic 09 John James Audubon A biography Reprint Status 12 EJ Date Edition 15 Place of Publication 18 New York Publisher Name 19 G P Putnam s Sons D
433. n add a path and filename an Internet URL or a Medline PubMed unique identification number UI to a ProCite record and later launch the attached file URL or UI Enter items in your ProCite records as shown in these examples File Type Enter Local File Windows c documents research Macintosh file mac documents research Internet URL http Awww procite com ftp ftp isiresearchsoft com Medline UI 89025932 To go to the file e When the item is entered in the field Location URL 38 you can either highlight the record in a record list or open the record for editing Then from the Tools menu choose Open File URL e If the item is in a field other than 38 open the record for editing highlight the item and from the Tools menu choose Open File URL ProCite takes action depending on the file type Local File ProCite launches the file as though you had double clicked the file icon on the desktop URL ProCite launches your default browser and directs it to the Internet location UL ProCite launches your browser and directs it to the citation in the National Library of Medicine s Medline database Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records 153 Pr oCite s Lists Types of Lists ProCite s lists help ensure the consistency of your entries You can create any number of external lists that can be used across databases However field content lists generated for Authors Journals Titles and Keywords are inter
434. n alternate form entered in the Journal Abbreviation column If you want to turn off substitution return to step 2 At step 5 select None from the list box titled Journal List to use for substitution Applying Styles When matching a journal title in a record to a primary title in a journal title list ProCite ignores styles Even if the text in your record has italics applied it still matches a plain text journal title in a journal title list In most cases you should apply styles with your output style rather than in the ProCite record or journal title list An exception is when you want to apply a style to only part of the title You can apply styles to items in a journal title list When you substitute journal titles ProCite will use the journal abbreviation exactly as it appears in the list Styles applied to the original text in the record are ignored When the output style is applied substitution text from the journal title list is treated as if it were text from the record Styles indicated in the output style will apply to the text Substitution with Alternate TextLists Building the Alternate Text List To substitute text with an alternate text list you must first build the list e The disk file must be titled Alternat txt e The file must be a Text Only file e Fach line must contain a single item with the primary text first followed by the substitution text surrounded by curly braces For example NM New Me
435. n ige use workform appropriate to filmed work or Audiovisual Material MONOgraph oseere Monograph Book Short Form MUSIC SCOPE oo eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees Music Score NOQALIVES issii ncara Audiovisual Material newsletter ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees Journal Long Form Newspaper newspaper article a se Newspaper newspaper entire issue Newspaper Patent Journal Article Journal Whole Magazine Article Newspaper Letter Email Audiovisual Material Map Art Work Book Short Form Book Long Form Journal Long Form 196 Chapter 8 Choosinga Workform Type of Work Workform s press release ceee Book Short Form Book Long Form Newspaper Video Recording Journal Whole Audiovisual Material Art Work SOUNC recording seeen Sound Recording Statute 4512 ceive esaea neneiia nai tea Statute technical drawing e Art Work trade catalog n n Trade Catalog tanseript siacccrcpsesestede pasestepeaseees Manuscript translated article 0 0 Journal Article translated DOOK eee Book Whole transparencies ce Audiovisual Material NOSIS haa aaaea eaaa aroe aa itai Dissertation unpublished work n sssssssssseeessn In Press Manuscript Monograph Unpublished Work video recording eee Video Recording web page sssissiiceriineirierreriins Web Page Electronic Citation word processor document Letter work within a WOrK ese workform appropriate to type of material refere
436. nal and apply only to the database where they were generated There are several types of lists in ProCite e Field Content Lists e Term Lists e Journal Title Lists e Alternate Text Lists Field Content Lists Field content lists are internal lists generated from the Author Journal Title and Keywords fields These lists contain every unique entry found in that field or group of fields for all records in the database Because the field content lists are generated from text in your records you cannot directly edit them You can access field content lists from the Terms tab and the Search tab making it easy to find specific records You can also use them for data entry Term Lists Term lists are external lists that you create and edit Use them for data entry or when building a search expression A term list can be used by any database and because it is not tied to a single database it may include terms not found in a particular database Journal Title Lists A journal title list is a sorted list of journal titles each with an alternate term that can be substituted on output These alternate terms can include standard abbreviations acronyms synonyms or some other title 154 Chapter6 Entering and Editing Records Using Lists Journal title lists can be used to simplify data input and searching allowing you to select from the list rather than entering the title manually ProCite s output style instructions can us
437. nal inequality May 1989 220 Kraft Donald H Journal of the American Society for Information Scie 1949 B Ignore Ignore All Stop Help Database C Program Files ProCite5 D atabase S ample Database pdt 7 items in list The top of the dialog displays the highlighted record so you can make sure you insert the correct citation Use the scroll bar or move the horizontal divider to see more of the highlighted record You can also resize the window You can drag the column dividers to show more or less of each field in the list record ID author title and date and you can click on the column headings to change the sort order of the list Highlight the reference s you want to insert and click Insert 320 Chapter 16 Cite While You Write Recalling a Previous Search You can insert a record from a list of matching records then later easily display the same list of records again to choose another reference from the list From the Tools menu choose Recall Last Search Insert Citation Select Matching Reference x Identifying Text Kal 1983 mes Krieger David Rieger JRIEGER formation Science University of California Los Angeles CA 04 Paper Section Title From hands on science to hands on information retrieval 05 Medium Designator 06 Connective Phrase In x Ref Author 110 Borgman Christine From hands on science to hands on information retrie 1989 Insert Cancel Help
438. name from the menu ProCite lists the 10 most recent expressions b Select Expressions from the menu ProCite displays the Load Search Expression dialog which lists all saved search expressions Load Search Expressions xi OK Information Management Cancel Help Expression Name Double click the name of the search expression you wish to use 2 ProCite inserts the selected expression in the search expression text box Click Search to execute the search ProCite lists the matching records below the text box Editing a Saved Search Expression To edit a saved search expression 1 Restore the expression as though you were going to use it for search ing 2 Make the desired edits to the expression 3 Save the expression again with the same name 4 When asked whether to replace the existing expression click Yes Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records 267 Deleting a Search Expression To delete the current search expression click the New Search button To delete a saved search expression 1 Click the Expressions button and select Organize Expressions ProCite displays this dialog Organize Search Expressions Expression Name Close Find Christie Rename Help 2 Highlight the search expression you wish to delete and click the Delete button Verify the deletion and ProCite permanently removes the search expression Renaming a Search Expression To rename a saved search exp
439. nce List tab of the Configure Bibliography dialog when you Generate Bibliography You will normally choose one of the alphabetic sort orders from the selection list for author date style citations If the current output style specifies numeric citations in the text of your manuscript you may want to use Manuscript Order to print the refer ences in your bibliography in the order found in your manuscript In text citations are numbered sequentially in the order found Reference numbers in the bibliography match the numeric citations in text If you have numeric in text citations and sort the reference list alphabeti cally the citations are automatically numbered based on the order of the alphabetized reference list 326 Chapter 16 Cite While You Write In addition to sort order you can verify these items on the Reference List tab e Whether to number references and if so the Starting Reference Number e The Indentation used for each reference e The Line Spacing within each reference and between references If you need more information about the Reference List options see Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies Adding an Independent Reference to the Bibliography You may want to include a reference in a bibliography without citing the reference in the text of your manuscript One way to do this is to insert the independent reference s at the end of the manuscript and apply hidden text You can insert independent references
440. nced Chapter 8 ChoosingaWorkform 197 Choosing Workforms for Journal and Book Entries You have a choice of workforms to use for books and journals depending on whether you are citing the entire work or a contribution to a work For example you may be citing an entire book a chapter in a book or a separate contribution to a book Choose a workform that allows you to enter the most complete biblio graphic data especially the data that uniquely identifies the work without leaving too many fields blank For example Book Long Form allows three levels of titles analytic title used for a chapter or section title mono graphic title used for the title of a volume and series title used for the collective title of the monographic series Book Chapter has only two titles analytic and monographic Determine the fields you need and find a workform that most closely matches those fields Field usage by workform is shown in Appendix B ProCite Workforms and Fields Below are descriptions of the different journal and book workforms Journal Entries e Journal Article For journal articles including online sources e Journal Short Form A shorter form for articles that do not supply information for all of the fields included in Journal Article e Journal Long Form For journal articles and other works that require fields not included in Journal Short Form or Journal Article For example field 03 Author Affiliation e Journal Whole For
441. ncel Help Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 77 3 On the Reference List tab change the Reference List Order by selecting the Date Author Title sort order in the drop down list Click the Descending radio button to begin the list with the most current records 4 Click OK to update the bibliography preview with the new sort order Notes ProCite holds this setting until you select another sort or a different output style See Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles for information about changing the sort order associated with an output style 5 Click Close to return to the record list Generating Bibliographies You can print bibliographic citations to your computer screen a word processor document an HTML file or a printer You can print a full bibliography or a list that organizes references by subject In this section of the guided tour you will learn to e Create a bibliography from a record list e Create a bibliography with subject headings Creating a Bibliography from a Record list ProCite always displays a preview of the formatted bibliography You can make changes to your bibliographic settings before actually printing or saving to a file The following exercise gives you experience with formatting and printing a bibliography Exercise Printing a Bibliography To print a bibliography directly from ProCite 1 Ifit isn t already displayed click the All Records tab to lis
442. ncluded in the first level sort For example if you want to jump to a particular title select the Title Date sort or a custom sort that first compares titles Click on any record in the record list to activate the list Type the first few characters used to identify the record The charac ters must begin the first sorted field ProCite displays a Go To Record dialog Go to Record xi Go to Author OK SS ae Cancel Based on records sorted by Jauthor D ate Title bd Continue typing as many characters as you feel may be required to differentiate the record from others and click OK ProCite searches from the top of the record list and highlights the record that most closely matches the text you typed If several records match only the first match in the list is highlighted Stop words are ignored when jumping to records Note To jump to a specific record when viewing full records for editing you can go to the View menu Go to Record and then Find This displays the Go to Record dialog You can also access this from the Go to Record toolbar Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records 249 Quick Searching with Field Content Lists The easiest way to find records is to look up particular Authors Journals Titles or Keywords A field content list shows all unique entries in the chosen field in the active database so you can choose a term from the field content list knowing that ProCite will find
443. nd creates a copy of it in the new file format To convert databases and workforms 1 Start ProCite 2 From the Tools menu select Convert File to display a file dialog 3 In the List Files of Type drop down list select All Files 4 Locate and highlight the old database name in the file dialog and click Open to convert it ProCite asks whether it is okay to convert the file 5 When you click Yes to start file conversion ProCite displays a file dialog 6 Type a name for the new database select the appropriate folder for the new database typically ProCite s Database folder and click Save to start the conversion If you created custom workforms with an earlier version of ProCite they are converted along with your data You may be prompted during the conversion to verify field mapping for custom workforms For instance ProCite now uses field 10 specifically for journal titles Move all journal title information to field 10 move other types of information in field 10 to an unused field ProCite reads the database file and creates a new ProCite database from it You cannot use the new database with earlier versions of ProCite Caution Do not delete your old database until you have opened the new copy with ProCite 5 and checked to make sure the database is intact 36 Chapter 2 Installation The ProCite program folder includes these text files which describe how records translate to ProCite 5 Windows Macint
444. nder Formatting Special Fields later in this chapter 436 Basic Procedure Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles e Empty fields in records are not included in the formatted output and punctuation associated with a field is output only if there is data in that field ProCite cannot output columns or automatically break words and hyphen ate them to fit in columns This must be done by the publisher or by you with a word processor The procedure is the same whether you are defining a workform style for an in text citation or a reference in a bibliography To define a workform style for each available workform 1 Click on a workform name or Default to select the workform style to customize If that workform style is already defined fields are displayed for editing Otherwise the text box is blank Note When defining a workform style for in text citations two text boxes are displayed If all references to a citation are to print the same way use only the First Citation text box If you want to print subse quent citations differently you can define two different output formats Build a list of fields that are included in the workform in the order you want them printed a Click Insert Field Only those fields used in the current workform appear If you are setting up the Default workform style all 45 ProCite fields appear If you are setting up an in text citation style you can select Citation Number
445. nfigure Print Save Next Page ie BA Zoom In Zo Reference Lit Computer hopper 1995 Iss 181 New York Coastal Associates Publhing L P 1979 Multi Media Medicine Vols 1 Philadelphia PA American College of Physicians Notes Contiuies American College of Physiciare Self Leamirg Series Adar A B 1966 John Janes Audubon A biography New York G P Pumam s Sons Anderson M R 1994 Apollyonts bow Perspective reading nd meaning in the Ubmumated works of Wiliam Blake Unpublished doctoral dissertation Uniiersity of Michigan Ann Arbor MI Andersm R J amp Schrier R W 1987 Acute renal failure ln E Bramsvrald K J Isebacher R G Fetersdorf et al editors Harr on s principles of mtemalmedicme 11th ed pp 1149 1155 New York Ik Grav Hill Aki M heertor 1987 December 9 Seiko Epsom Corp Assignee Marosfacture of glass by Sol Gel process Japanese Patent 62 293 827 87 283 827 Chemical Abstracts 108 14 p 329 Arney M J Davies M S Harbley T W amp Pierens R K 1994 A staty of the polarities anisotropic polarsabilities and cabal infrared vibrational frequencies ofthe camplexes PACO PLOCH CMe Gl Cr Mb or W and the crystal structure of PCO PCOCH Che Evidence for mac ceptor behaviour in co ordinated phosphorus Joumal of the Chemical Society Dalton Transactions horganic Chanistry 91 96 Manserrat C amp Berg
446. ng Cancel Help This tab contains various options for field comparison when scanning for duplicates In most cases the default Author Title and Date comparison works best For more information about these options see Setting Duplicate Record Criteria later in this chapter 242 Chapter 12 Detecting Duplicate Records 2 Select the check box titled Warn about duplicates when saving new records 3 Click OK to save changes and dismiss the dialog Now when you save a new record ProCite warns you when it encounters a possible duplicate You may want to save the record and compare the duplicates before deleting one of them Searching the Database for Duplicates To list duplicate records in your database mark them and delete them 1 Click on the Duplicates tab at the bottom of the record list window ProCite displays all possible duplicates based on the current duplicate detection settings IP Sample Database TK Mark Bg Add List R Mark List PX Clear E B Qu gt Rg Copy Marked amp Open Link Mark by Date IX Mark by Size Configure Duplicates BEES Ada ande _ Adams Alexander B 1966 _ Anderson Mark Ransom Apollyon s bow Perspective reading and meaning in the illuminated works of 1984 Anderson Mark Ransom Apollyon s bow Perspective reading and meaning in the illuminated works of 1984 _ Bar Linda Monserrat Catherine Berg Toni Teenage pregnancy A new beginning 199
447. ng a Database e seseeeesseeesesesseseeererrsreeresreresreresreee 90 Opening a Database from an Earlier Version 92 Setting Program Options 000 eect ceseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 93 General Display Settings 00 0 ee cece esses ceeeneeneeeees 94 File Locations sieneen a e e 94 Internet Search Settings sesesseseseseeseeereerereerrereresrereseeee 96 Default Database Settings ssseseessesessereersrerrsrrerrrrererrsee 97 CIosinS FIE S ssccs sesso cossidcwcseteretest evessees wives eomenleateegnateenteccsigeh oes 99 Backing Up Files scisith cin dudes end eed ian Eepe i 99 Renaming HOS Ee e prerie ee r ee aa E EE E Ea 100 Deleting Filesi dieronnaneie e i EEEN 100 Shanin File S sisesseseesiisvsroseaech ucten e E 101 ProCite Program aniei an a 101 Data Dases n renee eae rererere setea Aeaee Ti EEE aes 101 WorkformS ie oepa erkeer tee Ea E E NRE IER EEE eS 102 O tp t Styles ee e si eii rE tied E E 103 List Files ea hess SC MA eee ee 104 Search EXPLES SIONS iis sess ocees cee losses Seep teh EEEN kinena 104 Internet Search Configurations ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 104 Word Processor Files 00 e cee eceseesseseececssececeseeseeeseens 105 Cross Platform Compatibility 0 cee eee eeeesee cee cnee ences 106 Hl S Waring neare epe store e eones cout ENEE IEE sees ees se ovs 106 Character Mapping 00 0 0 cece eee ceceeeeeeceseeeeceeeeeeeeaeeees 107 Damaged Biles mrina er ats R 108 Rebuilding a Database
448. ng from earlier version 35 36 creating 406 410 damaged 109 default 139 definition 23 changing 405 deleting 41 1 edit record window 124 editing existing 408 exporting definitions 480 exporting indicators 478 fields 139 global change 220 Index 537 importing indicators 207 208 213 inpress 197 list by name and letter 207 list of those supplied 487 locating 188 modifying 139 405 406 406 410 opening 406 408 opening blank 407 recommended selections 194 196 relation to output styles 404 renaming 406 saving 409 410 searching by 268 selecting 138 140 188 189 192 for books 198 forjournals 197 selecting fields 408 411 share with ProCite forW indows 102 sharing 102 410 special fields 412 414 Workform Files Installed 41 Workform Style additional text 437 applying type styles 449 450 author name formatting 452 462 date formatting 465 467 default 435 defining 433 435 delete field 439 440 formatting 437 438 insert field 438 439 inserting additional text 445 446 inserting blank lines 447 448 inserting formatting characters 446 449 inserting new lines 446 inserting new paragraphs 446 inserting page breaks 448 inserting punctuation 440 445 inserting tabs 448 journal title formatting 464 keyword formatting 469 page number formatting 468 469 punctuation 437 title formatting 462 464 Workforms Folder 95 96 538 Index Y Y2K Dates 146 171 Year 2000 dates 146 171 Year Format 170 173 467 Z 239 50 ad
449. ng or descending order Selecting a Sort Order for Display When you change the sort order for display the new setting is remem bered until you specifically change it To change the display order go to the Sort menu and choose the order in which you want to see the record list The current list displays in that order You can also reverse your entire record list from ascending to descending order for the current sort Use the Ascending Descending option on the Sort menu Tip A quick way to change the sort order is to click on a column heading in the record list Based on the field displayed ProCite selects the closest predefined sort Click on the same column heading to toggle between ascending and descending order To switch a single sort level field from Ascending to Descending order you must set up a custom sort order In a custom sort order you can set each of the sort levels to ascending or descending order so you could have the author name sorted from A to Z which is ascending order while having the date sorted from most recent to earliest which is descending order You can switch the entire list between ascending and descending order from the Sort menu whether you are using a predefined sort or a custom sort Chapter 11 Sorting Records 225 Selecting a Sort Order For Printing The order in which you sort a printed bibliography can differ from the viewing order on your screen By default ProCite uses th
450. ng punctuation before each field If field 25 Location in Work is empty the group will begin with a comma and space The comma may be suppressed if there is double punctuation This is an appropriate setup if your records will almost always contain a location in work such as page numbers Example 2 lt 30 Series Editor gt lt 31 Series Editor Role gt lt 32 Series Title gt lt 33 Series Volume ID gt This example shows nested grouping operators ProCite processes the inner set of grouping operators separately from the outer set of grouping operators This example prints two sentences enclosed in parentheses Harris John H Jr editor Golden s diagnostic radiology series 1 The outermost grouping operators ensure that no matter which fields contain data the fields that print are surrounded by parentheses and followed by a period Note If you want to actually print the characters that are used as group ing operators or precede the character with a backslash as in Ae Inserting Additional Text Additional text is used when e You always want to print text before or after a field even when the field is empty e You want to print text that is associated with the output style or workform style but is not associated with any particular field in a record For example information that is part of a standard form or typesetting codes that you want to include as part of a bibl
451. nge to one of the other language sorting options on the International Settings tab The other language settings are internal to ProCite so that you can accurately share databases between users and between ProCite for Windows and ProCite for the Macintosh If users plan to install your database on their own machines tell them to rebuild the database so the sort keys are updated according to their system sort Make sure all computers that may access the database are using the same system sort Note If you apply the System Specific sort from your computer and a computer with a different system sort accesses the file it may initially work just fine However when that user starts adding or editing records especially when extended characters are used the database will become obviously damaged Use Rebuild to repair the file How ProCite Sorts Sort Levels This section explains how ProCite sorts field levels and characters when comparing and ordering records It tells how ProCite sorts variables such as punctuation diacritics dates numbers and empty fields To understand how the multiple sort levels work here is an example using the three level Author Date Title sort 1 ProCite compares the author names from each record and sorts them alphabetically from A Z 2 If two or more references have identical author entries ProCite sorts that group of records by date The earliest dates sort first 3 If two or more ref
452. ns You can number citations in order of occurrence or based on a sort order of all references Chapter 16 Cite While YouWrite 325 In a style with numbered citations a formatted multiple citation appears with the numbers in ascending order even when they appear in a different order in the unformatted multiple citation The output style governs how multiple citations in the manuscript print including handling ranges of numeric citations For example in a numbered style where you cite multiple references you may want to represent multiple citations as aS described by several authors t 3 15 or as described by several authors 15 Author Date Citations The output style allows you to choose any number and combination of fields to print for each citation The Author Date style is common For example Jiang 1998 From the Configure Bibliography dialog that appears when you Generate Bibliography you can choose an In text Citation Order to sort citations within a multiple citation independent from the sort order of the reference list This example uses semicolons as separators and sorts by Author Fischer et al 1988 Fontaine et al 1986 Yagel et al 1988 Reference Format The output style defines which fields will print for each reference in the bibliography and with what punctuation You can specify a unique format for each document type referenced The reference list order is indicated on the Refere
453. ns you insert links to ProCite records the same way ProCite s output styles allow you to print bibliographies in any style such as APA MLA or Index Medicus Specifying the output style formatting of in text citations and references in a bibliography is described in Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles W ord Pr ocessor Notes ProCite s installation program installs cite while you write support for Microsoft Word Windows and Macintosh and Corel s WordPerfect Windows If you install your word processor after installing ProCite you must either reinstall ProCite or manually install cite while you write support For more information see Chapter 2 Installation ProCite commands appear either directly under or in a ProCite 5 sub menu of the Tools menu in your word processor Or you can use the corresponding ProCite Toolbar for easy access The Toolbar BEAR aa as Chapter 16 Cite While You Write 309 The Menu g Insert Citation Insert Marked References c Recall Last Search Scan Document fll Generate Bibliography 4 Find Previous Unlinked Citation Ea Find Next Unlinked Citation Unformat Citations E Revert to Original Text Er Recover Citations P Help Under Windows you may prefer to execute these commands from the keyboard Insert Citation Alt 1 Insert Marked Records Alt 2 Generate Bibliography Alt 3 Microsoft Word for Windows or Macintosh Field Codes W
454. nstalls them in your System folder if they are not already available If any of the required files are deleted or moved from the System folder ProCite will either not start up at all or will display an error message during operation You can reinstall ProCite in order to restore system files Each ProCite database you create is made up of two files The first file contains the text of your database and the file with the extension PDX contains indexes for locating and sorting records Both files are required in order to use the database You can create any number of ProCite databases and should save them in ProCite s Database folder We ship two sample databases for you to work with to learn the program Windows Macintosh Sample Database PDT Sample Database Sample Database PDX Sample Database PDX Turtles PDT Turtles Turtles PDX Turtles PDX Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour walks through the basic features of ProCite with the Sample Database After experimenting with the sample databases by modifying adding or deleting records copy fresh versions from the ProCite CD If you add significant data to a sample database please save a copy of the database with a new name Anyone reinstalling ProCite could replace your file Workforms List Files Chapter 2 Installation 41 Workforms are the fill in the blank forms used to enter data We supply at least the workforms listed in Appendix B ProCite Workforms and F
455. ntifier from the list For record IDs workforms or groups you can use a special identifier to perform a limited search Identifier Searches for REC A record with a specific record ID or RECORD a range of record IDs when used with a RECORD ID relational operator WORKFORM Records that use a specific workform GROUP Records contained in a specific group Operators An operator is a character that ProCite interprets as a special searching instruction There are two basic types of operators relational and logical There are also two Special Values 258 Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records Relational Operators Use these relational operators between an identifier and a search term Relational Operator Definition equal Text anywhere in the field must match the search term Only whole words match unless you use the wildcard character lt gt not equal The search term must not match any text in the field gt greater than Text must follow the search term numeri cally or alphabetically Primarily used for dates or record IDs ProCite looks at only the first character of any other field lt less than Text must precede the search term numeri cally or alphabetically Primarily used for dates or record IDs ProCite looks at only the first character of any other field gt greater than or equal to Text must match or follow the search term numerically or alphabetically Primarily for dates or r
456. ntly delete an item highlight the item or items that you want to delete and click Delete 7 When you are done modifying the list choose Close from the File menu The list is saved and available for use in ProCite You can keep Lists open for editing while you are entering or editing ProCite records As you add new terms to your database you can copy them to the clipboard and paste them into the appropriate list Importing Items from a Text File You can add items to a list directly from a text file You create the text file open the list file and then import the text file Creating the Text File You can easily create a text file to import into a term list or journal title list Either type each item into a word processor document and save the document as Text Only or automatically create a text file from existing ProCite records Chapter 18 Building List Files 373 With a Word Processor or Editor Create a text file typing a single item on each line Each line in a term list can contain e a single term or e aterm and a note with the note separated by a tab or delimited by curly braces For example Neruda Pable tab Reyes Neftal Ricardo Newbolt Henry Smithson John or Neruda Pable Reyes Neftali Ricardo Newbolt Henry Smithson John Each line in a journal title list can contain either e a single journal title e ajournal title and a journal abbreviation separated by tab or delimited by curly
457. nvelope inside the front cover of the manual or on the bottom of the ProCite box To install you need the ProCite installation CD Insert the installation CD The installation program may start automatically If it doesn t run Setup Windows or Install ProCite 5 Macintosh Follow the instructions on your screen The amount of time it takes will depend upon the speed of your computer By default the installer places ProCite in the folder Program Files ProCite5 Windows or ProCite 5 Folder Macintosh so as not to interfere with earlier versions For more detailed installation instructions read one of the next two sections Single User Installation or Network Multi User Installation Single User Installation Before you begin quit from any open applications and find your ProCite 5 serial number To install the single user version of ProCite 1 Insert the ProCite CD into your CD ROM drive 2 Under Windows the installation program should start automatically If the installation program doesn t start automatically double click on Setup Windows or Install ProCite 5 Macintosh 3 Follow the instructions on your screen Before installing files the installation program displays e A Readme file that may contain late breaking news about the installation process or the ProCite program itself e A license agreement which details terms of use e A form requesting that you enter your ProCite 5 serial number
458. o add a record to an existing Group 1 Highlight the record s you wish to add to the Group 2 From the Group menu choose Add Record s to and select the name of the Group To remove a record from a Group 1 Click on the Groups tab and display the Group 2 Highlight the record s you wish to remove from the Group 3 From the Group menu select Remove Records Renaming a Group To rename an existing Group 1 On the Groups tab display the Group 2 Select Rename from the Groups menu 3 Type in a new name for the Group and click OK to save it 277 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities Overview Contents Searching and Importing from the Internet 278 Connecting to Host Servers eeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeseeseeeeee 278 Dial up Internet Connections 0 0 0 eee eee 278 Testing the Servers 0 eee ceseeeeceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeees 279 Allowing Access Through Firewalls 0 0 0 0 eee 281 Selecting Z39 50 Sites to Search s es 284 Searching Z39 50 Internet Sites or PubMed 286 Saving or Discarding Search Results 0 0 0 eee 289 Creating and Managing Search Expressions 290 Creating a Search Expression eeeeeeeeeeeereeee 290 Saving a Search Expression 0 ceeeeseeeeeeeceeeeees 291 Restoring a Search Expression 0 ceeeeeeeeeeees 293 Editing a Saved Search Expression eee 293 Deleting a Search Expression eeeeeeeeeeeereeee 293 Renaming a Search Expression
459. o compare only last names This is significant when you import records from various online or cd bibliographic services Services vary in whether they include full first names or only initials Chapter 12 Detecting Duplicate Records 245 3 Select For dates include just the year when you want to limit the date comparison to year only 4 Select Warn about duplicates when saving new records and ProCite will warn of a possible duplicate when you save a manually entered record 5 Select Discard duplicates when importing to automatically throw away duplicates ProCite detects during an Internet or PubMed search or while importing tagged or delimited records If you download hundreds or thousands of bibliographic records on a regular basis you may not want to verify each possible duplicate Note Make sure your field comparison is specific enough so you do not throw away similar but different records 246 Chapter 12 Detecting Duplicate Records 247 Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records Overview Contents Finding a Single Record ooo eee eeeeeeeeeeeeceeseeeneeeaeeneenaes 248 Quick Searching with Field Content Lists 00 ee 249 Highlighting Records occ eee eeeeseeseeceeeecsecneececsseenees 250 Marking Records wierster iiri pet iaee rotos sY 250 Searching a Database sosoiyicsiyiesiporssnssesrespstss ires osves pivi 252 Performing a Search wo eee cee eeeeeeeeeeeceseeeeeeseeeaeeaee 252 Narrowing a Search 000
460. o the record itself nor the field dependent preceding and following text Page Range Formats Use the Page Range Format box to choose the output format for page ranges Click the appropriate radio button Several examples are shown here so you can see the slight variations between the different styles Form Examples Full 52 53 101 104 200 203 558 561 871 879 Abbreviated 52 3 101 4 200 3 558 61 871 9 Chicago 52 53 101 4 200 203 558 61 871 79 MLA 52 53 101 04 200 03 558 61 871 79 Start page only 52 101 200 558 871 Access the Keyword Formatting dialog by selecting Keywords 45 from the Fields menu The Keyword separator indicated here will replace for output only the slashes or carriage returns entered as separators between keywords in your ProCite records You can choose any character s to separate keywords in formatted output as in Historical Article History of Medicine 20th Cent Human Male Historical Article History of Medicine 20th Cent Human Male To print each Keyword on a separate line use caret l I to insert a line break as the separator or caret p p to insert a new paragraph 470 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 171 Chapter 24 Exporting Delimited Records Overview Contents Basic Procedure ei peintre es a aooiie 471 Setting Export Options ssssessesessssesesreeessesreerssrerrsreresreersrrsene 474 Comma Delimited ccccecececee
461. o use data from an older version of ProCite or from a Reference Manager or EndNote database you must convert the data from that database into a ProCite 5 database This process is described in Chapter 2 Installation ProCite 5 for Windows 98 95 NT and ProCite 5 for the Power Macintosh can directly share files Because Macintosh applications do not require file extensions and Windows applications almost always use file exten sions to indicate file type you may need to modify disk file names as described in this section Note Some file servers do not accept file names longer than eight characters If this is the case with your server you will need to shorten file names Sharing Files Created with ProCite for Windows ProCite for the Macintosh version 5 can open any ProCite file created by ProCite 5 for Windows 98 95 NT Simply copy the files to a common server or to your hard disk preferably to the default ProCite folders When you want to access a database make sure both database files are available and make sure you also have access to any custom workforms used in the database Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files 107 Sharing Files Created with ProCite for the Macintosh You can share any ProCite file with other ProCite for the Macintosh or ProCite for Windows users When you share a database make sure you provide both database files and make sure you also provide any custom workforms used in the
462. oCite Program System Files Databases Workforms Journal Title Lists Output Styles Word Processor Files Import Configuration Files Download Files Internet Configuration Files Default Folder Program Files ProCite5 Windows System Folder Program Files ProCite 5 Database Program Files ProCite 5 Forms Program Files ProCite 5 Lists Program Files ProCite 5 Styles Program Files ProCite 5 CWYW and appropriate word processor folder Program Files ProCite 5 Config Program Files ProCite 5 Download Program Files ProCite 5 BkwrAPI Program Files Chapter 2 Installation 39 Macintosh Component Default Folder ProCite Program ProCite 5 Folder System Files System Folder and Extensions Folder Sample Databases ProCite 5 Folder Database Workforms ProCite 5 Folder Forms Journal Title Lists ProCite 5 Folder Lists Output Styles ProCite 5 Folder Styles Word Processor Files ProCite 5 Folder CWYW and appropriate word processor folder Import Configuration Files ProCite 5 Folder Config Download Files ProCite 5 Folder Download Internet Configuration Files Program Files ProCite 5 BkwrAPI The installation program creates these folders and installs all files If you change the installation folders from the default settings or you want to use additional files from another folder you need to indicate the appropri ate folders the first time you run ProCite In ProCite select Options from the Tools menu and click the File Locations tab
463. ocialismo 16 95 122 1987 Il rischio della certezza Rome Edizioni Studium Preceding or following punctuation for the author field is also sup pressed Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 457 Separators The Separators tab allows you to replace for output any double slash semicolon or carriage return that separates author names in your records It allows you to customize the punctuation between two authors between multiple authors and before the last author when there are more than two Author 01 Formatting Ea Author List Separators Names Text r Exactly Two Authors Between Each Author and More Than Two Authors Between Each Author f Before the Last Author and Cancel Help These are examples of how to meet the most common requirements Between Between Before Exactly Two Each the Last Authors Author Author Examples f f p Dunn J Dale N Rice R W McFarlin D B Hunt R G Near J P and and Dunn J and Dale N Rice R W McFarlin D B Hunt R G and Near J P amp amp Dunn J amp Dale N Rice R W McFarlin D B Hunt R G amp Near J P 458 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles Do not forget to include spaces as needed You would enter a comma and a space between authors To print each author name on a separate line enter p in each text box to insert a new paragraph between author
464. ograms OPACs and online diskette and CD services A tagged file format is where each bit of bibliographic information in a record such as Author Title Date and Publisher is preceded by a field tag or field label to identify it You can import tagged records retrieved from various bibliographic online databases OPACs World Wide Web services diskette services and CD ROM services A delimited file format is where each field in a record is in a specific position and is separated by a special character Some delimited formats also surround each field with a special character Common formatting types are Tab Delimited and Comma Delimited so we have defined a format for each You can also create a custom delimited format Several OPACs and CD ROM services offer an Export to ProCite option which creates a comma delimited file for easy import into ProCite Contact your vendors to find out whether they offer this feature Note For information about searching and importing from Z39 50 compliant Internet databases and about importing from web pages see Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities 200 Chapter 9 Importing Records Impor ting Tagged Records ProCite installs many configuration files that are set up to read and transfer tagged records retrieved from various bibliographic information services In the Biblio Link II manual found on your ProCite CD see Appendix C Configuration Files for a list of configuration f
465. oices are in the drop down list at the top of the preview window e All Records in List prints each of the records in the current record list The current record list could consist of all records in the database records you have individually marked search results or various other combinations of records You may find it easiest to always print All Records in List e Marked Records prints every record that has a selected check box whether or not they appear in the current record list You get the same result by displaying Marked Records in the record list and printing All Records in List e Highlighted Records prints only the highlighted record s in the current list e Groups pick one of the named groups saved in the database 344 Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies 4 Select the appropriate output style from the Output Style drop down list The number of output styles displayed in the list is limited so you may need to use the browse button next to the list to locate additional output styles 5 You can click Configure to verify or change settings in the Configure Bibliography dialog You can override certain settings in your output style on the Reference List tab all three tabs are discussed in detail under Setting up your Bibliography later in this chapter When you click OK to save changes ProCite updates the bibliography preview with the new settings 6 Select the destination for your bibliography a To prin
466. on 4 Title Analytic 5 Medium Designator 6 Connective Phrase 7 Author Monographic To search a specific field select that field number from the list ProCite transfers the field identifier to the text box Or choose a special identifier AUTHOR TITLE DATE KEY WORDS RECORD ID WORKFORM GROUP ProCite adds the identifier to the search expression 3 Enter a relational operator by clicking on the Operators button and choosing from the list Equal this text appears anywhere in the field lt gt Not Equal field does NOT contain this text lt Less Than lt Less Than or Equal gt Greater Than gt Greater Than or Equal AND Both expressions match OR Either expression matches NOT Expression does NOT match AND NOT First expression matches second expression does not BEGINS WITH Field Author or Keyword begins with this text ENDS WITH Field Author or Keyword ends with this text EXACTLY Entire Field Author or Keyword matches this text CONTAINS Field contains this text possibly as part of another word or phrase EMPTY Field is empty NOT EMPTY Field contains any text ProCite adds the operator to the current search expression 264 Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records 4 Enter your search term in one of two ways Type the term in the text box If your search term is a phrase enclose it in quotation marks Since ProCite does not distinguish between uppercase and lower c
467. on Management TO Kenneth Burke s way of knowing Booth Wayne C 1974 Pluralism Kenneth Burke From hands on science to hands on i Borgman Christine L Bower Jame 1989 Library Associations Informat What Mrs McGillicuddy saw Christie Agatha 1988 Literature Audiovisual Materi The electrochemistry of biomass and Chum H L Baizer M M 1985 Medicine Biomass W S Index file Decker William 1983 WSJ data Bibliographic Date Words A connoisseur s collection of Dickson Paul 1982 Language Words Teaching assistance not teaching a Dunn Richard J Winter 1990 College Instruction Higher Ec Superficial organ sonography and mis Fleischer Arthur C 1989 Sonography Clinical Applicat The pharmacological basis of therape Gilman Alfred G Rall Theodore Ww 1990 Medicine Pharmacology Epoxidation process Harred John F Knight Allan B h 1972 Apr 4 Chemistry Epoxidation x Ha PI All Records Marked Records x Search h Terms N Groups ___Duplicates 7 Author Title Date Ascending 0 Records Marked 40 Records in List 40 Records in Database Ready cn el ee You can easily change the width of the columns by dragging between column titles Use the next exercise to change the width of the Date field in the record list window Exercise Changing the Column Width To change column widths 1 To see more of the Keywords field move the pointer to the column heading divider between Date and Keywords The pointer changes to a horizontal
468. on to format a citation to the clipboard You can then paste the citation into any word processor document Basic Procedure Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 423 To define an in text citation workform style 1 Click the In Text Citations tab in your output style F Untitled Output Style2 _ Oo x Fa Insert Field SY Insert Special EH Configure Fields In Text Citations Bibliography In Text Citation Settings I Include a bibliography with each document First Citation Reference Type Audiovisual Material Bill Resolution Book Chapter Book Long Form Book Short Form Book Whole Case Computer Program Conference Proceedings Data File Dissertation Electronic Citation Email Subsequent Citations Preview 2 For each workform in the list build a list of fields that you want to print for each citation in the order you want them printed If all references to a citation are to print the same way use only the First Citation text box If you want to print subsequent citations differently you can define two different output formats a Click the Insert Field button b Double click on the field you want to insert or highlight the field that you want to insert and click OK ProCite inserts a delimited field number and name at the cursor At the top of the list of fields are generic fields Use these for the Default workform since different workforms may use different fields
469. ons Repeat steps 2 4 for each citation you wish to include in your manu script Inserting Numbered Citations Many word processors can automatically number citations maintain the numbering of the footnote or endnote as you insert more citations and allow you to position all references at the end of the document See your word processor documentation for more information To insert numbered citations in your manuscript 1 2 In ProCite highlight the record you wish to cite From the Edit menu go to the Copy Special item and choose Copy Formatted Reference to copy the reference to the clipboard The Reference formats according to the output style currently in effect for the database Switch to your word processor and insert a footnote or end note From the Edit menu Paste the reference into the footnote or end note The word processor will number the citation Repeat steps 1 4 for each citation you wish to include in your manu script 340 Chapter 16 Cite While You Write Generating a Bibliography To produce a reference list 1 In ProCite mark each record you wish to include in your bibliography and then display the Marked Records tab From the File menu choose Print Bibliography to display a preview Click on Configure to verify the output style in use and update any other Configure Bibliography options Click OK to save changes Click the Save button to print to a Word Processo
470. ools menu to convert it back to its original form 318 Chapter 16 Cite While You Write Inserting Marked Records from ProCite You can mark any number of records in a ProCite database and then insert those records at one place in your manuscript In the ProCite database mark the records you want to insert Then in your manuscript choose Insert Marked Records from the Tools menu This is helpful in two situations You want to place multiple records in one place in your manuscript Finding and marking the records in ProCite may be easier than typing identifying text for each record You can t remember enough unique text for Insert Citation to identify the one record you want It may be easier to find and mark the record in ProCite Marking the records in ProCite gives you access to full searching capabilities and groups Including Citations in Footnotes or Endnotes You can insert citations in footnotes or endnotes All linked citations are found and formatted when you Generate Bibliography You may need to specify suitable in text citation formats in the output style Citations usually appear as numbers or as Author Date Your footnotes or endnotes may require a full reference You can indicate a full reference for in text citations in the output style Set up a single default list of fields to print for all workforms or a separate list for each work form on the In Text Citations tab in the output style Some bibliogra
471. or name and date or a title and date Goodman 1993 A Room with a view 1985 Dates after an in an author field are ignored as in Roberts Frank 1880 1962 Date Ranges You may use a date range such as 1997 1998 or 1997 1998 and ProCite will match any valid date in the range 1990a and 1990 are valid dates ProCite will search for records with 1990 dates 99 66 In press forthcoming unpublished submitted and similar designations are recognized as valid dates as in Povinelli amp Godfrey in press Entering Record IDs You can use a ProCite record ID as a unique identifier A record ID is useful if you are citing a work by an author who has published several works in the same year For example the identifying text Ross 1993 Would match all works by Ross that were published in 1993 If there are multiple matches you would have to choose the appropriate record from a list You would get a direct match by including the appropriate record ID Ross 1993 100 80 ProCite allows duplicate record IDs so using only a record ID in the identifying text will not necessarily find a unique match You could match more than one record and still have to choose from a list If you already have only record IDs entered within delimiters as in aS described by Warren in his latest publication 97 You can use the Scan Document command selecting the Reco
472. ord cesses 190 Changing the Workform for Multiple Records eee 191 Contents 9 Selecting an Appropriate Workform eee cece eeteeeeceseeeeeeeeees 192 Relationship between Workforms and Output Styles 193 Common Workform Choices ceceeceeeseeeeseeseeeseeeecnecseeaes 194 Choosing Workforms for Journal and Book Entries 197 JOutMAl Entries reon eare e a epee S 197 Book Entries y sssssessisecssassspepessas nn e 198 Chapter 9 Importing Records OVELVICW nin a a WH Bev ee AR 199 Importing Tagged Records 00 eee eceeeeeeeseeesecreeseeceeeaececnseeneeesees 200 The Tagged Records 0 ee ce ee eceeeeceeeeeeceseeeseeseecsecseecsesaeeaes 200 Basic Procedure sce ehdro eeso rens opoe Deen IEE ENESE SEEE Ere RoE eE 201 Importing Delimited Records 00 eee cece cseeeeeceecesecneceseeeeensees 203 Basics Procedures nasrin Gi stee Wei beeoveh tessa EES 203 Preparing a Delimited Import File oe eeeeeeeseeteeeee 205 Field Fomai 3 desesttsaesesdeessvistin ce pete eaea e e E S 205 Field Order arnan e a E as 206 Setting Import Options eee ceseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeaeeaee 209 Comma Delimited eee eeeeceseeeeeceecaecnseeaecnaeeeees 210 Tab Delimited enterrer oree tee toee s seeen ei 211 Custom Delimited 00 ee eee eeeecreeeeeceessecneeeseeneeesees 212 Chapter 10 Global Editing CVELVIGW E A E hbase E E E 215 Global Edit earren a Ene a E L E E E 216 Global Find and
473. ord bd Sample Database Edit Record oO x Workform Monograph zj Record ID 30 x Pe E QKI ye Author Monographic 07 A dams Alexander B Author Role 08 Title Monographic 09 John James Audubon A biography Reprint Status 12 Date Edition 15 Place of Publication 18 New York Publisher Name 19 G P Putnam s Sons Date of Publication 20 1966 Address Availability 37 Location URL 38 ISBN 41 0 03 316213 4 Notes 42 Abstract 43 Traces the checkered career of artist and naturalist John James Audubon 1785 1851 Call Number 44 Keywords 45 Biography Nature Art B e Workform The Workform drop down list shows which workform was used to enter this record The workform indicates what document type journal book etc is represented See Chapter 8 Choosing a Workform for more informa tion about workforms e Record ID This is the record ID assigned to the record by ProCite unless it was later changed individually or the database was renum bered Chapter 5 Viewing Records 125 Go to Record To view another complete record use the Go to Record directional buttons on the toolbar The buttons go to the appropriate record in the current record list and in the current sorted order Use the magnifying glass to find a specific record You can also use the View menu s Go to Record commands or their key equivalents to move between records Font Size Style From the Tex
474. ord When you do substitute the journal title prints as entered into the Journal Abbreviation column of the journal title list Do not put any special delimiters around the journal title in your records When attempting to substitute text ProCite compares the full contents of the field Journal Title 10 to each item in the first column of the journal title list Using a Journal Title List for Substitution Journal title substitution is linked to output styles Individual output styles determine whether substitution is active and which journal title list to use for substitution To turn journal title substitution on for an output style 1 Place the journal title list in ProCite s Lists folder Note If you place the journal title list in a different folder you must select Options from the Tools menu and add that folder to the File Locations tab 2 Create or open an output style 392 Chapter20 Using Alternate Text 3 On the Bibliography tab click on a workform that contains journal titles in field 10 Index Medicus olx a Insert Field Insert Special p8 Configure Fields In Text Citations Bibliography Bibiography Settings Reference Type Definition Email 4 lt 01 Author Analytic gt lt 04 Article Title gt lt 10 Journal Title gt lt 20 Date of Publication gt lt 22 E Generic Volume ID gt lt 24 Issue ID gt lt 25 Page s gt Hearing Rec lt Record ID gt In Press
475. ored 1 From the Tools menu select Options 2 Click the File Locations tab Options Ea General File Locations Intemet Search Databases es Workforms es Output Styles es Journal and Term Lists Search Expressions C PROGRAM FILESSPROCITESS H Cancel Help 3 Under Search Expressions either use the browse button to select the appropriate folder or type the full path to the folder ProCite saves your Internet search expressions to the file inetexpr and your PubMed search expressions to the file pmedexpr in the folder selected here Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities 293 Restoring a Search Expression To use a previously saved search expression 1 Click the Expressions button 2 Select the expression name from the drop down list and ProCite adds the expression to the search interface replacing any existing expres sion Note The drop down list shows up to 10 saved search expressions If you have more than 10 saved expressions you may need to use the Expressions item at the bottom of the list 3 Click Search to execute the search Editing a Saved Search Expression To edit a saved search expression 1 Restore the search expression you wish to edit 2 Make your changes to the expression 3 Save the expression with the same name 4 When asked whether to replace the existing expression click Yes Deleting a Search Expression To delete a saved
476. orkform Although ProCite is set up and intended for bibliographic references the information stored in ProCite can be of any type However you must create custom workforms and custom output styles for non bibliographic data Locatingthe Available W orkforms Predefined workforms are supplied with ProCite If your list of work forms does not match our list or if no workforms appear to be available it may be that The predefined workforms are not installed See Chapter 2 Installa tion for information about installing ProCite ProCite cannot find your workform files All workforms in ProCite s Forms folder are available If your workforms are stored elsewhere choose Options from the Tools menu and check the File Locations tab to make sure the correct folder is indicated The predefined workforms were renamed and or modified Compare your workforms to the workform definitions in Appendix B ProCite Workforms and Fields Custom workforms were created Beware of using custom workforms as they will require custom workform styles in each output style Whereas the predefined workforms are available to every ProCite user the ones you create are available to others only when specifically copied from your machine Settingthe Workformfor aNewRecord For each record you insert you can choose from the predefined work forms plus any custom workforms that may be available 1 Go to the Database menu and choose New Record ProC
477. orkform Each workform style is comprised of a list of fields in the order that you want them to print in formatted output Basic Procedure To define a bibliographic style 1 Click the Bibliography tab in your output style 2 For each workform in the list define a workform style Build a list of fields that you want to print for each citation in the order you want them printed Note If you want to print all references exactly the same or you use only a single workform type in your database you can set up only the Default workform style The Default style applies to every workform that does not have a unique workform style defined Bibiography Settings In Text Citations Bibliography IP APA American Psychological Assoc o x Fa Insert Field Insert Special ES Configure Fields Reference Type lt Default gt Abstract Art Work Audiovisual Material Bill Resolution Book Chapter Book Long Form Book Short Form Book Whole Case Computer Program Conference Proceedings Data File Dissertation Electronic Citation Email Definition lt 01 Author Analytic gt lt 02 Author Role gt lt 20 Date ofPublication lt 04 Title Analytic gt lt 06 Connective Phrase gt lt 07 Author IMonographic gt lt 08 Author Role gt lt 09 Title Monographic gt lt 15 Edition gt ed ol lt 22 olume ID gt lt 24 Issue ID gt lt 25 Locationin Work gt lt 30 Series E
478. ormats Use the Sorted By box to determine the sort order of multiple citations When two or more citations print at the same location you can sort the citations by e Citation Order e Author Date e Date Ascending e Date Descending Author Formatting The Author Formatting options are described in more detail later in this chapter under Formatting Special Fields When the In Text Citations tab is active the Author Formatting Options change slightly and apply to the In Text Citations format This allows you to control author name format ting for in text citations independently from author name formatting for references in your bibliography To set Author Formatting click the In Text Citations tab then click the Configure Fields button to select the appropriate author field If you have listed the generic Author field to print make sure you define Author Formatting for both field 01 and field 07 since either one may be used as a primary author field in a workform The Author Formatting tabs include e Author List The Author List tab determines how many author names print when there are multiple authors for the first and subsequent occurrences of a citation to the same reference and what to do if an author field is empty e Separators The Separators tab lets you replace for output any double slash semicolon or carriage return that separates author names in your records You can customize punctuation bet
479. orts com mand on the Sort menu You can e Compare one to six fields to determine the sort order on the Custom Sort Order tab e Indicate how to sort empty fields author fields and date fields on the Custom Sort Option tab e Develop a Stop List of words to ignore at the beginning of a field on the Stop List tab The order in which you sort a printed bibliography can differ from the viewing order on your screen By default ProCite uses the output style sort order for the bibliography Use the following exercise to override the default setting and print the records using a different sort order Exercise Changing a Sort Order for Printing To change the sort order for printing 1 From the File menu choose Print Bibliography A bibliography preview displays using the default output style or the last output style selected and its sort order 2 Click Configure on the toolbar The Configure Bibliography dialog displays the current bibliographic settings Configure Bibliography x Reference List Fields Page Layout Output Style NS American National Standards bi B Reset Reference List Title Ba List Reference List Order Ascending Author Title D ate has C Descending Numbering V Number References Beginning With a Prefix iy 4 Sufis Alignment Rih Indentation r Spacing First Line fo codin Line Spacing sine J Hanging Joso0in Space After sine f Ca
480. orwegian Finnish and Swedish e French e Polish e Russian Cyrillic e Spanish Traditional e System Specific Note The System Specific sort uses the language defined by your computer s operating system This can cause conflicts when you share a database with another user who is using a different system sort See the next topic titled How the System Specific Sort Affects Database Sharing 3 Click OK to save the change When you change the default language setting the change is reflected in each new database you create When you change the language for the current database ProCite rebuilds the database to reflect the new character sorting The language setting governs how characters sort in ProCite and how characters are uppercased for subject headings when printing subject bibliographies How the System Specific Sort Affects Database Sharing The System Specific sort uses the language defined by your computer s operating system This is helpful when you want to use a language sort not currently provided by ProCite However you should not use the System Specific sort if you want to share your database with others who may or may not have the same system sort in effect Chapter 11 Sorting Records 233 If you are using the System Specific sort and wish to share your database use one of these options The best option especially if you plan to make the database available over a network is to first cha
481. ose Clear Marked Set 2 Mark the records you want to change The marked records can use the same or any number of different workforms 3 From the Database menu s Edit Marked Records submenu pick Global Change Workform 4 Click to highlight the new workform in the list of available work forms 5 Click OK to start the conversion The workform for each marked record is changed to your selected workform Having changed the workform for the marked records there is no automatic way to restore the original workforms You can change each record back individually if you remember what the original workforms were If you had data in fields that do not exist in the new workform you do not lose it Even though the fields are not part of the new workform defini tion you will be able to see them each time you access a record Such fields are indicated on the screen by a dash in place of the field name 192 Chapter8 Choosinga Workform 2 Sample Database Edit Record OF x Worktorm Eat Record ID 230 kK PE Qu4d gt We 01 Kuret J A Murad F 04 Adenohypophyseal hormones and related substances 06 In Author Monographic 07 Gilman Alfred G Rall Theodore W Nies Alan 3 Taylor Palmer 08 editors Title Monographic 09 The pharmacological basis of therapeutics Reprint Status 12 E Date 15 8th Place of Publication 18 New York Publisher Name 19 Pergamon This data sh
482. osh Reference Manager for the Macintosh RM2toPC rtf RM2 to PC Reference Manager for Windows RM8toPC rtf RM8 to PC EndNote ENtoPC rtf EN to PC Converting ProCite Punctuation Files and Lists If you have been using only the predefined lists and output styles known as punctuation files in some earlier versions of ProCite don t bother converting any of them Simply use the updated versions installed with ProCite Note Before converting these files first convert your databases ProCite cannot accurately convert a punctuation file until all workforms are converted and available Follow the following procedure for punctuation files and then do it again for lists To convert punctuation files or lists for use with ProCite 5 1 Start ProCite 5 2 From the Tools menu select Convert File to display an Open File dialog 3 In the List Files of Type box select All Files 4 Locate and highlight any punctuation file with the extension PNC or List with the extension LST 5 Click Open and ProCite asks whether to convert the file 6 When you click Yes to start file conversion ProCite displays a file dialog 7 In the file dialog enter a name for the file choose the appropriate ProCite folder Styles or Lists and click Save to save the new file to disk When converting a punctuation file ProCite may ask you to map old workforms to new workforms Map each workform appropriately Chapter 2 Installation 37
483. otes a a R AE 101 Da t base Sn EE A EREE AN 101 Workfor mS aieea ie E E E E RE 102 O tp t Styles ereere o ee soak esse Ere iee EEN EEE 103 T st Filesz neta te aaa e A E T attics 104 Search Expressions oia seisoin ea detoa iess oaee dete 104 Internet Search Configurations esssseeesseeeesereesrseeressserreserees 104 Word Processor Files ir csoraci metet ieren rese Eae 105 Cross Platform Compatibility 00 0 eee cseeseecnecesecneeeseeerensees 106 File Sharing ios aerar eesriie ten EEE borate Skates 106 Sharing Files Created with ProCite for Windows 106 Sharing Files Created with ProCite for the Macintosh 107 Character Mapping sreske ereere ap esae 107 Macintosh to Windows Character Mapping 00 107 Windows to Macintosh Character Mapping 0 108 Damaged Pues scsio 20 ss apteat is tosses ibis E cd seeps dows EEES 108 5 6 Contents Rebuilding a Database o0 e eee ee cece esse cseeeeecaeesaeceeeaececnseeneensees 109 When to Rebuild a Database 0 eee eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneenee 109 Reclaiming Disk Space eeeeseereeseececnseseenseesees 109 Repairing a Damaged File 000 eee eee eee cee ceecneeseeneeeees 110 Rebuilding a Database cee eeceesceeeecesseceereceseeeneecereeeneeesees 111 Leaving ProCite tsesen nerne aree E E e 112 Chapter 5 Viewing Records OVENI EW eree E eee E ok ee 113 Viewing Abbreviated Records The Record Lists 00 0 eeeeeeseeeeees 114 D
484. ou can include any combination of the four author fields in your workform Author names from the four author fields are compiled to create the Authors field content list which is used for data entry and searching We recommend that you use the four author fields for author names only personal authors and or corporate authors If you enter text other than an author name you could get strange results on output Date Fields ProCite converts text in the Date fields to a consistent internal date format that is seen and used only by the program This allows correct date sorting and allows you to print dates in different forms This special conversion applies to these three date fields 12 Date of Meeting or Reprint Status 20 Date of Publication 21 Date of Copyright If your workform requires one date field use field 20 If it requires two date fields use fields 20 and 21 The default sort orders compare field 20 or 21 from each record the first which contains data When you name field 12 Reprint Status ProCite displays a pull down list in each record that you can use to choose In File Not in File or On Request When you choose ON REQUEST ProCite can fill in the current date Call Number Field The Call Number 44 field allows special sorting for Library of Congress or Dewey Decimal Call Numbers You can also use this field to sort whole numbers 414 Chapter 22 Creating and Modifying Workforms Keywords Field Whi
485. ould be moved into fields in the new workform If you don t move the data the record behaves as if all of the extra fields are part of the new workform The data is still available for most ProCite operations such as Searching and Sorting You can use the Global Move Field command described in Chapter 10 Global Editing to move a field of information to another field for all marked records Because the record is now associated with a workform of a different name the output style formatting will not necessarily be the same as it was with the old workform Modifying output styles is described in Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles Selectingan Appr opriate W orkform For most types of work you simply select the workform appropriate for the type of material you are referencing See Appendix B ProCite Workforms and Fields for a complete description of the workforms supplied with ProCite Abstract Electronic Citation Monograph Art Work Email Motion Picture Audiovisual Material Generic Music Score Bill Resolution Hearing Newspaper Book Chapter In Press Patent Book Long Form Journal Article Report Book Short Form Journal Long Form Sound Recording Book Whole Journal Short Form Statute Case Journal Whole Trade Catalog Computer Program Letter Unenacted Bill Resolution Conference Proceedings Magazine Article Unpublished Work Data File Manuscript Video Recording Dissertation Map Web Page Chapter 8 ChoosingaWorkform 19
486. oups are sets of records saved for use later Although the records remain in the full database they can also be saved in a named subset group for easy access at a later time You can save any set of records to a group including search results See Chapter 14 Saving Records in Groups for more information Click the Groups tab to display the list of groups found in the database In the left pane of the window select a group name to list the records saved in that group 120 Chapter5 Viewing Records Displaying Duplicate Records Click the Duplicates tab to list possible duplicate records You can define the criteria to compare in detecting duplicates See Chapter 12 Detecting Duplicate Records for more information Changing the Record List Display You can customize the record list to make it best for you by displaying up to six truncated ProCite fields for each record The Default Display The default display shows three fields from each record Author Title and Date These are the most common fields used to browse and identify records and you may never want to change this display from the default Author the first author found as ProCite scans author fields 01 and 07 Title the first title found as ProCite scans title fields 04 09 10 and 11 Date the first date found as ProCite scans date fields 20 and 21 You can change the width of the columns by dragging the vertical bar between column titles For example
487. ous Marked goes to the previous marked record in the current list order e Next Marked goes to the next marked record in the current list order e Last Marked goes to the last marked record in the current list To make some of these commands more accessible you can use the View menu to turn on the Go to Record toolbar Chapter 5 Viewing Records 129 Viewing Formatted Refer ences As you are browsing through records you can see a highlighted record as it looks formatted with the current output style With a record list on the screen select Preview Pane from the View menu IP Sample Database olx X Mark Selected Fg Mark List PE Cica Maked MAQ M db DL Copy hared Open Link Christie Agatha What Mrs McGillicuddy saw Cassettes Leach Rosemary reader Boston Chivers Sound amp Vision 1988 6 cassettes 7 1 2 hours G K Hall Audio distributors ISBN 0 8161 9104 2 Notes Fiction unabridged also published under the title 4 50 from Paddington Blum Robert Information management for the tactical operations systems TOS Booth Wayne C Kenneth Burke s way of knowing Borgman Christine L Bower James Krieger From hands on science to hands on information retrieval Christie Agatha What Mrs McGillicuddy saw Chum H L Baizer M M The electrochemistry of biomass and derived materials Decker Wiliam WSJ Index file T Dickson Paul Words A connoisseur s collection of old and new wei
488. ous Record Numbers 361 Convert database types 34 from earlier ProCite versions 92 from EndNote 34 38 from Reference Manager 34 38 518 Index Convert from Earlier V ersion configuration files 37 database 35 36 lists 36 37 output styles 36 37 punctuation files 36 37 Copy between records 156 citations 336 field text 156 formatted reference 305 346 formatted references to clipboard 340 in text citation 305 339 346 keyboard command 512 marked records to manuscript 318 previous field 157 records between databases 137 records within a database 137 references to e mail messages 305 306 text from word processor 156 text to clipboard 156 to word processor 346 Copy Special Toolbar 504 Corporate Author Stop List 237 Corporate Authors 145 166 332 Create database 89 90 group 272 273 journal list 368 377 list 370 378 new workform 406 415 output style 419 421 search expression 262 270 term list 368 377 text file for import 372 378 title list 368 377 workform 406 410 Cross Platform Compatibility character mapping 107 108 databases 91 101 File Sharing 106 107 list files 104 output styles 103 word processor files 105 workforms 102 Cross Reference Subject Headings 365 366 Cumulative Bibliography from chapters 327 Custom Display 121 123 Custom Format for exporting 477 478 Custom Sort 226 230 ascending descending order 228 authors 230 240 configuring 226 240 dates 230 dialog 226 empty fields 229 240 options 229
489. output style If punctuation is used from the record or from following text in the output style ProCite suppresses extra punctuation from preceding punctuation for the next field ProCite strips extraneous punctuation as follows Last character in record ProCite then following punctuation will print then preceding punctuation the first found double spaces space double commas _ comma double semicolons semicolon double question marks question mark double exclamation points exclamation point double periods period comma and period comma question mark period question mark question mark exclamation point question mark exclamation point period exclamation point exclamation point question mark exclamation point period question mark question mark period exclamation point period ProCite will not suppress a period and comma combination which is useful for et al and other abbreviations 444 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles Applying Punctuation to Groups of Fields You can apply preceding and ending punctuation to a group of fields by surrounding the entire group with grouping operators This is helpful when you want a series of fields separated with commas and ending with a period the only way to end with a period if one or more of the fields is Missing is to use grouping operators To insert the left or right grouping operator or
490. p Use the same commands on highlighted items to deselect them For this tour select two references the first by Gitschlag and the last by Witzell Click the Insert button to insert the ProCite place holders in your document The place holders look like this Gitschlag 1996 510 Witzell Azarovitz et al 1996 390 Start a new paragraph and type You can also search and mark references in ProCite Switch to the full ProCite application to display the Turtles database and mark one or more records by checking the box in the left column of the abbreviated record list 10 Switch back to Microsoft Word With your cursor placed after the new 1 p sentence go to the Tools menu and select ProCite 5 gt Insert Marked Records to insert the ProCite place holders in your document Start a new paragraph and type Lastly you can identify text in your manuscript and scan the document to add ProCite place holders crowder conservation Note You can use any character to delimit your identifying text Curly brackets are a good choice and reduce the number of times you may need to ignore a selection Notice that a semicolon is used to separate searches in one location 12 From the Tools menu select ProCite 5 gt Scan Document 13 Identify the left and right delimiters used in your document enter the curly brackets if necessary and select Turtles as the database to search Click OK to begin the scan
491. page break for example when generating a form A page break as the last character of each workform style would ensure that each reference starts on a new page However you can also insert page breaks between references on the Reference List tab On the Reference List tab set Space After to Page Break ProCite will start each reference on a new page Tabs Enter tabs with the Insert Special button or Alt 09 Windows or Command Tab Macintosh They are indicated in your workform style by white space that extends to the next tab stop When printing from ProCite directly to a printer tab stops are perma nently set at the hanging indent level set on the Reference List tab and at each subsequent half inch When printing to a word processor the tab jumps to the next tab stop set by your word processor You can then easily reformat your references with your word processor One example is where a tab has been inserted after 44 Call Number lt 44 Call Number gt TAB lt 07 Author Monographic gt lt 09 Title Mono graphic gt lt 18 Place of Publication gt lt 19 Publisher gt lt 20 Date of Publication gt lt 27 Packaging Method gt Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 449 It is fairly easy to use your word processor to convert the formatted references to a two column table adjust the column widths and reformat the paragraph style to produce Q123 Whitney Gretchen Languages in Bibliographic Databas
492. page ranges See Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles for more informa tion about special field formatting This field may also be used for text such as in press when a date is available but page numbers are not available e A page number is recognized when it starts with a number and consists of numbers or letters e A page range consists of two page numbers separated by a hyphen or a slash with any number of intervening spaces e Always enter full page numbers as in 170 190 Page number range formatting is only applied if the beginning and ending page numbers Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field 177 are entered in full Any required suppression of repeating digits as in 101 4 can then be handled by the output style If descriptive information such as pp is required by the output style it is usually included as special formatting for the field which enables ProCite to automatically punctuate references to single pages p 170 differently than references to multiple pages pp 170 190 If the information in the field is not recognized as a valid page number or range it will be printed as is without the Special Fields Format ting Roman numerals are not recognized as page numbers so any punctua tion must be entered into the field as well If there is text surrounding the page number or range ProCite still finds the first identifiable page reference in the field to apply fo
493. pecific text in the current set of marked records You can find and replace text in the default font only Any text in a record that has a different font applied to it will not be replaced To globally find and replace text 1 From the Select menu choose Clear Marked Set to clear the check box for all records 2 Mark only the records you wish to modify 3 Go to the Database menu and from the Edit Marked Records submenu choose the Global Find Replace command ProCite displays Selected Fields 0 Field s Selected 01 Author At minnie ea 02 Author Role 03 Author Affiiation ema 04 Title Analytic 05 Medium Designator E 06 Connective Phrase 07 Author Monographic 08 Author Role Select All 09 Title Monographic ar 10 Journal Title elect None 11 Title xl Find Text Replace with I Match Case T Find Whole Words Only 4 In the fields list highlight the field s in which to find and replace text The ProCite fields are listed by field number and default field name You may have changed field names in your workform but field numbers are constant Chapter 10 Global Editing 219 Enter information into the following text boxes a In Find Text specify the characters or string of text you want to find ProCite will find text in the default font only b In Replace With specify the characters or string of text you want as the replacement for the found text You can type text in the
494. pendent Reference 326 Add Item to List 371 372 372 376 Add Page Numbers to Citations 335 Add Records to Group 276 Add Text 221 Additional Text entering with citation 334 inserting in output style 445 446 vertical bar in output style 441 Address A vailability Field 163 Align Reference Numbers 349 All Records viewing 1 16 Alphabetic Sorting 234 240 Alphabetical Order predefined sort orders 224 Alternate Text 353 lists 154 Alternate Text List 377 378 activating 394 396 building 377 378 393 notes 378 primary term 378 printing 387 substitution 393 396 substitution text 378 AND in search expression 260 AND NOT in search expression 260 Apply punctuation 444 445 styles alternate text list 396 journal title list 393 output style 449 450 subject bibliography 363 table of commands 512 Ascending Descending order 224 225 for custom sort 228 Assign Field Names 409 Assign Record IDs 398 401 Associate ProCite Database 337 338 Asterisk 255 Attach Files and URLs 152 Attributes Database Internet searching 300 Author Affiliation Field 167 Author Fields 143 144 157 164 167 413 415 corporate 145 166 entry rules 164 formatting 430 469 437 452 462 multiple 145 personal 145 165 166 prefix 167 searching 254 suffix 167 Author List Tab 453 456 Author Name data entry 330 332 compound 331 corporate 332 multiple 330 repeated 331 single 330 repeated 455 456 sorting 230 516 Index Author Name Formatting abbreviated aut
495. pens for editing esseeeesseeeseseeersererreresrere 484 Startup I can t start ProCite oo cece ceeseeeesecneeeeseeee renee 485 Toolbars are Missing sree eee ces eeens orense ipsia 485 Unexpected File Format oo cece eececeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneenes 485 Word Processor I generated a bibliography in my manuscript and my in text citations disappeared 485 Word Processor I marked records in my database but when I tried to Insert Marked Records a message says There are no marked references to insert ee 486 Word Processor The database name of database does not contain the referenced citation eee eee 486 Word Processor Please move the insert point outside Of th reference St cc Sevsessdseicesasehesdetdiliscs nedetets Mevbvetas cesses 486 Word Processor ProCite commands do not appear on the Tools menu in My Word Processor eceeeeeeeeeeee 486 482 Appendix A Troubleshooting This appendix describes in bold text several error messages and other situations you may encounter while using ProCite along with possible solutions discussed below them Some items are grouped by what command or part of the program is being used Editing Internet Search ing Printing Startup or Word Processor Editing Fields appear to be missing from my records in the Edit Record window Empty fields have been suppressed From the View menu choose Configure Edit Record and
496. phic 3 Highlight Keywords near the top of the list and click OK to transfer the field identifier to the Search For text box 4 Click Operators to enter a relational operator in the Search Expres sion A list of operators appears Equal this text appears anywhere in the field lt gt Not Equal field does NOT contain this text lt Less Than lt Less Than or Equal gt Greater Than gt Greater Than or Equal AND Both expressions match OR Either expression matches NOT Expression does NOT match AND NOT First expression matches second expression does not BEGINS WITH Field Author or Keyword begins with this text ENDS WITH Field Author or Keyword ends with this text EXACTLY Entire Field Author or Keyword matches this text CONTAINS Field contains this text possibly as part of another word or phrase EMPTY Field is empty NOT EMPTY Field contains any text 5 Click CONTAINS to insert the operator in the Search Expression 6 Click Insert Term to select from a list of terms Check that the Terms drop box is properly set to Keywords If not use the arrow on the drop list to select the Keyword list 9 Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 73 Select Research from the list by scrolling or by typing R to quickly move to a particular alphabetic section of the list You can also use the Up Down directional keys to move through the list and find your selection Paste the ter
497. phic styles require that subsequent citations of the same reference use shortened forms of the original reference For example only the author s last name and an abbreviated title Successive citations of the same reference may use bid You can set this up in the output style on the In Text Citations tab You can include specific page numbers in a citation by using the Addi tional Text feature described later in this chapter under Entering Identify ing Text If you don t need the list of references that is added to the end of your document simply delete it from the finished document Or indicate in the output style that you do not want a bibliography generated Chapter 16 Cite While YouWrite 319 Matching Multiple Records When you are inserting a citation several ProCite records may match your identifying text ProCite lists the matching records in an Insert Citation dialog Scan Document Select Matching Reference x Identifying Text figea z Q 20 10 Journal Title Multi Media Medicine 12 Reprint Status 14 Medium Designator Microfiche 15 Edition 18 Place of Publication Philadelphia PA 19 Publisher Name American College of Physicians i Multi Media Medicine September 1979 Borgman Christine From hands on science to hands on information retri 1989 170 Fleischer Arthur C Superficial organ sonography and miscellaneous ap 1989 200 Jackson Richard Running down the up escalator Regio
498. pplied Workforms Abstract Art Work Audiovisual Material Bill Resolution Book Chapter Book Long Form Book Short Form Book Whole Case Computer Program Conference Proceedings Data File Dissertation Electronic Citation Email Generic Hearing In Press Journal Article Journal Long Form Journal Short Form Journal Whole Letter Magazine Article Manuscript Map Monograph Motion Picture Music Score Newspaper Patent Report Sound Recording Statute Trade Catalog Unenacted Bill Resolution Unpublished Work Video Recording Web Page 488 AppendixB ProCite Workforms and Fields Abstract Art Work Audiovisual Material 1 Author s 1 Artist 1 Author Analytic 2 2 Artist Role 2 Author Role 3 3 3 4 Title 4 Title Subject 4 Title Analytic 5 5 Medium 5 Medium Designator 6 6 Connective Phrase 6 Connective Phrase Lo 7 Author Monographic 7 Author Monographic 8 8 Author Role 8 Author Role 9 9 Title Monographic 9 Title Monographic 10 Journal Title 10 10 11 11 11 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 12 Reprint Status 13 13 13 14 _ 14 14 15 15 Edition 15 Edition 16 16 16 Author Subsidiary 17 17 17 Author Role 18 18 Place of Publication 18 Place of Publication 19 19 Publisher Name 19 Publisher Name 20 Date of Publication 20 Date of Publication 20 Dat
499. printed as entered you will not get the correct output for bibliographic styles that require an abbreviated role e Enter editor or editors as punctuation in the workform style It will only be correct for either a single editor or multiple editors e Enter the full words or the abbreviations in the workform style as preceding or following text on the Author Formatting Text tab as shown here Author 01 Formatting x Author List Separators Names Text 4 Single Author Preceding Text Following Text Jed Multiple Authors Preceding Text P Following Text feds Cancel Help 462 Chapter 23 Creating Title Formatting and Modifying Output Styles The preceding and following text entered into this dialog is inserted between the contents of the field and any preceding or following punctua tion indicated in the workform style If you have an output style contain ing lt 01 Author Analytic gt lt 04 Title Analytic gt lt 09 Title Monographic gt lt 07 Editor gt and the preceding text for the 07 Editor field was Edited by including a following space the word Edited would be preceded by a period and space in formatted output because of the following punctuation from field 09 Title Monographic Similarly if field 07 Author Analytic had following text of inventor a period and space would follow inventor in formatted output due to the follo
500. pter 13 Searching and Finding Records To edit a record 1 From the current record list select a record for editing You can e Double click on the record e Highlight the record and from the Database menu choose Edit Record The Edit Record window appears P Sample Database Edit Record olx Workform Conference Proceedings Record ID 110 Ei E Qh gt di a Author Analytic 01 Borgman Christine L Bower James Krieger David Author Role 02 authors Author Affiliation 03 Graduate School of Library and Information Science University of California Los Angeles CA Paper Section Title 04 From hands on science to hands on information retrieval Medium Designator 05 Connective Phrase 06 In Editor Compiler 07 Nixon Carol Padgett Lauree Editor Compiler Role 08 compilers Proceedings Title 09 Managing information and technology Date of Meeting 12 October 30 1939 Novemiber 2 1989 Place of Meeting 13 Washington D C Place of Publication 18 Medford NJ Publisher Name 19 Learned Information Date of Publication 20 1929 2 Make the desired changes See Entering and Editing Data later in this chapter for help 3 Click the Close box and ProCite will prompt you to save changes and return to the abbreviated record list You will be returned to the list most recently viewed Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records 137 Copying Records You can copy full records between
501. put For information on using journal title lists for output substitution see Chapter 20 Using Alternate Text A journal title list is comprised of a three column table with the primary title in the first column the alternative form of the title in the second column and an optional corresponding note comment or descriptive text in the third column For example Journal Title Journal Abbreviation Note Acta Biochimica Polonica Acta Biochim Pol Acta Chemica Scandinavica Acta Chem Scand Each column can contain entries that are up to 255 characters in length If the item you enter is wider than the column width it may not all appear in the list Enter the primary journal title in your records and in search expressions The entire contents of the journal field in the record must exactly match the primary form in the journal list Normally the primary form is the full journal title which is the case with lists supplied with ProCite You may use an abbreviated form if you prefer Journal Title Journal Abbreviation Note PNAS Proc Natl Acad Sci USA Each output style can use a different journal title list so you might have different journal title lists for different disciplines For example you might have one journal title list for output styles used when submitting papers to biomedical journals and a different journal title list for output styles used when submitting papers to chemistry journals For an output style used for chemistry p
502. pyright We strongly recommend you stick to these fields for dates because e These are the fields ProCite can intelligently search for dates by converting each date to an internal format e These are the only fields which can sort dates in chronological order e The output styles allow control over how these date fields are format ted so you can print each date in a consistent form for each workform ProCite recognizes a variety of date styles and converts these styles to a consistent internal format When converted any style of a date retrieves the same date entered in a different style For example ProCite interprets the following styles as the same date Nov 1 1998 11 1 98 and 11 1 1998 Ambiguous dates are assumed in U S format 1 5 98 is January 5th 1998 Use a four digit year for dates before 1900 or after 1999 such as 1896 or 2002 Two digit years are assumed 20th century so 98 is interpreted as 1998 Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records 147 Use any of the following formats when entering dates into a Date field ProCite can convert them to a consistent format for output BC AD 1000 B C B C 500 BC 500 Unknown Date 19 199 Year 99 1999 Month Year 11 99 11 99 11 99 11 99 11_99 1999 11 1999 11 Month Day Year 1999 November 1 1999 1 November 1999 Nov 1 November 1 99 Nov 1 1999 Nov 1st 1999 ii 14 1999 1 X1 99 Date Ranges Spring 1999 Summer 1999 Fall
503. r Show Field Numbers when selected displays the corresponding field numbers next to each field name Field numbers are helpful for searching and for modifying output styles Show Empty Fields when not selected removes all empty fields from the record display Only those fields that contain data remain in view although empty fields are still part of the record Show Term List Buttons when selected displays buttons to bring up field content lists and term lists in the Author Title and Keywords fields Show Record Toolbar when not selected removes the toolbar that displays the workform and record ID for the current record Viewing Multiple Records ProCite lets you view several records at once making it easier to compare them You can view multiple records from a single database or from several databases To view two records at the same time 1 From a record list double click to open a record Reduce the size of the record window and move it to the top of the screen Go to the Window menu and activate a record list window whether in the same database or a different database Double click to open a second record Reduce the size of the record and move it to the bottom of the screen Go to the Window menu and activate the window containing the first record This displays the records one above the other Chapter 5 Viewing Records 127 You can resize and move each record to view the maximum number of
504. r Title Date 01 Author Analytic 02 Author Role 03 Author Affiliation 04 Title Analytic 05 Medium Designator 7 M OOS poo J For authors include just the last name T For dates include just the year kal I Discard duplicates when importing 3 Click OK to save the change and return to the record list Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 69 Searching and Sorting a Database In this section of the Guided tour you will learn to e Quick searching for records with the Terms tab e Create a search strategy e Save a search strategy e Create a group of records e Choose a sort order Quick Searching for Records with the Terms Tab Using the Terms tab you can list records organized by certain fields such as Authors Journals Keywords and more In the following exercise you will change the record list to view specific abbreviated records The first list of records will include only those records that contain the keyword Computers Exercise Specifying a List of Records to Show To quick search with the Terms tab 1 Click the Terms tab at the bottom of the window 2 Use the drop down Show list at the top left of the window to choose Keywords A list of keywords appears in the left pane of the window This list is compiled from all keywords in the active database The number to the right of each keyword indicates how many records contain the term 70 Chapter3 Using Pro
505. r 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour On the Record List tab the Layout box contains three columns of options The Show column of check boxes is used to show which of the six fields are displayed e The Column Header text boxes allow you to enter header text to be displayed above each field in the record list e The Displayed Field column is where you select the fields to display in the order you want them to appear To rearrange the order in which the fields are displayed first click on the Show check box for Title to remove this field from those shown Next click on the first field currently Record ID to select this field for the display Use the next step to change this field to display the Title field first in the record list From the Displayed Field column click on the arrow to the right of Record ID to select the Title field as the first field to display Choose Title from near the top of the field list Note The field list includes all 45 ProCite fields plus five special fields at the top of the list The special fields shown are Author Title Date Workform and Record Number These fields include all related fields respectively For example Author includes both the Author Analytic 01 and Author Monographic 07 fields from the various workforms Use the special fields when you want to include all authors titles and dates from a variety of workforms used in the database The Column Header n
506. r File A file dialog will appear In the Save File as Type box select a file format that your word processor can translate Click Save to print the records to the disk file Depending on the word processor you may be able to append the file to your existing manuscript or you may need to open the file to Copy the bibliography and Paste it at the end of your manuscript If you cannot easily add the entire bibliography to the end of your manuscript you can highlight records in ProCite and from the Edit menu Copy Formatted References to the clipboard and Paste them at the end of your manuscript 341 Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies Overview Contents Previewing and Printing a Simple Bibliography 342 Basic Preview and Print Procedure 0 0 0 eee eee 342 Printing to Catalog Cards 00 eee eee eeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeee 344 Previewing Formatted References 0 eee eee eeeeeee 345 Printing to the Clipboard o00 ee eee eeeeeeeeseeeeeenes 346 Setting Up Your Bibliography 2 0 0 eee ee eeee eee eeeeeee 346 Reference List Settings 0 eee eiis 347 Output Style nna ie had aco ee dike 348 Reference List Title nirp ieie i eias 348 Reference List Order ssssesseeeeeeseeeseeserrsreerereereers 348 Numbering References seeeseeeseeeeseeeeeeresrerrereresee 349 Indentation sesi iea ep aaa e Ea 350 Mne SpA A e aer ree t s aeea S Iapa oe r S 351 Field Suppression or Substitution oe eee 352
507. r Microsoft Word if it is installed word processor files for WordPerfect if it is installed and ProCite icons for your desktop If you install Word or WordPerfect at a later date you can manually install word processor support as described later in this chapter If any of the required system files are absent from the System folder ProCite will either not start up at all or will display an error message during startup If this happens run the ProCite installation program from that particular machine The ProCite installation program checks the System folder for required files and adds those that are missing Keeping Local Copies of Lists Styles and Databases You may want to copy journal title lists output styles and the Sample Database to your local machine Copy the files from the network installa tion of ProCite to your machine You will need to indicate the appropriate file folders the first time you run ProCite if you have changed the installation folders from the default settings or when you want to use local files In ProCite select Options from the Tools menu and click on the File Locations tab Select the appropriate drive and folder for each product component and click OK 30 Chapter 2 Installation ProCite will remember the new settings for your machine unless you change them again If you do not set preferences ProCite will always look for files in the default ProCite folders Sharing Databases When sharing dat
508. r database How ever the next time you open the database the records will not be affili ated with any workform and will not contain field names To permanently delete a workform use the Delete command from the ProCite File menu If you prefer you can delete the file from the desktop by dragging it to the recycle bin Windows or the trash Macintosh Look in ProCite s Forms folder for the file You can later reinstall a predefined workform from the ProCite CD ROM See Chapter 2 Installation for guidance Selectingthe Appr opriatePr oCite Fields ProCite has 45 fields available Individual workforms use only a subset of the available fields with each workform typically containing between 15 and 20 fields This subset is a compromise between having enough fields to hold all of the information that could be applicable to a particular type of work and not having so many fields that it interferes with data entry You will almost certainly want one or more author fields Your workform should include either or both fields 01 and 07 the primary author fields The workform is likely to need one or both of the primary title fields 04 and 09 The primary date should always be in field 20 The name used for a particular field can vary between workforms and should be the most appropriate for each type of work In most cases the intended use for a ProCite field is obvious from the field name such as Edition or Abstract Or you c
509. r levels in ovarian tumors from postmenopausal women Journal of Steroid Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 1993 44 4 6 657 660 CODEN JSBBEZ ISSN 0960 0760 Notes This record was downloaded from STN and transferred into ProCite using the Windows Biblio Link Il x Merchant Ismail room with a view 1985 Miles Ethel October 31 1982 Noguchi Toshifumi Kitawaki Jo T amura Ta Relationship between aromatase activity and s 1993 Olson Lise Research fund faces cuts June 18 1990 Penn William Penn s plan of union 1697 Perlman Itzak Itzak Perlman In my case music 1985 Popper E McCloskey K Individual differences and subgroups within po 1993 Jan Reader s Digest Illustrated guide to gardening 1979 Rieger Steve Kenney Norman ProCite 1999 Saunders Martin Houk K N Wu Yun Don Conformations of cycloheptadecane A compa 1990 Schwartz Helen Balestri Diane Gallagher E Computers in writing instruction Blueprint for pr 1989 Stamas Steve Old man 1973 Sullivan Paul A visit to the Rockies 1988 E Toth Tibor G Mediterranean seafloor December 1982 I Wheeler David Attificial intelligence researchers develop electi 20 May 1987 j Kd gt i All Records Marked Records Search Terms Gr Duplicates Record ID Ascending 1 Records Marked 40 Records in List 40 Records in Database 4 To switch to a different output style for the preview pane go to the View menu select Configure R
510. r printing and is also checked for printing when you Configure Bibliography For ProCite to find records with the same terms in this field you must be consistent when entering keywords Use field content lists to help maintain consistent use of terms 176 Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field Entry rules e You may use both words and phrases as Keywords e For multiple entries enter each keyword on a separate line or separate multiple terms with a slash either a single slash or a slash and a space For example History England Nineteenth century DNA Genes Chemical analysis Alcoholism Prevention and Control Politics Angioplasty Coronary Arteries Heart Disease e If the source information uses a different character such as a semico lon or comma to separate keywords either replace the character with a valid separator as part of the Biblio Link II transfer process or use ProCite s Global Edit to do the replacement Locationin W orkField 25 Entry rules Identifies the place in a work where the referenced item is located For works such as journals or books this is usually a page number or range of pages A page range typically follows any volume or issue number as in Journal of Democracy 1 4 80 83 For text recognized as a page number or a page range ProCite can apply special field formatting with an output style to control preceding and following punctuation as well as to control the formatting of
511. r the corresponding toolbar icon x You can switch between record lists and continue marking records Once a record is marked it remains marked until you specifically unmark it or until the marked set is changed by importing records detecting duplicates or generating a bibliography from within a manuscript You can individually unmark a record by clicking on the check box To unmark all records choose Clear Marked Set from the Select menu or from the toolbar Note The marked set is changed when you import records detect duplicates or generate a bibliography from a word processor document with cite while you write 252 Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records Searching a Database Generally a search starts with a search expression whether typed in by you or called up from a list of saved search expressions In the search expression you tell ProCite what string of text to look for and in what field s to look This section is divided into four parts e Performing a Search e Elements of a Search Expression e Creating Search Expressions e Sample Search Expressions Performing a Search To search all records in the current database 1 Click the Search tab The Search window appears with the cursor in the text box P Sample Database BEE Pei Mark Selec ark List PR Clear Marked E B Qid rw Fy Copy Marked Open li A New Search Insert Field Operators S Insert Term ly Expression
512. r x fi J None fi None zj Month Format Numeric 9 X Day Format Numeric 18 w Year Format f2 digit 95 zj T Pad Numeric Components with Leading Zeros Cancel Help Date formatting must be set separately for each Date field in each workform style e To print dates as they appear in your records with no special format ting applied deselect the Enable Date Formatting check box at the top of the dialog e To apply date formatting to output select the Enable Date Format ting box Then set up the appropriate output format as described below Any part of the field that is recognized by ProCite as a valid date or range of dates is formatted for output See Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field for a list of date formats If ProCite does not recognize the date the field text is printed as is 466 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles To set up date formatting 1 Select the output order of the date elements Use the three drop down list boxes along the top to select the elements in the order you want them to print If you are not using all three elements you can set any of the elements to None For example you could set them at First Second Third Output Desired List List List month then day then year month day year month and year month year none year only year none none year only none none year 2 Enter the appropriate separating text between each date element
513. rated by a semicolon Do not omit the repeated author name as in Kuznets 1955 1963 1976 In this example ProCite would find all records for 1963 and 1976 rather than just those records authored by Kuznets 332 Chapter 16 Cite Entering Titles Entering Dates While You Write Corporate Authors When a corporate author name is more than one word you may want to surround the name with quotes for an exact match To match this author in your ProCite record ISI ResearchSoft you could enter one of these or several variations ISI ResearchSoft ISI ResearchSoft Research You can enter any combination of words from a title in any order ProCite assumes right truncation on every word or phrase These ex amples of identifying text Thera Pharm Pharm Basis Basis of Thera will all match the same title The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics You can enter a date in any form recognized by ProCite as described in Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field If the identifying text element is a valid date ProCite will match records that have dates that contain that date or titles that contain the text If you are entering a date that includes more than simply a year you must enclose the date in quotes For example November 2 1999 Jan 1999 1999 Chapter 16 Cite While You Write 333 A date by itself typically is not enough information to limit record matching You should enter an auth
514. rather than a field Insert Field x Author Title Title C I Citation Number nS Date Record ID Help 01 Author Analytic 02 Author Role 03 Author Affiliation 04 Title Analytic 05 Medium Designator 06 Connective Phrase 07 Author Monographic 08 Author Role 09 Title Monographic 10 Journal Title 11 Title j Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 437 b Double click on the field you want to insert and ProCite inserts it at the cursor Fields are inserted with the field number and name as defined for that workform such as lt 01 Author Analytic gt c Return to item a and repeat this procedure for each field you wish to print in a reference For more information see the Inserting and Deleting Fields section found next in this chapter Use the mouse and keyboard to add the appropriate punctuation to print before and after each field Punctuation can actually be made up of any characters such as periods blank lines parentheses text etc You can include e Preceding Punctuation which prints before the field text e Ending Punctuation which prints after the field text e Additional Text which prints whether there is text in a field or not Vertical bars determine to which field the punctuation is attached For example lt 01 Author Analytic gt lt 04 Title Analytic gt lt 20 Date of Publication gt This example prints a period and sp
515. rcise Importing Records To import a file of records retrieved from the National Library of Medicine s Medline database and saved to a tagged text file 1 Go to the Tools menu and choose Import Text File 2 In the Open Import File dialog locate the ProCite5 Download folder and choose the file MEDLARS Medline txt ProCite displays the tagged text file ProCite 5 MEDLARS Medline txt _ o x P File Edit View Tools Window Help laj x D ce bell amp l amp x Courier New h10 HE Z igx ym i File Type File Format Target Database Tagged he MEDLARS X El Sample Database hi El Transfer 1 a UI 93143593 y AU Popper SE McCloskey K Individual differences and subgroups within populations the shopping bag approach LA Eng therospace Medicine Fatigue BLOOD G Suits Human Human Engineering Individuality Lactates BLOOD Protective Devices Research Task Performance and Analysis 0 Lactates 50 21 5 lactic acid JOURNAL ARTICLE 930219 1993 Jan 0095 6562 Aviat Space Environ Med 74 7 oi 21 107 567 875 1 4 H 1 i 1 4 ih to kh toh wd ay 64 v 4 gt 3 In the File Type drop down list choose Tagged Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 957 4 In the File Format drop down list choose the service from which you retrieved the tagged records For this file transfer choose MEDLARS 5 In the Target Database drop down list c
516. rd IDs Only option 334 Chapter 16 Cite While You Write Entering Multiple Citations You can cite more than one reference in a group You can insert citations one right after another select one or more from a list of matching references or highlight and insert an entire group of citations by using a semicolon as a separator in the identifying text Warren 1994 Milburn 1990 Citations within a multiple citation will appear and print in the in text citation order selected on the Reference List tab when you Generate Bibliography When inserting a citation that should be part of a multiple citation make sure you insert the citation immediately after the previous citation This assures a single set of delimiters Brown 1996 Wright 1997 Little 1997 Intervening spaces keep citations from formatting as part of the group Brown 1996 Wright 1997 Little 1997 Entering Additional Text To add additional text to your citation the text must follow a switch and be enclosed with quotations pt indicates preceding text surround the text with quotation marks ft indicates following text surround the text with quotation marks You can include additional text wherever you type identifying text Additional text is typically a page number or page range ProCite ignores additional text when matching records but includes it in formatted output as part of the in text citation Some examples Identifying Text Formatte
517. rd and wonderf 1982 Ki 4 gt ii All Records Marked Records Search Terms Groups Duplicates Author Title Date Ascending 0 Records Marked 40 Records in List 40 Records in Database _ As you move through the database the preview pane updates to display the highlighted record as formatted using the current output style Use your mouse to drag the divider and increase or reduce the amount of space used by the preview pane You can change the output style used in the preview pane and the placement of the preview pane From the View menu select Configure Record List and click on the Preview Pane tab Configure Record List x Record List Preview Pane Output Style JANST American National Standards v E I Show Record IDs I Show Reprint Status V Show Notes I Show Abstract T Show Call Number T Show Keywords V Show preview pane Position Above record list 7 Cancel Aon Help 130 Chapter5 Viewing Records Viewing Bibliographies Before printing your bibliography to a printer or word processor file you preview it on screen You can preview with no intent to print To view a bibliography on screen 1 From the File menu choose Print Bibliography 2 The Bibliography Preview window appears displaying your bibliog raphy exactly as it would print to your printer ProCite 5 Sample Database of x Show Jal Records in List zj Output Style J4PA American Psychological Assoc z E Co
518. rds Or build a list in your word processor save it as text and then import the text into a journal title list To build the list in your word processor e Each line must contain a single journal entry e The primary text which ProCite will match to text in your ProCite record must be in the first column with the substitution text in the second column For example Journal Journal Title Abbreviation Note Journal of the American Medical Association JAMA See Chapter 18 Building List Files for more information about creating journal title lists Inserting ProCite Records If you plan to substitute journal titles with an alternate from a journal title list the journal title in the record must exactly match a primary journal title in the journal title list The easiest way to do this is to create the journal title list first and then pick a journal title from the journal title list as you enter a record Chapter 20 Using Alternate Text 391 To insert journal titles in your ProCite records from a list 1 In the ProCite record place the cursor in the 10 Journal Title field 2 Click the arrow next to the field to display the Insert Term dialog 3 In the upper right drop down list select your journal title list 4 In the lower list box highlight the journal title you wish to insert click Insert Term and then click Close to dismiss the dialog When you do not substitute the journal title prints as entered into the rec
519. rds that contain Morris Rycus and any number of other authors Smith Van Allen A record with both Smith and Van Allen as authors Diamond Linz and Lipset 1990 A work published in 1990 that lists all three authors in any order and in any author fields Rycus Peter 1987 A work from 1987 that specifically contains Rycus Peter as an author Will not find works by Rycus P or Rycus Carol Methods of financing The title Methods of financing economic development in underdeveloped countries Nov 1990 All date forms of November 1990 such as 11 1990 11 90 Nov 1990 etc 23 Any ProCite record with record ID 23 Matching Smit will find all records containing an author named Smith and all records with titles that contain words starting with Smith such as The Smithsonian Institute You can limit the search by adding a date or by adding more characters such as Smithson 330 Chapter 16 Cite While You Write Entering more words for an element such as entering Smit Ins works like using the AND operator For example using Smit Ins will find all records with titles that contain words beginning with Smit AND Ins in any order such as The Smithsonian Institute or The Institute of Smiths but not just The Smithsonian It would also find records that contain the authors Smith AND Insull If an element is enclosed in quotes only the last word is treated as being truncated so The Smith will find both
520. records last entered 270 search term 268 270 Findand Replace 152 Find and Replace Global 218 219 Find Text 219 Find Unlinked Citations 337 Finnish Sort 232 Firewalls allowing access for Internet searching 281 290 configuring PROXY servers 283 Folders default installation 38 39 file locations 94 96 Following Punctuation 441 469 Following Text 461 462 added to in text citation 334 Font applying ina field 150 151 changing display 123 display for all records 126 141 output style 449 450 printing forallrecords 125 354 Footnotes 318 432 Format author fields 452 462 call numbers 448 date fields 465 467 day 466 empty author fields 454 469 journal list 369 370 journal titles 464 keywords 469 lists 368 370 month 466 multiple authors 453 454 multiple works by same author 455 469 names 458 469 padding numbers 467 page numbering 468 469 page range 469 special fields 450 term list 368 378 title fields 462 464 title list 369 370 variable citations 326 327 workform style 437 438 year 467 Formatted Citation 312 Formatted References copy to clipboard 340 previewing 345 346 viewing 129 Formatting author fields 164 date fields 170 173 date ranges 333 title fields 183 Index 523 Formatting Characters 440 blank lines 447 448 inserting 446 449 new lines 446 new paragraphs 446 page breaks 448 table of keyboard commands 514 tabs 448 Forms Folder 95 1 12 Forms of Citations 312 French Sort 232 G Garbled Text 1 10
521. rected by a Biblio Link II configuration file The configuration files used for Internet searching are stored in ProCite s BK WRAPI folder Share these files by copying them to another user s BKWRAPI folder You select one of these files when setting up a database configuration for Internet searching Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files 105 Word Processor Files When you print a bibliography directly from ProCite to a word processor file you can copy the file and share it with another user as you would any file created with your word processor You can also share a word processor document that has ProCite records linked to it with ProCite s cite while you write commands This is the most reliable way to transfer a cite while you write docu ment especially between different word processor versions between different versions of ProCite or to transfer to a different platform 1 2 Open the document with the word processor used to create the file From the Tools menu choose Revert to Original Text for all linked citations Save and Close the document If you are sharing with another user make sure the other user has available a The word processor document with all citations reverted to original text b The ProCite database to which the citations were linked See the Databases heading earlier in this section about Sharing Files c The ProCite program See the ProCite Program heading ea
522. resi dsieisisi istess riais eeuse sees 234 Numeric SONG 55s sscssechesetsacesttoesdasssassaesdsssnadhedvsasndees Soteusseeioes 234 Symbol Removal eiei oror ger E EEEE EET 235 Dat Sorting sss ses ssi sssesseestasessseasden easasas shes EEEE ETE e 235 Call Number Sorting esessesesseeeseseesrsresrereererrsreerssreresresrsrenerees 236 Empty Field Sorting ssri cc scsscedssessssisdsvassieavtvsbetstesonecesecnsegs 236 Using Stop Lists e ea E er EE E EN E 237 The Available Stop Lists eee ceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeaee 237 Generic Stop Liste ascetics a Bak RESES 237 Author Stop List s25 si2ssessssevseesessbascassesesssstisgs ebessasdssesseoeetas 238 Changing the Stop Lists 0 0 eee ee eeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeseseeeneenee 238 Chapter 12 Detecting Duplicate Records OVELVICW eset secs codes ENE E E dees ves E ESEE E 241 Detecting Duplicates During Data Entry 0 cece eeecceeeeeeneeeneeeeees 241 Searching the Database for Duplicates 2 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 242 Setting Duplicate Record Criteria 0 eee eee ce seeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 243 Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records OVELVICW ar ae A E E Bick at ics EEEE DE Aa Moe EESE NEET 247 Finding a Single Record ooo cee ee eeeeeeceeeeeeceseecseeseecaecaecseesaeenees 248 Quick Searching with Field Content Lists oe eee eters 249 Highlighting Records sissors eiae 250 Marking Recordsis esits aa e a ea heated 250 Searching a Database sscscsssssssccssssenessneses
523. ression 1 Click the Expressions button and select Organize Expressions 2 Highlight the search expression you wish to rename and click the Rename button to display the Rename Search Expression dialog Rename Search Expression xi Expression Name OK Cancel Help 3 Type in the new name and click OK 268 Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records Sample Search Expressions This section shows example search expressions to use as a guide for creating your own Finding a Search Term To Search Full text of record An individual field A group of fields A particular workform With exclusions Example ish history compu sulfaguanidine 45 english history 43 aids OR 42 aids 42 CONTAINS french history KEYWORDS EXACTLY coronary artery AUTH Smith TITLE ology AND NOT zoology DATE gt 1960 AND DATE lt 1990 DATE 1960 1990 WORKFORM Art Work WORKFORMS Book Whole Book Chapter orange AND NOT william of orange NOT psych Finding Multiple Search Terms To Search Full text of record An individual field A group of fields A particular workform With exclusions Example Italy AND common market Zeus OR Jupiter France OR Italy AND wine 10 Gumbel Smith Brown AUTH Smith OR AUTH McEvoy DATE gt 1970 AND FORM Data File bio OR botan AND NOT plant Finding Dates To Search for A range of years A specific
524. reviously opened record For example if the cursor is in Author Monographic 07 you will be inserting information from field 07 in the previous record even though the field name may vary 4 From the Edit menu select Insert Previous Field ProCite will copy the field contents from the previously opened record and insert a copy of those field contents at the cursor You can move the cursor from field to field copying the field contents from the previously opened record Tip To copy all fields select Insert Previous Record from the Edit menu Saving or Ignoring Changes When you are done inserting or editing a record click on the Close box ProCite asks whether to save changes e To save and close the current record click Yes e To close the record without accepting your changes click No e To return to the record and continue editing click Cancel When all open records are closed you are returned to the record list When you are done inserting a record you can also select New Record from the Database menu to save the current record and insert a new record with the next sequential record ID This allows you to quickly insert multiple records When you are finished inserting records click on the Close box to save the last record and return to the record list 158 Chapter6 Entering and Editing Records 59 Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field Overview Contents General Data Entry opi ec eei ses
525. rinted rarely do you want to print all of them in what order and with what preceding and following punctuation Because each output style has a default behavior that will be applied to any new workform you need to consider how your existing output styles will format data entered in a new workform Most likely you will need to modify the output styles you use to make specific changes for your custom workforms For special applications such as non bibliographic material you will need to create an entirely new output style Any changes or additions to workforms will affect the Workform output style This style prints records as they appear in ProCite You must manually edit the Workform output style to include new workforms or field names or to remove fields See Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles for more informa tion about modifying output styles to work with custom workforms Chapter 22 Creating and Modifying Workforms 405 Implications of Modifying Workforms You can rename any workform You can also change the definition of any workform by changing the fields used or renaming the fields used in a workform We do not recommend making changes to the predefined ProCite workforms as changes could affect exchanging data with colleagues converting databases from prior versions of ProCite importing delimited files from software that exports data in ProCite format importing files from software that e
526. rkform 0 0 eee ce ceeeeeeceseeeeeeseeeeeeseecnecnaeenes 409 Sharing Workforms 0 eee inna e a a a Ea ess 410 Deleting WorkforM Siseseinte aa SEa E EEA aaa aAa EREKET 411 Selecting the Appropriate ProCite Fields esseseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 411 Fields and Their Default Names 0 eee ee ee eeeceeceeeereeneeeees 412 Special Fields cies acleeed Asesaee Betas ide devant ee reaa drenat 412 Author Fields so csc5 sc sccsssssstassaiicavassvsostvehstetesscgsebvoasscedsensesss 413 D te Fields sennie rE E EEEE E EEE 413 Call Number Field sc sc cs 32s sessesessesteesscsitas peasvecssuess sarees 413 Keywords Field scseccicccseiictickcd us aii sittin a fade bese 414 Location in Work Field cece eeeseeeeeseecsecneececnsensees 414 Title Fields i nnna a E E E ENA S 414 Selecting the Field Numbers ssssssseeseeeesseresesresessseserrrrersreee 414 16 Contents Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles OVEL VIEW E a EE E E E 417 How Output Styles Work oo eee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseecneesaecsessaeenees 418 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 00 ee eeeeeeeeeeeees 418 Creating a New Output Style oo eee eeeeseecreeneeeseeaeenes 419 Modifying an Output Style oo cee eeeeeeceseeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 421 Deleting an Output Style oo eee eeeeeeeeeecseeeecneenaeeaes 422 Renaming an Output Style oo eee ceeeeeecseeeeecneeaeenee 422 Defining In Text Citation Formatting oe eee eeeeseeeneeeeeeees 422 Basic Pro
527. rlier in this section about Sharing Files Have the new user open the document and use Scan Document to re link all citations Other ways to share a cite while you write document are Share only the word processor document itself You must Generate Bibliography first to format the in text citations and the bibliography The other user should not edit the citations or reference list Editing could damage the links and the word processor file If you are both using the same ProCite version and the same word processor version make sure all of these files are available so the other user can view print and or edit the file at will a The word processor document with the linked citations b The ProCite database to which the word processor document is linked See the Databases heading earlier in this section about Sharing Files 106 Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files c The ProCite program See the ProCite Program heading earlier in this section about Sharing Files With these files available the user can continue to insert citations can edit the file and can format citations and a bibliography using any of the ProCite output styles Cross Platform Compatibility File Sharing This section explains how to share ProCite files initially created under Windows and ProCite files initially created on a Macintosh It also lists the text characters that do not directly map between platforms In order t
528. rm Indicators V Record IDs IV All 45 Fields Cancel Help 3 Select the appropriate Export Format in the drop down list e Comma Delimited where each field is enclosed in quotation marks and separated from the next field by a comma and each record ends with a carriage return Each record includes a field for the workform indicator a field for a record ID and all 45 ProCite fields with empty place holders for fields that either do not contain data or do not exist in the workform Tab Delimited where each field is separated from the next by a tab and each record ends with a carriage return Each record includes a field for the workform indicator a field for a record ID and then only those fields used in the workform with empty place holders for fields that do not contain data e Custom where ProCite uses custom options You can specify any single character as a field separator delimiter or end of record character See Setting Export Options later in this chapter for more information about selecting the appropriate file format and setting the Custom options Chapter 24 Exporting Delimited Records 473 4 Click on the Exported Data tab to determine how much field data is exported Export Marked Records xi Delimited Format Exported Data Fields Export data only for selected fields Select Fields Workform Definitions IV Export workform definitions Cancel Help
529. rmat ting ProCite only identifies a page reference if it is within the first 255 characters of the field If you don t want page number formatting applied to a specific page number entry enter an equal sign at the beginning of the field in the ProCite record ProCite Formatting ProCite will apply page formatting instructions as much as possible Field entries that are recognized as page ranges can be formatted using Special Fields punctuation can correctly apply singular or plural punctuation p versus pp as well as page number range formatting 170 190 can be stripped to 170 90 Field entries that are recognized as page numbers or as the starting number of a range where the ending number is not the full form only have Special Field punctuation applied Entries that are not recognized as pages or ranges are output as is without Special Fields punctuation or page range formatting Will be Formatted Will be Punctuated Will Not Be Formatted 170 190 5 6 in press 31S 37S 170 90 p xxvi xxvii 3 8 33 5 45 59 pp R2 R48 slides 23 38 23 178 Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field Location URL Field 38 The Location URL Field contains information about where the work is stored You can enter a Uniform Resource Locator URL a Medline Unique Identification Number UI or a path and filename for an electronic copy of a document File Type Enter Local File Windows
530. rmatting by selecting Page Numbers 25 from the Fields menu Page Number Formatting x Page Numbers Single Page Number Page Range Preceding Text Preceding Text Following Text Following Text j Page Range Format Full 52 53 101 104 200 203 558 561 871 879 Abbreviated 52 3 101 4 200 3 558 61 871 9 Chicago 52 53 101 4 200 203 558 61 871 79 MLA 52 53 101 04 200 03 558 61 871 79 C Start Page Only 52 101 200 558 871 Cancel Help These settings apply only when you enter page numbers correctly in your ProCite records Always enter full page numbers as in 170 190 See Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field for more information about entering page numbers Field Dependent Preceding and Following Text Some bibliographic styles require you to punctuate references to single pages differently than references to multiple pages Enter the appropriate Preceding Text or Following Text in the text boxes Examples of preceding text Single Page No Page Range Preceding Text Preceding Text Examples p pp p 206 pp 173 196 203 p pp p 206 pp 206 8 P Pp P 206 Pp 203 27 Keywords Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 469 If the entire element is surrounded by parentheses as in pp 165 194 the parentheses should be entered in the workform style as part of the normal preceding and following punctuation for field 25 and not int
531. rms 1 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeee 405 Changing the Workform Definition 0 0 0 0 eee 405 Renaming a Workform 000 cece eceeeeeeseeeeeseeeneeeeeaes 406 Creating or Modifying a Workform 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 406 Opening the Workform 00 eee ee eeeeeeeeeeereeseeeeeneeeaes 406 Basing a New Workform on an Existing Workform 200 0 eeeeeeseeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 406 Opening a New Blank Workform ee 407 Editing an Existing Workform 0 eee eee 408 Selecting the Fields iss cose x sses depos deuce eserine rere 408 Assigning Field Names 00 cceececeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaes 409 Saving the Workform 0 eee cee ceseeseceseeeecneeneeeeeees 409 Sharing Workforms 0 0 cece eeeeseceeceseceeceseeeseeseseeeeseeeeeens 410 Deleting Workforms S ceren e a e 411 Selecting the Appropriate ProCite Fields eee 411 Fields and Their Default Names 0 0 eee eset eeeeeeee 412 Special Fields ipine ma on aa es 412 A thof Fieldsa ee renra elec deysg ar ss ONE op su EET 413 Date Fields rie i a orra ee ase eee E ea 413 Call Number Field visores siess 413 Keywords Field 0 eee ceecceeseceseeceeeeceeeeneeceneeeneeeeee 414 Location in Work Field 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 414 Title Fields neee eae ea ek 414 Selecting the Field Numbers 0 0 sc ceeeeeeeseeseeeeeeees 414 Multiple workforms make it easier to manage and print different types of reference information You can have any number of workforms they are stored in indi
532. rms and would like new copies of the original files run the installation program again to reinstall workform files See Chapter 2 Installation for installation information Store your workforms in ProCite s Forms folder If you want to modify a workform we recommend that you open the file and use the Save As command to make a copy of the file and give it a different name Share a custom workform with another user in one of the following ways e Copy your workform file to the other user s Forms folder You can copy files over a network or with diskettes e Export any number of marked records with workform definitions to a delimited text file Then import those records into the other user s database Workform definitions in the import file that do not match existing workforms are created and added to the user s Forms folder e If you are both using the same copy of ProCite on a network make sure your workform is in ProCite s Forms folder It will be available for all users who use that copy of ProCite e To share a ProCite for the Macintosh workform with a ProCite for Windows user add the extension PWF to the workform file name Possible Conflicts Because you can modify any workform you can run into several con flicts e You renamed a predefined workform and later want to share data with a colleague Each of the predefined workforms has an internal code so ProCite knows to which workform each record is linked Wh
533. rms listed here and full workform names for all other workforms Workforms by Letter A Book Long Form no letter Abstract B Book Short Form no letter Bill Resolution C Journal Long Form no letter Book Chapter D Journal Short Form no letter Book Whole E Report no letter Case F Newspaper no letter Electronic Citation G Dissertation no letter Email H Trade Catalog no letter Generic Letter no letter Hearing J Manuscript no letter In Press K Conference Proceedings no letter Journal Article L Map no letter Journal Whole M Music Score no letter Magazine Article N Sound Recording no letter Monograph O Motion Picture no letter Patent P Audiovisual Material no letter Statute Q Video Recording no letter Unenacted Bill Resolution R Art Work no letter Unpublished Work S Computer Program no letter Web Page T Data Files Chapter 24 Exporting Delimited Records 479 Record IDs Select this check box if you want the export file to include the record ID from each record ProCite will export the record ID in the first field position the second field position if you also export a workform indicator All 45 Fields Select this check box if you want to export a field for each of the 45 ProCite fields for each record Empty place holders will represent fields that do not exist in the workform and fields that are in the workform but don t contain data Click on the Exported Data tab to determine how much field data is exported
534. roCite adheres to conventions for file type field format and field order Basic Procedure To import records from a delimited text file 1 Prepare or verify your import file as described in the next section Preparing the Import File Either your import file must contain workform definitions which can be exported from ProCite or the appropriate workforms must be available from ProCite before importing 2 In ProCite go to the Tools menu and select Import Text File to display a file dialog 3 Locate and open the text file that contains the delimited records you want to import into ProCite ProCite displays the file onscreen DJ Asthma txt BEE File Type File Format Target Database Delimited Comma Delimited Modify Sample Database X E Transfer c 10 Adalioglu G Turktas I Saraclar Y Tuncer A nA E ror 20 Alessandro F Vincenzo Z G Marco S Marcello G Enric cr 30 Bronsky E A Kemp J P Orgel H A Bierman C W Tink c 40 van Essen Zandvliet E E Hughes M D Waalkens H J Duiv cr 50 Boner L Spezia E Piovesan P Chiocca E Maiocchi cr 60 Lebecque P Vliers S De Saint Moulin T Godding V c 70 Yiallouros P K Milner a D Effective pulmonary bloc c 80 Holmgren D Sixt R Effects of salbutamol inhalations cr 90 Kuwahara B Goresky G V
535. rt two line breaks lt 18 Place of Publication gt lt 43 Abstract gt The first line break starts the abstract on its own line and the next line break moves the abstract down a line leaving a blank line ISI ResearchSoft ProCite User s Guide 1999 Institute for Scientific Information Philadelphia PA A manual giving detailed instructions on the use of ProCite 5 a bibliographic database management program The line breaks keep the entire reference in the same paragraph which may be useful when reformatting in a word processor If you insert paragraph marks rather than line breaks lt 18 Place of Publication gt 1 lt 43 Abstract gt 448 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles The abstract starts at the left margin rather than at the indent ISI ResearchSoft ProCite User s Guide 1999 Institute for Scientific Information Philadelphia PA A manual giving detailed instructions on the use of ProCite 5 a bibliographic database management program Paragraph indents are set on the Reference List tab The default line spacing within individual references and between each reference is also controlled there For more information about these settings see Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies Page Breaks To insert a page break in your workform style use the Insert Special button or type Ctrl Enter Windows or Control Return Macintosh Use this in your workform style when you always want a
536. rt E no letter Journal Whole Sound Recording N no letter Magazine Article Statute no letter no letter Monograph Trade Catalog H no letter Patent Unenacted Bill Resolution no letter no letter Statute Unpublished Work no letter no letter Unenacted Bill Resolution Video Recording Q no letter Unpublished Work Web Page no letter no letter Web Page 208 Chapter 9 Importing Records When you export records from a ProCite database the letters A T are used as workform indicators with full workform names for other work forms Indicators for new workforms that you create must be the full workform name To add workform indicators to your import file 1 2 Open your import file with a word processor Add a workform indicator as the first field in each record For example Newspaper Olson Lise staff writer Research fund faces cuts WN Sy Detroit Free Press y Detroit MI ae June 18 1990 Business section E y 1L nn E R E E lt The State Research Fund faces drastic cuts from the levels of past years Budget Research or F Olson Lise staff writer Research fund faces cuts In 7r Detroit Free Press vo ae a gt Detroit Mr June 18 1990 Business section By ds The State Research Fund faces drastic cuts from the levels of past years Budget Research When finished adding workform indicators save your import file as
537. rt into ProCite ProCite displays the file onscreen P Silve Platter SPIRS Medline txt File Type File Format Target Database Tagged fiai SiiverPlatter SPIRS E E Sample Database zj B Transfer No Records Request a 1579 ASTHMA 18320 CHILD 432 1 and 2 182 ALBUTEROL 26 3 and 4 oO bponpe Record 1 of 26 MEDLINE R 1994 TI clinical study of colchicine in childhood asthma AU Adalioglu G Turktas I Saraclar Y Tuncer A sO J Asthma 1994 31 5 361 6 ILA ENGLISH AB double blind randomized crossover study was done to determine the MESH Albuterol administration and dosage Albuterol therapeutic use Asthme MESH isthma drug therapy Colchicine therapeutic use AN 95014003 Record 2 of 26 MEDLINE R 1994 TI Compliance with pharmacologic prophylaxis and therapy in bronchial ast AU Alessandro F Vincenzo ZG Marco 5 Marcello G Enrica R iSO Ann Allergy 1994 Aug 73 2 135 40 ILA ENGLISH Between January 1 and December 31 1988 288 children 185 boys and 1C Administration Inhalation Adolescence Albuterol therapeutic use ER gt 4 In the File Type drop down list select Tagged 202 Chapter 9 Importing Records 5 In the File Format drop down list select the service from which you retrieved the tagged records 6 In the Target Database drop down list select the ProCite database to receive the records 7 Click Transfer to begin i
538. rted from previous versions of Reference Manager choose Record IDs b Enter the delimiters that surround the identifying text or record IDs in your document These may or may not be the same delimiters that are used in formatted output which are set in the output style c Select the database s you want ProCite to search for matching records d Choose the format for the unformatted citation Author Date Record ID or Record ID o Check the Generate an Updated Bibliography box if you want to automatically generate or update an existing bibliography at the end of the manuscript 5 Click OK to save the settings and continue 6 ProCite starts at the beginning of your document and steps through your citations highlighting them one by one to attempt to Insert Citation Chapter 16 Cite While You Write 317 a Ifa single ProCite record matches your identifying text ProCite replaces the highlighted text with an unformatted citation that is linked to the appropriate ProCite record b If several records match the identifying text ProCite lists the matching records in an Insert Citation dialog See Matching Multiple Records later in this chapter if you need help inserting the appropriate citation from this dialog c If no records match or if more than 500 records match you need to modify the identifying text If you do not want to insert a citation from the Insert Citation dialog click the Ignore button to ignore and
539. s l Eh Seach Search for Look in All Records x g M 4 p A Al Records A Marked Records Search Groups i Duplicates 7 Author Date Title Ascending 1 Records Marked 0 Records in List 40 Records in Database _ 2 Enter your search expression in the Search for text box You can create a new expression modify the existing expression or restore a saved expression see the next section for more information Type the search expression manually or use the buttons along the top of the window to guide you In this search expression AUTHOR Wheeler Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records 253 e AUTHOR the field identifier indicates which field s to search oo e the operator says that the search term must match a term that appears anywhere in the field e Wheeler is the search term ProCite is looking for in each record in this case an author name IP Sample Database BEE PE Mark Selected By Mark List IX Clear Marked g O 14 4 gt gt T Copy Marked W amp Open Link B New Search 4 Insert Field Operators Insert Term x Expressions l A Search Search for Author Wheeler a Look in All Records E Author Title Date electi 20 May 1987 Artificial intelligence researcher All Records Marked Records Search Groups y Duplicates 7 Author Date Title Ascending 1 Records Marked 1 Records in List 40 Records in Database 7
540. s a dialog where you can modify the display of full records Show Hide Empty Fields Displays or suppresses fields that do not contain information Go to Record Allows you to jump to a specific record in the current list Go to First Record Goes to the first record displayed in the current list Go to Prev Record Goes to the previous record in the current list Go to Next Record Goes to the next record in the current list Go to Last Record Goes to the last record in the current list Open File URL Starts your browser and goes to the Internet location specified by either the selected text or the Location URL 38 field Tip Press the Ctrl Windows or command Macintosh key when selecting a Go to icon to move between Marked records Appendix C The ProCite Toolbars 507 Sear ch Toolbar The Search Toolbar appears on the Search tab Use these icons to help build a search expression and execute a database search 2 New Search amp Insert Field 5g Operators SY Insert Term Gi Expressions A Search New Search Clears the search expression box to prepare for a new search strategy Insert Field Displays a list of fields to insert in the search expression box Operators Displays a list of logical and relational operators to insert in the search expression box Insert Term Displays the Insert Term dialog where you can select a term from a field content list or term list to insert Expressions Allows you
541. s mex P Turtles X Mark Selected g Mark List PX Cier Morked EQ Q 1 4b DL a Copy Marked Open Link Ouellette D who do we think we are Turtle Island Strim 1994 Penick D N Paladino F V Steyermark Thermal dependence of tissue metabolism in t 1996 Powell Pamela The turtle watchers 1992 E Rebel Thomas P Ingle Robert M Sea turtles and the turtle industry of the West 1974 T Rosman LGL Ecological Research Asso Underwater sightings of sea turtles in the nortk 1987 KUAUFUHA LAI Records Marked Records Search Hy Terms Y Groups i eae Author Title D ate Ascending 0 Records Marked 59 Records in List 59 Records in Database 4 2 Sample Database Bm X Mark Selected Mg Mark List PX Clear tierked g TE Q 14 4b DL a Copy hared 0 Open Link Title Date Keywords Computer shopper April 1995 Computers Peripherals Hardware Multi Media Medicine September 1979 Medicine Audiocassette John James Audubon 4 biography Adams Alexander B 1966 Biography Nature Art Apollyon s bow Perspective reading Anderson Mark Ransom 1984 Literature Apollyon Acute renal failure Anderson Robert J Schrier Robe 1987 Renal Failure Harrison s Principles intemal Z Marked Records Search Terms Grow Duplicates 0 Records Marked 40 Records in List 40 Records in Database 4 CAP Z 3 In the Sample Database highlight the record by Toth Tibor and drag it to the Turtles da
542. s sess ce eet eTe e EEEo teed oe 160 Locating Fields by Field Number eee eeeeeeeeeeeeenees 161 Abstract Field 43 ccceccccessssccsssececsscecessececsseesessseeeesenseses 163 Address Availability Field 37 ccecceesseesceeereeeseceeeeeeerees 163 Author Fields 01 07 16 30 eeceeeccecesseceeeseeeeeeeeeens 164 Author Affiliation Field 03 cccccseecessseeseseeeesseeenseeeees 167 Author Role Fields 02 08 17 31 eccceesscecsesseeeeeeeees 168 Call Number Field 44 ccccceccccecessececscecesseeecenneeesneeees 169 CODEN Field 39 e errie he eerbare eteen 169 Connective Phrase Fields 06 36 cccccccsssscecesseceesreees 170 Date Fields 12 20 21 eeeccececccccseecesscecessececnseeeeseeeeens 170 Document Type Field 35 cece eceeeeecseeeeecseessecsseeaeenees 174 Edition Field 15 wo ccccccesssccsessecessneecseeceessneeeseseeeeseeeeees 174 Extent of Work Field 26 0 c ccceccccssecesenceeesseeesenseeeeeeeeees 174 ISBN Field 41 e reese ENEKE EE 175 ISSN Field 40 enrocar inari ensia 175 Issue ID Fields 24 34 c eeeccecssecesssceeessecesesteeeseeeeesseeenes 175 Keywords Field 45 neccennais 175 Location in Work Field 25 ccccccccsscessncecesseeeesneeeeseseeees 176 Location URL Field 38 cccceccecccesseeesecceessseecsesseeesneeeees 178 Medium Designator Fields 05 14 oo eee eeeseceneeeeeeeeeeeee 178 Notes Field 42 eenei na e a e
543. s you wish to include as subject headings To quickly select all terms or no terms use the buttons to the right of the dialog You may want to select all terms and then click to deselect the few terms you do not want included Click OK to format the subject bibliography on the screen If you want to modify the term selections you just set to either add or remove terms from the selected field s click on the Term button Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies 359 Note Subject headings print as they appear in your records No special formatting of author names and no journal title substitution is applied Click on the Configure button to modify the layout and style of your subject bibliography Verify the settings in the Reference List Fields and Page Layout tabs all three tabs are discussed earlier in this chapter particularly these items on the Reference List tab e Output Style which determines the bibliographic style used to format each reference e Reference List Title which prints at the top of the bibliography e Reference List Order which determines the order of references under each subject heading Under Configure Bibliography click the Subject Bibliography tab to set options specifically for subject bibliographies These settings are described in the next section of this chapter Click OK to save changes Configure Subject Bibliography Reference List Fields Page Layout Subject Bibliography
544. sages When ProCite can detect damage in a database an error message advises you to rebuild it Stop the operation you are performing and rebuild before continuing Sometimes ProCite can not detect damage and attempts to perform an operation with the damaged database You may get a message from the operating system indicating a problem The program has been inter rupted and you may find yourself unable to make your machine respond to any command You must restart your computer Lock up If ProCite or the operating system cannot detect damage the program may lock up so that pressing keys has no effect Try pressing several keys to make sure a lock up has occurred To unlock you must restart the computer Turn the power off wait a few seconds and then turn it back on Restarting can damage an open database so even if a lock up occurs due to a hardware problem your database may be damaged after the reset ProCite is designed to minimize this type of damage but it would be wise to rebuild the database you were working on when the lock up occurred Garbled Text If records display with garbled text there may be damage that requires you to rebuild the database First make sure you haven t inadvertently changed to an odd default font Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files 111 Rebuilding a Database Before rebuilding a database make sure you have enough disk space for another database of the same size Wh
545. search expression 1 On the Internet Search tab click the Expressions button and select Organize Expressions 2 Highlight the expression you want to delete and click Delete 3 Click OK to save the change Renaming a Search Expression To rename a Saved search expression 1 On the Internet Search tab click the Expressions button and select Organize Expressions 2 Highlight the expression you want to rename and click Rename 3 Type a new name for the expression and click OK 294 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities Setting Internet and PubMed Search Options The Internet Search options determine which fields are listed for search ing what happens to existing search results when you start a new search and what happens to search results when you close the Internet Search or PubMed Search window These settings are saved for the current copy of ProCite To set the Internet and PubMed Search options 1 From the Tools menu select Options 2 Click the Internet Search tab General File Locations Inteinet Search When performing a new search C Retain previous search results lear previous search results When closing the search window Prompt to save search results Discard search results m PubMed Prompt before downloading Always prompt before downloading records Prompt if the number of records is more than 700 C Do not prompt before downloading records 239 50 Fields included in s
546. selecting fields 227 228 setting field order 228 Cyrillic Sort 232 Czech Sort 232 D Damaged Database 108 Damaged File 108 database 109 errormessages 1 10 garbled text 1 10 list 109 lock up 1 10 output style 109 workform 109 Danish Sort 232 Dashes __ asa field name 140 repeated author 456 Data Entry 133 author names 330 332 flagging duplicate records 241 242 identifying text 328 335 Data Entry Rules 142 author fields 164 167 author role fields 168 169 date fields 170 173 document type field 174 keywords field 176 location in work field 176 177 medium designator fields 179 packaging method field 180 title fields 184 185 Database associating 337 338 backing up 99 100 changing association 337 338 closing 99 converting from earlier version 92 converting older versions 34 copying records 137 creating 89 90 damaged 108 definition 23 deleting 100 filename 91 opening 90 91 opening with ProCite for W indows 91 101 read only access 91 rebuilding 108 errormessages 1 10 garbledtext 1 10 lock up 1 10 reclaiming disk space 109 repairing damaged file 1 10 record limit 88 renaming 100 searching 252 254 setting options 93 99 sharing 30 91 112 101 sort ef fect on sharing 232 233 when to rebuild 109 1 10 Database Conversion 35 36 Database Files Installed 40 Database Folder 95 1 12 Database Internet adding anew Z39 50 database 298 301 searching 286 288 Database Settings defaults 97 101 Date adding letters
547. sers must first update databases with Reference Manager version 8 or later before converting to ProCite for the Macintosh The conversion creates copies of original files make sure you have twice as much free disk space available for the copy as is used by the original file The original files are not changed and you can delete them after you verify the successful conversion This section explains how to convert databases workforms lists for merly called authority lists and output styles formerly called punctua tion files from earlier versions of ProCite It also describes how to delete your old bibliographic program once ProCite is installed and your files have been converted We recommend that you retain your previous bibliographic software application until you are sure that your files are successfully converted Once your files are all successfully converted you can uninstall your old bibliographic program Chapter 2 Installation 35 Converting Files You can easily convert databases created with ProCite Reference Manager or EndNote If you are converting ProCite databases you can also convert output styles punctuation files and lists Converting Databases and Workforms Back up your ProCite Reference Manager or EndNote database before you begin Then make sure you have enough space on your hard disk for a new database that could be up to twice as large as the original database ProCite reads the old database a
548. sesesssssesssceceeceseseseseeees 475 Tab Delimited 2232 orc 2303 anen ieee eee eeteeess 476 CUSTOM eeaeee epe a e ren Ae eE Espe 477 Use ProCite s Export feature to create a delimited text file from a ProCite database You can then import the delimited file into a different ProCite database or into another database program A delimited file format is where each field in a record is in a specific position and is separated by a special character Some delimited formats also surround each field with a special character The most common formatting types are Comma Delimited and Tab Delimited so we have predefined a format for each You also have the option of creating a custom delimited format ProCite allows you to select the type of delimited output you want and the records and fields you want exported Basic Procedure To export records 1 Mark the records you want to export Display the Marked Records tab to verify the list of records to be exported 2 From the Tools menu select Export Marked Records to display the Export Marked Records dialog 472 Chapter 24 Exporting Delimited Records Export Marked Records xi Delimited Format Exported Data Export Format Comma Delimited ted With C Carriage Retums C Other o m Records Terminated With Carriage Retuns Other B Optional Field Delimiters I Delimit Fields with i Replacement Character ial Included Fields IV Workfo
549. sks from your regular backups You will still have an old backup to restore even if your regular backups were made after your hard disk developed a bad sector Even an archival backup that is several months old could save your database from total disaster 100 Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files You can back up workforms output styles lists and configuration files simply by copying them to floppy disks Once your databases start growing though it becomes unlikely that you can fit even a single database on a floppy disk You can back up your ProCite databases using any backup utility avail able from a third party vendor Each database is made up of two files For example Windows Macintosh Sample PDT Sample Sample PDX Sample PDX Only the main file is absolutely essential but you should back up both files The main file contains the text of your records while the PDX file contains key information for sorting searching and other operations If the main file is missing your data is lost If the PDX file is missing ProCite will simply rebuild it Renaming Files To rename any ProCite file use the Rename command from ProCite s File menu If you prefer you can instead rename files from the desktop Remember that each ProCite database is comprised of two required files one with the extension PDX You must rename both files leaving extensions intact Deleting Files To delete a ProCite databas
550. slash a semicolon or a carriage return between author names If you do not know all the names indicate additional authors by using four slashes after the last author in the field 4 Click or tab to the Title Monographic 09 field and enter NetResearch Finding information online 5 Click or tab to the Publisher Name 19 and enter Songline Studios Inc 6 Click or tab to Date of Publication 20 and enter 1997 66 Chapter 3 Using ProCite 10 A Guided Tour Note ProCite assumes the following fields may contain dates Date of Meeting 12 Date of Publication 20 and Date of Copyright 21 These date fields are converted to an internal format that is used for searching sorting and formatting references correctly To use a Field Content List for keywords move the cursor to the Keywords field then click the arrow to the far right of the field The Insert Term dialog appears Insert Term xi Source Sample Database z Terms Keywords z Adenohypophyseal Hormones Adult Aerospace Medicine Artificial Intelligence Attitude Attitude to Health Audiocassette Audiovisual Materials Bibliographic Data Biography Rinmace d InsemhiotE Close Help T Close after insert Note Field Content Lists are internal lists generated from the Author Journal Title and Keywords fields They can be used for data entry and searching Quickly type co or scroll throu
551. socesonessesssevndonsastossaons 252 Performing a Search sssi sorore er a N E 252 Narrowing a Search i c s sciscesssescesviesieasessuscsstscaeaepupasssebebes 254 Elements of a Search Expression essesessseeeesreeeserereereererrereees 254 Search Term isset esiis esiis otero ae es kaaranan Eva oree ie aa hastens 255 Field Identifiers onie ovpn ense i a 256 QPerators s seier secssesesi ya sssetessistaessssatsnesesaist eabeasessuasieaswsedess 257 Creating Search Expressions 0 0 eceeceeeeeeeseeseeeeeseecseenseraes 262 Building a Search Expression 0 0 0 ee eeeeessecseeseeneeeeees 262 Saving a Search Expression 0 0 0 0 cc ceeeseceeceseceeceseeeeeeeeees 265 Restoring a Saved Search Expression ce ceeeeeeeeeeeee 266 Editing a Saved Search Expression 0 ceeeeeseeseeeeeeeees 266 Deleting a Search Expression cc eeeeeessessecseesecneeeeees 267 Renaming a Search Expression 0 cceeeseeeseesecseceeeeees 267 Sample Search Expressions 000 0 ceeeeceseeeceseeeeceseeeeeeseeeneenee 268 Finding a Search Term 0 eeeeceeeecceseeesecseecsecsseesecnsensees 268 Finding Multiple Search Terms 000 0 eee eee ese eeteeees 268 Findings Dates sis ists cci bases oven ots E r E tates EE ER 269 Finding Record IDS irsini eesse 270 Finding Empty and Not Empty Fields 0 00 270 Finding the Last Records Entered 0 0 eee eeeeeeceecenecneceseeeeensees 270 Contents 11 Chapter 14 Saving Records in Groups QVGLVIEW
552. son ccescs arne EEE EEEE SE EE EEE E PEE E E EE TEE 271 Creating a Group isss sssscsvse ste sess pssvaseveuves Ere EESE S EE EE E EE 212 Saving Search Results ceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneesaeaee 272 Saving Any Set of Records 0 0 eee ceseeeeceeceeeceeeeeeeeseeeneenee 212 Using a Group ee ere eaae obs es E E EE E EE E ERER 273 Viewing or Printing Records in a Group seeeesseeeseeeerereerereeeees 274 Marking Records from a Group 0 ee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneenee 274 Searching a Group ssseisscsssssssiseassssesescssssonsssonssadecdysnscnasisedessantoes 275 Deleting a Group erri o anis e E EEn SEEE eE EEE adie EOE EEE EEE 275 Modifying a Group 2s sesss sssessesvscses evens asebesiaacsenssssusbesboenscssupsbesesees 275 Adding or Removing Records 000 0 cece eeeecseseeeeeeseeeeeeseeseeaee 276 Renaming a Group ssssiscsssesseesescsssssesesescesgedscesstenticseschastosstsonesses 276 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities CV ELVIGW sus ssesie cduess Sheets Secs sue EKE EEEE EEE Boots KEE Asus EE Reet 277 Searching and Importing from the Internet 0 0 0 eee 278 Connecting to Host Servers 0 e ce eeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeseeeneenee 278 Dial up Internet Connections 00 0 eee cece eeeeeeeeteeeees 278 Testing the Servers 0 0 eeeeceeeeeeseeeseeseecsecneecaeenseesees 279 Allowing Access Through Firewalls 0 0 ce ce ee eeeeeeeeeeee 281 Selecting Z39 50 Sites to Search 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeneeenee 284 Searching Z39 50 Int
553. ss you later enter more identifying text or use Revert to Original Text you only need to use Scan Document once per manuscript Once you have linked records to your manuscript you can format the citations using Generate Bibliogra phy and unformat them as often as you like without losing the links You can also use Insert Citation if you need to add citations later ProCite can identify and match text to records only when you enter the identifying text in one of the forms described under Entering Identifying Text described later in this chapter and surround the text with delimiters Delimiters can be single characters or multiple characters Typical delimiters are parentheses brackets or curly braces lt gt as in the relationship between a market economy and democracy Lipset 1992 Chapter 16 Cite While YouWrite 315 You must use the same set of starting and ending delimiters throughout your document whether they are parentheses brackets etc These examples are all delimited by brackets Van Allen Warren 1994 Diamond Linz and Lipset 1990 Methods of financing economic development 23 Warren 23 Each element in the identifying text for a single citation must be sepa rated by a comma space or ampersand amp The total amount of text including spaces within the delimiters is limited to 1024 characters regardless of whether you are matching a single or mult
554. st ten searches Scans the document for citations within delimiters and inserts them Formats in text citations and generates a bibliography from them Looks toward the beginning of the document for unlinked text within the Scan Document delimiters Looks toward the end of the document for unlinked text within the Scan Document delimiters Changes formatted citations back to unformatted citations linked placeholders Changes both formatted citations and unformatted citations back to the original identifying text removing links Displays the ProCite help file 511 Appendix D Keyboard Commands Overview Contents Pile and Print aeree bo npes eropp peke eoi e EEEN cise ey 511 View and Search noiniaii a a a i nts 512 Copy and Pasteisene nne tvs pechieapeteenteds eseomaatecseelieets 512 Apply Styles Records Lists Output Styles Dialogs 512 Eriter and Raat oops eee eeose sE ear AEE E EEEE o EEEE ENES 513 Output Stylesin tense eta di in i heen eas 514 Subject Bibliography Tab esseseesseeesessreesreerrreeresrsserrssen 514 Help Fil niaii aa ai ee eee eee 514 Many menu items in ProCite have a corresponding keyboard equivalent and or toolbar icon The keyboard equivalent appears on the menu equivalents in this appendix next to the associated command We list both Windows and Macintosh keyboard File and Print Windows Macintosh Action Command Command EE AE TAA Ctrl4N ooo Command N OPEN
555. st would look like this 1 115 2 200 35 In order to properly sort the previous list of numbers you would have to pad the numbers with zeros A left to right character sort would properly sort numbers that are padded to the largest number s width such as these 0001 Chapter 11 Sorting Records 235 Symbol Removal Date Sorting ProCite ignores all punctuation such as and before sorting by replacing any group of punctuation with a space All characters other than letters and numbers are removed in this process ee 6 3 s lt gt This character stripping is temporary and does not affect actual records or printed output just the order in which the record appears For example when sorting the title The Tragedy of Romeo and Juliet ProCite ignores the brackets ProCite provides special date sorting for putting publication dates and other date fields in chronological order Alphabetical sorting is inappro priate for dates because of the wide variety of date formats you can use with ProCite Numerical sorting is also inappropriate ProCite accepts a wide variety of date formats and converts each into a single internal format that you never see When the program sorts dates it sorts these internal equivalents For example dates entered into your database could be entered in formats such as 12 04 97 and December 4 1997 ProCite can correctly interpret both formats as the same date
556. sure you start ProCite before you begin inserting citations If you run ProCite off a network and the network is down you cannot cite while you write because ProCite must be available Windows Microsoft Word These files are placed in the appropriate Microsoft Word Startup folder Word 7 x Pcdwd32 wll and Pewd7 dot Word 97 and Word 2000 Pc5wd32 wll and Pcewd8 dot Chapter 2 Installation 43 WordPerfect These files are placed in ProCite s CWYW folder WordPerfect 7 x Pc5wp 7 dll and PcSwp7 wpt WordPerfect 8 x Pc5wp8 dll and PcSwp8 wpt WordPerfect 9 Pc5wp9 dll and PcSwp9 wpt WordPerfect also requires that you direct the program to these files The installation program does this automatically or you can do it manually as described earlier in this chapter Macintosh The installer places word processor files in Microsoft Word s Startup folder as well as the ProCite 5 Folder CWYW folder These files are placed in the default Microsoft Word Startup folder Word 6 ProCite 5 Word Add in ProCite 5 Word 6 Add in dot Word 98 ProCite 5 Word Add in ProCite 5 Word 98 Add in dot Configuration Files and Download Files The Import Text tool in ProCite uses configuration files to parse tagged text from various diskette CD and online sources and transfer the records into appropriate ProCite workforms and fields Configuration files are stored in ProCite s Config folder You can create or modify any number of configuration
557. t click Yes If you are finished adding databases for this host click No 302 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities Impor ting WebPages W indows Only You can create ProCite records from individual web pages displayed with Netscape or Internet Explorer Note Import Web Page always creates a new record You cannot use this command to add a title and URL to an existing record To copy the URL and Title from the document currently displayed in Netscape or Internet Explorer and paste them into a ProCite record 1 Display the web page in Netscape or Internet Explorer 2 Start ProCite or switch to ProCite if it is already open and open or create the database to which you want to add records 3 From the Tools menu choose Import Web Page A split screen displays the text of the browser document at the top of the screen and the ProCite record on the bottom This makes it easy to copy information from the browser document into the ProCite record IP Sample Database New Record ofi x Workform web Page z Record ID 410 K eE Q Marne KMT A MODERN JOURNAL OF ANCIENT EGYPT KMT offers a selection of the current online issue To view the front and back covers and access selected articles in the NEWEST ONLINE ISSUE OF KMT click SUMMER 1999 Author s 01 Author Role 02 Author Affiliation 03 Title 04 KMT A MODERN JOURNAL OF ANCIENT EGYPT Reprint Status 12 E Date Date of Publication 20 D
558. t displays the workform and record ID for the current record Click OK to save changes 142 Chapter6 Entering and Editing Records Use the View menu s Go to Record commands to move between full records The available records are the ones listed in the current record list The order of the records is the same as the sorted order of the record list You can Find a specific record or move to the First Record in the list the Previous Record the Next Record the Last Record the First Marked Record the Previous Marked Record the Next Marked Record or the Last Marked Record Tip You may prefer to use the Go to Record toolbar to move between records Entering and Editing Data In Records General Rules When entering data into records some essential rules and special format ting characters are important All fields in ProCite are of variable length and can handle virtually any type of information How you enter that information is the key to creating bibliographies in the correct format The most important thing is to be consistent with your entries such as using standard terminology key words and capitalization throughout your records Although you can enter character styles and punctuation into the actual text of your records you should rely on ProCite s output styles to provide styles and punctuation Output style formatting provides maximum flexibility because the style and punctuation commands are completely
559. t Files and Chapter 20 Using Alternate Text Formatting Special Fields You have the ability to manipulate data from certain fields in ProCite This is necessary to meet various formatting styles required by publishers You can apply Special Fields Formatting to each workform style for e each author field 01 07 16 and 30 each title field 04 09 11 and 32 the 70 Journal Title field each date field 12 20 and 21 the 25 Location in Work field typically contains page numbers the 45 Keywords field For example the Index Medicus style requires author names to print last name first with first initials such as Aroney MJ Davies MS Hambley TW Pierens RK Science Magazine prefers that the same author names be printed as M J Aroney M S Davies T W Hambley R K Pierens The Turabian style limits the number of authors printed and prints full first names as in Aroney Manuel J and others Special Fields Formatting allows you to meet each of these conventions Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 451 Basic Procedure Special Fields Formatting is set individually for each workform style You can even set them separately for the first citation and subsequent citations on the In Text Citations tab To set Special Fields Formatting 1 Click on the workform style for which you want to modify the special fields formatting 2 From the Fields menu select the field for which you want to define
560. t all records in the database Note You could also print Marked Records Groups or any other list of records using this method 2 From the File menu choose Print Bibliography A bibliography preview displays using the last output style selected 78 Chapter 3 Using ProCite 3 A Guided Tour Use the buttons at the top of the window to Zoom In or Zoom Out and to navigate through pages in a single or two page view ProCite 5 Sample Database Show Jal Records in List z Dutput Style ANSI American National Standards X E Configure Print Save Prev Page Next Page diva Page Zoom In Close Reference List ProCite Computer Sofa Reger Stave md Avlesweth William deles Version 4 0 Cartbad A Research Information Systems 1997 3 dids Available from Research hifumation Systems B5 Camiro Vida Roble Carlsbad CA 92009 1572 Nites Phone romber 760 438 5525 Presidant Dure Kochako Buret Daniel J NeResearch Finding infomatim online Sangline Studios Jac 1997 Comper dapper Hire Wak Coasa Aenda Pl P 1995 Ape 181 154 pages able bon rau 3 decoey Mural Daries Murray Hamby Trevor YI and Pierere Raymord K Departmert of Iroremic Chemistry The hiner of Sinav Sythe MGW 206 Aelia A sabe the polities anisotropic polarsabilities md carbonyl indtared vibrational frepences ofthe Ai COO CMM E Cr Mo or W andthe aystalstructure of MCOMP OCHACMe M
561. t by printing field contents to a disk file See Chapter 18 Building List Files for more information Rebuilding a Database You can rebuild a database to reclaim unused disk space de fragment your data or repair a damaged database When to Rebuild a Database When ProCite detects damage in a database it displays an error message and recommends rebuilding the file However there are cases where ProCite is not able to warn you There are also times when you may want to rebuild the database as a convenience such as reclaiming unused space Reclaiming Disk Space When you delete records from a database disk space is not immediately reclaimed it is reserved and reused as you insert records If you have deleted many records from a database and don t plan to immediately insert records you can rebuild the database to free unused space 110 Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files Repairing a Damaged File Many unpredictable problems can damage databases and most you have no control over These are some examples e A power surge or power failure disrupted power to your computer when a database was open e Your computer was reset or restarted while a database was open e The disk came in contact with a magnetic source e The disk developed bad sectors Symptoms of a damaged database are not always clear but certain error messages and program behavior are signs that a database is damaged Error Mes
562. t exist in the new workform that data is not lost Even though the fields are not part of the new workform defini tion you can still see them each time you access a record until you move or delete the data in those fields for that record Such fields are indicated on the screen by dashes in place of the field name 2 Sample Database Edit Record OF x Workform Record ID 330 Keg QKA a Joumal Short Form Author Analytic 01 Article Title 04 07 Reader s Digest 09 Illustrated guide to gardening Journal Title 10 Reprint Status 12 E Date 18 Pleasantville NY 19 The Reader s Digest Association Date of Publication 20 1979 Volume ID 22 Chapter 8 ChoosingaWorkform 191 This data should be moved into fields in the new workform by using the Edit menu commands Cut and Paste If you don t move the data the record behaves as if all of the extra fields are part of the new workform The data is still available for most ProCite operations such as Searching and Sorting Because the record is now associated with a workform of a different name the output style formatting will not necessarily be the same as it was with the old workform Modifying output styles is described in Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles Changing the Workform for Multiple Records To change the workform of multiple records to a single different workform 1 From the Select menu cho
563. t problems with your bibliography settings You may also want to preview individual records as you work with your database To cite references in a manuscript and print a bibliography from those citations see Chapter 16 Cite While You Write Previewing and Printing a Simple Bibliography The most common bibliography is simply an alphabetized list of format ted references ProCite displays a preview of your bibliography before printing or saving to disk You can also preview individual formatted references as you work Basic Preview and Print Procedure To print a simple bibliography 1 Use the record list tabs to display the records you wish to print 2 From the File menu select Print Bibliography ProCite displays a full page preview of the bibliography Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies 343 ProCite 5 Sample Database olx Show JAI Records in List zj Output Style ANSIAmerican National Standards v E Configure Save Next Page Zoom In Zoom aut Close Reference Lit Computer hopper New York Coastal Associates Publishing L P 1995 Apr 181 764 pages Available from Af Davi Publishing Molti Media Medicine Philadelphia PA American College of Physiciare Vol 1 1979 Notes Contimes American College of Physicare Self Leaming Series Ads Alexander B bhn James Audiban A biography New York GP Pumans Sons 1966 ISBN 0 03 316218 4 Anderso Mick Ransan Apollyan s bow
564. t the same sort order used to renumber the database e Select the box to Number References Beginning with 1 d Click OK to update the bibliography preview which you can then print to your printer or save to a disk file Note The citation number that prints before each reference should match each record s ProCite record ID Chapter 19 Printing Lists 385 4 Close the bibliography preview and then print an indexed subject list a From the File menu choose Print Subject Bibliography b At the bottom of the Selected Fields list select the 45 Keywords field and click OK c On the Subject Terms dialog Select All or only the specific terms you want to list in the index and click OK to display a preview d Click the Configure button e On the Subject Bibliography tab e Under Reference List select Subject Terms Only Under Include select List of Record IDs and On Same Line f Click OK to display the indexed subject list which you can then print to your printer or save to a disk file The numbers that appear after each subject term in the subject list match the citation numbers in the simple bibliography and the corresponding ProCite record IDs This example illustrates Reference List 1 Adams Alexander B John James Audubon A biography New York G P Putnam s Sons 1966 ISBN 0 03 316218 4 2 Aoki Mikio inventor Manufacture of glass by Sol Gel process Seiko Epson Corp assignee C
565. t the text file with your word processor and then import the tab delimited text into a new list file Keep in mind however that styles are removed as items are exported See Chapter 18 Building List Files for more information about importing items into a list file Printingan Alternate TextList An alternate text list is simply a text file with the disk filename ALTERNAT TXT To print the file open it and print it with your word processor If you make changes to the list and save it remember to save the file as Text Only 388 Chapter 19 Printing Lists 389 Chapter 20 Using Alternate Text Overview Contents Substitution with Journal Title Lists 00 390 Building a Journal Title List o oo eee eeeeeeeeee 390 Inserting ProCite Records 0 eee eee eseeseceecesecteeeseees 390 Using a Journal Title List for Substitution 391 ApplyingeStyles arene e A ae peera Eies are e 393 Substitution with Alternate Text Lists sseeesseeeseeeeeeee 393 Building the Alternate Text List eee eeeeeeeee 393 Preparing the ProCite Records ccecseeeseseceseseeees 394 Activating the Alternate Text List 0 0 eee eres 394 Applying Styles occ a a a E k 396 The alternate text features of ProCite let you substitute primary text in a record with replacement text from a list when you print a bibliography The substitution is for output only It does not affect searching or any other operation For example you can enter Journa
566. t to a printer click Print and a print dialog appears Verify the settings and click Print b To save to a file text word processor or HTML click Save and a file save dialog appears e Locate the folder where you wish to place the file e In the Save as text box type a name for the file e In the Save File as Type box select the type of word processor file you wish to create or select HTML to save a file formatted with HTML codes for publishing on the World Wide Web WWW Click Save to create the file Click Cancel to stop the operation c To simply dismiss the preview click Close Printing to Catalog Cards The ability to print single citations on catalog cards depends upon the capabilities of your printer and your printer driver To change the page size choose Print Setup from the File menu The Print Setup dialog is supplied by your printer driver and is unique for each printer Your driver may or may not include the appropriate settings for catalog cards You may find it easier to print your bibliography to a word processor file and then print to cards from your word processor In any case you will probably want to make a copy of your output style and modify it to adjust output for your cards You can insert blank lines and tabs with your output style as needed ProCite is not intended as a full feature library cataloging system It does not offer the option of printing references in columns such as the call Ch
567. t toolbar use the Font pull down list to change the font for selected highlighted text Use the Size pull down list to change the font size for selected text Click on the appropriate button to apply a style to selected text the options are bold italic underline superscript and subscript Symbols Use the Symbols button on the toolbar to insert special characters Invisible Characters Use the J button on the Text toolbar to display characters which indicate spaces new paragraphs and line feeds Fields For each field the Field Name appears in bold text and is followed by the contents of the field Configuring the Edit Record View To change the appearance of the records when editing go to the View menu and select Configure Edit Record ProCite displays this dialog Configure Edit Record xi Edit Record Font and size Size fro z Font EEE I Show Invisible Characters Fields IV Show Field Numbers M Show Empty Fields V Show Term List Buttons Toolbars IV Show Record Toolbar Record IDs Record ID Increment fi 0 Cancel Apy Help 126 Chapter5 Viewing Records From this dialog you can change the default Font and Size for all records You can also change these settings Show Invisible Characters when selected displays a visible character to indicate spaces new paragraphs and line feeds This check box serves the same function as the paragraph symbol on the Text toolba
568. t where the Configure Bibliography settings are saved Reference List Settings Use the Reference List tab under Configure Bibliography to verify or change the style of formatted references Most of the Reference List options are also saved with each output style Configure Bibliography x Reference List Fields Page Layout Output Style JANST American National Standards v E Reset Reference List Title poe List Reference List Order Ascending Author Title D ate 7 C Descending r Numbering MV Number References Beginning With fi Prefs Suffix Alignment Right fi ndentation r Spacing O First Line fo 000in Line Spacing Sine f Hanging jo500in Space After Sine Cancel Help 348 Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies Output Style ProCite uses output styles to transform database records into formatted citations when you generate a bibliography Output styles correspond to various standards set by professional journals and societies The output style determines which fields print for each workform in what order the fields print and what punctuation is printed before and after each field It also allows you to manipulate the printing of author names titles dates and page numbers To select an output style for a bibliography use the Output Style drop down list The list is limited in how many styles it can display so you may need to use the browse bu
569. tabase This places a copy of the record in the Turtles database 4 Close the Turtles database The new record is saved and marked 5 Maximize the Sample Database window to continue working with the file Entering Records In this section of the guided tour you will learn to e Import tagged references from online CD ROM and Web based services e Capture Web page information using Netscape Windows only e Enter and edit references manually e Configure duplicate checking Use the following exercises to gain experience importing entering and editing references in ProCite 56 Chapter3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour Importing Records from a Saved Text File Before importing files downloaded from an information service it is important to determine from which service the records were retrieved Each service saves the same information in a slightly different format The format is significant to the configuration file used in ProCite Configuration files are used to tell ProCite how a file of imported records is organized Refer to Appendix C Configuration Files in the Biblio Link II Manual for a list of configuration files supplied with ProCite and the specific databases from which you can import data The Biblio Link II Manual is a PDF file found on your ProCite CD If a configuration file is not available for a service you use you can modify an existing file using the Biblio Link II program installed along with ProCite Exe
570. te support Microsoft Word 6 Copy these files from ProCite s CWYW folder to the Word 6 Startup folder ProCite 5 Word Add in ProCite 5 Word 6 Add in dot The Word 6 Startup folder is typically System Folder Preferences Word Startup Folder 6 Microsoft Word 98 Copy these files from ProCite s CWYW folder to the Word 98 Startup folder ProCite 5 Word Add in ProCite 5 Word 98 Add in dot The Word 98 Startup folder is typically Microsoft Office 98 Office Startup Word After installing word processor support you need to exit and restart any copies of Word that are currently running When you start Word ProCite commands appear on the Tools menu 34 Chapter 2 Installation Upgradingfr omPr oCite Refer enceManager orEndNote Install ProCite 5 as described at the beginning of this chapter Do not replace your existing bibliographic software by installing in the same folder Even if you are a current user of ProCite do a completely new installation of the program This version of ProCite Windows or Macintosh can convert data from various ProCite or Reference Manager databases or EndNote libraries e ProCite for Windows all versions e ProCite for the Macintosh all versions e ProCite for DOS version 1 2 or later e Reference Manager for the Macintosh all versions e Reference Manager for DOS or Windows version 5 x or later e EndNote versions 2 x and 3 x Note Reference Manager version 6 x or 7 x u
571. ter the page numbers as following text after the date in the in text citation by includ ing it after a ft switch This lets you handle text that can differ for different citations referencing the same work as in Lipset Seong and Torres 1993 ft 156 58 followed later by Lipset et al 1993 ft 168 70 How to use additional text in a manuscript is described in Chapter 16 Cite While You Write There is a limit of 255 characters for an individual in text citation including additional text You can include footnotes in your manuscript The easiest way is to use the footnote capabilities of your word processor to insert in text citations and place footnotes at the bottom of the page Then within the footnote insert ProCite in text citations In the output style define the footnote format on the In Text Citations tab You can define an author date format or a full text format When you Generate Bibliography in your manu script ProCite formats the linked citations in your footnotes Tip In the output style use the Include a bibliography with each document box to include or exclude a bibliography at the end of the manuscript Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 433 Defining Bibliography Formatting The Bibliography tab in an output style defines the format of records in a bibliography To accommodate different formatting guidelines for different types of work you can set up a unique workform style for each w
572. th the current search expression Stops the current search Displays a dialog where you can select the hosts and databases for searching and add or edit hosts or data bases Appendix C The ProCite Toolbars 509 Output Style Toolbar This toolbar is available when creating and editing output styles a Insert Field Sy Insert Special Configure Fields Insert Field Inserts a field into the current style Insert Special Inserts a formatting character Configure Fields Configures formatting for special fields authors titles dates page numbers and keywords TermListandJoumalList Toolbar This toolbar is available when creating and editing term lists and journal lists Add Adds a new term or journal name Edit Edits an existing term or journal name Delete Deletes a term or journal name 510 AppendixC TheProCite Toolbars Cite While You W rite Toolbar This is the ProCite 5 toolbar installed in Word or WordPerfect el Gea anaa Insert Citation Insert Marked References Recall Last Search Scan Document Generate Bibliography Find Previous Unlinked Citation Find Next Unlinked Citation Unformat Citations Revert to Original Text Help Displays a dialog so you can enter identify ing text and insert a citation Inserts records marked in the ProCite database Brings up a dialog that displays the last search with identifying text you can insert any records found in the la
573. the Insert Citation dialog 338 Chapter 16 Cite While You Write If a database is moved or renamed ProCite may prompt you to locate the database before executing any cite while you write command Working with Linked Records in ProCite When you generate a bibliography from your manuscript the existing marked records in the associated databases are cleared ProCite marks all of the records linked to your word processor document for inclusion in the bibliography You can then switch to ProCite and perform any operation on the marked records such as editing them exporting them generating a Subject Bibliography or highlighting them and saving them in a group If you want to keep the original set of Marked records you should first save it as a group If you have read only access to the ProCite database cite while you write record marking is lost when you close the database Making Changes to the ProCite Database When you change the contents of a ProCite record that is linked to a manuscript citation the manuscript is updated the next time you generate a bibliography If the change alters the appearance of the unformatted citation you will see the change when you Unformat Citations When you delete a ProCite record that is cited in a manuscript the next time you generate a bibliography from the manuscript or unformat citations ProCite warns that a citation from the document was not found in the database You will need to remove t
574. the name of the appropriate Group You can add records to a group one by one or choose Select All from the Edit menu and add an entire list of highlighted records to a Group To add Marked records to a Group display the Marked Records tab highlight the entire list and then add the highlighted records to the Group You can quickly call up the Group later for printing or other ProCite operations Using a Group Saving records to a group is only helpful if you can later use the group to save you time and effort You can call up a group to view those records print them modify them or search them 274 Chapter 14 Saving Records in Groups Viewing or Printing Records in a Group To view the records in a Group click on the Groups tab Select the Group name in the drop down list at the top of the tab and ProCite lists all Groups in the current database The number at the right of each Group name indicates how many records are in the set Click on the name of the set you wish to view The record list displays those records that are saved in the Group IP Sample Database BEE IX Mak FlgAdd List Sy Mark List X Clear FT Qi 4 db bl Fy Copy Marked Open Link ie Author Title Date Booth Wayne C Kenneth Burke s way of knowing Borgman Christine L Bower From hands on science to hands on information 1989 Christie Agatha What Mrs McGillicuddy saw 1988 Chum H L Baizer M M The electrochemistry of biomass and
575. ther than Tables for a large number of electronic states exist 22 23 you would get Tables for a large number of electronic states exist 22 23 If you do not want delimiters around your citations delete all text from the Delimiter text boxes In the Citation Separator text box enter the separator you want to print between multiple citations at the same point in your manuscript For numeric citations the separator between each citation is usually a comma or a space Some examples the thymic microenvironment is equally as complex as the T cell differentiation it regulates 4 1621 27 93 39 40 Tables for a large number of electronic states exist 22 23 none of the drugs has really been proven effective regarding mortality 17 18 Number Ranges Click the In text Citation Settings button and use the settings in the Numeric Citations area to determine how number ranges print If you always want the number for each citation to print even in a list of multiple citations leave the Use Number Ranges box unchecked For example Tables for a large number of electronic states exist 22 23 24 25 If you want to abbreviate a range of citation numbers select the Use Number Ranges box and enter a Range Separator in the text box This example uses a hyphen as the Range Separator Tables for a large number of electronic states exist 22 25 428 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles Au
576. these fields Author Analytic 01 Author Monographic 07 Author Subsidiary 16 Series Editor 30 Authors in these fields include any combination of personal authors corporate authors editors composers etc ProCite displays author names from the first author field that contains data For example if a record contains author names in field 01 and field 07 only the author names in field 01 display in the record list 118 Chapter5 Viewing Records If the author s name you choose is found in field 16 or 30 of the work form it may not be visible in the record list Display the full record double click on it to see all of the data within the record In the example above Gilman Alfred G isn t visible in the second record However he is listed as an editor in the field Author Monographic 07 in that record Journals From the Show list select Journals to display the list of journal titles found in the database The Journals list is compiled from this field Journal Title 10 In the following example the article was published in the Journal of the American Chemical Society but only the article title appears in the record list Display the full record to see all of the data within the record IP Sample Database oy x IK Mark Selected lg Mark List PK Clear Marked D Q 14 4 gt pI R Copy Marked Open Link Show Journals ADE Bulletin Australian Geographer Aviation Space and Environment
577. thod If you need to include more than one physical form include additional extent and packaging methods after the first one supplying necessary punctuation This is shown in the example for field 27 Packaging Method Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field 175 ISBN Field 41 The International Standard Book Number providing unique identification of the country of publication the publisher and of the published item Enter the ISBN as it appears on the work For example 0 12 379050 6 ISSN Field 40 The International Standard Serial Number providing unique identifica tion of serial publications Enter the ISSN as it appears on the work For example 0006 4178 Issue ID Fields 24 34 Identifies subunits of information for the volume field The issue number is often printed in parentheses following the volume number and preced ing the page range Location in Work as in Journal of Democracy 1 4 80 83 It may also be followed by the serial supplement or part number of a monograph For example 7 7 Pt 2 no 8 7 Serial No 432 Suppl 2 sheets 3 5 Keywords Field 45 This field is used for identification terms or keywords that describe the subject content of the referenced work This field can contain multiple entries with separators A keyword can be used for searching by topic or as a heading in a subject bibliography Keywords are not printed unless the field is listed in the output style fo
578. thor Date Citations Many bibliographic styles require Author Date citations in a manuscript You typically need to print a combination of author date and possibly title fields If you want all workforms cited the same way you may be able to define only the Default workform style You can define specific workform styles for those workforms that require output different than the Default style e If all occurrences of the same work should format the same you can use only the First Occurence text box Use the Subsequent Citations box only when you want to define an alternate format for subsequent citations of the same work To insert fields for printing and supply preceding and following punctuation follow the procedures described later in this chapter under Defining Workform Styles e Typically only the author and publication date is included in each in text citation When a work has no primary author however you may need to cite the primary title instead Do this by listing the generic Author Title field for output It avoids the problem of printing both the author and the title when only one is required e When defining the Default workform style insert the generic Author Title field and the 20 Date of Publication field Because this format can apply to all workforms the fields used for the primary author and primary title could vary The Default style would look like this F Untitled Output Style2 _ Of x Fa Insert
579. ting the help desk 21 Suppress author names 335 citation 335 Suppress Author Name in citations 326 327 Suppress Citation 326 Suppress Extraneous Punctuation 443 469 Suppress Fields 352 353 Suppress Splash Screen 94 Swedish Sort 232 Switch to add preceding or following text 334 Symbol inserting 150 Symbol Removal for Sorting 235 System Files Installed 40 System Specific Sort 232 Index 535 T Tab in Output Styles 441 inserting in output style 448 514 Tab Delimited exporting 472 476 480 importing 204 206 211 213 Table of Switches for CWYW 335 Tagged Records importing 200 202 Technical Support 21 TermList 153 creating 368 377 exporting 387 printing 387 toolbar 509 Term List Folder 96 Test server connection 279 280 Text adding 216 221 alternate 353 changing display font and style 123 clearing 216 copying between records 156 creating file for import to list 372 deleting 216 find and replace 152 finding 219 font 125 150 151 354 garbled 1 10 indentation 350 invisible characters 125 keyboard commands for applying styles 512 length within delimiters 315 line spacing 351 linking to ProCite records 312 321 moving 221 222 replacing 216 219 221 reverting to original 336 size 125 150 151 354 special characters 150 261 262 style 125 150 151 style in list 377 393 396 substitution 353 symbols 150 Text After 363 Text Before 363 Text Tab 461 462 Text Toolbar 503 536 Index Text Only File alternate te
580. tnotes 318 inserting 313 314 linking to records 312 321 matching existing 314 317 matching inappropriate items 317 matching multiple records 319 moving 336 multiple 321 325 number order 426 numbering 324 numeric settings 425 427 separator 427 429 unformatted 312 320 using variable format 326 327 year only 326 327 Cite While You Write 308 installing support 30 33 ProCite toolbar 510 Clear Marked Set 251 Clear Text 216 217 Clipboard printing to 346 Index 517 Close database 99 file 99 journal list 372 output style 420 421 ProCite 99 112 record 124 157 term list 372 workform 409 CODEN Field 169 Codes Microsoft W ord 309 WordPerfect 31 1 Column Headers setting 122 Column W idths resizing 123 Comma Delimited exporting 472 475 476 importing 204 205 213 210 213 Comma in search expression 261 Compound Names 331 Configuration File 200 converting from earlier version 37 Internet installation 43 Configure Bibliography 346 356 in manuscript 324 326 in output style 434 435 margins 354 page numbering 355 reference list settings 347 351 saving changes 355 357 suppress fields 352 353 Configure EditRecord 125 141 field numbers 126 hide empty fields 126 141 show invisible characters 126 Configure Record List 1 15 121 123 Connection Internet connecting 278 testing aconnection 279 Connective Phrase Fields 170 CONTAINS in search expression 258 Context Sensitive Help 20 514 Continu
581. to save or restore search expressions Search Executes the current search expression Duplicate Toolbar The Duplicate Toolbar appears on the Duplicates tab Use these icons to help quickly mark and delete duplicates EF Mark by Date Eln Mark by Size g Configure Duplicates Mark by Date Marks the newest duplicates so the original entries are left intact Mark by Size Marks the duplicate records with the least amount of text so you retain the most complete records often those with notes or abstracts Configure Duplicates Displays a dialog where you can change the duplicate record criteria by deciding which fields to compare 508 AppendixC TheProCite Toolbars PubMed and Internet Sear ch Toolbars Use these toolbars when searching Internet sources A New Search Newltem X lt Delete Item iS Terms Gy Expressions x Clear Results MA Search hy Stop New Search New Item Delete Item Terms Expressions Clear Results Search Stop Hosts Hosts University of California San Francisco Library Catalog Clears the current search expression Adds an additional search line Deletes the bottom search line Displays the Insert Term dialog where you can select and insert a term from a field content list or term list Allows you to save restore or delete a search expression Throws away the current record list before starting the next search Begins searching the selected databases wi
582. ts m PubMed Prompt before downloading Always prompt before downloading records Prompt if the number of records is more than 700 C Do not prompt before downloading records 239 50 Fields included in search view Only those fields common to all marked hosts All fields supported by all marked hosts Cancel Help These options are described in Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities in the section titled Setting Internet Search Options Chapter 4 Creating Opening Sharing and Managing Files 97 Default Database Settings Default database settings apply to new databases created with your copy of ProCite To access these options go to the Tools menu and select Options On the General tab click the Edit Defaults button Record Numbering On the Record IDs tab you can modify the Starting Record ID and the Increment These determine how record IDs are assigned to each new record Custom Sort Options Stop Lists International Settings Record IDs Duplicate Detection Custom Sort Order Starting record id Increment fo Cancel Help The starting record ID is assigned to the first record in the database Numbers are assigned to subsequent records by adding the Record Number Increment to the highest record ID in the database You can change these settings at any time but they take effect only for new databases Existing databases are not affected If you want to renumber the records
583. tting The Journal Title Formatting dialog appears when you select Journals 10 from the Fields menu Journal Formatting x Journals Title Case Journal List to use for substitution None X E Cancel Help Set the appropriate title case as described in the Title Formatting section above Since journal titles are typically entered with Headline case you may want to set Title Case to Unchanged If there are variations in your records and you always want journal titles printed in Headline case you can set Title Case to Headline Under Journal List used for substitution ProCite will display all journal title lists found in the ProCite Lists directory Select the appropri ate list to use for substituting journal titles on output or select None to print the titles from your records When substitution is used any title in a record that does not find a matching entry in the selected journal title list will be output using the text that appears in the record with the selected Title Case applied For more information about using journal title lists see Chapter 18 Building List Files and Chapter 20 Using Alternate Text Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 465 Date Formatting To specify Date Formatting select the appropriate Date field from the Fields menu e Dates 12 e Dates 20 e Dates 21 ProCite displays the Dates dialog Date 20 Formatting Ea Dates Mi Yea
584. tton to locate a style Once you select an output style ProCite uses that style each time you generate a bibliogra phy until you select a different output style When you select an output style the other items on the Reference List tab update to reflect settings in the output style You can override those settings by changing individual items To return to the original settings in the output style click Reset ProCite comes with many output styles already set up but you can create your own output style or modify an existing one To learn about modify ing output styles see Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles Reference List Title To print a title at the top of your bibliography type text in the Reference List Title box The title is limited to 255 characters Reference List Order Use the Reference List Order list to choose the sort order for your references The initial sort order is the order indicated in the current output style You can override that order by choosing a new order from the list You can switch back to the settings indicated in the current output style by clicking Reset For a description of the various sort orders see Chapter 11 Sorting Records Use the Ascending Descending radio buttons to switch between an ascending and descending sort order with ascending being 1 to 9 and then A to Z and descending being Z to A and then 9 to 1 Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies 349 Numbering Refer
585. tyles You can preview the formatted output using any available output style This will show you both the field order and any accompanying punctua tion You can customize the output style to get the desired formatting for a particular workform While you may use the Dissertation workform for a hard copy disserta tion you may want to use Journal Long Form for a dissertation from Dissertation Abstracts Which workform you use and whether you decide to create a custom workform depends upon how you want that document formatted upon output and what additional information you wish to store Modifying the output style to accommodate a particular type of work should be done only when you want the modifications to apply to all works for which you plan to use that workform You don t want to inadvertently change the formatting of existing records by forcing a reference that needs to be handled differently into the same workform 194 Chapter 8 Choosinga Workform Common Workform Choices The table below indicates typical choices of predefined workforms for various bibliographic references This information is for guidance only you must choose what is best for your particular circumstances Different output styles format workforms differently so you may determine the appropriate workform by the desired output Type of Work Workform s ADSI ACK lt 1 ssciasassteesicesastscsisahicerie Abstract annual report sessen Report AMWOMK siirsin
586. u experience with the basic operations of entering and editing text in ProCite records Exercise Inserting a New Record To insert a new ProCite record 1 From the Database menu choose New Record The New Record window appears Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 65 2 Click the Workform box at the top left of the New Record window Choose Book Short Form from the drop down list ProCite 5 Sample Database New Record _ ol x P Fie Edit View Sort Select Groups Database Tools Window Help laj x Deme EEx ime fo B 7 Ue om oT Workform ERR Z Recodo 50 K IO lA Author Monographic 07 B Title Monographic 09 B Reprint Status 12 E Date Place of Publication 18 Publisher Name 19 Date of Publication 20 Address Availability 37 Location URL 38 ISBN 41 Notes 42 Abstract 43 Call Number 44 Keywords 45 B Ready C e A 3 Start by clicking in the Author Monographic 07 field and enter Barrett Daniel J Notes Always enter author names in this order lastname firstname middle While you can enter author names in any ProCite field it is recommended that you enter names only in the following fields Author Analytic 01 Author Monographic 07 Author Subsidiary 16 and Author Series 30 These author fields are automatically used for searching sorting and formatting author names When listing multiple authors names use a double
587. u plan to import into another ProCite database use the default settings This example export file shows the Monograph and Newspaper workform definitions that would appear at the beginning of a file and then comma delimited records that use those workforms lt Workform Definition gt Monograph 77 oe Monographie Author Role Monographic Title Monogrephic77 Reprint Status Edition Place of Publication Publisher Name Date of Publication On ae a nn 7 Address Availability Location i z URL ISBN Notes abstract Call Number Keywords lt Workform Definition gt Newspaper Author Analytic Author Role Analytic 1 y Article Title Medium Designator Connective Phrase la an Newspaper Name Reprint Status 7 oa Place of Publication Publisher Name Date of Publication Section Column Number Page s e es A Address Availability Location URL Notes abstract Call Number Keywords 1 Adams Alexander B John James Audubon A Biography A Ghee ase 7 New York G P Putnam s Sons 719667 Nn C T O 03 316218 4 Traces the checkered career of artist and Naturalist John James Audubon 1785 1851 Biography F 290 Olson Lise staff writer R
588. ually exists in the workform used for each record If the target field does not exist in a record the field of text will not be moved To globally move a field of text 1 From the Select menu choose Clear Marked Set to clear the check box for all records Mark only the records you wish to modify To display all records that use the same workform choose Work forms from the Show list and click on the appropriate workform name Then mark the records you wish to change Go to the Database menu s Edit Marked Records submenu and choose the Global Move Field command ProCite displays Global Move Field x OK Move To Cancel jana al 07 Author Monographic X Help Change Move to beginning of field he Use the Move From list to select the field that contains the text you wish to move Although you may have renamed fields from the default names listed the field numbers remain constant Use the Move To list to select the field you want to contain the text Use the Change list to indicate where to put the text in the new field e Move to beginning of field moves all text from the first selected field to the beginning of the second selected field ProCite adds text separators or in the author and keywords fields as needed e Move to end of field moves all text from the first selected field to the end of the second selected field ProCite adds text separators as necessary e Move to replac
589. ubject Terms Only you will probably want to output only one p after each term so each subject term begins on a new line with no blank lines between them Applying Styles In the Styles area of the Subject Bibliography tab check the appropriate boxes to separately apply styles to Subject Terms Subject Term Counts and the Lists of Record IDs You can combine styles in any way such as PHARMACOLOGY 2 180 240 1 Gilman A G Rall T W Nies A S amp Taylor P 1990 The pharma cological basis of therapeutics 8th ed New York Pergamon 2 Kuret J A amp Murad F 1990 Adenohypophyseal hormones and related substances In A G Gilman T W Rall A S Nies amp P Taylor editors The pharmacological basis of therapeutics 8th ed pp 1334 60 New York Pergamon Apply styles to bibliographic references by modifying the output style 364 Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies Examples of Subject Bibliographies Using Author Names as Subject Headings This example uses author names as subject headings The List each author separately box was checked on the Subject Fields dialog so that single author names are used for headings rather than entire author fields Uppercasing was applied to the Subject Terms BLUM ROBERT 1 Blum R 1979 Information Management for the Tactical Operations System TOS VRI ARI 3 FR79 1 Perceptronics Ann Arbor MI Vector Research BORGMAN CHRISTINE L 2
590. ubject lists based on any of the ProCite fields By selecting the appropriate fields from all records you can print lists that match the automatic field content Lists Refer to Chapter 17 Printing Bibliographies for information about printing subject bibliographies where formatted citations are printed below each subject heading Printing a Subject List A subject list is a sorted list of unique terms words or phrases that occur in particular fields of the records you choose You can base a subject list on any ProCite field or combination of fields To print a subject list 1 Display in the current record list the records from which you wish to create the subject list 380 Chapter 19 Printing Lists 2 From the File menu choose Print Subject Bibliography ProCite displays the Subject Fields dialog which lists the 45 ProCite fields by field number and default field name Selected Fields 3 0 Field s a Case ae area 05 Medium Designator Fh Morogh saan uthor Role 09 Title Monographic Select None 10 Journal Title 11 Title d IV List each author separately T In other fields list each entry that is separated by a slash carriage return or line feed Keywords entries are always listed separately Highlight the field s whose contents you wish to use as subject headings You can include any number of fields If you build the list from more than one field the terms gen
591. ultiple databases Tip Click the column headings to sort the list by host name location or type 4 Click the Marked Hosts tab to view a list of only the databases you marked These are the databases ProCite accesses when you start an Internet search Internet Hosts x AllHosts Marked Hosts Hosts 4 Hosts Marked Eg Purdue University Library Catalog LUPC USA Indiana Academic X San Diego State University Library Catalog USA California Academic K University of California MELVYL Library Catalog USA California Academic X University of Michigan 4nn Arbor Library Catalog USA Michigan Academic Clear Marks Configure Hosts http www purdue edu Cancel Help If you plan to search various combinations of databases when you retrieve references you should display this dialog before each search 5 Click OK to save your changes The selected hosts are listed to the right of the Hosts button 286 Chapter 15 Internet Capabilities Searching Z39 50 Internet Sites or PubMed This section assumes that you already have a connection to the Internet You may have a direct network connection your dial up connection may automatically dial and connect when ProCite requests it or you may need to establish an online connection before executing the search To search and retrieve records from selected online databases 1 From the Tools menu select either e Internet Search to open a temporary data
592. ur printer with the current settings Cut Cuts highlighted text and places it on the clipboard Copy Copies highlighted text and places it on the clipboard Paste Pastes clipboard text at the cursor Clear Deletes highlighted text Appendix C The ProCite Toolbars 503 Text Toolbar Font size and type styles are typically applied by an output style Use them in a record only when you always want it to apply such as applying italics to Latin terms Times New Roman fio gt B Z U xx Sym q Font Size Bold Italic Underline Superscript Subscript Insert Symbol Show Hide Invisibles Applies a font to selected text Applies a point size to selected text Applies bold style to selected text Applies italic style to selected text Applies underline style to selected text Applies superscript style to selected text Applies subscript style to selected text Displays the Insert Symbol dialog where you can select a symbol to insert at the cursor Displays a visible character for spaces and new paragraphs 504 AppendixC TheProCite Toolbars Bibliography Toolbar Use the Bibliography Toolbar to generate a bibliography and send it specifically to the screen your printer or a disk file ERS m Configure Bibliography Preview Bibliography Print Bibliography Save Bibliography Displays a dialog where you can select an output style and other formatting options to apply to the bibliography created by the ot
593. uration file ProCite will prompt you for the appropriate field mapping during record transfer Deleting Old Files Once you have converted all of your ProCite Reference Manager or EndNote files to the new ProCite 5 format you can delete the old files Note Do not delete anything especially databases until you are sure your data transferred correctly and your new databases are in ProCite 5 s Database folder Under Windows later versions of ProCite Reference Manager and EndNote include an Uninstall program If an Uninstall program is available in the program folder use Uninstall to remove the program rather than deleting it manually 38 Chapter 2 Installation If an Uninstall program is not available or the Uninstall program did not delete all files you can manually remove the old files Open the old program folder and move any files you wish to save When you are certain you want to delete all files from the old ProCite Reference Manager or EndNote folder you can simply delete the entire folder Installed Files and Their Locations This section describes installed ProCite files The files are grouped into several components e Program Files e Workforms e System Files Default Installation Folders e Word Processor Files e Journal Title Lists e Configuration Files e Sample Databases _ Output Styles Download Files These are the default installation folders Windows Component Pr
594. use the number of names required for the bibliographic style If you do not know all of the names enter as many as possible followed by the multiple author indicator four slashes When you create a bibliography ProCite will convert these slashes to the multiple indicator defined in the output styles for example et al or and others For example Smith John Wyeth Smith Alexander J Smith John Wyeth 166 Chapter 7 Entering Data Field by Field e Some author surnames include a prefix If you wish you can ignore the prefix for sorting For example von Goethe Johann Wolfgang can sort under von Goethe or Goethe To ignore von for sorting put that prefix in the Author stop word list See Chapter 11 Sorting Records for more information about using stop word lists If von is in the Author stop word list but you still want to alphabet ize aname such as Von Euler Ulf Svante under Von enter a nonbreaking space after Von to group Von Euler as a single term not affected by the Author stop word list To enter a nonbreaking space press Ctrl Shift Space Windows or option spacebar Macintosh Corporate Authors Corporate authors are entities such as corporations universities or government agencies for which you don t want author formatting to apply The address of a corporate author may be included with the name but it is normally put in Affiliation
595. ut You can choose an alternate form to be substituted for an entry on output This is especially useful for journals using the journal titles list so ProCite can substitute standard abbrevia tions or alternate titles for the titles in your records to meet appropri ate style rules For more information see Chapter 20 Using Alternate Text Chapter 6 Entering and Editing Records 155 Entering Text with Lists To use a ProCite list when inserting or editing a record 1 From the Edit Record window use one of these two methods to display the list of field content lists term lists and journal title lists that are available e When inserting text in an author title or keyword field move the cursor to where you want the text inserted and click on the arrow next to the field e When inserting text in any of the ProCite fields move the cursor to where you want the text inserted and select Insert Term from the Edit menu The Insert Term dialog appears Insert Term xi Source Sample Database x Terms Keywords x Aden yseal Hormones Aerospace Medicine Apollyon Art Artificial Intelligence Audiocassette Audiovisual Materials Bibliographic Data Chemistry Clinical Applications Pallene Instiirtinn Fl ma Close Help T Close after insert 2 To view a different list than the one displayed a From the Source list select a ProCite database or a term list The databases and term lists shown are
596. utStyles Work Output styles define how records print Bibliographic styles follow formatting guidelines that are specific to the type of work being cited To accommodate this each output style is comprised of workform styles Each workform style affects a single workform in your ProCite database and is comprised of a list of fields in the order that you want them to print in formatted output Each output style contains e A series of in text citation workform styles that determine how citations print in a cite while you write document For each workform you determine which fields to print in what order to print the fields and what text and or punctuation to print before and after each field e In text citation options that determine layout of citations in your cite while you write manuscript e A series of reference list workform styles that define how records in each workform print in a bibliography whether you print the bibliog raphy directly from ProCite or from a word processor with the cite while you write feature For each workform you can determine which fields to print in what order to print the fields and what text and or punctuation to print before and after each field e Bibliography options that determine the sort order and layout Output styles are individual files kept in ProCite s Styles folder This allows multiple databases to share the same output styles An output style is opened only for editing or while it
597. ve the cursor to the next tab stop New Lines and New Paragraphs Output styles differentiate between line breaks and new paragraphs Use the Insert Special button or e To insert a line break type Shift Enter Windows or Shift Return Macintosh to display When printing the cursor moves to the indent on the next line e To insert a paragraph mark type Enter Windows or Return Macintosh to display J When printing the cursor moves to the left margin on the next line Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 447 For example to start both the 42 Notes field and the 43 Abstract field on a new line insert a line break as preceding punctuation before each field lt 01 Author Analytic gt lt 04 Title Analytic gt lt 20 Date of Publication gt Notes lt 42 Notes gt 7 Abstract lt 43 Abstract gt This example produces Joplin Scott The Entertainer 1972 Notes Dedicated to James Brown and his Mandolin Club Abstract A ragtime two step for piano If either 42 Notes or 43 Abstract is empty the line break associated with that field will be suppressed Paragraph marks stored in a record are interpreted as line breaks in formatted output Blank Lines To insert a blank line between fields enter two line breaks or two paragraphs marks For example To insert a blank line before an abstract and keep paragraph indenting press Shift Enter Windows or Shift Return Macintosh twice to inse
598. viassaceestvestosvunevasoeseveenes 475 Tab Delimited semie aoina eE cebeee can E E ES 476 CUSTOM 322s se es cebej ede e E aevdetece eos Aa E doce TUE 477 Appendix A Troubleshooting s ssssssesessssseeeestsiieesees 481 Appendix B ProCite Workforms and Fields sccssssseee 487 Appendix C The ProCite Toolbars csssssssssssssssssnensnsenes 501 Appendix D Keyboard Commands ssesssseeesteeeeees 511 18 Contents Chapter 1 Introduction Overview of ProCite Contents IST Research Oft esse scat ecsce secede ke ote eOr EEn are ok eS es 20 Registration senenn rni e erie anes 20 Troubleshoot ge sen nnee ae Ee E ESS 20 Help Online n neon ana a aes 20 Technical Support cess sesecsss evsch sessed ech sceeeslsoescgeese aE eaer TEn 21 Using This Manual 0 000 eee cecceeceeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeneeaeeeaeenee 22 Key Concepts monie tie eth aed e ra eA E EEEE 23 New Features in ProCite oc eeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeneenes 24 Welcome to ProCite from ISI ResearchSoft Whether you are a re searcher a writer a librarian an information scientist a student a film critic or a consumer who wants to keep track of information from the Internet or your video or CD collection ProCite provides a complete solution Information is only useful if you can find it when you need it With a variety of supplied workforms fill in the blank templates for data entry and formatted output ProCite helps you control referen
599. vidual disk files and are available to all databases If a predefined workform does not exist for the type of work you are citing you can create a new workform 404 Chapter 22 Creating and Modifying Workforms If you have several workforms for similar types of materials it could get confusing First consider whether a reference will work in an existing workform See Chapter 8 Choosing a Workform for guidelines in choosing a workform Often a single reference will not use all of the fields included in a workform You don t necessarily want to change the workform since a later reference may include more information and require the additional fields WhentoCr eatea W orkform If a workform contains many more fields than you need or needs several additional fields you can modify that workform When you change the definition of a predefined workform we recommend that you also change the name of the workform This will make it clear to other ProCite users that the workform definition is different from the original Special Document Types Although ProCite is intended for bibliographic information you can use it for special types of information You can create workforms for memos mailing labels chemical substances a butterfly collection or an anthol ogy of favorite quotations Relationship to Output Styles Workforms and output styles are directly related Output styles specify which of the fields listed in the workform will be p
600. ween two authors between multiple authors and before the last author when there are more than two Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 431 e Names Use the Names dialog to control the format of individual author names and whether the name of the first author of a work with multiple authors is formatted the same way as subsequent authors The Name Order Initials and Uppercasing settings are each set for the first author individually and then for all subsequent authors in the same ProCite field For Name Order select Last to print only last names in your citations e Text You can set field dependent preceding and following text Use the Text tab if you need punctuation that depends on whether a reference has a single author or multiple authors editors The Author List tab is slightly different than that used for formatted references For some journals the forms of the first and subsequent citations are the same For example if the rule for three or more authors is simply to list the first author followed by et al this can be accom plished on the Author List tab with gt Abbreviated Abbreviate Author List with Example First Citation If 3 or more list1 etal Glazner et al Subsequent Citations If 3 or more list1 etal Glazner et al An example of different rules for first and subsequent citations remem ber that subsequent citations refer to the same work by the same authors is e For wor
601. wing punctuation for field 01 Examples Preceding text ed ed T Theophanides eds eds T Theophanides et al Following text ed Ebbesson SOE ed eds Dudel J Menzel R Schmidt RF eds Title case is applied individually to each title field in each workform style To specify Title formatting select the appropriate Title field from the Fields menu e Titles 04 e Titles 09 Titles 11 e Titles 32 These options are available for modifying the case of text Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles 463 Title 04 Formatting x Titles Title Case Unchanged hdi Cancel Help Title case is set separately for each title field in each workform style This allows you to format the contents of a title field based on document type For example you may want 09 Title Monographic in headline case for the title of a book but 04 Title Analytic unchanged for the title of a chapter in that book This is how title case is applied Title Case Effect on Title Unchanged The Title is output as it appears in the ProCite record For example The pharmacological basis of therapeutics Uppercase The entire title is UPPERCASED For example THE PHARMACOLOGICAL BASIS OF THERAPEUTICS Lowercase The entire title is lowercased For example the pharmacological basis of therapeutics Headline The first word and each significant word in the title and subtitle are capitalized
602. with 338 List port numbers for Internet searching 281 List Format 368 370 alternate text 377 378 journal list 369 370 stop lists 237 238 term list 368 378 title list 369 370 List Items deleting 371 372 editing 371 372 entering 371 372 exporting to text file 387 importing from text file 372 376 Lists 153 156 activating alternate text 394 396 alternate text 154 377 378 authors 1 17 118 building alternate text 393 journal title 390 converting files from earlier versions 36 37 creating 368 377 370 378 damaged files 109 default stop words 99 fieldcontent 1 17 119 153 fordataentry 154 155 156 for entering text 155 157 for searching 154 for text substitution 154 journal title 153 journals 1 18 131 keywords 1 19 modifying 156 opening 370 opening existing 370 printing alternate text 387 field content 386 journal title 387 subject 379 383 term 387 title 387 sharing files 104 show buttons 126 141 styled text 377 substitution with 390 393 393 396 term 153 titles 118 workforms 1 19 192 Lists Folder 96 Lists Installed database files 40 journal title list files 41 word processor files 42 44 Locating Field Descriptions 161 163 Locating W orkforms 188 Locationin W ork Field 143 176 177 414 Location URL Field 178 Lock up 1 10 Log File of last Internet Search 287 Logical Operator 260 261 AND 260 AND NOT 260 NOT 260 OR 260 Lowercasing Titles 462 Macintosh Database converting 35
603. with those same attributes plus any styles applied by the output style For example Style in Style Applied Record by Output Style Output plain bold italic bold italic plain plain plain italic plain italic italic bold bold italic underline underline underline 450 Chapter 23 Creating and Modifying Output Styles When you highlight a field name and apply a different font or size text from that field in a record is printed using the different font and size indicated in the output style rather than the font selected in Configure Bibliography In the same way any text in the record that has been specifically changed from the default font is printed using the font in the record for example Greek characters entered with a Greek font When you change the style of a field name any preceding or following punctuation specified in the Special Fields Formatting is automatically changed to the same style You can override this by styling the text in the Special Fields Formatting dialog see Formatting Special Fields below When you use a Journal Title List to substitute text in a record ProCite will use the substitution text including any styles applied as though it were text from the ProCite record When you use an Alternate Text List to substitute text in a record the substitution text which cannot include styles inherits the style of the corresponding text in the record This is described in more detail in Chapter 18 Building Lis
604. xico National Education Association NEA American Medical Association AMA See Chapter 18 Building List Files for more information about creating an alternate text list 394 Chapter 20 Using Alternate Text Preparing the ProCite Records To substitute text in records you need to prepare records by inserting primary text and marking that text with special formatting characters You can place the primary text the text to be replaced in any position of any field in a record Insert the primary text in a record and surround the text with the special formatting characters and These characters tell ProCite to replace the record text with alternate text from an alternate text list when you print a bibliography To enter these formatting characters into a record 1 Move the cursor to the appropriate place in the record 2 From the Edit menu select Insert Symbol 3 Select the appropriate character or and click Insert to insert it at the cursor Click Close to dismiss the dialog For example this record has primary text NM that may be replaced with alternate text on output P Sample Database Edit Record _ oO x Workform Book Whole E Record ID 80 K eA Qh gt bd a Author Monographic 07 Barr Linda Monserrat Catherine Berg Toni Author Role 08 Title Monographic 09 Teenage pregnancy A new beginning Translated Title 11 Reprint Status 12 EJ Date Edition 15 Author Subsi
605. xports data to tagged text files Changing the Workform Definition When you change the definition of a workform it impacts all records that use that workform this affects other users that use the same workforms from a network drive Data in fields that are not part of the new workform definition is not lost but remains in the original fields by field number When you view a full record such fields which are not part of the current workform definition are indicated by the field number and a line of dashes in place of the field name To move information from a field that was in the original workform definition to a different field that is part of the new workform definition you can Cut the field information and Paste it into the new field for each record Or you can move field information for several records at once with the Global Move Field command See Chapter 10 Global Editing for more information about the Global Move Field feature Because the name of the workform has not changed the output style formatting won t change although the results may differ as information is now in different fields 406 Chapter 22 Creating and Modifying Workforms Renaming a Workform You can rename a workform by opening it and using the Rename command from ProCite s File menu Your databases and output styles will automatically display the new workform name Remember however that output style definitions for that workform have not changed
606. xt 5 At the bottom of the Insert Citation dialog indicate the database s in which to look for records Select an individual database or All Open Databases Click the Browse button to locate and select a database that isn t currently open 314 Chapter 16 Cite While You Write 6 Click Insert and ProCite compares the identifying text to your ProCite records a Ifa single ProCite record matches your identifying text ProCite replaces the highlighted text with an unformatted citation that is linked to the appropriate ProCite record b If several records match the identifying text ProCite lists the matching records in an Insert Citation dialog See Matching Multiple Records later in this chapter if you need help inserting the appropriate citation from this dialog c If no records match or if more than 500 records match you need to modify your identifying text Once a citation is inserted it is linked to a record in a ProCite data base 7 Continue inserting citations throughout your manuscript You can insert citations in an existing manuscript or as you write 8 Having inserted your citations save your document To format your in text citations according to a bibliographic style and create a reference list see Generating the Bibliography later in this chapter Scanning for Existing Citations The Scan Document process automatically steps through your document to find identifying text and insert citations Unle
607. xt list 378 387 393 exporting from database 473 exporting from list 387 importing to database 205 importing to list 372 376 Tilde entering 150 Title Case 463 Title Fields 143 183 185 414 entry rules 184 record list 122 searching 254 Title Formatting 437 462 464 Title Lists 386 creating 368 377 inserting in record 390 391 printing 387 substitution 390 393 using for substitition 391 393 TITLE or TITL in search expression 256 Titles entering 332 substitution 353 Titles Field Content List for quick searching 249 Titles Lists 1 18 131 Toolbar 1 14 commands 22 134 editrecord 126 141 gotorecord 128 Toolbars Listing 501 Tools Menu 42 Tooltips 94 501 Tour of ProCite 45 Troubleshooting 20 481 Truncation Character 255 270 Tutorial 45 Two Page preview 130 Type Styles ina list file 377 in output style 449 450 451 keyboardcommands 377 451 U Umlaut entering 150 Underline See Styled Text Unformat Citations 338 Unformatted Citation 312 320 in Microsoft W ord 309 in WordPerfect 31 1 Uninstall EndNote 37 old version of ProCite 37 ProCite 5 44 Reference Manager 37 Unknown Date 148 171 Unmark Records 251 Uppercase authornames 460 URL adding and launching 303 import from Netscape 302 303 RL Field 178 IRL launching from a record 152 se group 273 275 record IDs 397 398 Use Attributes Internet Search 301 Use Short Form 353 Use V ariable Citation Format 326 327 User Name Internet Host 298 User
608. y field Special Values ProCite uses two special values to look for fields that do or do not contain text Special Value Definition EMPTY The field must be empty no text at all NOT EMPTY The field must contain text Examples with Special Values AUTH EMPTY Matching records must have all four author fields empty 7 NOT EMPTY Matching records must have text in author field Author Monographic 07 If you want to search for the actual word empty or the phrase not empty you must enclose the term in quotation marks For example Keywords empty Special Characters ProCite recognizes special characters in search expressions Special Character Definition parentheses Use of parentheses affects the order in which ProCite executes a search expression starting with the search terms in the innermost parenthe ses first and working outward It is helpful to use parentheses in search expressions that include different logical operators comma Use a comma between terms when you want to search for more than one term in the same field 262 Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records Examples with Special Characters flag OR Germany AND date 1993 This expression selects any record published in 1993 with either flag or Germany in any field flag OR Germany AND date 1993 This expression selects any record with flag in any field or any record published in 1993 with Germany in an
609. y field author Smith Morris Brown This expression selects any record that contains the author Smith or the author Morris or the author Brown Creating Search Expressions Building a Search Expression To build a new search expression 1 Click the Search tab ProCite displays the Search window with a text box for building a search expression If there is already an expression in the text box remove it by clicking the New Search button IP Sample Database _ oO x Pe Mark Selected a Mark List X Clear Marked eo Ia KUSE E gt Dl Ra Copy Marked A Open Lin 12 New Search amp Insert Field Operators Sy Insert Term f Expressions Search Search for Look in All Records t g Hid gt AllRecords Marked Records Search Tems y Groups Hy Duplicates 7 Author Date Title Ascending 1 Records Marked 0 Records in List 40 Records in Database Chapter 13 Searching and Finding Records 263 2 If you want to do a full text search skip to step 4 To limit your search to particular fields workforms groups or record IDs click the Fields button or select Insert Field from the Edit menu and the Search Fields dialog appears Search Fields xi Select a field to insert OK mt TISKADI E Joumal Field 10 Title Fields 4 9 11 32 cma Date Fields 12 20 21 Keywords Field 45 Pe Record ID Workform Group 1 Author Analytic 2 Author Role 3 Author Affiliati
610. y listed These examples will all find the same record authored by Diamond Linz and Lipset Diamond Linz and Lipset Lipset Linz Linz Diamond and Lip Diamond et al Diamond Linz 1990 Diamond Compound Names If you have a compound author name in your database such as De Martino it could have been entered with a standard space or a nonbreaking space between the two parts of the name If you enter De Martino as identifying text using a normal space and no quotes around the name ProCite will not find a record authored only by De Martino The De would match De Martino but ProCite would look for an additional author named Martino You could enter only De If multiple authors match such as De Martino DeMitchell and Dennis you will be presented with a list of matching records from which to choose the appropriate match To find exact matches only enter the compound name within quotes using the same type of space as is used in the database De Martino Repeated Authors To cite works by the same author Insert Citation for each reference If you want to insert them all at one point in the manuscript enter the author s name as identifying text and then select the citations you want from the list of multiple matches If you are typing references to Scan Document later the correct entry for three works by the same author would be Kuznets 1955 Kuznets 1963 Kuznets 1976 Notice that multiple citations are sepa
611. y to a file MS Word WordPerfect HTML or Text Only click the Save button and adjust the Save File as Type accordingly Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 79 8 Click Close to dismiss the preview 9 Practice printing Marked Records or groups of references using different output styles Creating a Bibliography with Subject Headings A Subject Bibliography contains references arranged by subject headings Typical subject headings are Keyword Author Title or Call Number although you can select any ProCite field Subject Bibliographies simplify the creation of a record list covering several topics such as a faculty publication list or a list of holdings by category You can also create a subject index to accompany the subject bibliography Use the following exercise to print a standard Subject Bibliography Exercise Printing a Subject Bibliography To print a subject bibliography 1 Ifitisn t already displayed click the All Records tab to list all records in the database 2 From the File menu choose Print Subject Bibliography ProCite displays the Subject Fields list with the 45 fields listed by field number and default field name You can also create a subject list by workform even though it is not a ProCite field Subject Fields xi Selected Fields 0 Field s Selected coe te 05 Medium Designator 0 auhor Norah aa re Tile Monographic _Select None 11 Title z IV List each author separately
612. you are done close it and return to the Sample Database Capturing Web Page Information Windows Only You can create ProCite records from individual Web pages displayed with Netscape or Internet Explorer The Title and URL address are automati cally copied to a new record in the database You can then change the ProCite workform and or copy and paste additional Web page text to the record using an automated clipboard feature Exercise Copying Web Page Information to a ProCite Record To copy web page information to a ProCite record 1 Start Netscape or Internet Explorer and go to http www procite com The ProCite home page is displays 2 Switch to the open Sample Database in ProCite 3 From the ProCite Tools menu choose Import Web Page A split screen displays the text of the browser document at the top of the screen and a new ProCite record at the bottom The ProCite record contains the Title and URL from the Netscape or Internet Explorer display Chapter 3 Using ProCite A Guided Tour 63 Notes The ProCite workform displayed is the one last used for insertion The Title is transferred to Title Analytic 04 or Title Monographic 09 and the URL is transferred to Location URL 38 Change the workform by using the Workform pull down list at the top of the ProCite window Choose the Web Page workform You can move text and or copy information from the Netscape text to the ProCite record To copy text to the

ProCite 5 User's Guide - Columbia University Information Technology

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents